<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/2179/index.xml"/>
    <title>Download Best Full-Length Audiobooks in Learn Something New, Lessons in Philosophy</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/2179/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/2179/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals &amp;amp; Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/2179/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2025 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2025 01:27:23 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/2179/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/2179/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Download Best Full-Length Audiobooks in Learn Something New, Lessons in Philosophy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/2179/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/2179/logo.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Jessie Deckow</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/2179/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/2179/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals &amp;amp; Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="Education"/>
    <item>
      <title>Mengzi: With Selections from Traditional Commentaries by Bryan W. Van Norden</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731093</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731093">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731093</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mengzi: With Selections from Traditional Commentaries
Author: Bryan W. Van Norden
Narrator: Bryan W. Van Norden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Mengzi is one of the very greatest works of world literature and philosophy, and it is perhaps the single most influential Confucian text of all time. Of all the Confucian classics, it is also the one most likely to speak to a contemporary audience. The Mengzi contains the dialogues, debates and sayings of Mengzi, a Confucian sage of the fourth century BCE. (He is also known by the Latinization of his name, &amp;#039;Mencius&amp;#039;.)   As Mengzi himself explains, Confucianism in his era was under attack by two rival philosophical schools, the egoism of Yang Zhu and the impartial consequentialism of Mozi. Yang Zhu argued that morality is an artificial deformation of human nature, which is naturally self-interested. At the other extreme, Mozi argued that a sage should aim to bring profit to everyone in the world impartially, caring no more for his own relatives than for complete strangers.   Mengzi argues that both of these approaches go against human nature. Contrary to what Yang Zhu&amp;#039;s egoism asserts, there is more to human nature than self-interest. Mengzi demonstrates this with his famous child-at-the-well thought experiment. Suppose someone were suddenly confronted with the sight of a child about to fall into a well. Any normal human in such a situation would have a feeling of alarm and compassion. Anyone who did not have such a reaction would be, literally, &amp;#039;inhuman&amp;#039;.   The existence of this innate feeling of compassion, which Mengzi describes as the &amp;#039;sprout&amp;#039; of the virtue of benevolence, disproves Yang Zhu&amp;#039;s simplistic egoism. While compassion for other humans is natural, Mengzi argues that it is equally natural to love one&amp;#039;s own friends and relatives more than strangers. Consequently, the impartiality demanded of Mohism is both impractical and unwarranted.   These arguments are just a small part of Mengzi&amp;#039;s subtle and fascinating worldview, which includes accounts of why people fail to be virtuous, what distinguishes genuine virtue from its semblances, and a political philosophy of &amp;#039;benevolent government&amp;#039; that has contemporary relevance. This new translation of the Mengzi gives a flavor for the beauty of the original classical Chinese but is written in a lively English style that is accessible to contemporary listeners.   In addition, this translation is distinctive because it includes a running commentary. This commentary draws heavily upon the Collected Commentaries on the Four Books by the Song-dynasty Confucian Zhu Xi (1130-1200 CE). Zhu Xi&amp;#039;s commentary is both intrinsically insightful and historically influential, because it was the basis of the civil service examinations in China for almost 600 years. Consequently, generations of Chinese scholars literally committed to memory all of the Mengzi along with Zhu Xi&amp;#039;s commentary on it. Listeners to this audiobook will learn about Confucianism, will be exposed to one of the greatest works of world literature and will have a window into the heart of East Asian civilizations. Bryan Van Norden&amp;#039;s new translation of the Mengzi (Mencius) is accurate, philosophically nuanced and fluent. He reads on this Ukemi recording with an informal and accessible authority.</description>
      <author>Bryan W. Van Norden</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2019 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004133901.mp3" length="747558" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731093</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004133901.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731093">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731093</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mengzi: With Selections from Traditional Commentaries
Author: Bryan W. Van Norden
Narrator: Bryan W. Van Norden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Mengzi is one of the very greatest works of world literature and philosophy, and it is perhaps the single most influential Confucian text of all time. Of all the Confucian classics, it is also the one most likely to speak to a contemporary audience. The Mengzi contains the dialogues, debates and sayings of Mengzi, a Confucian sage of the fourth century BCE. (He is also known by the Latinization of his name, &amp;#039;Mencius&amp;#039;.)   As Mengzi himself explains, Confucianism in his era was under attack by two rival philosophical schools, the egoism of Yang Zhu and the impartial consequentialism of Mozi. Yang Zhu argued that morality is an artificial deformation of human nature, which is naturally self-interested. At the other extreme, Mozi argued that a sage should aim to bring profit to everyone in the world impartially, caring no more for his own relatives than for complete strangers.   Mengzi argues that both of these approaches go against human nature. Contrary to what Yang Zhu&amp;#039;s egoism asserts, there is more to human nature than self-interest. Mengzi demonstrates this with his famous child-at-the-well thought experiment. Suppose someone were suddenly confronted with the sight of a child about to fall into a well. Any normal human in such a situation would have a feeling of alarm and compassion. Anyone who did not have such a reaction would be, literally, &amp;#039;inhuman&amp;#039;.   The existence of this innate feeling of compassion, which Mengzi describes as the &amp;#039;sprout&amp;#039; of the virtue of benevolence, disproves Yang Zhu&amp;#039;s simplistic egoism. While compassion for other humans is natural, Mengzi argues that it is equally natural to love one&amp;#039;s own friends and relatives more than strangers. Consequently, the impartiality demanded of Mohism is both impractical and unwarranted.   These arguments are just a small part of Mengzi&amp;#039;s subtle and fascinating worldview, which includes accounts of why people fail to be virtuous, what distinguishes genuine virtue from its semblances, and a political philosophy of &amp;#039;benevolent government&amp;#039; that has contemporary relevance. This new translation of the Mengzi gives a flavor for the beauty of the original classical Chinese but is written in a lively English style that is accessible to contemporary listeners.   In addition, this translation is distinctive because it includes a running commentary. This commentary draws heavily upon the Collected Commentaries on the Four Books by the Song-dynasty Confucian Zhu Xi (1130-1200 CE). Zhu Xi&amp;#039;s commentary is both intrinsically insightful and historically influential, because it was the basis of the civil service examinations in China for almost 600 years. Consequently, generations of Chinese scholars literally committed to memory all of the Mengzi along with Zhu Xi&amp;#039;s commentary on it. Listeners to this audiobook will learn about Confucianism, will be exposed to one of the greatest works of world literature and will have a window into the heart of East Asian civilizations. Bryan Van Norden&amp;#039;s new translation of the Mengzi (Mencius) is accurate, philosophically nuanced and fluent. He reads on this Ukemi recording with an informal and accessible authority.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731093">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731093</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mengzi: With Selections from Traditional Commentaries
Author: Bryan W. Van Norden
Narrator: Bryan W. Van Norden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Mengzi is one of the very greatest works of world literature and philosophy, and it is perhaps the single most influential Confucian text of all time. Of all the Confucian classics, it is also the one most likely to speak to a contemporary audience. The Mengzi contains the dialogues, debates and sayings of Mengzi, a Confucian sage of the fourth century BCE. (He is also known by the Latinization of his name, &amp;#039;Mencius&amp;#039;.)   As Mengzi himself explains, Confucianism in his era was under attack by two rival philosophical schools, the egoism of Yang Zhu and the impartial consequentialism of Mozi. Yang Zhu argued that morality is an artificial deformation of human nature, which is naturally self-interested. At the other extreme, Mozi argued that a sage should aim to bring profit to everyone in the world impartially, caring no more for his own relatives than for complete strangers.   Mengzi argues that both of these approaches go against human nature. Contrary to what Yang Zhu&amp;#039;s egoism asserts, there is more to human nature than self-interest. Mengzi demonstrates this with his famous child-at-the-well thought experiment. Suppose someone were suddenly confronted with the sight of a child about to fall into a well. Any normal human in such a situation would have a feeling of alarm and compassion. Anyone who did not have such a reaction would be, literally, &amp;#039;inhuman&amp;#039;.   The existence of this innate feeling of compassion, which Mengzi describes as the &amp;#039;sprout&amp;#039; of the virtue of benevolence, disproves Yang Zhu&amp;#039;s simplistic egoism. While compassion for other humans is natural, Mengzi argues that it is equally natural to love one&amp;#039;s own friends and relatives more than strangers. Consequently, the impartiality demanded of Mohism is both impractical and unwarranted.   These arguments are just a small part of Mengzi&amp;#039;s subtle and fascinating worldview, which includes accounts of why people fail to be virtuous, what distinguishes genuine virtue from its semblances, and a political philosophy of &amp;#039;benevolent government&amp;#039; that has contemporary relevance. This new translation of the Mengzi gives a flavor for the beauty of the original classical Chinese but is written in a lively English style that is accessible to contemporary listeners.   In addition, this translation is distinctive because it includes a running commentary. This commentary draws heavily upon the Collected Commentaries on the Four Books by the Song-dynasty Confucian Zhu Xi (1130-1200 CE). Zhu Xi&amp;#039;s commentary is both intrinsically insightful and historically influential, because it was the basis of the civil service examinations in China for almost 600 years. Consequently, generations of Chinese scholars literally committed to memory all of the Mengzi along with Zhu Xi&amp;#039;s commentary on it. Listeners to this audiobook will learn about Confucianism, will be exposed to one of the greatest works of world literature and will have a window into the heart of East Asian civilizations. Bryan Van Norden&amp;#039;s new translation of the Mengzi (Mencius) is accurate, philosophically nuanced and fluent. He reads on this Ukemi recording with an informal and accessible authority.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Myth of the Framework: In Defence of Science and Rationality by Karl Popper</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731096</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731096">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731096</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Myth of the Framework: In Defence of Science and Rationality
Author: Karl Popper
Narrator: Martyn Swain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 30 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In a career spanning 60 years, Sir Karl Popper has made some of the most important contributions to the 20th century discussion of science and rationality. The Myth of the Framework is a collection of some of Popper&amp;#039;s most important material on this subject.  Sir Karl discusses such issues as the aims of science, the role that it plays in our civilization, the moral responsibility of the scientist, the structure of history and the perennial choice between reason and revolution. In doing so, he attacks intellectual fashions (like positivism) that exaggerate what science and rationality have done, as well as intellectual fashions (like relativism) that denigrate what science and rationality can do. Scientific knowledge, according to Popper, is one of the most rational and creative of human achievements, but it is also inherently fallible and subject to revision.  In place of intellectual fashions, Popper offers his own critical rationalism - a view that he regards both as a theory of knowledge and as an attitude towards human life, human morals and democracy.  There are nine essays in this collection: &amp;#039;The Rationality of Scientific Revolutions&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;The Myth of the Framework&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;Reason or Revolution&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;Science: Problems, Aims and Responsibilities&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;Philosophy and Physics&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;The Moral Responsibility of the Scientist&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;A Pluralist Approach to the Philosophy of History&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;Models, Instruments, and Truth&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;Epistemology and Industrialization&amp;#039;. In his Introduction, he writes: ‘All, or almost all, the papers collected in this volume are written to defend rationality and rational criticism. It is a way of thinking, and even a way of living: a readiness to listen to critical arguments, to search for one&amp;#039;s own mistakes, and to learn from them. It is, fundamentally, an attitude that I have tried to formulate (perhaps first in 1932) in the following two lines: ‘I may be wrong and you may be right, and by an effort, we may get nearer to the truth.&amp;#039; This is vintage Karl Popper.</description>
      <author>Karl Popper</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Apr 2021 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004134526.mp3" length="848470" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731096</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004134526.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731096">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731096</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Myth of the Framework: In Defence of Science and Rationality
Author: Karl Popper
Narrator: Martyn Swain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 30 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In a career spanning 60 years, Sir Karl Popper has made some of the most important contributions to the 20th century discussion of science and rationality. The Myth of the Framework is a collection of some of Popper&amp;#039;s most important material on this subject.  Sir Karl discusses such issues as the aims of science, the role that it plays in our civilization, the moral responsibility of the scientist, the structure of history and the perennial choice between reason and revolution. In doing so, he attacks intellectual fashions (like positivism) that exaggerate what science and rationality have done, as well as intellectual fashions (like relativism) that denigrate what science and rationality can do. Scientific knowledge, according to Popper, is one of the most rational and creative of human achievements, but it is also inherently fallible and subject to revision.  In place of intellectual fashions, Popper offers his own critical rationalism - a view that he regards both as a theory of knowledge and as an attitude towards human life, human morals and democracy.  There are nine essays in this collection: &amp;#039;The Rationality of Scientific Revolutions&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;The Myth of the Framework&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;Reason or Revolution&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;Science: Problems, Aims and Responsibilities&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;Philosophy and Physics&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;The Moral Responsibility of the Scientist&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;A Pluralist Approach to the Philosophy of History&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;Models, Instruments, and Truth&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;Epistemology and Industrialization&amp;#039;. In his Introduction, he writes: ‘All, or almost all, the papers collected in this volume are written to defend rationality and rational criticism. It is a way of thinking, and even a way of living: a readiness to listen to critical arguments, to search for one&amp;#039;s own mistakes, and to learn from them. It is, fundamentally, an attitude that I have tried to formulate (perhaps first in 1932) in the following two lines: ‘I may be wrong and you may be right, and by an effort, we may get nearer to the truth.&amp;#039; This is vintage Karl Popper.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731096">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731096</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Myth of the Framework: In Defence of Science and Rationality
Author: Karl Popper
Narrator: Martyn Swain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 30 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In a career spanning 60 years, Sir Karl Popper has made some of the most important contributions to the 20th century discussion of science and rationality. The Myth of the Framework is a collection of some of Popper&amp;#039;s most important material on this subject.  Sir Karl discusses such issues as the aims of science, the role that it plays in our civilization, the moral responsibility of the scientist, the structure of history and the perennial choice between reason and revolution. In doing so, he attacks intellectual fashions (like positivism) that exaggerate what science and rationality have done, as well as intellectual fashions (like relativism) that denigrate what science and rationality can do. Scientific knowledge, according to Popper, is one of the most rational and creative of human achievements, but it is also inherently fallible and subject to revision.  In place of intellectual fashions, Popper offers his own critical rationalism - a view that he regards both as a theory of knowledge and as an attitude towards human life, human morals and democracy.  There are nine essays in this collection: &amp;#039;The Rationality of Scientific Revolutions&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;The Myth of the Framework&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;Reason or Revolution&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;Science: Problems, Aims and Responsibilities&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;Philosophy and Physics&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;The Moral Responsibility of the Scientist&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;A Pluralist Approach to the Philosophy of History&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;Models, Instruments, and Truth&amp;#039;; &amp;#039;Epistemology and Industrialization&amp;#039;. In his Introduction, he writes: ‘All, or almost all, the papers collected in this volume are written to defend rationality and rational criticism. It is a way of thinking, and even a way of living: a readiness to listen to critical arguments, to search for one&amp;#039;s own mistakes, and to learn from them. It is, fundamentally, an attitude that I have tried to formulate (perhaps first in 1932) in the following two lines: ‘I may be wrong and you may be right, and by an effort, we may get nearer to the truth.&amp;#039; This is vintage Karl Popper.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Decline of the West: Volume 1: Form and Actuality and Volume 2: Perspectives of World History by Oswald Spengler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731097</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731097">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731097</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Decline of the West: Volume 1: Form and Actuality and Volume 2: Perspectives of World History
Author: Oswald Spengler
Narrator: Peter Wickham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 55 hours 52 minutes
Release date: February  3, 2021
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Decline of the West - Volume 1 published in 1917, Volume 2 in 1922 - has exercised and challenged opinion ever since. It was a huge undertaking by Oswald Spengler (1880-1936), formerly an unpublished historian and philosopher who set out to radically reconsider history - the rise and fall of world civilisations and their cultures.  His primary view was to reject the established Eurocentric paradigm (ancient/classical, Medieval - and, following the Renaissance - modern) and to take a totally new perspective. First and foremost, his intention was to offer a world overview; and on that basis to present and discuss the premise that the story of the history of man followed a fundamental pattern wherever on the globe it arose. Of particular interest to him were the characteristics of the separate and distinct cultures (established through developments in science, mathematics and the arts). The major cultures he identifies are Babylonian, Egyptian, Chinese, Indian, Mesoamerican (Mayan-Aztec), classical (Greek/Roman), Arabian and Western (European and American). Spengler offered another division - three distinct phases: Magian (societies dominated by monotheism - Persian as well as Semitic religions), Apollonian (ancient Greece and Rome) and Faustian (the ‘modern Western societies&amp;#039; of his time). All these civilisations can be seen to emerge and decline in seasonal form depicted in terms of spring, summer, autumn, winter. Within the context of this map comes the detail.  Spengler drew on his broad reading to tell the story, to make the links, to ink in the patterns. His breadth of sources and insights of observations and (strongly defined) opinions is fascinating and often persuasive but sometimes contentious. Inevitably, for such an ambitious work, it has garnered controversy since it first appeared. Certainly for a generation it was required reading.  First appearing in Germany (it was finally released in one volume in 1923 and translated into other languages) its reception was coloured by the timing. Both admired and criticised, it had its base in a Germany undergoing severe economic and psychological difficulties, only to be swept aside by the rise of Nazism. Spengler rejected the racism of Nazism, but his strong attitudes (acknowledging, unapologetically, the effect of ‘imperial&amp;#039; individuals on history, whether through military, political or commercial activities) were often characterised as unfailingly right-wing. Not surprisingly, The Decline of the West has been in and out of fashion in the academic world, but also in its more popular appeal. However, in the dramatically changing world of the 21st century, there are resonances which are impossible to ignore.  ‘The man of action is always conscienceless,&amp;#039; said Goethe, one of Spengler&amp;#039;s two main mentors (the other is Nietzsche). But Spengler is unequivocal in his conclusion - as one commentator wrote, ‘Spengler&amp;#039;s prophecy that Western Europe would lose its world hegemony has been fulfilled. Must Western culture also go under?&amp;#039; Spengler has been accused of pessimism, and The Decline of the West is certainly an uncompromising book to read. But in the preface he is essentially circumspect about his purpose: ‘Is there a logic of history? Is there, beyond all the casual and incalculable elements of the separate event, something that we may call a metaphysical structure of historic humanity, something that is essentially independent of outward forms - social, spiritual and political - wh</description>
      <author>Oswald Spengler</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Feb 2021 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004134441.mp3" length="783002" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731097</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004134441.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>55:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731097">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731097</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Decline of the West: Volume 1: Form and Actuality and Volume 2: Perspectives of World History
Author: Oswald Spengler
Narrator: Peter Wickham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 55 hours 52 minutes
Release date: February  3, 2021
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Decline of the West - Volume 1 published in 1917, Volume 2 in 1922 - has exercised and challenged opinion ever since. It was a huge undertaking by Oswald Spengler (1880-1936), formerly an unpublished historian and philosopher who set out to radically reconsider history - the rise and fall of world civilisations and their cultures.  His primary view was to reject the established Eurocentric paradigm (ancient/classical, Medieval - and, following the Renaissance - modern) and to take a totally new perspective. First and foremost, his intention was to offer a world overview; and on that basis to present and discuss the premise that the story of the history of man followed a fundamental pattern wherever on the globe it arose. Of particular interest to him were the characteristics of the separate and distinct cultures (established through developments in science, mathematics and the arts). The major cultures he identifies are Babylonian, Egyptian, Chinese, Indian, Mesoamerican (Mayan-Aztec), classical (Greek/Roman), Arabian and Western (European and American). Spengler offered another division - three distinct phases: Magian (societies dominated by monotheism - Persian as well as Semitic religions), Apollonian (ancient Greece and Rome) and Faustian (the ‘modern Western societies&amp;#039; of his time). All these civilisations can be seen to emerge and decline in seasonal form depicted in terms of spring, summer, autumn, winter. Within the context of this map comes the detail.  Spengler drew on his broad reading to tell the story, to make the links, to ink in the patterns. His breadth of sources and insights of observations and (strongly defined) opinions is fascinating and often persuasive but sometimes contentious. Inevitably, for such an ambitious work, it has garnered controversy since it first appeared. Certainly for a generation it was required reading.  First appearing in Germany (it was finally released in one volume in 1923 and translated into other languages) its reception was coloured by the timing. Both admired and criticised, it had its base in a Germany undergoing severe economic and psychological difficulties, only to be swept aside by the rise of Nazism. Spengler rejected the racism of Nazism, but his strong attitudes (acknowledging, unapologetically, the effect of ‘imperial&amp;#039; individuals on history, whether through military, political or commercial activities) were often characterised as unfailingly right-wing. Not surprisingly, The Decline of the West has been in and out of fashion in the academic world, but also in its more popular appeal. However, in the dramatically changing world of the 21st century, there are resonances which are impossible to ignore.  ‘The man of action is always conscienceless,&amp;#039; said Goethe, one of Spengler&amp;#039;s two main mentors (the other is Nietzsche). But Spengler is unequivocal in his conclusion - as one commentator wrote, ‘Spengler&amp;#039;s prophecy that Western Europe would lose its world hegemony has been fulfilled. Must Western culture also go under?&amp;#039; Spengler has been accused of pessimism, and The Decline of the West is certainly an uncompromising book to read. But in the preface he is essentially circumspect about his purpose: ‘Is there a logic of history? Is there, beyond all the casual and incalculable elements of the separate event, something that we may call a metaphysical structure of historic humanity, something that is essentially independent of outward forms - social, spiritual and political - wh</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731097">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731097</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Decline of the West: Volume 1: Form and Actuality and Volume 2: Perspectives of World History
Author: Oswald Spengler
Narrator: Peter Wickham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 55 hours 52 minutes
Release date: February  3, 2021
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Decline of the West - Volume 1 published in 1917, Volume 2 in 1922 - has exercised and challenged opinion ever since. It was a huge undertaking by Oswald Spengler (1880-1936), formerly an unpublished historian and philosopher who set out to radically reconsider history - the rise and fall of world civilisations and their cultures.  His primary view was to reject the established Eurocentric paradigm (ancient/classical, Medieval - and, following the Renaissance - modern) and to take a totally new perspective. First and foremost, his intention was to offer a world overview; and on that basis to present and discuss the premise that the story of the history of man followed a fundamental pattern wherever on the globe it arose. Of particular interest to him were the characteristics of the separate and distinct cultures (established through developments in science, mathematics and the arts). The major cultures he identifies are Babylonian, Egyptian, Chinese, Indian, Mesoamerican (Mayan-Aztec), classical (Greek/Roman), Arabian and Western (European and American). Spengler offered another division - three distinct phases: Magian (societies dominated by monotheism - Persian as well as Semitic religions), Apollonian (ancient Greece and Rome) and Faustian (the ‘modern Western societies&amp;#039; of his time). All these civilisations can be seen to emerge and decline in seasonal form depicted in terms of spring, summer, autumn, winter. Within the context of this map comes the detail.  Spengler drew on his broad reading to tell the story, to make the links, to ink in the patterns. His breadth of sources and insights of observations and (strongly defined) opinions is fascinating and often persuasive but sometimes contentious. Inevitably, for such an ambitious work, it has garnered controversy since it first appeared. Certainly for a generation it was required reading.  First appearing in Germany (it was finally released in one volume in 1923 and translated into other languages) its reception was coloured by the timing. Both admired and criticised, it had its base in a Germany undergoing severe economic and psychological difficulties, only to be swept aside by the rise of Nazism. Spengler rejected the racism of Nazism, but his strong attitudes (acknowledging, unapologetically, the effect of ‘imperial&amp;#039; individuals on history, whether through military, political or commercial activities) were often characterised as unfailingly right-wing. Not surprisingly, The Decline of the West has been in and out of fashion in the academic world, but also in its more popular appeal. However, in the dramatically changing world of the 21st century, there are resonances which are impossible to ignore.  ‘The man of action is always conscienceless,&amp;#039; said Goethe, one of Spengler&amp;#039;s two main mentors (the other is Nietzsche). But Spengler is unequivocal in his conclusion - as one commentator wrote, ‘Spengler&amp;#039;s prophecy that Western Europe would lose its world hegemony has been fulfilled. Must Western culture also go under?&amp;#039; Spengler has been accused of pessimism, and The Decline of the West is certainly an uncompromising book to read. But in the preface he is essentially circumspect about his purpose: ‘Is there a logic of history? Is there, beyond all the casual and incalculable elements of the separate event, something that we may call a metaphysical structure of historic humanity, something that is essentially independent of outward forms - social, spiritual and political - wh</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Apology and Memorabilia by Name Xenophon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731098</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731098">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731098</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Apology and Memorabilia
Author: Name Xenophon
Narrator: David Rintoul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Xenophon was a friend of Socrates, and yet his concise memories of the iconic philosopher have lived under the shadow of the more voluminous accounts by Plato. Yet Xenophon&amp;#039;s two works - Apology and Memorabilia - are, in many ways, more entertaining and more accessible, and they present a different view of the man who embodies a clear mind, temperate, ethical living, sharp intellect and humour. For example, in Apology - the account of Socrates&amp;#039; trial for corrupting youth and impiety - Socrates declines to mount a truly robust defence on the basis that in some ways it would be better to accept the judgment of the court, however unjust, and die, rather than ‘pay the old man&amp;#039;s forfeit&amp;#039; by declining into senility and illness.  Xenophon was not at the trial, being on the Persian campaign at the time, and bases his account on the reports of Hermogenes, who was there. But he was a student and even friend of Socrates and clearly knew him well. Memorabilia offers a succession of engaging tableaux in which Socrates (as in Plato&amp;#039;s accounts) interacts with a variety of prominent Athenian figures, challenging, explaining, expounding and generally running rings around his interlocutors.  The topics are often about everyday civic life, purpose, manners and attitudes. He gives clear instruction on the value of good friends, how to be a good general, a good cavalry leader; unexpectedly, he compares the role of the businessman with that of the general and clarifies what is needed by an individual aspiring to be head of state. When someone asks Socrates what seemed to him the best pursuit for a man, he answers, “Doing well. He who does nothing well is neither useful in any way nor dear to the gods.”  In Xenophon&amp;#039;s affectionate portrait, Socrates comes across as a truly human personality, warm, courageous, highly principled but also generous towards the more wayward members of society that he meets. These works are certainly far more than just an adjunct to Plato and are worth listening to on their own terms. Apology is translated by O. J. Todd, Memorabilia by E.C. Marchant. This recording again features David Rintoul, who takes the role of Socrates in the widely praised, multivoice recordings of the Complete Dialogues of Socrates by Plato, also available on Audible from Ukemi Audiobooks.</description>
      <author>Name Xenophon</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Feb 2019 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004133659.mp3" length="897872" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731098</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004133659.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731098">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731098</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Apology and Memorabilia
Author: Name Xenophon
Narrator: David Rintoul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Xenophon was a friend of Socrates, and yet his concise memories of the iconic philosopher have lived under the shadow of the more voluminous accounts by Plato. Yet Xenophon&amp;#039;s two works - Apology and Memorabilia - are, in many ways, more entertaining and more accessible, and they present a different view of the man who embodies a clear mind, temperate, ethical living, sharp intellect and humour. For example, in Apology - the account of Socrates&amp;#039; trial for corrupting youth and impiety - Socrates declines to mount a truly robust defence on the basis that in some ways it would be better to accept the judgment of the court, however unjust, and die, rather than ‘pay the old man&amp;#039;s forfeit&amp;#039; by declining into senility and illness.  Xenophon was not at the trial, being on the Persian campaign at the time, and bases his account on the reports of Hermogenes, who was there. But he was a student and even friend of Socrates and clearly knew him well. Memorabilia offers a succession of engaging tableaux in which Socrates (as in Plato&amp;#039;s accounts) interacts with a variety of prominent Athenian figures, challenging, explaining, expounding and generally running rings around his interlocutors.  The topics are often about everyday civic life, purpose, manners and attitudes. He gives clear instruction on the value of good friends, how to be a good general, a good cavalry leader; unexpectedly, he compares the role of the businessman with that of the general and clarifies what is needed by an individual aspiring to be head of state. When someone asks Socrates what seemed to him the best pursuit for a man, he answers, “Doing well. He who does nothing well is neither useful in any way nor dear to the gods.”  In Xenophon&amp;#039;s affectionate portrait, Socrates comes across as a truly human personality, warm, courageous, highly principled but also generous towards the more wayward members of society that he meets. These works are certainly far more than just an adjunct to Plato and are worth listening to on their own terms. Apology is translated by O. J. Todd, Memorabilia by E.C. Marchant. This recording again features David Rintoul, who takes the role of Socrates in the widely praised, multivoice recordings of the Complete Dialogues of Socrates by Plato, also available on Audible from Ukemi Audiobooks.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731098">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731098</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Apology and Memorabilia
Author: Name Xenophon
Narrator: David Rintoul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Xenophon was a friend of Socrates, and yet his concise memories of the iconic philosopher have lived under the shadow of the more voluminous accounts by Plato. Yet Xenophon&amp;#039;s two works - Apology and Memorabilia - are, in many ways, more entertaining and more accessible, and they present a different view of the man who embodies a clear mind, temperate, ethical living, sharp intellect and humour. For example, in Apology - the account of Socrates&amp;#039; trial for corrupting youth and impiety - Socrates declines to mount a truly robust defence on the basis that in some ways it would be better to accept the judgment of the court, however unjust, and die, rather than ‘pay the old man&amp;#039;s forfeit&amp;#039; by declining into senility and illness.  Xenophon was not at the trial, being on the Persian campaign at the time, and bases his account on the reports of Hermogenes, who was there. But he was a student and even friend of Socrates and clearly knew him well. Memorabilia offers a succession of engaging tableaux in which Socrates (as in Plato&amp;#039;s accounts) interacts with a variety of prominent Athenian figures, challenging, explaining, expounding and generally running rings around his interlocutors.  The topics are often about everyday civic life, purpose, manners and attitudes. He gives clear instruction on the value of good friends, how to be a good general, a good cavalry leader; unexpectedly, he compares the role of the businessman with that of the general and clarifies what is needed by an individual aspiring to be head of state. When someone asks Socrates what seemed to him the best pursuit for a man, he answers, “Doing well. He who does nothing well is neither useful in any way nor dear to the gods.”  In Xenophon&amp;#039;s affectionate portrait, Socrates comes across as a truly human personality, warm, courageous, highly principled but also generous towards the more wayward members of society that he meets. These works are certainly far more than just an adjunct to Plato and are worth listening to on their own terms. Apology is translated by O. J. Todd, Memorabilia by E.C. Marchant. This recording again features David Rintoul, who takes the role of Socrates in the widely praised, multivoice recordings of the Complete Dialogues of Socrates by Plato, also available on Audible from Ukemi Audiobooks.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Dawn of Day: Thoughts on the Prejudices of Morality by Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731087</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731087">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731087</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dawn of Day: Thoughts on the Prejudices of Morality
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Michael Lunts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 29 minutes
Release date: December 14, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Friedrich Nietzsche (1844-1900) is one of the towering intellectual figures of the 19th century, a philologist, philosopher and poet of profound complexity and range whose writings in moral philosophy continue to resonate in the present day. The Dawn of Day (Morgenröte), first published in 1881, marked a clear shift in his thinking and prefigures many of the ideas that would be further developed in his later writings.  The clue is in the title, sometimes translated as Dawn or Morning, which suggests the beginning of a different awareness. One of Nietzsche&amp;#039;s least studied works, The Dawn of Day consists of 575 passages ranging from a few lines to numerous pages in length, in which the philosopher considers and dissects the nature of reality and of conventional 19th-century European ethics and morality.  The great German thinker and classicist makes considerable use of aphorisms and frequently uses an ironic tone to criticise the nature of the morality suffusing the fabric of the society of his day. In John M Kennedy&amp;#039;s excellent translation, Nietzsche ranges across the influences exerted on the mind of modern man referencing classical sources, the Bible, Christian thinkers and the writer&amp;#039;s own contemporaries. The influence of Schopenhauer and an admiration for Kant are still apparent in his thinking, but Nietzsche clearly begins to develop his own world view, his own philosophy in this work. His burgeoning moral and cultural relativism in his critique of Christian thought is incisive and constant and the roots of the notions later developed into the ideas of ‘the death of God&amp;#039; and ‘the will to power&amp;#039; are clearly discernible.  The work is organised in four books containing Nietzsche&amp;#039;s reflections on everything including politics, history, art, music, theatre, literature, psychology, religion, culture, crime and punishment, heroism, idealism and a plethora of other issues affecting the individual in society. It is an attempt at creating and describing a modern European perspective on existence while simultaneously exploring the nature of thinking and belief.  Nietzsche alternates between pondering, preaching, teasing and provoking the listener. For instance when considering education he remarks, ‘…nobody learns, nobody teaches, nobody wishes, to endure solitude&amp;#039;. Then, shortly afterwards, he states, ‘Master and Pupil. By cautioning his pupils against himself the teacher shows his humanity.&amp;#039;  The Dawn of Day remains an abundant source of food for thought and is expertly presented by reader Michael Lunts for Ukemi Audiobooks.</description>
      <author>Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 14 Dec 2019 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004133932.mp3" length="774032" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731087</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004133932.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731087">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731087</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dawn of Day: Thoughts on the Prejudices of Morality
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Michael Lunts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 29 minutes
Release date: December 14, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Friedrich Nietzsche (1844-1900) is one of the towering intellectual figures of the 19th century, a philologist, philosopher and poet of profound complexity and range whose writings in moral philosophy continue to resonate in the present day. The Dawn of Day (Morgenröte), first published in 1881, marked a clear shift in his thinking and prefigures many of the ideas that would be further developed in his later writings.  The clue is in the title, sometimes translated as Dawn or Morning, which suggests the beginning of a different awareness. One of Nietzsche&amp;#039;s least studied works, The Dawn of Day consists of 575 passages ranging from a few lines to numerous pages in length, in which the philosopher considers and dissects the nature of reality and of conventional 19th-century European ethics and morality.  The great German thinker and classicist makes considerable use of aphorisms and frequently uses an ironic tone to criticise the nature of the morality suffusing the fabric of the society of his day. In John M Kennedy&amp;#039;s excellent translation, Nietzsche ranges across the influences exerted on the mind of modern man referencing classical sources, the Bible, Christian thinkers and the writer&amp;#039;s own contemporaries. The influence of Schopenhauer and an admiration for Kant are still apparent in his thinking, but Nietzsche clearly begins to develop his own world view, his own philosophy in this work. His burgeoning moral and cultural relativism in his critique of Christian thought is incisive and constant and the roots of the notions later developed into the ideas of ‘the death of God&amp;#039; and ‘the will to power&amp;#039; are clearly discernible.  The work is organised in four books containing Nietzsche&amp;#039;s reflections on everything including politics, history, art, music, theatre, literature, psychology, religion, culture, crime and punishment, heroism, idealism and a plethora of other issues affecting the individual in society. It is an attempt at creating and describing a modern European perspective on existence while simultaneously exploring the nature of thinking and belief.  Nietzsche alternates between pondering, preaching, teasing and provoking the listener. For instance when considering education he remarks, ‘…nobody learns, nobody teaches, nobody wishes, to endure solitude&amp;#039;. Then, shortly afterwards, he states, ‘Master and Pupil. By cautioning his pupils against himself the teacher shows his humanity.&amp;#039;  The Dawn of Day remains an abundant source of food for thought and is expertly presented by reader Michael Lunts for Ukemi Audiobooks.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731087">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731087</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dawn of Day: Thoughts on the Prejudices of Morality
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Michael Lunts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 29 minutes
Release date: December 14, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Friedrich Nietzsche (1844-1900) is one of the towering intellectual figures of the 19th century, a philologist, philosopher and poet of profound complexity and range whose writings in moral philosophy continue to resonate in the present day. The Dawn of Day (Morgenröte), first published in 1881, marked a clear shift in his thinking and prefigures many of the ideas that would be further developed in his later writings.  The clue is in the title, sometimes translated as Dawn or Morning, which suggests the beginning of a different awareness. One of Nietzsche&amp;#039;s least studied works, The Dawn of Day consists of 575 passages ranging from a few lines to numerous pages in length, in which the philosopher considers and dissects the nature of reality and of conventional 19th-century European ethics and morality.  The great German thinker and classicist makes considerable use of aphorisms and frequently uses an ironic tone to criticise the nature of the morality suffusing the fabric of the society of his day. In John M Kennedy&amp;#039;s excellent translation, Nietzsche ranges across the influences exerted on the mind of modern man referencing classical sources, the Bible, Christian thinkers and the writer&amp;#039;s own contemporaries. The influence of Schopenhauer and an admiration for Kant are still apparent in his thinking, but Nietzsche clearly begins to develop his own world view, his own philosophy in this work. His burgeoning moral and cultural relativism in his critique of Christian thought is incisive and constant and the roots of the notions later developed into the ideas of ‘the death of God&amp;#039; and ‘the will to power&amp;#039; are clearly discernible.  The work is organised in four books containing Nietzsche&amp;#039;s reflections on everything including politics, history, art, music, theatre, literature, psychology, religion, culture, crime and punishment, heroism, idealism and a plethora of other issues affecting the individual in society. It is an attempt at creating and describing a modern European perspective on existence while simultaneously exploring the nature of thinking and belief.  Nietzsche alternates between pondering, preaching, teasing and provoking the listener. For instance when considering education he remarks, ‘…nobody learns, nobody teaches, nobody wishes, to endure solitude&amp;#039;. Then, shortly afterwards, he states, ‘Master and Pupil. By cautioning his pupils against himself the teacher shows his humanity.&amp;#039;  The Dawn of Day remains an abundant source of food for thought and is expertly presented by reader Michael Lunts for Ukemi Audiobooks.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Así habló Zaratustra [Thus Spoke Zarathustra] by Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731083</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731083">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731083</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Así habló Zaratustra [Thus Spoke Zarathustra]
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Fernando Simon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 20 minutes
Release date: December 30, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Así habló Zaratustra es uno de los textos más extraordinarios e importantes de la filosofía occidental. Fue escrito por Friedrich Nietzsche entre 1883 y 1885. Lo escribió en clave de novela con la esperanza de que su apremiante anuncio de la “muerte de Dios” y del surgimiento del superhombre (übermensch) tuviera un mayor impacto tanto emocional como intelectual. Aunque algo empañada por la indebida apropiación por parte del movimiento nazi a mediados del siglo XX, Zaratustra sigue siendo una obra tremendamente relevante e influyente, especialmente por incitar al individuo a cuestionarse las reglas convencionales de la sociedad a fin de seguir un camino verdaderamente ético y espiritual. Tras diez años de soledad en las montañas, Zaratustra decide que es hora de regresar al mundo para que la gente pueda beneficiarse del fruto de su reflexión: “Me gustaría regalar y repartir hasta que los sabios vuelvan a regocijarse en su locura, y los pobres, en su riqueza.” Así habló Zaratustra es un texto exigente, pero, una vez abordado y asimilado, no puede olvidarse, ni por su contenido ni por su estilo.  Traducción de Andrés Sánchez Pascual. Please note: This audiobook is in Castilian Spanish.</description>
      <author>Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Dec 2020 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004134397.mp3" length="821431" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731083</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004134397.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731083">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731083</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Así habló Zaratustra [Thus Spoke Zarathustra]
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Fernando Simon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 20 minutes
Release date: December 30, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Así habló Zaratustra es uno de los textos más extraordinarios e importantes de la filosofía occidental. Fue escrito por Friedrich Nietzsche entre 1883 y 1885. Lo escribió en clave de novela con la esperanza de que su apremiante anuncio de la “muerte de Dios” y del surgimiento del superhombre (übermensch) tuviera un mayor impacto tanto emocional como intelectual. Aunque algo empañada por la indebida apropiación por parte del movimiento nazi a mediados del siglo XX, Zaratustra sigue siendo una obra tremendamente relevante e influyente, especialmente por incitar al individuo a cuestionarse las reglas convencionales de la sociedad a fin de seguir un camino verdaderamente ético y espiritual. Tras diez años de soledad en las montañas, Zaratustra decide que es hora de regresar al mundo para que la gente pueda beneficiarse del fruto de su reflexión: “Me gustaría regalar y repartir hasta que los sabios vuelvan a regocijarse en su locura, y los pobres, en su riqueza.” Así habló Zaratustra es un texto exigente, pero, una vez abordado y asimilado, no puede olvidarse, ni por su contenido ni por su estilo.  Traducción de Andrés Sánchez Pascual. Please note: This audiobook is in Castilian Spanish.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731083">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731083</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Así habló Zaratustra [Thus Spoke Zarathustra]
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Fernando Simon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 20 minutes
Release date: December 30, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Así habló Zaratustra es uno de los textos más extraordinarios e importantes de la filosofía occidental. Fue escrito por Friedrich Nietzsche entre 1883 y 1885. Lo escribió en clave de novela con la esperanza de que su apremiante anuncio de la “muerte de Dios” y del surgimiento del superhombre (übermensch) tuviera un mayor impacto tanto emocional como intelectual. Aunque algo empañada por la indebida apropiación por parte del movimiento nazi a mediados del siglo XX, Zaratustra sigue siendo una obra tremendamente relevante e influyente, especialmente por incitar al individuo a cuestionarse las reglas convencionales de la sociedad a fin de seguir un camino verdaderamente ético y espiritual. Tras diez años de soledad en las montañas, Zaratustra decide que es hora de regresar al mundo para que la gente pueda beneficiarse del fruto de su reflexión: “Me gustaría regalar y repartir hasta que los sabios vuelvan a regocijarse en su locura, y los pobres, en su riqueza.” Así habló Zaratustra es un texto exigente, pero, una vez abordado y asimilado, no puede olvidarse, ni por su contenido ni por su estilo.  Traducción de Andrés Sánchez Pascual. Please note: This audiobook is in Castilian Spanish.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Being and Time by Martin Heidegger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731086</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Being and Time
Author: Martin Heidegger
Narrator: Martyn Swain, Taylor Carman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 23 hours 18 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In his lucid introduction to this recording, Professor Taylor Carman declares unequivocally that Being and Time by Martin Heidegger (1889-1976) is ‘one of the great masterpieces of 20th century philosophy.&amp;#039; And that is despite the fact that it is unquestionably a challenging listen. But by placing it in its historical context - the key work on existentialism between Søren Kierkegaard (1813-1855) and Jean-Paul Sartre (1905-1980) - it becomes much easier to approach.  As Professor Carman explains, ‘Being and Time addresses a seemingly simple question: What does it mean to be?&amp;#039; As far as we know, human beings are the only existing things ‘with an understanding of what it is for something to exist&amp;#039; and, furthermore, are aware of their own existence. Heidegger chose the German word Dasein - existence: literally ‘being there&amp;#039; - instead of more common expressions such as man, human being, soul, consciousness, etc. And he embarks upon his investigation, considering ‘being there in-the-world, in time (past, present, future); discussing ‘authentic&amp;#039; and ‘inauthentic&amp;#039; living and dying; and the acceptance of impermanence. ‘Dasein&amp;#039;s existence is pervaded by a primordial kind of anxiety (Angst)&amp;#039;, Carman remarks, but points out that the concept of care is central to Heidegger&amp;#039;s view: ‘to be a human being is to care about something&amp;#039;.  Being and Time was published in 1927 during the Weimar period in Germany, a time of political, social and economic turmoil. Heidegger himself did not escape the pressures, and his nationalism and undeniable anti-Semitism in the following decades cast a shadow over the man, but not the work. Being and Time is not coloured by expressions of his later views (unlike other writings) and remains an outstanding document.  This recording opens with Professor Carman reading his introduction. Being and Time is read by Martyn Swain.  Translation: John Macquarrie and Edward Robinson.</description>
      <author>Martin Heidegger</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jan 2020 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004134014.mp3" length="777732" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731086</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004134014.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>23:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Being and Time
Author: Martin Heidegger
Narrator: Martyn Swain, Taylor Carman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 23 hours 18 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In his lucid introduction to this recording, Professor Taylor Carman declares unequivocally that Being and Time by Martin Heidegger (1889-1976) is ‘one of the great masterpieces of 20th century philosophy.&amp;#039; And that is despite the fact that it is unquestionably a challenging listen. But by placing it in its historical context - the key work on existentialism between Søren Kierkegaard (1813-1855) and Jean-Paul Sartre (1905-1980) - it becomes much easier to approach.  As Professor Carman explains, ‘Being and Time addresses a seemingly simple question: What does it mean to be?&amp;#039; As far as we know, human beings are the only existing things ‘with an understanding of what it is for something to exist&amp;#039; and, furthermore, are aware of their own existence. Heidegger chose the German word Dasein - existence: literally ‘being there&amp;#039; - instead of more common expressions such as man, human being, soul, consciousness, etc. And he embarks upon his investigation, considering ‘being there in-the-world, in time (past, present, future); discussing ‘authentic&amp;#039; and ‘inauthentic&amp;#039; living and dying; and the acceptance of impermanence. ‘Dasein&amp;#039;s existence is pervaded by a primordial kind of anxiety (Angst)&amp;#039;, Carman remarks, but points out that the concept of care is central to Heidegger&amp;#039;s view: ‘to be a human being is to care about something&amp;#039;.  Being and Time was published in 1927 during the Weimar period in Germany, a time of political, social and economic turmoil. Heidegger himself did not escape the pressures, and his nationalism and undeniable anti-Semitism in the following decades cast a shadow over the man, but not the work. Being and Time is not coloured by expressions of his later views (unlike other writings) and remains an outstanding document.  This recording opens with Professor Carman reading his introduction. Being and Time is read by Martyn Swain.  Translation: John Macquarrie and Edward Robinson.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Being and Time
Author: Martin Heidegger
Narrator: Martyn Swain, Taylor Carman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 23 hours 18 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In his lucid introduction to this recording, Professor Taylor Carman declares unequivocally that Being and Time by Martin Heidegger (1889-1976) is ‘one of the great masterpieces of 20th century philosophy.&amp;#039; And that is despite the fact that it is unquestionably a challenging listen. But by placing it in its historical context - the key work on existentialism between Søren Kierkegaard (1813-1855) and Jean-Paul Sartre (1905-1980) - it becomes much easier to approach.  As Professor Carman explains, ‘Being and Time addresses a seemingly simple question: What does it mean to be?&amp;#039; As far as we know, human beings are the only existing things ‘with an understanding of what it is for something to exist&amp;#039; and, furthermore, are aware of their own existence. Heidegger chose the German word Dasein - existence: literally ‘being there&amp;#039; - instead of more common expressions such as man, human being, soul, consciousness, etc. And he embarks upon his investigation, considering ‘being there in-the-world, in time (past, present, future); discussing ‘authentic&amp;#039; and ‘inauthentic&amp;#039; living and dying; and the acceptance of impermanence. ‘Dasein&amp;#039;s existence is pervaded by a primordial kind of anxiety (Angst)&amp;#039;, Carman remarks, but points out that the concept of care is central to Heidegger&amp;#039;s view: ‘to be a human being is to care about something&amp;#039;.  Being and Time was published in 1927 during the Weimar period in Germany, a time of political, social and economic turmoil. Heidegger himself did not escape the pressures, and his nationalism and undeniable anti-Semitism in the following decades cast a shadow over the man, but not the work. Being and Time is not coloured by expressions of his later views (unlike other writings) and remains an outstanding document.  This recording opens with Professor Carman reading his introduction. Being and Time is read by Martyn Swain.  Translation: John Macquarrie and Edward Robinson.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - New Thought: Das große Hörbuch des Positiven Denkens: Ein Klassiker der richtigen Lebensführung by Florence Scovel Shinn, Ralph Waldo Emerson, James Allen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731065</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731065">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731065</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - New Thought: Das große Hörbuch des Positiven Denkens: Ein Klassiker der richtigen Lebensführung
Author: Florence Scovel Shinn, Ralph Waldo Emerson, James Allen
Narrator: Tim Eriksson, Jürgen Fritsche
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Neugeist-Bewegung, die im amerikanischen Transzendentalismus ihren Ursprung hat, hat sich in Texten manifestiert, von denen hier einige grundlegende versammelt sind. Ausgehend von Ralph Waldo Emersons Essays über Natur, Persönlichkeit, Selbständigkeit und Manieren erfahren wir in James Allens Klassiker &amp;#039;Wie der Mensch denkt&amp;#039;, wie das Leben selbstbestimmt und erfolgreich geführt werden kann. Den Abschluss bildet Florence Scovel Shinns Welt-Bestseller &amp;#039;Das Spiel des Lebens und wie man es spielt&amp;#039;. Zeitlose Ratgeber für ein erfülltes Leben!</description>
      <author>Florence Scovel Shinn, Ralph Waldo Emerson, James Allen</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 03 Dec 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783754504901.mp3" length="861639" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731065</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783754504901.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731065">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731065</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - New Thought: Das große Hörbuch des Positiven Denkens: Ein Klassiker der richtigen Lebensführung
Author: Florence Scovel Shinn, Ralph Waldo Emerson, James Allen
Narrator: Tim Eriksson, Jürgen Fritsche
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Neugeist-Bewegung, die im amerikanischen Transzendentalismus ihren Ursprung hat, hat sich in Texten manifestiert, von denen hier einige grundlegende versammelt sind. Ausgehend von Ralph Waldo Emersons Essays über Natur, Persönlichkeit, Selbständigkeit und Manieren erfahren wir in James Allens Klassiker &amp;#039;Wie der Mensch denkt&amp;#039;, wie das Leben selbstbestimmt und erfolgreich geführt werden kann. Den Abschluss bildet Florence Scovel Shinns Welt-Bestseller &amp;#039;Das Spiel des Lebens und wie man es spielt&amp;#039;. Zeitlose Ratgeber für ein erfülltes Leben!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731065">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/731065</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - New Thought: Das große Hörbuch des Positiven Denkens: Ein Klassiker der richtigen Lebensführung
Author: Florence Scovel Shinn, Ralph Waldo Emerson, James Allen
Narrator: Tim Eriksson, Jürgen Fritsche
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Neugeist-Bewegung, die im amerikanischen Transzendentalismus ihren Ursprung hat, hat sich in Texten manifestiert, von denen hier einige grundlegende versammelt sind. Ausgehend von Ralph Waldo Emersons Essays über Natur, Persönlichkeit, Selbständigkeit und Manieren erfahren wir in James Allens Klassiker &amp;#039;Wie der Mensch denkt&amp;#039;, wie das Leben selbstbestimmt und erfolgreich geführt werden kann. Den Abschluss bildet Florence Scovel Shinns Welt-Bestseller &amp;#039;Das Spiel des Lebens und wie man es spielt&amp;#039;. Zeitlose Ratgeber für ein erfülltes Leben!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Discourse on Metaphysics, On the Ultimate Origin of Things and Other Principal Essays by Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730990</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Discourse on Metaphysics, On the Ultimate Origin of Things and Other Principal Essays
Author: Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz
Narrator: Charles Armstrong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This Leibniz collection contains some of the philosopher&amp;#039;s most important works and ideas, spans three decades and illuminates the fascinating intellectual journey undertaken by him in his quest for truth.  A prodigious polymath, Leibniz was a mathematician, philosopher, physicist and statesman and engaged with a sweeping range of ideas and disciplines, striving throughout his life to be at the cutting edge of scientific thinking. These Principal Essays are arranged in chronological order.  ‘Thoughts on Knowledge, Truth and Ideas&amp;#039; (1684) was Leibniz&amp;#039;s first published paper on philosophical issues. In it he defined his concept of knowledge for the first time. In so doing, he criticised Descartes&amp;#039; version of ontological truth and was undoubtedly prompted to do so by the appearance of Arnauld&amp;#039;s attack on Malebranche&amp;#039;s theory of knowledge in the ‘des vraies et des fausses idées&amp;#039;. He contrasts a priori and a posteriori reasoning, considers the nature and role of logic in reasoning and offers a clear overview of his epistemology.  The preoccupation with being able to distinguish between truth and falsity was nothing new in the 17th century and yet is something that remains as relevant and essential today as when it was written. The ‘Discourse on Metaphysics&amp;#039; (1684) is the first explicit exposition of the nature of Leibnizian reasoning with its two principal pillars: sufficient reason and contradiction being shored up by the principle of the best, the principle of continuity, the predicate-in-notion principle and the principle of the identity of indescernibles. From these principles he would derive his notion that a perfect God created ‘the best of all possible worlds.&amp;#039;  In ‘A New System&amp;#039; (1695) Leibniz presents a five step argument for pre-established harmony wherein he rigorously opposes Cartesian dualistic views of the mind body relationship and rejects materialistic conceptions of mind. He outlines his Dynamic Theory of Motion and argues that the subject of perception and consciousness must be a single indivisible ‘I&amp;#039; and postulates a divinely pre-established unifying harmony between body and soul.  ‘In a New System&amp;#039; also contains his reply to Foucher&amp;#039;s objections to his ideas and the second explanation of the system of the communication between substances. In ‘Reflections on Locke&amp;#039;s Essay on Human Understanding&amp;#039; (1696) Leibniz suggests that the doctrine of innateness, if properly understood, is not only reasonable but indispensable in accounting for human knowledge.  ‘On the Ultimate Origin of Things&amp;#039; was written in 1697. In it Leibniz asserts the truth of the cosmological argument for the existence of God. He bases this truth on the principle of sufficient reason, one of the bedrock principles of his philosophy and postulates a process of endless progress to ever greater perfection in existence. ‘On Nature In Itself, or the Force Residing in Created Things&amp;#039; (1698) explained the internal workings of nature within the framework of Leibniz&amp;#039;s theory of dynamics, identifying nature as the handiwork of God.  ‘The Monadology&amp;#039;, written in 1714, just two years before his death, is a classic of natural philosophy and is a strikingly concise, cogent and condensed summary of Leibniz&amp;#039;s world view. In just 6,000 words, comprising ninety sections, he defines and defends the key elements of his philosophy. The term monad, suggested by the title, derives from monas, a Greek word meaning unity or oneness. Monads are simple substances, soul-like ind</description>
      <author>Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Sep 2019 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004133918.mp3" length="897981" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730990</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004133918.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Discourse on Metaphysics, On the Ultimate Origin of Things and Other Principal Essays
Author: Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz
Narrator: Charles Armstrong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This Leibniz collection contains some of the philosopher&amp;#039;s most important works and ideas, spans three decades and illuminates the fascinating intellectual journey undertaken by him in his quest for truth.  A prodigious polymath, Leibniz was a mathematician, philosopher, physicist and statesman and engaged with a sweeping range of ideas and disciplines, striving throughout his life to be at the cutting edge of scientific thinking. These Principal Essays are arranged in chronological order.  ‘Thoughts on Knowledge, Truth and Ideas&amp;#039; (1684) was Leibniz&amp;#039;s first published paper on philosophical issues. In it he defined his concept of knowledge for the first time. In so doing, he criticised Descartes&amp;#039; version of ontological truth and was undoubtedly prompted to do so by the appearance of Arnauld&amp;#039;s attack on Malebranche&amp;#039;s theory of knowledge in the ‘des vraies et des fausses idées&amp;#039;. He contrasts a priori and a posteriori reasoning, considers the nature and role of logic in reasoning and offers a clear overview of his epistemology.  The preoccupation with being able to distinguish between truth and falsity was nothing new in the 17th century and yet is something that remains as relevant and essential today as when it was written. The ‘Discourse on Metaphysics&amp;#039; (1684) is the first explicit exposition of the nature of Leibnizian reasoning with its two principal pillars: sufficient reason and contradiction being shored up by the principle of the best, the principle of continuity, the predicate-in-notion principle and the principle of the identity of indescernibles. From these principles he would derive his notion that a perfect God created ‘the best of all possible worlds.&amp;#039;  In ‘A New System&amp;#039; (1695) Leibniz presents a five step argument for pre-established harmony wherein he rigorously opposes Cartesian dualistic views of the mind body relationship and rejects materialistic conceptions of mind. He outlines his Dynamic Theory of Motion and argues that the subject of perception and consciousness must be a single indivisible ‘I&amp;#039; and postulates a divinely pre-established unifying harmony between body and soul.  ‘In a New System&amp;#039; also contains his reply to Foucher&amp;#039;s objections to his ideas and the second explanation of the system of the communication between substances. In ‘Reflections on Locke&amp;#039;s Essay on Human Understanding&amp;#039; (1696) Leibniz suggests that the doctrine of innateness, if properly understood, is not only reasonable but indispensable in accounting for human knowledge.  ‘On the Ultimate Origin of Things&amp;#039; was written in 1697. In it Leibniz asserts the truth of the cosmological argument for the existence of God. He bases this truth on the principle of sufficient reason, one of the bedrock principles of his philosophy and postulates a process of endless progress to ever greater perfection in existence. ‘On Nature In Itself, or the Force Residing in Created Things&amp;#039; (1698) explained the internal workings of nature within the framework of Leibniz&amp;#039;s theory of dynamics, identifying nature as the handiwork of God.  ‘The Monadology&amp;#039;, written in 1714, just two years before his death, is a classic of natural philosophy and is a strikingly concise, cogent and condensed summary of Leibniz&amp;#039;s world view. In just 6,000 words, comprising ninety sections, he defines and defends the key elements of his philosophy. The term monad, suggested by the title, derives from monas, a Greek word meaning unity or oneness. Monads are simple substances, soul-like ind</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Discourse on Metaphysics, On the Ultimate Origin of Things and Other Principal Essays
Author: Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz
Narrator: Charles Armstrong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This Leibniz collection contains some of the philosopher&amp;#039;s most important works and ideas, spans three decades and illuminates the fascinating intellectual journey undertaken by him in his quest for truth.  A prodigious polymath, Leibniz was a mathematician, philosopher, physicist and statesman and engaged with a sweeping range of ideas and disciplines, striving throughout his life to be at the cutting edge of scientific thinking. These Principal Essays are arranged in chronological order.  ‘Thoughts on Knowledge, Truth and Ideas&amp;#039; (1684) was Leibniz&amp;#039;s first published paper on philosophical issues. In it he defined his concept of knowledge for the first time. In so doing, he criticised Descartes&amp;#039; version of ontological truth and was undoubtedly prompted to do so by the appearance of Arnauld&amp;#039;s attack on Malebranche&amp;#039;s theory of knowledge in the ‘des vraies et des fausses idées&amp;#039;. He contrasts a priori and a posteriori reasoning, considers the nature and role of logic in reasoning and offers a clear overview of his epistemology.  The preoccupation with being able to distinguish between truth and falsity was nothing new in the 17th century and yet is something that remains as relevant and essential today as when it was written. The ‘Discourse on Metaphysics&amp;#039; (1684) is the first explicit exposition of the nature of Leibnizian reasoning with its two principal pillars: sufficient reason and contradiction being shored up by the principle of the best, the principle of continuity, the predicate-in-notion principle and the principle of the identity of indescernibles. From these principles he would derive his notion that a perfect God created ‘the best of all possible worlds.&amp;#039;  In ‘A New System&amp;#039; (1695) Leibniz presents a five step argument for pre-established harmony wherein he rigorously opposes Cartesian dualistic views of the mind body relationship and rejects materialistic conceptions of mind. He outlines his Dynamic Theory of Motion and argues that the subject of perception and consciousness must be a single indivisible ‘I&amp;#039; and postulates a divinely pre-established unifying harmony between body and soul.  ‘In a New System&amp;#039; also contains his reply to Foucher&amp;#039;s objections to his ideas and the second explanation of the system of the communication between substances. In ‘Reflections on Locke&amp;#039;s Essay on Human Understanding&amp;#039; (1696) Leibniz suggests that the doctrine of innateness, if properly understood, is not only reasonable but indispensable in accounting for human knowledge.  ‘On the Ultimate Origin of Things&amp;#039; was written in 1697. In it Leibniz asserts the truth of the cosmological argument for the existence of God. He bases this truth on the principle of sufficient reason, one of the bedrock principles of his philosophy and postulates a process of endless progress to ever greater perfection in existence. ‘On Nature In Itself, or the Force Residing in Created Things&amp;#039; (1698) explained the internal workings of nature within the framework of Leibniz&amp;#039;s theory of dynamics, identifying nature as the handiwork of God.  ‘The Monadology&amp;#039;, written in 1714, just two years before his death, is a classic of natural philosophy and is a strikingly concise, cogent and condensed summary of Leibniz&amp;#039;s world view. In just 6,000 words, comprising ninety sections, he defines and defends the key elements of his philosophy. The term monad, suggested by the title, derives from monas, a Greek word meaning unity or oneness. Monads are simple substances, soul-like ind</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Consolation of Philosophy by Manlius Boethius</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730993</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730993">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730993</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Consolation of Philosophy
Author: Manlius Boethius
Narrator: David Rintoul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 54 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Consolation of Philosophy is one of the key works in the rich tradition of Western philosophy, partly because of the circumstances in which it was written. Anicius Manlius Severinus Boethius (c480-c524) was of aristocratic Roman birth and became consul and then master of offices at Ravenna, one of the highest posts under the Ostrogothic Roman ruler Theodoric. But Boethius was unjustly charged with treason in 524, and this led to house arrest, then torture and execution. It was while he was imprisoned and anticipating his fate that he wrote The Consolation of Philosophy, a remarkably personal document in which, through alternating passages of poetry and prose, he considers the lot of humankind. He draws on classical Greek and Roman philosophy, emphasising the fragility of worldly position and that true happiness can only come from within. As a practising Christian, he placed this within a Christian perspective. The work is all the more effective because it is presented as a dialogue between the despairing Boethius and a figure known as Lady Philosophy, who constantly questions, guides and supports the former statesman, leading him to a place of understanding and equilibrium. The work has proved a continuing influence through the ages, having been translated by figures as disparate as Alfred the Great, Chaucer, Elizabeth I and many others. The translation by H. R. James has been revised and modernised for this recording.</description>
      <author>Manlius Boethius</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Nov 2016 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004132959.mp3" length="891995" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730993</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004132959.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730993">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730993</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Consolation of Philosophy
Author: Manlius Boethius
Narrator: David Rintoul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 54 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Consolation of Philosophy is one of the key works in the rich tradition of Western philosophy, partly because of the circumstances in which it was written. Anicius Manlius Severinus Boethius (c480-c524) was of aristocratic Roman birth and became consul and then master of offices at Ravenna, one of the highest posts under the Ostrogothic Roman ruler Theodoric. But Boethius was unjustly charged with treason in 524, and this led to house arrest, then torture and execution. It was while he was imprisoned and anticipating his fate that he wrote The Consolation of Philosophy, a remarkably personal document in which, through alternating passages of poetry and prose, he considers the lot of humankind. He draws on classical Greek and Roman philosophy, emphasising the fragility of worldly position and that true happiness can only come from within. As a practising Christian, he placed this within a Christian perspective. The work is all the more effective because it is presented as a dialogue between the despairing Boethius and a figure known as Lady Philosophy, who constantly questions, guides and supports the former statesman, leading him to a place of understanding and equilibrium. The work has proved a continuing influence through the ages, having been translated by figures as disparate as Alfred the Great, Chaucer, Elizabeth I and many others. The translation by H. R. James has been revised and modernised for this recording.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730993">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730993</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Consolation of Philosophy
Author: Manlius Boethius
Narrator: David Rintoul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 54 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Consolation of Philosophy is one of the key works in the rich tradition of Western philosophy, partly because of the circumstances in which it was written. Anicius Manlius Severinus Boethius (c480-c524) was of aristocratic Roman birth and became consul and then master of offices at Ravenna, one of the highest posts under the Ostrogothic Roman ruler Theodoric. But Boethius was unjustly charged with treason in 524, and this led to house arrest, then torture and execution. It was while he was imprisoned and anticipating his fate that he wrote The Consolation of Philosophy, a remarkably personal document in which, through alternating passages of poetry and prose, he considers the lot of humankind. He draws on classical Greek and Roman philosophy, emphasising the fragility of worldly position and that true happiness can only come from within. As a practising Christian, he placed this within a Christian perspective. The work is all the more effective because it is presented as a dialogue between the despairing Boethius and a figure known as Lady Philosophy, who constantly questions, guides and supports the former statesman, leading him to a place of understanding and equilibrium. The work has proved a continuing influence through the ages, having been translated by figures as disparate as Alfred the Great, Chaucer, Elizabeth I and many others. The translation by H. R. James has been revised and modernised for this recording.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Praise of Folly/Against War by Desiderius Erasmus</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730982</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730982">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730982</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Praise of Folly/Against War
Author: Desiderius Erasmus
Narrator: Leighton Pugh, Georgina Sutton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Desiderius Erasmus of Rotterdam (1466-1536) was known as Prince of the Humanists - though a theologian, a Catholic priest and the leading European scholar of his time. A close friend of Sir Thomas More, Erasmus&amp;#039; writings had a strong influence on the growing movement for change in Christian Europe, both Lutheran and the Counter-Reformation. These two essays are among his most important - and well-known - writings. &amp;#039;The Praise of Folly&amp;#039;, written in Latin in 1509 and spoken by the goddess Folly (who champions a lively enjoyment of life), was a bold satire on (in the cautious contemporary environment) not only Western classical traditions but also the Catholic Church. Dedicated to More himself, Erasmus wittily challenged entrenched views in so forthright (and humanist) a style that it could have brought him in direct conflict with the papacy. Fortunately the pope, Leo X, enjoyed the humour and the challenge! It is here presented in the lively modern translation by Leonard H. Dean. &amp;#039;Against War&amp;#039; (c. 1517) is &amp;#039;an impassioned plea for peace among beings human, civilised, Christian&amp;#039;. A deeply humanist text, widely read through Europe in the ensuing years, it has a continuing currency. &amp;#039;Nothing is either more wicked or more wretched, nothing doth worse become a man than war.&amp;#039; Leighton Pugh reads the classic translation by John Wilson.</description>
      <author>Desiderius Erasmus</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Jan 2017 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004133000.mp3" length="823580" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730982</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004133000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730982">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730982</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Praise of Folly/Against War
Author: Desiderius Erasmus
Narrator: Leighton Pugh, Georgina Sutton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Desiderius Erasmus of Rotterdam (1466-1536) was known as Prince of the Humanists - though a theologian, a Catholic priest and the leading European scholar of his time. A close friend of Sir Thomas More, Erasmus&amp;#039; writings had a strong influence on the growing movement for change in Christian Europe, both Lutheran and the Counter-Reformation. These two essays are among his most important - and well-known - writings. &amp;#039;The Praise of Folly&amp;#039;, written in Latin in 1509 and spoken by the goddess Folly (who champions a lively enjoyment of life), was a bold satire on (in the cautious contemporary environment) not only Western classical traditions but also the Catholic Church. Dedicated to More himself, Erasmus wittily challenged entrenched views in so forthright (and humanist) a style that it could have brought him in direct conflict with the papacy. Fortunately the pope, Leo X, enjoyed the humour and the challenge! It is here presented in the lively modern translation by Leonard H. Dean. &amp;#039;Against War&amp;#039; (c. 1517) is &amp;#039;an impassioned plea for peace among beings human, civilised, Christian&amp;#039;. A deeply humanist text, widely read through Europe in the ensuing years, it has a continuing currency. &amp;#039;Nothing is either more wicked or more wretched, nothing doth worse become a man than war.&amp;#039; Leighton Pugh reads the classic translation by John Wilson.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730982">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730982</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Praise of Folly/Against War
Author: Desiderius Erasmus
Narrator: Leighton Pugh, Georgina Sutton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Desiderius Erasmus of Rotterdam (1466-1536) was known as Prince of the Humanists - though a theologian, a Catholic priest and the leading European scholar of his time. A close friend of Sir Thomas More, Erasmus&amp;#039; writings had a strong influence on the growing movement for change in Christian Europe, both Lutheran and the Counter-Reformation. These two essays are among his most important - and well-known - writings. &amp;#039;The Praise of Folly&amp;#039;, written in Latin in 1509 and spoken by the goddess Folly (who champions a lively enjoyment of life), was a bold satire on (in the cautious contemporary environment) not only Western classical traditions but also the Catholic Church. Dedicated to More himself, Erasmus wittily challenged entrenched views in so forthright (and humanist) a style that it could have brought him in direct conflict with the papacy. Fortunately the pope, Leo X, enjoyed the humour and the challenge! It is here presented in the lively modern translation by Leonard H. Dean. &amp;#039;Against War&amp;#039; (c. 1517) is &amp;#039;an impassioned plea for peace among beings human, civilised, Christian&amp;#039;. A deeply humanist text, widely read through Europe in the ensuing years, it has a continuing currency. &amp;#039;Nothing is either more wicked or more wretched, nothing doth worse become a man than war.&amp;#039; Leighton Pugh reads the classic translation by John Wilson.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>On the Shortness of Life, On the Happy Life, and Other Essays: Essays, Volume 1 by Seneca The Younger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730983</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730983">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730983</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Shortness of Life, On the Happy Life, and Other Essays: Essays, Volume 1
Author: Seneca The Younger
Narrator: James Cameron Stewart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 7 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
As former tutor and adviser to Emperor Nero, philosopher and statesman Seneca was acutely aware of how short life can be - his own life was cut short when the emperor ordered him to commit suicide (for alleged involvement in a conspiracy). And Seneca proved true to his words - his lifelong avowal to Stoicism enabled him to conduct himself with dignity to the end. During his rich and busy life, Seneca wrote a series of essays that have advised and enriched the lives of generations down to the present day. This collection contains five of the key essays - &amp;#039;On the Shortness of Life&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On the Happy Life&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On the Tranquil Mind&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On Providence&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;On the Firmness of the Wise Person&amp;#039; - and they are replete with observations to remember. &amp;#039;Those who forget the past, neglect the present, and fear for the future have a life that is very brief and troubled,&amp;#039; Seneca warns. &amp;#039;You have all the fears of mortals and all the desires of immortals.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;As long as we wander at random, not following any guide except the shouts and discordant clamours of those who invite us to proceed in different directions, our short life will be wasted in useless roamings.&amp;#039; Clarity, steadfastness and true enjoyment are his watchwords.</description>
      <author>Seneca The Younger</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 May 2016 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004132799.mp3" length="797501" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730983</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004132799.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730983">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730983</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Shortness of Life, On the Happy Life, and Other Essays: Essays, Volume 1
Author: Seneca The Younger
Narrator: James Cameron Stewart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 7 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
As former tutor and adviser to Emperor Nero, philosopher and statesman Seneca was acutely aware of how short life can be - his own life was cut short when the emperor ordered him to commit suicide (for alleged involvement in a conspiracy). And Seneca proved true to his words - his lifelong avowal to Stoicism enabled him to conduct himself with dignity to the end. During his rich and busy life, Seneca wrote a series of essays that have advised and enriched the lives of generations down to the present day. This collection contains five of the key essays - &amp;#039;On the Shortness of Life&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On the Happy Life&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On the Tranquil Mind&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On Providence&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;On the Firmness of the Wise Person&amp;#039; - and they are replete with observations to remember. &amp;#039;Those who forget the past, neglect the present, and fear for the future have a life that is very brief and troubled,&amp;#039; Seneca warns. &amp;#039;You have all the fears of mortals and all the desires of immortals.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;As long as we wander at random, not following any guide except the shouts and discordant clamours of those who invite us to proceed in different directions, our short life will be wasted in useless roamings.&amp;#039; Clarity, steadfastness and true enjoyment are his watchwords.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730983">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730983</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Shortness of Life, On the Happy Life, and Other Essays: Essays, Volume 1
Author: Seneca The Younger
Narrator: James Cameron Stewart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 7 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
As former tutor and adviser to Emperor Nero, philosopher and statesman Seneca was acutely aware of how short life can be - his own life was cut short when the emperor ordered him to commit suicide (for alleged involvement in a conspiracy). And Seneca proved true to his words - his lifelong avowal to Stoicism enabled him to conduct himself with dignity to the end. During his rich and busy life, Seneca wrote a series of essays that have advised and enriched the lives of generations down to the present day. This collection contains five of the key essays - &amp;#039;On the Shortness of Life&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On the Happy Life&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On the Tranquil Mind&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On Providence&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;On the Firmness of the Wise Person&amp;#039; - and they are replete with observations to remember. &amp;#039;Those who forget the past, neglect the present, and fear for the future have a life that is very brief and troubled,&amp;#039; Seneca warns. &amp;#039;You have all the fears of mortals and all the desires of immortals.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;As long as we wander at random, not following any guide except the shouts and discordant clamours of those who invite us to proceed in different directions, our short life will be wasted in useless roamings.&amp;#039; Clarity, steadfastness and true enjoyment are his watchwords.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Socratic Dialogues: Middle Period: Volume 2: Phaedrus, Cratylus, Parmenides by Benjamin Jowett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730976</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730976">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730976</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Socratic Dialogues: Middle Period: Volume 2: Phaedrus, Cratylus, Parmenides
Author: Benjamin Jowett
Narrator: Laurence Kennedy, David Rintoul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The remarkable range of Plato&amp;#039;s Dialogues is vividly demonstrated by these three works. It opens with Phaedrus, a highly personal discussion between Socrates (David Rintoul) and the young, love-struck Phaedrus (Gunnar Cauthery). They go for a walk outside the walls of Athens and, under a plane tree by the banks of the Ilissus, talk about love - erotic and &amp;#039;Platonic&amp;#039;. Socrates endeavours to steer Phaedrus away from infatuation and show him that real love is based on concern for the beloved while also delivering a pointed criticism against lack of clarity in thought and expression! The subject of Cratylus is the meaning and etymology of names and words - a Dialogue unlike any other. Why is Zeus called Zeus? What is the origin of the names of Pallas Athene, Poseidon, Uranus? And how did psuche come to mean &amp;#039;soul&amp;#039; and soma body? Attic Greek, the Greek of Plato&amp;#039;s day, is prominent here, and care has been taken in the appropriate pronunciation for this recording. Finally, there is Parmenides, often regarded as the most challenging of all the Dialogues. Cephalus (Laurence Kennedy) repeats a discussion he heard between Socrates, Zeno and Parmenides as Socrates defends pluralist views and the theory of forms against monism. Translation by Benjamin Jowett.</description>
      <author>Benjamin Jowett</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Dec 2017 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004133284.mp3" length="862519" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730976</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004133284.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730976">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730976</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Socratic Dialogues: Middle Period: Volume 2: Phaedrus, Cratylus, Parmenides
Author: Benjamin Jowett
Narrator: Laurence Kennedy, David Rintoul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The remarkable range of Plato&amp;#039;s Dialogues is vividly demonstrated by these three works. It opens with Phaedrus, a highly personal discussion between Socrates (David Rintoul) and the young, love-struck Phaedrus (Gunnar Cauthery). They go for a walk outside the walls of Athens and, under a plane tree by the banks of the Ilissus, talk about love - erotic and &amp;#039;Platonic&amp;#039;. Socrates endeavours to steer Phaedrus away from infatuation and show him that real love is based on concern for the beloved while also delivering a pointed criticism against lack of clarity in thought and expression! The subject of Cratylus is the meaning and etymology of names and words - a Dialogue unlike any other. Why is Zeus called Zeus? What is the origin of the names of Pallas Athene, Poseidon, Uranus? And how did psuche come to mean &amp;#039;soul&amp;#039; and soma body? Attic Greek, the Greek of Plato&amp;#039;s day, is prominent here, and care has been taken in the appropriate pronunciation for this recording. Finally, there is Parmenides, often regarded as the most challenging of all the Dialogues. Cephalus (Laurence Kennedy) repeats a discussion he heard between Socrates, Zeno and Parmenides as Socrates defends pluralist views and the theory of forms against monism. Translation by Benjamin Jowett.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730976">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730976</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Socratic Dialogues: Middle Period: Volume 2: Phaedrus, Cratylus, Parmenides
Author: Benjamin Jowett
Narrator: Laurence Kennedy, David Rintoul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The remarkable range of Plato&amp;#039;s Dialogues is vividly demonstrated by these three works. It opens with Phaedrus, a highly personal discussion between Socrates (David Rintoul) and the young, love-struck Phaedrus (Gunnar Cauthery). They go for a walk outside the walls of Athens and, under a plane tree by the banks of the Ilissus, talk about love - erotic and &amp;#039;Platonic&amp;#039;. Socrates endeavours to steer Phaedrus away from infatuation and show him that real love is based on concern for the beloved while also delivering a pointed criticism against lack of clarity in thought and expression! The subject of Cratylus is the meaning and etymology of names and words - a Dialogue unlike any other. Why is Zeus called Zeus? What is the origin of the names of Pallas Athene, Poseidon, Uranus? And how did psuche come to mean &amp;#039;soul&amp;#039; and soma body? Attic Greek, the Greek of Plato&amp;#039;s day, is prominent here, and care has been taken in the appropriate pronunciation for this recording. Finally, there is Parmenides, often regarded as the most challenging of all the Dialogues. Cephalus (Laurence Kennedy) repeats a discussion he heard between Socrates, Zeno and Parmenides as Socrates defends pluralist views and the theory of forms against monism. Translation by Benjamin Jowett.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Time and Free Will: An Essay on the Immediate Data of Consciousness by Henri Bergson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730977</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730977">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730977</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Time and Free Will: An Essay on the Immediate Data of Consciousness
Author: Henri Bergson
Narrator: Michael Lunts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Henri Bergson (1859-1941) was the leading French philosopher of the first half of the 20th century. Near the end of his life when he was forced to register with the police in Nazi-occupied France he wrote: ‘Academic. Philosopher. Nobel prize winner. Jew.&amp;#039;  He was indeed all these things and many more, being as famous in his lifetime for his political activities, working with US President Woodrow Wilson to found the League of Nations, as for being a member of the Académie française and president of the Society for Psychic Research. Time and Free Will, his doctoral thesis, was published as a book in 1889 and attacks and rejects the mechanistic view of causality described in Kant&amp;#039;s version of space and time and proceeds to attempt to define free-will and consciousness by separating space and time. In the process he ascribes temporality to the immediate data of consciousness, or lived time, calling it ‘the duration&amp;#039;, la durée.  This duration is a key concept in his philosophy. He defines this state as the precondition for the possibility of free will and declares that freedom is mobility. He argues that science cannot measure changes in consciousness qualitatively, only quantitively. His approach is dualistic, expressing a preference for instinct, or intuition, to intellect and characterises intuition as memory rather than perception.  In effect he asserts that free will is a fact. For Bergson intuition is experience in action and entering into the thing or state, empathy, is the way to absolute, rather than relative knowledge.  His writing is remarkable for his use of striking imagery - his Nobel prize in 1927 was for literature - but in spite of this imagery which he relies on to illuminate his meaning, he was adamant that no fixed image can adequately represent the mobility he refers to, the unending ‘becomings&amp;#039; of life.  His influence seemed to fade after World War II with the coming of a new generation of continental philosophers including Jean Paul Sartre and Maurice Merleau-Ponty - existentialists, whose interests lay in responding to Husserlian phenomenology and the thinking of Heidegger.  However, there has a been a growing resurgence of interest in his writings because of the acknowledged importance of his ideas to the work of Gilles Deleuze, who found in Bergson&amp;#039;s notion of an open society a response to the dominant arguments of phenomenology.  Hindu writers have also noted similarities between Bergson&amp;#039;s ideas on matter, consciousness, intuition and evolution with Hindu thinking and perspectives.   Time and Free Will, translated by F.L. Pogson, is read with customary clarity by Michael Lunts for Ukemi audiobooks.</description>
      <author>Henri Bergson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2020 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004134243.mp3" length="806461" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730977</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004134243.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730977">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730977</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Time and Free Will: An Essay on the Immediate Data of Consciousness
Author: Henri Bergson
Narrator: Michael Lunts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Henri Bergson (1859-1941) was the leading French philosopher of the first half of the 20th century. Near the end of his life when he was forced to register with the police in Nazi-occupied France he wrote: ‘Academic. Philosopher. Nobel prize winner. Jew.&amp;#039;  He was indeed all these things and many more, being as famous in his lifetime for his political activities, working with US President Woodrow Wilson to found the League of Nations, as for being a member of the Académie française and president of the Society for Psychic Research. Time and Free Will, his doctoral thesis, was published as a book in 1889 and attacks and rejects the mechanistic view of causality described in Kant&amp;#039;s version of space and time and proceeds to attempt to define free-will and consciousness by separating space and time. In the process he ascribes temporality to the immediate data of consciousness, or lived time, calling it ‘the duration&amp;#039;, la durée.  This duration is a key concept in his philosophy. He defines this state as the precondition for the possibility of free will and declares that freedom is mobility. He argues that science cannot measure changes in consciousness qualitatively, only quantitively. His approach is dualistic, expressing a preference for instinct, or intuition, to intellect and characterises intuition as memory rather than perception.  In effect he asserts that free will is a fact. For Bergson intuition is experience in action and entering into the thing or state, empathy, is the way to absolute, rather than relative knowledge.  His writing is remarkable for his use of striking imagery - his Nobel prize in 1927 was for literature - but in spite of this imagery which he relies on to illuminate his meaning, he was adamant that no fixed image can adequately represent the mobility he refers to, the unending ‘becomings&amp;#039; of life.  His influence seemed to fade after World War II with the coming of a new generation of continental philosophers including Jean Paul Sartre and Maurice Merleau-Ponty - existentialists, whose interests lay in responding to Husserlian phenomenology and the thinking of Heidegger.  However, there has a been a growing resurgence of interest in his writings because of the acknowledged importance of his ideas to the work of Gilles Deleuze, who found in Bergson&amp;#039;s notion of an open society a response to the dominant arguments of phenomenology.  Hindu writers have also noted similarities between Bergson&amp;#039;s ideas on matter, consciousness, intuition and evolution with Hindu thinking and perspectives.   Time and Free Will, translated by F.L. Pogson, is read with customary clarity by Michael Lunts for Ukemi audiobooks.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730977">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730977</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Time and Free Will: An Essay on the Immediate Data of Consciousness
Author: Henri Bergson
Narrator: Michael Lunts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Henri Bergson (1859-1941) was the leading French philosopher of the first half of the 20th century. Near the end of his life when he was forced to register with the police in Nazi-occupied France he wrote: ‘Academic. Philosopher. Nobel prize winner. Jew.&amp;#039;  He was indeed all these things and many more, being as famous in his lifetime for his political activities, working with US President Woodrow Wilson to found the League of Nations, as for being a member of the Académie française and president of the Society for Psychic Research. Time and Free Will, his doctoral thesis, was published as a book in 1889 and attacks and rejects the mechanistic view of causality described in Kant&amp;#039;s version of space and time and proceeds to attempt to define free-will and consciousness by separating space and time. In the process he ascribes temporality to the immediate data of consciousness, or lived time, calling it ‘the duration&amp;#039;, la durée.  This duration is a key concept in his philosophy. He defines this state as the precondition for the possibility of free will and declares that freedom is mobility. He argues that science cannot measure changes in consciousness qualitatively, only quantitively. His approach is dualistic, expressing a preference for instinct, or intuition, to intellect and characterises intuition as memory rather than perception.  In effect he asserts that free will is a fact. For Bergson intuition is experience in action and entering into the thing or state, empathy, is the way to absolute, rather than relative knowledge.  His writing is remarkable for his use of striking imagery - his Nobel prize in 1927 was for literature - but in spite of this imagery which he relies on to illuminate his meaning, he was adamant that no fixed image can adequately represent the mobility he refers to, the unending ‘becomings&amp;#039; of life.  His influence seemed to fade after World War II with the coming of a new generation of continental philosophers including Jean Paul Sartre and Maurice Merleau-Ponty - existentialists, whose interests lay in responding to Husserlian phenomenology and the thinking of Heidegger.  However, there has a been a growing resurgence of interest in his writings because of the acknowledged importance of his ideas to the work of Gilles Deleuze, who found in Bergson&amp;#039;s notion of an open society a response to the dominant arguments of phenomenology.  Hindu writers have also noted similarities between Bergson&amp;#039;s ideas on matter, consciousness, intuition and evolution with Hindu thinking and perspectives.   Time and Free Will, translated by F.L. Pogson, is read with customary clarity by Michael Lunts for Ukemi audiobooks.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>On Anger, on Leisure, on Clemency: Essays, Volume 2 by Seneca The Younger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730978</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730978">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730978</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On Anger, on Leisure, on Clemency: Essays, Volume 2
Author: Seneca The Younger
Narrator: James Cameron Stewart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;On Anger&amp;#039; is one of Seneca&amp;#039;s most important essays. At some length he investigates the nature of anger: how and why it emerges, the effect it has on the individual and those to whom it is directed, and how to manage it and prevent it even from arising. For, Seneca considers, anger simply serves no purpose - it does not bring courage in war, prevent others misbehaving or punish miscreants. In short it has a negative effect on all. In &amp;#039;On Leisure&amp;#039; he takes a short look at what is really meant by the term. &amp;#039;On Clemency&amp;#039; has a special fascination, for in writing it he was addressing specifically his former pupil, Emperor Nero. Did he realise that the boy he knew - full of promise and beneficence - was to become a tyrant? While delivering his Stoic advice in his characteristically controlled and reasonable manner, Seneca gives us a remarkably contemporary insight into Roman attitudes and manners. Anger may be inappropriate, but this was a society where slaves, torture, crucifixion, and the right of the powerful to exercise their power at will was taken for granted, as some of Seneca&amp;#039;s shocking tales and anecdotes demonstrate!</description>
      <author>Seneca The Younger</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 May 2016 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004132805.mp3" length="854647" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730978</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004132805.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730978">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730978</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On Anger, on Leisure, on Clemency: Essays, Volume 2
Author: Seneca The Younger
Narrator: James Cameron Stewart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;On Anger&amp;#039; is one of Seneca&amp;#039;s most important essays. At some length he investigates the nature of anger: how and why it emerges, the effect it has on the individual and those to whom it is directed, and how to manage it and prevent it even from arising. For, Seneca considers, anger simply serves no purpose - it does not bring courage in war, prevent others misbehaving or punish miscreants. In short it has a negative effect on all. In &amp;#039;On Leisure&amp;#039; he takes a short look at what is really meant by the term. &amp;#039;On Clemency&amp;#039; has a special fascination, for in writing it he was addressing specifically his former pupil, Emperor Nero. Did he realise that the boy he knew - full of promise and beneficence - was to become a tyrant? While delivering his Stoic advice in his characteristically controlled and reasonable manner, Seneca gives us a remarkably contemporary insight into Roman attitudes and manners. Anger may be inappropriate, but this was a society where slaves, torture, crucifixion, and the right of the powerful to exercise their power at will was taken for granted, as some of Seneca&amp;#039;s shocking tales and anecdotes demonstrate!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730978">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730978</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On Anger, on Leisure, on Clemency: Essays, Volume 2
Author: Seneca The Younger
Narrator: James Cameron Stewart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;On Anger&amp;#039; is one of Seneca&amp;#039;s most important essays. At some length he investigates the nature of anger: how and why it emerges, the effect it has on the individual and those to whom it is directed, and how to manage it and prevent it even from arising. For, Seneca considers, anger simply serves no purpose - it does not bring courage in war, prevent others misbehaving or punish miscreants. In short it has a negative effect on all. In &amp;#039;On Leisure&amp;#039; he takes a short look at what is really meant by the term. &amp;#039;On Clemency&amp;#039; has a special fascination, for in writing it he was addressing specifically his former pupil, Emperor Nero. Did he realise that the boy he knew - full of promise and beneficence - was to become a tyrant? While delivering his Stoic advice in his characteristically controlled and reasonable manner, Seneca gives us a remarkably contemporary insight into Roman attitudes and manners. Anger may be inappropriate, but this was a society where slaves, torture, crucifixion, and the right of the powerful to exercise their power at will was taken for granted, as some of Seneca&amp;#039;s shocking tales and anecdotes demonstrate!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Socratic Dialogues: Early Period: Volume 1: The Apology, Crito, Charmides, Laches, Lysis, Menexenus, Ion by Benjamin Jowett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730979</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730979">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730979</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Socratic Dialogues: Early Period: Volume 1: The Apology, Crito, Charmides, Laches, Lysis, Menexenus, Ion
Author: Benjamin Jowett
Narrator: Laurence Kennedy, David Rintoul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 32 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Here are the Socratic Dialogues presented as Plato designed them to be - living discussions between friends and protagonists, with the personality of Socrates himself coming alive as he deals with a host of subjects, from justice and inspiration to courage, poetry and the gods. Plato&amp;#039;s Socratic Dialogues provide a bedrock for classical Western philosophy. For centuries they have been read, studied and discussed via the flat pages of books, but the ideal medium for them is the spoken word. Some are genuine dialogues while some are dialogues reported by a narrator supposedly at a later date. Ukemi Audiobooks presents all of the Socratic Dialogues in a series of recordings divided into Early Period (Volumes 1 &amp;amp; 2), Middle Period (Volumes 1 &amp;amp; 2) and Late Period (Volume 1) - based on their likely composition by Plato. This opening volume starts with perhaps the most famous speech, The Apology, Socrates&amp;#039; doomed defence against the charge of heresy and corrupting the young. It is followed by Crito, in which Socrates&amp;#039; friend offers to spirit him out of Athens to avoid execution. Among the others are discussions on Courage (Laches), and Friendship (Lysis). The role of Socrates is taken by David Rintoul, a widely admired and experienced audiobook reader who studied philosophy at university before taking a different path to RADA, TV, theatre and film. He is joined by a broad range of readers, most known to Audible listeners. Each Dialogue is prefaced with a short introduction to set the scene for newcomers to Plato. Translation: Benjamin Jowett.</description>
      <author>Benjamin Jowett</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Oct 2017 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004133246.mp3" length="788355" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730979</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004133246.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730979">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730979</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Socratic Dialogues: Early Period: Volume 1: The Apology, Crito, Charmides, Laches, Lysis, Menexenus, Ion
Author: Benjamin Jowett
Narrator: Laurence Kennedy, David Rintoul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 32 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Here are the Socratic Dialogues presented as Plato designed them to be - living discussions between friends and protagonists, with the personality of Socrates himself coming alive as he deals with a host of subjects, from justice and inspiration to courage, poetry and the gods. Plato&amp;#039;s Socratic Dialogues provide a bedrock for classical Western philosophy. For centuries they have been read, studied and discussed via the flat pages of books, but the ideal medium for them is the spoken word. Some are genuine dialogues while some are dialogues reported by a narrator supposedly at a later date. Ukemi Audiobooks presents all of the Socratic Dialogues in a series of recordings divided into Early Period (Volumes 1 &amp;amp; 2), Middle Period (Volumes 1 &amp;amp; 2) and Late Period (Volume 1) - based on their likely composition by Plato. This opening volume starts with perhaps the most famous speech, The Apology, Socrates&amp;#039; doomed defence against the charge of heresy and corrupting the young. It is followed by Crito, in which Socrates&amp;#039; friend offers to spirit him out of Athens to avoid execution. Among the others are discussions on Courage (Laches), and Friendship (Lysis). The role of Socrates is taken by David Rintoul, a widely admired and experienced audiobook reader who studied philosophy at university before taking a different path to RADA, TV, theatre and film. He is joined by a broad range of readers, most known to Audible listeners. Each Dialogue is prefaced with a short introduction to set the scene for newcomers to Plato. Translation: Benjamin Jowett.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730979">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730979</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Socratic Dialogues: Early Period: Volume 1: The Apology, Crito, Charmides, Laches, Lysis, Menexenus, Ion
Author: Benjamin Jowett
Narrator: Laurence Kennedy, David Rintoul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 32 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Here are the Socratic Dialogues presented as Plato designed them to be - living discussions between friends and protagonists, with the personality of Socrates himself coming alive as he deals with a host of subjects, from justice and inspiration to courage, poetry and the gods. Plato&amp;#039;s Socratic Dialogues provide a bedrock for classical Western philosophy. For centuries they have been read, studied and discussed via the flat pages of books, but the ideal medium for them is the spoken word. Some are genuine dialogues while some are dialogues reported by a narrator supposedly at a later date. Ukemi Audiobooks presents all of the Socratic Dialogues in a series of recordings divided into Early Period (Volumes 1 &amp;amp; 2), Middle Period (Volumes 1 &amp;amp; 2) and Late Period (Volume 1) - based on their likely composition by Plato. This opening volume starts with perhaps the most famous speech, The Apology, Socrates&amp;#039; doomed defence against the charge of heresy and corrupting the young. It is followed by Crito, in which Socrates&amp;#039; friend offers to spirit him out of Athens to avoid execution. Among the others are discussions on Courage (Laches), and Friendship (Lysis). The role of Socrates is taken by David Rintoul, a widely admired and experienced audiobook reader who studied philosophy at university before taking a different path to RADA, TV, theatre and film. He is joined by a broad range of readers, most known to Audible listeners. Each Dialogue is prefaced with a short introduction to set the scene for newcomers to Plato. Translation: Benjamin Jowett.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kant and the Problem of Metaphysics by Martin Heidegger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730969</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730969">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730969</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kant and the Problem of Metaphysics
Author: Martin Heidegger
Narrator: Martyn Swain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August 16, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1929, Martin Heidegger (1889-1976) published his remarkable book Kant and the Problem of Metaphysics. The Kantbuch, as Heidegger often called it, is regarded by many as a vital supplement to the unfinished second part of Heidegger&amp;#039;s most influential work, Being and Time, which was published two years earlier in 1927.  Kant and the Problem of Metaphysics is seen both as a landmark in the evolution of Heidegger&amp;#039;s own thinking and as a notable contribution to Kantian scholarship, even though Heidegger would later modify his position considerably on some of the questions raised.  Its genesis is attributed to an encounter between Heidegger and Ernst Cassirer, the German philosopher trained in the Neo-Kantian Marburg school, a meeting which took place at the second Davos Hochschulkurs, or philosophy conference in Switzerland. The two men discussed and debated Kant&amp;#039;s work in depth and the encounter led to Heidegger adapting his interpretation of Kant&amp;#039;s ideas, focusing principally on the schematism of the categories.  While his phenomenological interpretation of the ideas expressed in the Critique of Pure Reason is at times tendentious and controversial, and did not convince Cassirer, the dialectical interplay the that can be gleaned between these three great minds is fascinating. From his phenomenological existential standpoint Heidegger analyses Kant&amp;#039;s thinking and organises his work into four sections, subdivided into 45 subsections.  The first two sections consider the laying of the foundations of metaphysics and how this intellectual undertaking was carried out. The topics under consideration are mind-bendingly varied, and some are notoriously challenging and difficult to grasp.  They range from: the foundations of ontology to the elucidation of space and time as pure intuitions; ontological synthesis; the problems of categories and the role of transcendental logic; the transcendence of finite reasoning as the basic purpose of the transcendental deduction; and the importance of image, schema and schema-image, schematism and subsumption.  Section three focuses on the transcendental imagination as the formative centre of ontological knowledge and its relation to intuition and reason. It also considers the inherently temporal character of the transcendental imagination and the temporal character of the self.  Section four goes on to explore the foundations of metaphysics in philosophical anthropology, the problem of finitude in man and the metaphysics of Dasein as fundamental ontology, its goals and how the idea of fundamental ontology relates to the Critique of Pure Reason.  Kant and the Problem of Metaphysics is read with clarity and precision by Martyn Swain for Ukemi Audiobooks. Translation by James S. Churchill.</description>
      <author>Martin Heidegger</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 16 Aug 2020 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004134274.mp3" length="891676" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730969</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004134274.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730969">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730969</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kant and the Problem of Metaphysics
Author: Martin Heidegger
Narrator: Martyn Swain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August 16, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1929, Martin Heidegger (1889-1976) published his remarkable book Kant and the Problem of Metaphysics. The Kantbuch, as Heidegger often called it, is regarded by many as a vital supplement to the unfinished second part of Heidegger&amp;#039;s most influential work, Being and Time, which was published two years earlier in 1927.  Kant and the Problem of Metaphysics is seen both as a landmark in the evolution of Heidegger&amp;#039;s own thinking and as a notable contribution to Kantian scholarship, even though Heidegger would later modify his position considerably on some of the questions raised.  Its genesis is attributed to an encounter between Heidegger and Ernst Cassirer, the German philosopher trained in the Neo-Kantian Marburg school, a meeting which took place at the second Davos Hochschulkurs, or philosophy conference in Switzerland. The two men discussed and debated Kant&amp;#039;s work in depth and the encounter led to Heidegger adapting his interpretation of Kant&amp;#039;s ideas, focusing principally on the schematism of the categories.  While his phenomenological interpretation of the ideas expressed in the Critique of Pure Reason is at times tendentious and controversial, and did not convince Cassirer, the dialectical interplay the that can be gleaned between these three great minds is fascinating. From his phenomenological existential standpoint Heidegger analyses Kant&amp;#039;s thinking and organises his work into four sections, subdivided into 45 subsections.  The first two sections consider the laying of the foundations of metaphysics and how this intellectual undertaking was carried out. The topics under consideration are mind-bendingly varied, and some are notoriously challenging and difficult to grasp.  They range from: the foundations of ontology to the elucidation of space and time as pure intuitions; ontological synthesis; the problems of categories and the role of transcendental logic; the transcendence of finite reasoning as the basic purpose of the transcendental deduction; and the importance of image, schema and schema-image, schematism and subsumption.  Section three focuses on the transcendental imagination as the formative centre of ontological knowledge and its relation to intuition and reason. It also considers the inherently temporal character of the transcendental imagination and the temporal character of the self.  Section four goes on to explore the foundations of metaphysics in philosophical anthropology, the problem of finitude in man and the metaphysics of Dasein as fundamental ontology, its goals and how the idea of fundamental ontology relates to the Critique of Pure Reason.  Kant and the Problem of Metaphysics is read with clarity and precision by Martyn Swain for Ukemi Audiobooks. Translation by James S. Churchill.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730969">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730969</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kant and the Problem of Metaphysics
Author: Martin Heidegger
Narrator: Martyn Swain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August 16, 2020
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1929, Martin Heidegger (1889-1976) published his remarkable book Kant and the Problem of Metaphysics. The Kantbuch, as Heidegger often called it, is regarded by many as a vital supplement to the unfinished second part of Heidegger&amp;#039;s most influential work, Being and Time, which was published two years earlier in 1927.  Kant and the Problem of Metaphysics is seen both as a landmark in the evolution of Heidegger&amp;#039;s own thinking and as a notable contribution to Kantian scholarship, even though Heidegger would later modify his position considerably on some of the questions raised.  Its genesis is attributed to an encounter between Heidegger and Ernst Cassirer, the German philosopher trained in the Neo-Kantian Marburg school, a meeting which took place at the second Davos Hochschulkurs, or philosophy conference in Switzerland. The two men discussed and debated Kant&amp;#039;s work in depth and the encounter led to Heidegger adapting his interpretation of Kant&amp;#039;s ideas, focusing principally on the schematism of the categories.  While his phenomenological interpretation of the ideas expressed in the Critique of Pure Reason is at times tendentious and controversial, and did not convince Cassirer, the dialectical interplay the that can be gleaned between these three great minds is fascinating. From his phenomenological existential standpoint Heidegger analyses Kant&amp;#039;s thinking and organises his work into four sections, subdivided into 45 subsections.  The first two sections consider the laying of the foundations of metaphysics and how this intellectual undertaking was carried out. The topics under consideration are mind-bendingly varied, and some are notoriously challenging and difficult to grasp.  They range from: the foundations of ontology to the elucidation of space and time as pure intuitions; ontological synthesis; the problems of categories and the role of transcendental logic; the transcendence of finite reasoning as the basic purpose of the transcendental deduction; and the importance of image, schema and schema-image, schematism and subsumption.  Section three focuses on the transcendental imagination as the formative centre of ontological knowledge and its relation to intuition and reason. It also considers the inherently temporal character of the transcendental imagination and the temporal character of the self.  Section four goes on to explore the foundations of metaphysics in philosophical anthropology, the problem of finitude in man and the metaphysics of Dasein as fundamental ontology, its goals and how the idea of fundamental ontology relates to the Critique of Pure Reason.  Kant and the Problem of Metaphysics is read with clarity and precision by Martyn Swain for Ukemi Audiobooks. Translation by James S. Churchill.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Essays: Or Counsels Civil and Moral by Francis Bacon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730971</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Essays: Or Counsels Civil and Moral
Author: Francis Bacon
Narrator: Hayward B Morse
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Francis Bacon (1561-1626), 1st Viscount St Albans, Attorney General and then Lord Chancellor of England, was an immensely learned, clever and ambitious man, with considerable political influence during the later years of Queen Elizabeth I and through almost two decades of the reign of her successor James I. However, he was also a philosopher with a wide interest in science, medicine and the classification of knowledge. Throughout his life he wrote a series of essays - following the manner set particularly by Montaigne, though extending back to Aristotle and others - the first 10 of which appeared in 1597.  In 1625, the year before his death, he produced a final collection comprising 58 essays entitled Essayes or Counsels, Civill and Morall, which has remained one of his most important and popular books. In the collection he considers a wide range of subjects, beginning with &amp;#039;Of Truth&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Of Death&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Of Religion&amp;#039; and concluding with &amp;#039;Of Anger&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Of Vicissitude of Things&amp;#039;. A final work, &amp;#039;A Fragment of an Essay of Fame&amp;#039;, found in papers after his death, is now generally added to the main collection and is included in this recording.  The essays are, variably, witty, wise, entertaining and informative. Being a man very much of the world, who enjoyed and relished prominence and power, his ruminations centre on the practicalities of everyday life. &amp;#039;Of Studies&amp;#039;: ‘Reading makes a full man; conference a ready man; and writing an exact man.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Of Suspicions&amp;#039;: ‘Suspicions amongst thoughts are like bats amongst birds, they ever fly by twilight.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Of Youth and Age&amp;#039;: ‘Young men, in the conduct and manage of actions, embrace more than they can hold, stir more than they can quiet... Men of age object too much, consult too long, adventure too little, repent too soon, and seldom drive business home to the full period, but content themselves with a mediocrity of success.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Of Riches&amp;#039;: ‘I cannot call riches better than the baggage of virtue; the Roman word is better, &amp;#039;impedimenta;&amp;#039; for as the baggage is to an army, so is riches to virtue.&amp;#039; His life was conflicted, being driven equally by his intellectual interests and the pursuit of power, which saw the morality he proposed in his writings often compromised by his behaviour. Frequently living beyond his means, he was, towards the end of his life, deeply in debt and ended up being prosecuted for corruption and stripped of his position as Lord High Chancellor. But as with so many conflicted men, he speaks about life with authority.  This recording, amiably characterised by Hayward B Morse, concludes with a lively and affectionate biography written by the 19th-century Bacon admirer Alexander Spiers.</description>
      <author>Francis Bacon</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Dec 2019 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004133963.mp3" length="766292" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730971</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004133963.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Essays: Or Counsels Civil and Moral
Author: Francis Bacon
Narrator: Hayward B Morse
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Francis Bacon (1561-1626), 1st Viscount St Albans, Attorney General and then Lord Chancellor of England, was an immensely learned, clever and ambitious man, with considerable political influence during the later years of Queen Elizabeth I and through almost two decades of the reign of her successor James I. However, he was also a philosopher with a wide interest in science, medicine and the classification of knowledge. Throughout his life he wrote a series of essays - following the manner set particularly by Montaigne, though extending back to Aristotle and others - the first 10 of which appeared in 1597.  In 1625, the year before his death, he produced a final collection comprising 58 essays entitled Essayes or Counsels, Civill and Morall, which has remained one of his most important and popular books. In the collection he considers a wide range of subjects, beginning with &amp;#039;Of Truth&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Of Death&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Of Religion&amp;#039; and concluding with &amp;#039;Of Anger&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Of Vicissitude of Things&amp;#039;. A final work, &amp;#039;A Fragment of an Essay of Fame&amp;#039;, found in papers after his death, is now generally added to the main collection and is included in this recording.  The essays are, variably, witty, wise, entertaining and informative. Being a man very much of the world, who enjoyed and relished prominence and power, his ruminations centre on the practicalities of everyday life. &amp;#039;Of Studies&amp;#039;: ‘Reading makes a full man; conference a ready man; and writing an exact man.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Of Suspicions&amp;#039;: ‘Suspicions amongst thoughts are like bats amongst birds, they ever fly by twilight.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Of Youth and Age&amp;#039;: ‘Young men, in the conduct and manage of actions, embrace more than they can hold, stir more than they can quiet... Men of age object too much, consult too long, adventure too little, repent too soon, and seldom drive business home to the full period, but content themselves with a mediocrity of success.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Of Riches&amp;#039;: ‘I cannot call riches better than the baggage of virtue; the Roman word is better, &amp;#039;impedimenta;&amp;#039; for as the baggage is to an army, so is riches to virtue.&amp;#039; His life was conflicted, being driven equally by his intellectual interests and the pursuit of power, which saw the morality he proposed in his writings often compromised by his behaviour. Frequently living beyond his means, he was, towards the end of his life, deeply in debt and ended up being prosecuted for corruption and stripped of his position as Lord High Chancellor. But as with so many conflicted men, he speaks about life with authority.  This recording, amiably characterised by Hayward B Morse, concludes with a lively and affectionate biography written by the 19th-century Bacon admirer Alexander Spiers.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Essays: Or Counsels Civil and Moral
Author: Francis Bacon
Narrator: Hayward B Morse
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Francis Bacon (1561-1626), 1st Viscount St Albans, Attorney General and then Lord Chancellor of England, was an immensely learned, clever and ambitious man, with considerable political influence during the later years of Queen Elizabeth I and through almost two decades of the reign of her successor James I. However, he was also a philosopher with a wide interest in science, medicine and the classification of knowledge. Throughout his life he wrote a series of essays - following the manner set particularly by Montaigne, though extending back to Aristotle and others - the first 10 of which appeared in 1597.  In 1625, the year before his death, he produced a final collection comprising 58 essays entitled Essayes or Counsels, Civill and Morall, which has remained one of his most important and popular books. In the collection he considers a wide range of subjects, beginning with &amp;#039;Of Truth&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Of Death&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Of Religion&amp;#039; and concluding with &amp;#039;Of Anger&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Of Vicissitude of Things&amp;#039;. A final work, &amp;#039;A Fragment of an Essay of Fame&amp;#039;, found in papers after his death, is now generally added to the main collection and is included in this recording.  The essays are, variably, witty, wise, entertaining and informative. Being a man very much of the world, who enjoyed and relished prominence and power, his ruminations centre on the practicalities of everyday life. &amp;#039;Of Studies&amp;#039;: ‘Reading makes a full man; conference a ready man; and writing an exact man.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Of Suspicions&amp;#039;: ‘Suspicions amongst thoughts are like bats amongst birds, they ever fly by twilight.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Of Youth and Age&amp;#039;: ‘Young men, in the conduct and manage of actions, embrace more than they can hold, stir more than they can quiet... Men of age object too much, consult too long, adventure too little, repent too soon, and seldom drive business home to the full period, but content themselves with a mediocrity of success.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Of Riches&amp;#039;: ‘I cannot call riches better than the baggage of virtue; the Roman word is better, &amp;#039;impedimenta;&amp;#039; for as the baggage is to an army, so is riches to virtue.&amp;#039; His life was conflicted, being driven equally by his intellectual interests and the pursuit of power, which saw the morality he proposed in his writings often compromised by his behaviour. Frequently living beyond his means, he was, towards the end of his life, deeply in debt and ended up being prosecuted for corruption and stripped of his position as Lord High Chancellor. But as with so many conflicted men, he speaks about life with authority.  This recording, amiably characterised by Hayward B Morse, concludes with a lively and affectionate biography written by the 19th-century Bacon admirer Alexander Spiers.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Socratic Dialogues: Middle Period: Volume 1: Symposium, Theaetetus, Phaedo by Benjamin Jowett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730966</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730966">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730966</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Socratic Dialogues: Middle Period: Volume 1: Symposium, Theaetetus, Phaedo
Author: Benjamin Jowett
Narrator: David Rintoul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 23 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Here are three important but very different Dialogues from the Middle Period. Symposium, the most well-known in this collection, is concerned with the theme of love. In the house of Agathon, a group of friends - each very different in personality and background - meet to consider and discuss various kinds of love. Each one, Phaedrus, Pausanias, Eryximachus, Aristophanes (the playwright) and Agathon (a prize-winning tragic poet), presents his particular view in a short discourse until Socrates speaks at greater length. This would be the end except that, unexpectedly, Alcibiades (the vain general and controversial statesman) arrives, rather worse for drink, and makes his loud contribution with direct references to his personal relationship with Socrates. Symposium is an absorbing Dialogue, related, however, by one man - Apollodorus. It is read here by Hugh Ross. Phaedo is a very different Dialogue. It contains the moving account of the last hours of Socrates. Condemned to death by the Athenian court for impiety and the corruption of youth, he has been ordered to commit suicide. Friends gather around him on this last day, but even at such a moment Socrates chooses to spend the time considering the nature of the soul, whether it is immortal and what may happen after death. It concludes with a description of his final moments. In Theaetetus, Socrates engages with a young mathematician on the definition of knowledge, the examined life, and how the active life compares with the contemplative life. Translation by Benjamin Jowett.</description>
      <author>Benjamin Jowett</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Nov 2017 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004133260.mp3" length="757637" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730966</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004133260.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730966">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730966</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Socratic Dialogues: Middle Period: Volume 1: Symposium, Theaetetus, Phaedo
Author: Benjamin Jowett
Narrator: David Rintoul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 23 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Here are three important but very different Dialogues from the Middle Period. Symposium, the most well-known in this collection, is concerned with the theme of love. In the house of Agathon, a group of friends - each very different in personality and background - meet to consider and discuss various kinds of love. Each one, Phaedrus, Pausanias, Eryximachus, Aristophanes (the playwright) and Agathon (a prize-winning tragic poet), presents his particular view in a short discourse until Socrates speaks at greater length. This would be the end except that, unexpectedly, Alcibiades (the vain general and controversial statesman) arrives, rather worse for drink, and makes his loud contribution with direct references to his personal relationship with Socrates. Symposium is an absorbing Dialogue, related, however, by one man - Apollodorus. It is read here by Hugh Ross. Phaedo is a very different Dialogue. It contains the moving account of the last hours of Socrates. Condemned to death by the Athenian court for impiety and the corruption of youth, he has been ordered to commit suicide. Friends gather around him on this last day, but even at such a moment Socrates chooses to spend the time considering the nature of the soul, whether it is immortal and what may happen after death. It concludes with a description of his final moments. In Theaetetus, Socrates engages with a young mathematician on the definition of knowledge, the examined life, and how the active life compares with the contemplative life. Translation by Benjamin Jowett.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730966">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730966</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Socratic Dialogues: Middle Period: Volume 1: Symposium, Theaetetus, Phaedo
Author: Benjamin Jowett
Narrator: David Rintoul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 23 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Here are three important but very different Dialogues from the Middle Period. Symposium, the most well-known in this collection, is concerned with the theme of love. In the house of Agathon, a group of friends - each very different in personality and background - meet to consider and discuss various kinds of love. Each one, Phaedrus, Pausanias, Eryximachus, Aristophanes (the playwright) and Agathon (a prize-winning tragic poet), presents his particular view in a short discourse until Socrates speaks at greater length. This would be the end except that, unexpectedly, Alcibiades (the vain general and controversial statesman) arrives, rather worse for drink, and makes his loud contribution with direct references to his personal relationship with Socrates. Symposium is an absorbing Dialogue, related, however, by one man - Apollodorus. It is read here by Hugh Ross. Phaedo is a very different Dialogue. It contains the moving account of the last hours of Socrates. Condemned to death by the Athenian court for impiety and the corruption of youth, he has been ordered to commit suicide. Friends gather around him on this last day, but even at such a moment Socrates chooses to spend the time considering the nature of the soul, whether it is immortal and what may happen after death. It concludes with a description of his final moments. In Theaetetus, Socrates engages with a young mathematician on the definition of knowledge, the examined life, and how the active life compares with the contemplative life. Translation by Benjamin Jowett.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Utilitarianism/On Liberty by Johnn Stuart Mill</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730960</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730960">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730960</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Utilitarianism/On Liberty
Author: Johnn Stuart Mill
Narrator: Derek Le Page
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
John Stuart Mill (1808-1873) was a torchbearer for liberal thought in the 19th century, including liberty of the individual and freedom of speech, and he championed women&amp;#039;s suffrage in Parliament. A remarkable man - he learned Greek aged three and at eight had read Herodotus, Xenophon and Plato - he campaigned all his life for a just society. These two essays are his key works. In Utilitarianism (published in 1863, four years after On Liberty), Mill observes that &amp;#039;the principle of utility&amp;#039; equates to the &amp;#039;greatest-happiness principle&amp;#039; and that this should be the basis of an ethical life. Mill expands on this view in five chapters and deals with difficulties and criticisms, including the balance of individual versus general happiness. In On Liberty (published in 1859 and written with his wife, Harriet Taylor, who died a year earlier), Mill applied his already established views on utilitarianism to the society and the state. He discusses the necessary balances between authority and liberty; the individual must have freedom, but within a utilitarian (greatest-happiness principle) compass. Nevertheless, he considers the &amp;#039;tyranny of the majority&amp;#039;, and he acknowledges that in certain societies rule by command may benefit the majority. But he emphasises the fundamental importance of individual liberty, so long as it does not harm others. Though it has had its critics, On Liberty remains a key document and has a special resonance for world politics today.</description>
      <author>Johnn Stuart Mill</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Dec 2016 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004132973.mp3" length="829889" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730960</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004132973.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730960">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730960</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Utilitarianism/On Liberty
Author: Johnn Stuart Mill
Narrator: Derek Le Page
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
John Stuart Mill (1808-1873) was a torchbearer for liberal thought in the 19th century, including liberty of the individual and freedom of speech, and he championed women&amp;#039;s suffrage in Parliament. A remarkable man - he learned Greek aged three and at eight had read Herodotus, Xenophon and Plato - he campaigned all his life for a just society. These two essays are his key works. In Utilitarianism (published in 1863, four years after On Liberty), Mill observes that &amp;#039;the principle of utility&amp;#039; equates to the &amp;#039;greatest-happiness principle&amp;#039; and that this should be the basis of an ethical life. Mill expands on this view in five chapters and deals with difficulties and criticisms, including the balance of individual versus general happiness. In On Liberty (published in 1859 and written with his wife, Harriet Taylor, who died a year earlier), Mill applied his already established views on utilitarianism to the society and the state. He discusses the necessary balances between authority and liberty; the individual must have freedom, but within a utilitarian (greatest-happiness principle) compass. Nevertheless, he considers the &amp;#039;tyranny of the majority&amp;#039;, and he acknowledges that in certain societies rule by command may benefit the majority. But he emphasises the fundamental importance of individual liberty, so long as it does not harm others. Though it has had its critics, On Liberty remains a key document and has a special resonance for world politics today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730960">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730960</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Utilitarianism/On Liberty
Author: Johnn Stuart Mill
Narrator: Derek Le Page
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
John Stuart Mill (1808-1873) was a torchbearer for liberal thought in the 19th century, including liberty of the individual and freedom of speech, and he championed women&amp;#039;s suffrage in Parliament. A remarkable man - he learned Greek aged three and at eight had read Herodotus, Xenophon and Plato - he campaigned all his life for a just society. These two essays are his key works. In Utilitarianism (published in 1863, four years after On Liberty), Mill observes that &amp;#039;the principle of utility&amp;#039; equates to the &amp;#039;greatest-happiness principle&amp;#039; and that this should be the basis of an ethical life. Mill expands on this view in five chapters and deals with difficulties and criticisms, including the balance of individual versus general happiness. In On Liberty (published in 1859 and written with his wife, Harriet Taylor, who died a year earlier), Mill applied his already established views on utilitarianism to the society and the state. He discusses the necessary balances between authority and liberty; the individual must have freedom, but within a utilitarian (greatest-happiness principle) compass. Nevertheless, he considers the &amp;#039;tyranny of the majority&amp;#039;, and he acknowledges that in certain societies rule by command may benefit the majority. But he emphasises the fundamental importance of individual liberty, so long as it does not harm others. Though it has had its critics, On Liberty remains a key document and has a special resonance for world politics today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Wisdom of Life, Counsels and Maxims by Arthur Schopenhauer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730958</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wisdom of Life, Counsels and Maxims
Author: Arthur Schopenhauer
Narrator: David Rintoul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The two foes of human happiness are pain and boredom.&amp;#039; Arthur Schopenhauer (1788-1860) was one of the most influential philosophers of the 19th century because his humanistic, atheistic, if pessimistic views chimed with a new secularism that was emerging from a Western society dominated by religion. Despite his rather forbidding image (and a few outdated views), he is one of the most approachable German philosophers, and this is certainly evident in these two key works, The Wisdom of Life and Counsels and Maxims. This is, says his translator, T. Bailey Saunders, because his theories were based on observation and experience - &amp;#039;interpreting the world as it is&amp;#039;. In The Wisdom of Life, Schopenhauer considers eudemonology (the science of happiness) - &amp;#039;the art of ordering our lives so as to obtain the greatest possible amount of pleasure and success&amp;#039;. He begins by dividing &amp;#039;differences in the human lot&amp;#039; into three: what a man is in the sense of personality; what a man has in terms of property and possessions; and how a man stands in terms of the estimation of others. In the course of the book, he expands on these divisions. In Counsels and Maxims, he develops the theme of eudemonology by advising that it is best to replace the pursuit of pleasure and happiness with a more measured approach based on the avoidance of pain and suffering. However, his views are not as negative and pessimistic as this may seem, not least because he was the first major Western philosopher to be influenced by Eastern thought, notably Buddhism, which he acknowledges. In his exposition, Schopenhauer draws on numerous sources as varied as Plato and Horace, Goethe, Shakespeare, Silesius and, of course, his own major work The World as Will and Representation (1818). Both The Wisdom of Life and Counsels and Maxims first appeared (under the collective heading of Aphorisms on the Wisdom of Life) in his collection of writings Parerga and Paralipomena (1851). Schopenhauer proved a major influence on numerous key figures, from Nietzsche, Schrödinger and Freud to Tolstoy, Wagner, Einstein, Thomas Mann and Samuel Beckett. Translation by T. Bailey Saunders (revised).</description>
      <author>Arthur Schopenhauer</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Nov 2016 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004132942.mp3" length="918746" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730958</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004132942.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wisdom of Life, Counsels and Maxims
Author: Arthur Schopenhauer
Narrator: David Rintoul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The two foes of human happiness are pain and boredom.&amp;#039; Arthur Schopenhauer (1788-1860) was one of the most influential philosophers of the 19th century because his humanistic, atheistic, if pessimistic views chimed with a new secularism that was emerging from a Western society dominated by religion. Despite his rather forbidding image (and a few outdated views), he is one of the most approachable German philosophers, and this is certainly evident in these two key works, The Wisdom of Life and Counsels and Maxims. This is, says his translator, T. Bailey Saunders, because his theories were based on observation and experience - &amp;#039;interpreting the world as it is&amp;#039;. In The Wisdom of Life, Schopenhauer considers eudemonology (the science of happiness) - &amp;#039;the art of ordering our lives so as to obtain the greatest possible amount of pleasure and success&amp;#039;. He begins by dividing &amp;#039;differences in the human lot&amp;#039; into three: what a man is in the sense of personality; what a man has in terms of property and possessions; and how a man stands in terms of the estimation of others. In the course of the book, he expands on these divisions. In Counsels and Maxims, he develops the theme of eudemonology by advising that it is best to replace the pursuit of pleasure and happiness with a more measured approach based on the avoidance of pain and suffering. However, his views are not as negative and pessimistic as this may seem, not least because he was the first major Western philosopher to be influenced by Eastern thought, notably Buddhism, which he acknowledges. In his exposition, Schopenhauer draws on numerous sources as varied as Plato and Horace, Goethe, Shakespeare, Silesius and, of course, his own major work The World as Will and Representation (1818). Both The Wisdom of Life and Counsels and Maxims first appeared (under the collective heading of Aphorisms on the Wisdom of Life) in his collection of writings Parerga and Paralipomena (1851). Schopenhauer proved a major influence on numerous key figures, from Nietzsche, Schrödinger and Freud to Tolstoy, Wagner, Einstein, Thomas Mann and Samuel Beckett. Translation by T. Bailey Saunders (revised).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wisdom of Life, Counsels and Maxims
Author: Arthur Schopenhauer
Narrator: David Rintoul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The two foes of human happiness are pain and boredom.&amp;#039; Arthur Schopenhauer (1788-1860) was one of the most influential philosophers of the 19th century because his humanistic, atheistic, if pessimistic views chimed with a new secularism that was emerging from a Western society dominated by religion. Despite his rather forbidding image (and a few outdated views), he is one of the most approachable German philosophers, and this is certainly evident in these two key works, The Wisdom of Life and Counsels and Maxims. This is, says his translator, T. Bailey Saunders, because his theories were based on observation and experience - &amp;#039;interpreting the world as it is&amp;#039;. In The Wisdom of Life, Schopenhauer considers eudemonology (the science of happiness) - &amp;#039;the art of ordering our lives so as to obtain the greatest possible amount of pleasure and success&amp;#039;. He begins by dividing &amp;#039;differences in the human lot&amp;#039; into three: what a man is in the sense of personality; what a man has in terms of property and possessions; and how a man stands in terms of the estimation of others. In the course of the book, he expands on these divisions. In Counsels and Maxims, he develops the theme of eudemonology by advising that it is best to replace the pursuit of pleasure and happiness with a more measured approach based on the avoidance of pain and suffering. However, his views are not as negative and pessimistic as this may seem, not least because he was the first major Western philosopher to be influenced by Eastern thought, notably Buddhism, which he acknowledges. In his exposition, Schopenhauer draws on numerous sources as varied as Plato and Horace, Goethe, Shakespeare, Silesius and, of course, his own major work The World as Will and Representation (1818). Both The Wisdom of Life and Counsels and Maxims first appeared (under the collective heading of Aphorisms on the Wisdom of Life) in his collection of writings Parerga and Paralipomena (1851). Schopenhauer proved a major influence on numerous key figures, from Nietzsche, Schrödinger and Freud to Tolstoy, Wagner, Einstein, Thomas Mann and Samuel Beckett. Translation by T. Bailey Saunders (revised).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Antichrist, Ecce Homo by Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730959</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730959">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730959</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Antichrist, Ecce Homo
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Christopher Oxford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Antichrist and Ecce Homo were two of the last works written by Friedrich Nietzsche just before his mental collapse in 1889. Though both written in 1888, they are very different in content and style. In The Antichrist, Nietzsche expands on his view that the submissive nature of Christianity undermined Western society, depressing and sapping energy. Using a challenging, aphoristic style, he considers &amp;#039;good&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;bad&amp;#039;, Buddhism and Christianity, and criticises the concepts of sin, faith, and pity as proposed in the Christian tradition, declaring that they undermined a zest for life. Ecce Homo is effectively Nietzsche&amp;#039;s autobiography. Writing in his idiosyncratic, urgent manner, he focuses on carefully chosen topics as he reviews his life and work. Among the chapter headings are: &amp;#039;Why I Am so Wise&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;Why I Am so Clever&amp;#039;. But like so much of Nietzsche, the effect is not quite as bombastic as might be expected - it is a fascinating document.</description>
      <author>Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Jan 2016 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004132690.mp3" length="815126" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730959</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004132690.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730959">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730959</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Antichrist, Ecce Homo
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Christopher Oxford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Antichrist and Ecce Homo were two of the last works written by Friedrich Nietzsche just before his mental collapse in 1889. Though both written in 1888, they are very different in content and style. In The Antichrist, Nietzsche expands on his view that the submissive nature of Christianity undermined Western society, depressing and sapping energy. Using a challenging, aphoristic style, he considers &amp;#039;good&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;bad&amp;#039;, Buddhism and Christianity, and criticises the concepts of sin, faith, and pity as proposed in the Christian tradition, declaring that they undermined a zest for life. Ecce Homo is effectively Nietzsche&amp;#039;s autobiography. Writing in his idiosyncratic, urgent manner, he focuses on carefully chosen topics as he reviews his life and work. Among the chapter headings are: &amp;#039;Why I Am so Wise&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;Why I Am so Clever&amp;#039;. But like so much of Nietzsche, the effect is not quite as bombastic as might be expected - it is a fascinating document.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730959">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730959</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Antichrist, Ecce Homo
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Christopher Oxford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January  8, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Antichrist and Ecce Homo were two of the last works written by Friedrich Nietzsche just before his mental collapse in 1889. Though both written in 1888, they are very different in content and style. In The Antichrist, Nietzsche expands on his view that the submissive nature of Christianity undermined Western society, depressing and sapping energy. Using a challenging, aphoristic style, he considers &amp;#039;good&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;bad&amp;#039;, Buddhism and Christianity, and criticises the concepts of sin, faith, and pity as proposed in the Christian tradition, declaring that they undermined a zest for life. Ecce Homo is effectively Nietzsche&amp;#039;s autobiography. Writing in his idiosyncratic, urgent manner, he focuses on carefully chosen topics as he reviews his life and work. Among the chapter headings are: &amp;#039;Why I Am so Wise&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;Why I Am so Clever&amp;#039;. But like so much of Nietzsche, the effect is not quite as bombastic as might be expected - it is a fascinating document.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rhetoric and Poetics by Aristotle</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730950</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730950">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730950</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rhetoric and Poetics
Author: Aristotle
Narrator: James Cameron Stewart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 38 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Poetics and Rhetoric are the two major works by Aristotle which, after more than 2,000 years, remain key behavioural handbooks for anyone interested in story, performance, presentation and indeed psychology. The continuing influence of Poetics, for example, is readily discernible even among the scriptwriters of Hollywood! Poetics is the shorter work, lasting under two hours, whereas Rhetoric - the art of persuasion, an important subject, particularly in Greek and Roman times but even today - is more extensive, running to nearly nine hours. In Poetics, Aristotle discusses the structure behind drama, comedy, tragedy and the satire plays as well as lyric poetry, epic poetry and music. The structure of a work, the plot, the characters as well as pace and rhythm are all considered. To listen to Poetics is a revelation, like going back to the source of literary theory. Aristotle developed his view on rhetoric over a period of 40 years, and the work is now regarded as the key source on the subject. In a largely oral world, the ability to speak well and persuade by presentation was crucial to success in human affairs. All the major figures of the period studied the best ways to deliver the spoken word - a necessary skill for orators at all levels. For Aristotle, there were three major elements: ethos (the personal character of the speaker), pathos (the emotional influence of the speaker on the audience) and logos (the content and the argument). Rhetoric consists of three books, dividing the topic into the overview, the means of persuasion and the style. A fascinating document, it remains required study in the 21st century, not only for public speakers but those involved in all circumstances where persuasion is involved. With ethos - the character of the speaker - underpinning the subject, the positive nature of art of persuasion should be paramount! Poetics is translated by S. H. Butcher. Rhetoric is translated by W. Rhys Roberts. Both are read clearly by James Cameron Stewart.</description>
      <author>Aristotle</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 May 2017 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004133130.mp3" length="825131" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730950</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004133130.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730950">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730950</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rhetoric and Poetics
Author: Aristotle
Narrator: James Cameron Stewart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 38 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Poetics and Rhetoric are the two major works by Aristotle which, after more than 2,000 years, remain key behavioural handbooks for anyone interested in story, performance, presentation and indeed psychology. The continuing influence of Poetics, for example, is readily discernible even among the scriptwriters of Hollywood! Poetics is the shorter work, lasting under two hours, whereas Rhetoric - the art of persuasion, an important subject, particularly in Greek and Roman times but even today - is more extensive, running to nearly nine hours. In Poetics, Aristotle discusses the structure behind drama, comedy, tragedy and the satire plays as well as lyric poetry, epic poetry and music. The structure of a work, the plot, the characters as well as pace and rhythm are all considered. To listen to Poetics is a revelation, like going back to the source of literary theory. Aristotle developed his view on rhetoric over a period of 40 years, and the work is now regarded as the key source on the subject. In a largely oral world, the ability to speak well and persuade by presentation was crucial to success in human affairs. All the major figures of the period studied the best ways to deliver the spoken word - a necessary skill for orators at all levels. For Aristotle, there were three major elements: ethos (the personal character of the speaker), pathos (the emotional influence of the speaker on the audience) and logos (the content and the argument). Rhetoric consists of three books, dividing the topic into the overview, the means of persuasion and the style. A fascinating document, it remains required study in the 21st century, not only for public speakers but those involved in all circumstances where persuasion is involved. With ethos - the character of the speaker - underpinning the subject, the positive nature of art of persuasion should be paramount! Poetics is translated by S. H. Butcher. Rhetoric is translated by W. Rhys Roberts. Both are read clearly by James Cameron Stewart.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730950">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730950</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rhetoric and Poetics
Author: Aristotle
Narrator: James Cameron Stewart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 38 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Poetics and Rhetoric are the two major works by Aristotle which, after more than 2,000 years, remain key behavioural handbooks for anyone interested in story, performance, presentation and indeed psychology. The continuing influence of Poetics, for example, is readily discernible even among the scriptwriters of Hollywood! Poetics is the shorter work, lasting under two hours, whereas Rhetoric - the art of persuasion, an important subject, particularly in Greek and Roman times but even today - is more extensive, running to nearly nine hours. In Poetics, Aristotle discusses the structure behind drama, comedy, tragedy and the satire plays as well as lyric poetry, epic poetry and music. The structure of a work, the plot, the characters as well as pace and rhythm are all considered. To listen to Poetics is a revelation, like going back to the source of literary theory. Aristotle developed his view on rhetoric over a period of 40 years, and the work is now regarded as the key source on the subject. In a largely oral world, the ability to speak well and persuade by presentation was crucial to success in human affairs. All the major figures of the period studied the best ways to deliver the spoken word - a necessary skill for orators at all levels. For Aristotle, there were three major elements: ethos (the personal character of the speaker), pathos (the emotional influence of the speaker on the audience) and logos (the content and the argument). Rhetoric consists of three books, dividing the topic into the overview, the means of persuasion and the style. A fascinating document, it remains required study in the 21st century, not only for public speakers but those involved in all circumstances where persuasion is involved. With ethos - the character of the speaker - underpinning the subject, the positive nature of art of persuasion should be paramount! Poetics is translated by S. H. Butcher. Rhetoric is translated by W. Rhys Roberts. Both are read clearly by James Cameron Stewart.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Socratic Dialogues: Early Period: Volume 2: Gorgias, Protagoras, Meno, Euthydemus, Lesser Hippias, Greater Hippias by Benjamin Jowett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730952</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730952">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730952</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Socratic Dialogues: Early Period: Volume 2: Gorgias, Protagoras, Meno, Euthydemus, Lesser Hippias, Greater Hippias
Author: Benjamin Jowett
Narrator: David Rintoul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 9 minutes
Release date: November  6, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Here, in this second collection of Socratic Dialogues from Plato&amp;#039;s Early Period, read by David Rintoul as Socrates with a full cast, are contrasting six works. Often, as with Gorgias, which opens the recording, Socrates combats the popular subjects of sophistry and rhetoric, in direct conversation with Gorgias (a leading sophist teacher), and with one of his pupils, Callicles. In Meno, Socrates encounters another Gorgias pupil, Meno, and a debate on &amp;#039;virtue&amp;#039; ensues. Virtue is also the topic in Protagoras, though this dialogue is largely narrated by Socrates (David Rintoul), who &amp;#039;reports&amp;#039; the conversation which had taken place shortly before. Euthydemus is one of the most entertaining of all the Socratic Dialogues, with the two vastly overconfident brothers Euthydemus and Dionysodorus, supposedly capable wrestlers, boxers and musicians, who have come to Athens to teach sophistry. They enter into philosophical debate with Socrates, who at times is almost amazed by their brash sense of superiority. The Lesser Hippias dialogue considers issues of morality, truth and lies, with reference to Homer&amp;#039;s great characters Achilles and Odysseus, while the Greater Hippias enquires into the nature of beauty. Translation: Benjamin Jowett.</description>
      <author>Benjamin Jowett</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Nov 2017 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004133253.mp3" length="848614" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730952</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004133253.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730952">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730952</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Socratic Dialogues: Early Period: Volume 2: Gorgias, Protagoras, Meno, Euthydemus, Lesser Hippias, Greater Hippias
Author: Benjamin Jowett
Narrator: David Rintoul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 9 minutes
Release date: November  6, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Here, in this second collection of Socratic Dialogues from Plato&amp;#039;s Early Period, read by David Rintoul as Socrates with a full cast, are contrasting six works. Often, as with Gorgias, which opens the recording, Socrates combats the popular subjects of sophistry and rhetoric, in direct conversation with Gorgias (a leading sophist teacher), and with one of his pupils, Callicles. In Meno, Socrates encounters another Gorgias pupil, Meno, and a debate on &amp;#039;virtue&amp;#039; ensues. Virtue is also the topic in Protagoras, though this dialogue is largely narrated by Socrates (David Rintoul), who &amp;#039;reports&amp;#039; the conversation which had taken place shortly before. Euthydemus is one of the most entertaining of all the Socratic Dialogues, with the two vastly overconfident brothers Euthydemus and Dionysodorus, supposedly capable wrestlers, boxers and musicians, who have come to Athens to teach sophistry. They enter into philosophical debate with Socrates, who at times is almost amazed by their brash sense of superiority. The Lesser Hippias dialogue considers issues of morality, truth and lies, with reference to Homer&amp;#039;s great characters Achilles and Odysseus, while the Greater Hippias enquires into the nature of beauty. Translation: Benjamin Jowett.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730952">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730952</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Socratic Dialogues: Early Period: Volume 2: Gorgias, Protagoras, Meno, Euthydemus, Lesser Hippias, Greater Hippias
Author: Benjamin Jowett
Narrator: David Rintoul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 9 minutes
Release date: November  6, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Here, in this second collection of Socratic Dialogues from Plato&amp;#039;s Early Period, read by David Rintoul as Socrates with a full cast, are contrasting six works. Often, as with Gorgias, which opens the recording, Socrates combats the popular subjects of sophistry and rhetoric, in direct conversation with Gorgias (a leading sophist teacher), and with one of his pupils, Callicles. In Meno, Socrates encounters another Gorgias pupil, Meno, and a debate on &amp;#039;virtue&amp;#039; ensues. Virtue is also the topic in Protagoras, though this dialogue is largely narrated by Socrates (David Rintoul), who &amp;#039;reports&amp;#039; the conversation which had taken place shortly before. Euthydemus is one of the most entertaining of all the Socratic Dialogues, with the two vastly overconfident brothers Euthydemus and Dionysodorus, supposedly capable wrestlers, boxers and musicians, who have come to Athens to teach sophistry. They enter into philosophical debate with Socrates, who at times is almost amazed by their brash sense of superiority. The Lesser Hippias dialogue considers issues of morality, truth and lies, with reference to Homer&amp;#039;s great characters Achilles and Odysseus, while the Greater Hippias enquires into the nature of beauty. Translation: Benjamin Jowett.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introduction to Classical Chinese Philosophy by Bryan W. Van Norden</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730947</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730947">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730947</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Introduction to Classical Chinese Philosophy
Author: Bryan W. Van Norden
Narrator: Brian Nishii
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 9 minutes
Release date: June  5, 2021
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Van Norden&amp;#039;s Introduction to Classical Chinese Philosophy is evidently of increasing importance in balancing our 21st century view of philosophy in general. It is to Van Norden&amp;#039;s regret, that when ‘philosophy&amp;#039; is discussed or taught, it is almost always in the context of ‘Western Philosophy&amp;#039; rather than a global perspective. Yet the contribution of China to global thought and understanding is crucial, especially in our contemporary context.  In his highly accessible Introduction, Van Norden gives an overview of the subject, from its mythical origins through its early history, and on to the most important time, the Eastern Zhou dynasty (770-221 BCE). This is The Period of the Philosophers. It is here we find the greatest thinkers, within two definable periods, the Spring and Autumn Period (722-481 BCE) and the Warring States Period (403-221 BCE).  Into the Spring and Autumn Period comes Kongzi – better known in the West as Confucius (551-479 BCE), whose Analects have become more or less synonymous with the Western understanding of Classical Chinese Philosophy. Van Norden considers the life, work and ideas of Kongzi, and his subsequent influence (even in the present day throughout Asia), with the ‘Five Themes of Confucianism&amp;#039; including ‘Happiness in the Everyday World&amp;#039;, ‘The Family and Differentiated Caring&amp;#039; and ‘Ethical Cultivation&amp;#039;. But as he points out, Kongzi had his critics even in the generations that immediately followed him – principally Mozi and the Mohists. However, Kongzi&amp;#039;s influence also continued through the Warring States Period, when other figures emerging such as Mengzi (known as Mencius in the West) (372-289 BCE).  In this fascinating survey, Van Norden&amp;#039;s discussion ranges over ‘Daodejing and Mysticism&amp;#039;, ‘Zhuangzi&amp;#039;s Therapeutic Skepticism and Relativism&amp;#039;, Han Feizi&amp;#039;s ‘Theory of Government&amp;#039;, and later Chinese thought, stepping well into the 20th century with Mao Zedung. In the Appendices, Van Norden also explains ‘Hermeneutics or How to Read a Text&amp;#039;, and ‘Kongzi as Systematic Philosopher&amp;#039;. A third (particularly valuable Appendix to the newcomer to Chinese topics), on ‘The Chinese Language and Writing System&amp;#039; is not possible to present on audiobook, but is contained in the accompanying PDF.  Altogether, Van Norden has provided a thoughtful introduction not only to Classical Chinese Philosophy, but also in passing, to aspects of Chinese culture. The experienced American reader Brian Nishii, fluent in Mandarin, is an ideal presenter. Van Norden is also the author of Mengzi – which he reads himself on Ukemi Audiobooks.</description>
      <author>Bryan W. Van Norden</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 05 Jun 2021 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004134540.mp3" length="814809" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730947</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004134540.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730947">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730947</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Introduction to Classical Chinese Philosophy
Author: Bryan W. Van Norden
Narrator: Brian Nishii
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 9 minutes
Release date: June  5, 2021
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Van Norden&amp;#039;s Introduction to Classical Chinese Philosophy is evidently of increasing importance in balancing our 21st century view of philosophy in general. It is to Van Norden&amp;#039;s regret, that when ‘philosophy&amp;#039; is discussed or taught, it is almost always in the context of ‘Western Philosophy&amp;#039; rather than a global perspective. Yet the contribution of China to global thought and understanding is crucial, especially in our contemporary context.  In his highly accessible Introduction, Van Norden gives an overview of the subject, from its mythical origins through its early history, and on to the most important time, the Eastern Zhou dynasty (770-221 BCE). This is The Period of the Philosophers. It is here we find the greatest thinkers, within two definable periods, the Spring and Autumn Period (722-481 BCE) and the Warring States Period (403-221 BCE).  Into the Spring and Autumn Period comes Kongzi – better known in the West as Confucius (551-479 BCE), whose Analects have become more or less synonymous with the Western understanding of Classical Chinese Philosophy. Van Norden considers the life, work and ideas of Kongzi, and his subsequent influence (even in the present day throughout Asia), with the ‘Five Themes of Confucianism&amp;#039; including ‘Happiness in the Everyday World&amp;#039;, ‘The Family and Differentiated Caring&amp;#039; and ‘Ethical Cultivation&amp;#039;. But as he points out, Kongzi had his critics even in the generations that immediately followed him – principally Mozi and the Mohists. However, Kongzi&amp;#039;s influence also continued through the Warring States Period, when other figures emerging such as Mengzi (known as Mencius in the West) (372-289 BCE).  In this fascinating survey, Van Norden&amp;#039;s discussion ranges over ‘Daodejing and Mysticism&amp;#039;, ‘Zhuangzi&amp;#039;s Therapeutic Skepticism and Relativism&amp;#039;, Han Feizi&amp;#039;s ‘Theory of Government&amp;#039;, and later Chinese thought, stepping well into the 20th century with Mao Zedung. In the Appendices, Van Norden also explains ‘Hermeneutics or How to Read a Text&amp;#039;, and ‘Kongzi as Systematic Philosopher&amp;#039;. A third (particularly valuable Appendix to the newcomer to Chinese topics), on ‘The Chinese Language and Writing System&amp;#039; is not possible to present on audiobook, but is contained in the accompanying PDF.  Altogether, Van Norden has provided a thoughtful introduction not only to Classical Chinese Philosophy, but also in passing, to aspects of Chinese culture. The experienced American reader Brian Nishii, fluent in Mandarin, is an ideal presenter. Van Norden is also the author of Mengzi – which he reads himself on Ukemi Audiobooks.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730947">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730947</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Introduction to Classical Chinese Philosophy
Author: Bryan W. Van Norden
Narrator: Brian Nishii
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 9 minutes
Release date: June  5, 2021
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Van Norden&amp;#039;s Introduction to Classical Chinese Philosophy is evidently of increasing importance in balancing our 21st century view of philosophy in general. It is to Van Norden&amp;#039;s regret, that when ‘philosophy&amp;#039; is discussed or taught, it is almost always in the context of ‘Western Philosophy&amp;#039; rather than a global perspective. Yet the contribution of China to global thought and understanding is crucial, especially in our contemporary context.  In his highly accessible Introduction, Van Norden gives an overview of the subject, from its mythical origins through its early history, and on to the most important time, the Eastern Zhou dynasty (770-221 BCE). This is The Period of the Philosophers. It is here we find the greatest thinkers, within two definable periods, the Spring and Autumn Period (722-481 BCE) and the Warring States Period (403-221 BCE).  Into the Spring and Autumn Period comes Kongzi – better known in the West as Confucius (551-479 BCE), whose Analects have become more or less synonymous with the Western understanding of Classical Chinese Philosophy. Van Norden considers the life, work and ideas of Kongzi, and his subsequent influence (even in the present day throughout Asia), with the ‘Five Themes of Confucianism&amp;#039; including ‘Happiness in the Everyday World&amp;#039;, ‘The Family and Differentiated Caring&amp;#039; and ‘Ethical Cultivation&amp;#039;. But as he points out, Kongzi had his critics even in the generations that immediately followed him – principally Mozi and the Mohists. However, Kongzi&amp;#039;s influence also continued through the Warring States Period, when other figures emerging such as Mengzi (known as Mencius in the West) (372-289 BCE).  In this fascinating survey, Van Norden&amp;#039;s discussion ranges over ‘Daodejing and Mysticism&amp;#039;, ‘Zhuangzi&amp;#039;s Therapeutic Skepticism and Relativism&amp;#039;, Han Feizi&amp;#039;s ‘Theory of Government&amp;#039;, and later Chinese thought, stepping well into the 20th century with Mao Zedung. In the Appendices, Van Norden also explains ‘Hermeneutics or How to Read a Text&amp;#039;, and ‘Kongzi as Systematic Philosopher&amp;#039;. A third (particularly valuable Appendix to the newcomer to Chinese topics), on ‘The Chinese Language and Writing System&amp;#039; is not possible to present on audiobook, but is contained in the accompanying PDF.  Altogether, Van Norden has provided a thoughtful introduction not only to Classical Chinese Philosophy, but also in passing, to aspects of Chinese culture. The experienced American reader Brian Nishii, fluent in Mandarin, is an ideal presenter. Van Norden is also the author of Mengzi – which he reads himself on Ukemi Audiobooks.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Gay Science by Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730948</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730948">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730948</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gay Science
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Michael Lunts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April 29, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Gay Science (The Joyful Wisdom) is one of Nietzsche&amp;#039;s greatest books. His wonderfully fertile mind roams over mankind, his thoughts, his emotions, his behaviour and his weaknesses with remarkable clarity, with insight - but also with humour! In this work are 383 separate paragraphs, some short, some long, but all singular observations - the epitome of his famous aphoristic style. &amp;#039;Morality is the herd instinct in the individual.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;The world is overfull of beautiful things, but it is nevertheless poor, very poor, in beautiful moments.&amp;#039; Being intellectual, he declares, is not equivalent to &amp;#039;taking things seriously&amp;#039;: why not laugh while thinking! When should one be an Epicurean and when a Stoic? Nietzsche may be best known for Thus Spoke Zarathustra (The Gay Science was published in 1882, a year before Zarathustra, and actually contains its opening paragraph!) but with its potpourri of comments, some wild, some sharp, some rather odd, it is totally different in tone. The Gay Science represents the Friedrich Nietzsche one would want to meet. All of the 77 poems included by Nietzsche in The Gay Science have been placed at the end of the main text, to be enjoyed by dedicated Nietzscheans. The aphorisms and poems are persuasively read by Michael Lunts.</description>
      <author>Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Apr 2016 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004132782.mp3" length="835244" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730948</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004132782.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730948">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730948</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gay Science
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Michael Lunts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April 29, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Gay Science (The Joyful Wisdom) is one of Nietzsche&amp;#039;s greatest books. His wonderfully fertile mind roams over mankind, his thoughts, his emotions, his behaviour and his weaknesses with remarkable clarity, with insight - but also with humour! In this work are 383 separate paragraphs, some short, some long, but all singular observations - the epitome of his famous aphoristic style. &amp;#039;Morality is the herd instinct in the individual.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;The world is overfull of beautiful things, but it is nevertheless poor, very poor, in beautiful moments.&amp;#039; Being intellectual, he declares, is not equivalent to &amp;#039;taking things seriously&amp;#039;: why not laugh while thinking! When should one be an Epicurean and when a Stoic? Nietzsche may be best known for Thus Spoke Zarathustra (The Gay Science was published in 1882, a year before Zarathustra, and actually contains its opening paragraph!) but with its potpourri of comments, some wild, some sharp, some rather odd, it is totally different in tone. The Gay Science represents the Friedrich Nietzsche one would want to meet. All of the 77 poems included by Nietzsche in The Gay Science have been placed at the end of the main text, to be enjoyed by dedicated Nietzscheans. The aphorisms and poems are persuasively read by Michael Lunts.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730948">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730948</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gay Science
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Michael Lunts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April 29, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Gay Science (The Joyful Wisdom) is one of Nietzsche&amp;#039;s greatest books. His wonderfully fertile mind roams over mankind, his thoughts, his emotions, his behaviour and his weaknesses with remarkable clarity, with insight - but also with humour! In this work are 383 separate paragraphs, some short, some long, but all singular observations - the epitome of his famous aphoristic style. &amp;#039;Morality is the herd instinct in the individual.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;The world is overfull of beautiful things, but it is nevertheless poor, very poor, in beautiful moments.&amp;#039; Being intellectual, he declares, is not equivalent to &amp;#039;taking things seriously&amp;#039;: why not laugh while thinking! When should one be an Epicurean and when a Stoic? Nietzsche may be best known for Thus Spoke Zarathustra (The Gay Science was published in 1882, a year before Zarathustra, and actually contains its opening paragraph!) but with its potpourri of comments, some wild, some sharp, some rather odd, it is totally different in tone. The Gay Science represents the Friedrich Nietzsche one would want to meet. All of the 77 poems included by Nietzsche in The Gay Science have been placed at the end of the main text, to be enjoyed by dedicated Nietzscheans. The aphorisms and poems are persuasively read by Michael Lunts.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Enchiridion &amp;amp; Discourses by Epictetus</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730941</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730941">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730941</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Enchiridion &amp;amp; Discourses
Author: Epictetus
Narrator: Hayward B. Morse
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 16 minutes
Release date: June  5, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Enchiridion is the famous manual of ethical advice given in the second century by the Stoic philosopher Epictetus. Born to a Greek slave, Epictetus grew up in the environment of the Roman Empire and, having been released from bonds of slavery, became a Stoic in the tradition of its originators, Zeno (third Century BCE) and Seneca (first century CE). Epictetus didn&amp;#039;t leave a formal written legacy, but his pupil, Arrian, collected his teachings, and posterity now has The Enchiridion and The Discourses. The first is a short compilation of Stoical precepts - how to live an ethical life. It is essentially about everyday life, and it maintained its popularity throughout the succeeding centuries, on par with the other principal concise Stoic document from the Roman period, Meditations by Marcus Aurelius - who had clearly read it. The Enchiridion is presented here as the translation by Thomas W. Higginson. The Discourses, a much longer text again compiled by Arrian, contains a more comprehensive view of the teachings of Epictetus. The Discourses is translated by George Long.</description>
      <author>Epictetus</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 05 Jun 2016 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004132812.mp3" length="785548" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730941</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004132812.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730941">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730941</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Enchiridion &amp;amp; Discourses
Author: Epictetus
Narrator: Hayward B. Morse
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 16 minutes
Release date: June  5, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Enchiridion is the famous manual of ethical advice given in the second century by the Stoic philosopher Epictetus. Born to a Greek slave, Epictetus grew up in the environment of the Roman Empire and, having been released from bonds of slavery, became a Stoic in the tradition of its originators, Zeno (third Century BCE) and Seneca (first century CE). Epictetus didn&amp;#039;t leave a formal written legacy, but his pupil, Arrian, collected his teachings, and posterity now has The Enchiridion and The Discourses. The first is a short compilation of Stoical precepts - how to live an ethical life. It is essentially about everyday life, and it maintained its popularity throughout the succeeding centuries, on par with the other principal concise Stoic document from the Roman period, Meditations by Marcus Aurelius - who had clearly read it. The Enchiridion is presented here as the translation by Thomas W. Higginson. The Discourses, a much longer text again compiled by Arrian, contains a more comprehensive view of the teachings of Epictetus. The Discourses is translated by George Long.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730941">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730941</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Enchiridion &amp;amp; Discourses
Author: Epictetus
Narrator: Hayward B. Morse
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 16 minutes
Release date: June  5, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Enchiridion is the famous manual of ethical advice given in the second century by the Stoic philosopher Epictetus. Born to a Greek slave, Epictetus grew up in the environment of the Roman Empire and, having been released from bonds of slavery, became a Stoic in the tradition of its originators, Zeno (third Century BCE) and Seneca (first century CE). Epictetus didn&amp;#039;t leave a formal written legacy, but his pupil, Arrian, collected his teachings, and posterity now has The Enchiridion and The Discourses. The first is a short compilation of Stoical precepts - how to live an ethical life. It is essentially about everyday life, and it maintained its popularity throughout the succeeding centuries, on par with the other principal concise Stoic document from the Roman period, Meditations by Marcus Aurelius - who had clearly read it. The Enchiridion is presented here as the translation by Thomas W. Higginson. The Discourses, a much longer text again compiled by Arrian, contains a more comprehensive view of the teachings of Epictetus. The Discourses is translated by George Long.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Thus Spoke Zarathustra: A Book for All and None by Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730942</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Thus Spoke Zarathustra: A Book for All and None
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Christopher Oxford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 57 minutes
Release date: December 11, 2015
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Thus Spoke Zarathustra is one of the most extraordinary - and important - texts in Western philosophy. It was written by Friedrich Nietzsche between 1883 and 1885. He cast it in the form of a novel in the hope that his urgent message of the &amp;#039;death of God&amp;#039; and the rise of the superman (Ubermensch) would have greater emotional as well as intellectual impact. Though tarnished somewhat by inappropriate adoption by the Nazi movement in the mid-20th century, Zarathustra remains an immensely important and influential work, particularly as it exhorts the individual to question standard conventions of society in order to pursue a truly ethical and spiritual path. After 10 years in solitude in the mountains, Zarathustra decides it is time to return to the world so that people can benefit from the fruits of his pondering: &amp;#039;I would like to bestow and distribute, until the wise have once more become joyous in their folly, and the poor happy in their riches.&amp;#039; Thus Spoke Zarathustra is a challenging text, but once encountered and absorbed, it cannot be forgotten for both its content and style. Translation: Thomas Common - revised and updated.</description>
      <author>Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Dec 2015 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004132669.mp3" length="769839" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730942</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004132669.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Thus Spoke Zarathustra: A Book for All and None
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Christopher Oxford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 57 minutes
Release date: December 11, 2015
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Thus Spoke Zarathustra is one of the most extraordinary - and important - texts in Western philosophy. It was written by Friedrich Nietzsche between 1883 and 1885. He cast it in the form of a novel in the hope that his urgent message of the &amp;#039;death of God&amp;#039; and the rise of the superman (Ubermensch) would have greater emotional as well as intellectual impact. Though tarnished somewhat by inappropriate adoption by the Nazi movement in the mid-20th century, Zarathustra remains an immensely important and influential work, particularly as it exhorts the individual to question standard conventions of society in order to pursue a truly ethical and spiritual path. After 10 years in solitude in the mountains, Zarathustra decides it is time to return to the world so that people can benefit from the fruits of his pondering: &amp;#039;I would like to bestow and distribute, until the wise have once more become joyous in their folly, and the poor happy in their riches.&amp;#039; Thus Spoke Zarathustra is a challenging text, but once encountered and absorbed, it cannot be forgotten for both its content and style. Translation: Thomas Common - revised and updated.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Thus Spoke Zarathustra: A Book for All and None
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Christopher Oxford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 57 minutes
Release date: December 11, 2015
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Thus Spoke Zarathustra is one of the most extraordinary - and important - texts in Western philosophy. It was written by Friedrich Nietzsche between 1883 and 1885. He cast it in the form of a novel in the hope that his urgent message of the &amp;#039;death of God&amp;#039; and the rise of the superman (Ubermensch) would have greater emotional as well as intellectual impact. Though tarnished somewhat by inappropriate adoption by the Nazi movement in the mid-20th century, Zarathustra remains an immensely important and influential work, particularly as it exhorts the individual to question standard conventions of society in order to pursue a truly ethical and spiritual path. After 10 years in solitude in the mountains, Zarathustra decides it is time to return to the world so that people can benefit from the fruits of his pondering: &amp;#039;I would like to bestow and distribute, until the wise have once more become joyous in their folly, and the poor happy in their riches.&amp;#039; Thus Spoke Zarathustra is a challenging text, but once encountered and absorbed, it cannot be forgotten for both its content and style. Translation: Thomas Common - revised and updated.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Metaphysics by Aristotle</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730939</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Metaphysics
Author: Aristotle
Narrator: James Cameron Stewart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 32 minutes
Release date: March 13, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Aristotle&amp;#039;s Metaphysics was the first major study of the subject of metaphysics - in other words, an inquiry into &amp;#039;first philosophy&amp;#039;, or &amp;#039;wisdom&amp;#039;. It differs from Physics, which is concerned with the natural world: things which are subject to the laws of nature, things that move and change, are measurable. In Metaphysics, the study falls on &amp;#039;being qua being&amp;#039; - being insofar as it is being; the causes and principles of being, the causes and principles of substances. Aristotle asks, what is existence? How can things continue to exist yet change, and how can we best understand the world we live in? The work as it has come down to us is a compilation of Aristotle&amp;#039;s writing on the subject made in Alexandria in the first century CE, and it proved enormously influential from the Greeks onward, through the medieval and Renaissance periods. In Metaphysics, Aristotle absorbed Plato&amp;#039;s view that nature is eternal and unchangeable while accepting that we live in a world that appears full of change. A challenging work, Metaphysics is divided into 14 books. It begins with the causes of things and questions the existence of God, the understanding of &amp;#039;being&amp;#039; and the concept of &amp;#039;substance&amp;#039;. It proceeds to consider &amp;#039;actuality&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;potentiality&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;unity&amp;#039;. This first recording, using the clear translation by W. D. Ross, is presented in a measured and comprehensible manner by James Cameron Stewart.</description>
      <author>Aristotle</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Mar 2017 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004133093.mp3" length="790284" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730939</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004133093.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Metaphysics
Author: Aristotle
Narrator: James Cameron Stewart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 32 minutes
Release date: March 13, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Aristotle&amp;#039;s Metaphysics was the first major study of the subject of metaphysics - in other words, an inquiry into &amp;#039;first philosophy&amp;#039;, or &amp;#039;wisdom&amp;#039;. It differs from Physics, which is concerned with the natural world: things which are subject to the laws of nature, things that move and change, are measurable. In Metaphysics, the study falls on &amp;#039;being qua being&amp;#039; - being insofar as it is being; the causes and principles of being, the causes and principles of substances. Aristotle asks, what is existence? How can things continue to exist yet change, and how can we best understand the world we live in? The work as it has come down to us is a compilation of Aristotle&amp;#039;s writing on the subject made in Alexandria in the first century CE, and it proved enormously influential from the Greeks onward, through the medieval and Renaissance periods. In Metaphysics, Aristotle absorbed Plato&amp;#039;s view that nature is eternal and unchangeable while accepting that we live in a world that appears full of change. A challenging work, Metaphysics is divided into 14 books. It begins with the causes of things and questions the existence of God, the understanding of &amp;#039;being&amp;#039; and the concept of &amp;#039;substance&amp;#039;. It proceeds to consider &amp;#039;actuality&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;potentiality&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;unity&amp;#039;. This first recording, using the clear translation by W. D. Ross, is presented in a measured and comprehensible manner by James Cameron Stewart.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Metaphysics
Author: Aristotle
Narrator: James Cameron Stewart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 32 minutes
Release date: March 13, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Aristotle&amp;#039;s Metaphysics was the first major study of the subject of metaphysics - in other words, an inquiry into &amp;#039;first philosophy&amp;#039;, or &amp;#039;wisdom&amp;#039;. It differs from Physics, which is concerned with the natural world: things which are subject to the laws of nature, things that move and change, are measurable. In Metaphysics, the study falls on &amp;#039;being qua being&amp;#039; - being insofar as it is being; the causes and principles of being, the causes and principles of substances. Aristotle asks, what is existence? How can things continue to exist yet change, and how can we best understand the world we live in? The work as it has come down to us is a compilation of Aristotle&amp;#039;s writing on the subject made in Alexandria in the first century CE, and it proved enormously influential from the Greeks onward, through the medieval and Renaissance periods. In Metaphysics, Aristotle absorbed Plato&amp;#039;s view that nature is eternal and unchangeable while accepting that we live in a world that appears full of change. A challenging work, Metaphysics is divided into 14 books. It begins with the causes of things and questions the existence of God, the understanding of &amp;#039;being&amp;#039; and the concept of &amp;#039;substance&amp;#039;. It proceeds to consider &amp;#039;actuality&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;potentiality&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;unity&amp;#039;. This first recording, using the clear translation by W. D. Ross, is presented in a measured and comprehensible manner by James Cameron Stewart.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Human, All Too Human: A Book for Free Spirits by Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730937</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730937">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730937</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Human, All Too Human: A Book for Free Spirits
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Michael Lunts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 26 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
It was with Human, All Too Human, first published in 1878, that Nietzsche developed the aphoristic style that so suited his challenging views and uncompromising style. The text is divided into three main sections: &amp;#039;Of the First and Last Things&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;History of the Moral Feelings&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;The Religious Life&amp;#039;. But the style remains the same: he declares the subjects - dream and civilisation; private ethics and world ethics; gratitude and revenge; well-wishing; vanity - and then discusses them in a few sentences or sometimes in a longer passage. This style enables him to cover an extraordinarily wide range of topics as his fertile and lively mind wander over man in his element. This audiobook also contains the two parts of volume II: &amp;#039;Miscellaneous Maxims&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;The Wanderer and His Shadow&amp;#039;. These two collections are less well known - unjustly so, as they are packed with Nietzsche&amp;#039;s wonderfully uncompromising views and observation on a lucky dip of topics including debauchery, bach, danger in admiration, deception in love and dishonest praise. Here is an example: &amp;#039;End and goal. Not every end is the goal. The end of a melody is not its goal, and yet if a melody has not reached its end, it has also not reached its goal. A parable.&amp;#039; All in all, this 15-hour collection in an appropriately conversational reading by Michael Lunts is a fascinating, at times infuriating yet always entertaining discovery.</description>
      <author>Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2016 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004132737.mp3" length="823984" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730937</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004132737.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730937">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730937</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Human, All Too Human: A Book for Free Spirits
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Michael Lunts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 26 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
It was with Human, All Too Human, first published in 1878, that Nietzsche developed the aphoristic style that so suited his challenging views and uncompromising style. The text is divided into three main sections: &amp;#039;Of the First and Last Things&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;History of the Moral Feelings&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;The Religious Life&amp;#039;. But the style remains the same: he declares the subjects - dream and civilisation; private ethics and world ethics; gratitude and revenge; well-wishing; vanity - and then discusses them in a few sentences or sometimes in a longer passage. This style enables him to cover an extraordinarily wide range of topics as his fertile and lively mind wander over man in his element. This audiobook also contains the two parts of volume II: &amp;#039;Miscellaneous Maxims&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;The Wanderer and His Shadow&amp;#039;. These two collections are less well known - unjustly so, as they are packed with Nietzsche&amp;#039;s wonderfully uncompromising views and observation on a lucky dip of topics including debauchery, bach, danger in admiration, deception in love and dishonest praise. Here is an example: &amp;#039;End and goal. Not every end is the goal. The end of a melody is not its goal, and yet if a melody has not reached its end, it has also not reached its goal. A parable.&amp;#039; All in all, this 15-hour collection in an appropriately conversational reading by Michael Lunts is a fascinating, at times infuriating yet always entertaining discovery.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730937">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730937</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Human, All Too Human: A Book for Free Spirits
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Michael Lunts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 26 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
It was with Human, All Too Human, first published in 1878, that Nietzsche developed the aphoristic style that so suited his challenging views and uncompromising style. The text is divided into three main sections: &amp;#039;Of the First and Last Things&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;History of the Moral Feelings&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;The Religious Life&amp;#039;. But the style remains the same: he declares the subjects - dream and civilisation; private ethics and world ethics; gratitude and revenge; well-wishing; vanity - and then discusses them in a few sentences or sometimes in a longer passage. This style enables him to cover an extraordinarily wide range of topics as his fertile and lively mind wander over man in his element. This audiobook also contains the two parts of volume II: &amp;#039;Miscellaneous Maxims&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;The Wanderer and His Shadow&amp;#039;. These two collections are less well known - unjustly so, as they are packed with Nietzsche&amp;#039;s wonderfully uncompromising views and observation on a lucky dip of topics including debauchery, bach, danger in admiration, deception in love and dishonest praise. Here is an example: &amp;#039;End and goal. Not every end is the goal. The end of a melody is not its goal, and yet if a melody has not reached its end, it has also not reached its goal. A parable.&amp;#039; All in all, this 15-hour collection in an appropriately conversational reading by Michael Lunts is a fascinating, at times infuriating yet always entertaining discovery.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Theory of Moral Sentiments by Adam Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730933</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730933">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730933</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Theory of Moral Sentiments
Author: Adam Smith
Narrator: Michael Lunts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
‘How selfish soever man may be supposed, there are evidently some principles in his nature, which interest him in the fortune of others, and render their happiness necessary to him, though he derives nothing from it except the pleasure of seeing it.&amp;#039;  So begins The Theory of Moral Sentiments (1759), the first major text by Adam Smith, who, seven years later, was to publish what was to become one of the major economic classics, The Wealth of Nations (1776). However, Smith regarded The Theory of Moral Sentiments as his most important work because in it he identified the profound human instinct to act not necessarily in self-interest but through, as he phrased it, a ‘mutual sympathy of sentiments&amp;#039;.  The work is divided into seven parts, starting with Part 1: Of the Propriety of Action, in which Smith proposes the idea that ‘Sympathy&amp;#039; can underlie human actions towards others, prompted by various emotions, be it perception of misfortune in others or simply ‘the pleasure of mutual sympathy&amp;#039;. Other parts include ‘Of the Effect of Utility upon the Sentiment of Approbation&amp;#039;, ‘Of the Character of Virtue&amp;#039; and finally ‘Of Systems of Moral Philosophy&amp;#039;.  In this concluding section, Smith considers the views of other philosophers, including Epicurus, Zeno, Plato, Aristotle, Cicero and Hobbes, as well as the opinions of his mentor, Dr Francis Hutchison, an important influence. In short, Smith proposes that man&amp;#039;s sense of morality is interwoven with social instincts as much as reason or self-interest. Sympathy - the contemporary word we would use is empathy - is a universal and strongly held emotion in mankind, he says, imbued with virtue, prudence, justice and beneficence. The Theory of Moral Sentiments was, and remains, a milestone in Western philosophy.</description>
      <author>Adam Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Sep 2018 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004133482.mp3" length="815253" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730933</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004133482.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730933">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730933</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Theory of Moral Sentiments
Author: Adam Smith
Narrator: Michael Lunts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
‘How selfish soever man may be supposed, there are evidently some principles in his nature, which interest him in the fortune of others, and render their happiness necessary to him, though he derives nothing from it except the pleasure of seeing it.&amp;#039;  So begins The Theory of Moral Sentiments (1759), the first major text by Adam Smith, who, seven years later, was to publish what was to become one of the major economic classics, The Wealth of Nations (1776). However, Smith regarded The Theory of Moral Sentiments as his most important work because in it he identified the profound human instinct to act not necessarily in self-interest but through, as he phrased it, a ‘mutual sympathy of sentiments&amp;#039;.  The work is divided into seven parts, starting with Part 1: Of the Propriety of Action, in which Smith proposes the idea that ‘Sympathy&amp;#039; can underlie human actions towards others, prompted by various emotions, be it perception of misfortune in others or simply ‘the pleasure of mutual sympathy&amp;#039;. Other parts include ‘Of the Effect of Utility upon the Sentiment of Approbation&amp;#039;, ‘Of the Character of Virtue&amp;#039; and finally ‘Of Systems of Moral Philosophy&amp;#039;.  In this concluding section, Smith considers the views of other philosophers, including Epicurus, Zeno, Plato, Aristotle, Cicero and Hobbes, as well as the opinions of his mentor, Dr Francis Hutchison, an important influence. In short, Smith proposes that man&amp;#039;s sense of morality is interwoven with social instincts as much as reason or self-interest. Sympathy - the contemporary word we would use is empathy - is a universal and strongly held emotion in mankind, he says, imbued with virtue, prudence, justice and beneficence. The Theory of Moral Sentiments was, and remains, a milestone in Western philosophy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730933">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730933</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Theory of Moral Sentiments
Author: Adam Smith
Narrator: Michael Lunts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2018
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
‘How selfish soever man may be supposed, there are evidently some principles in his nature, which interest him in the fortune of others, and render their happiness necessary to him, though he derives nothing from it except the pleasure of seeing it.&amp;#039;  So begins The Theory of Moral Sentiments (1759), the first major text by Adam Smith, who, seven years later, was to publish what was to become one of the major economic classics, The Wealth of Nations (1776). However, Smith regarded The Theory of Moral Sentiments as his most important work because in it he identified the profound human instinct to act not necessarily in self-interest but through, as he phrased it, a ‘mutual sympathy of sentiments&amp;#039;.  The work is divided into seven parts, starting with Part 1: Of the Propriety of Action, in which Smith proposes the idea that ‘Sympathy&amp;#039; can underlie human actions towards others, prompted by various emotions, be it perception of misfortune in others or simply ‘the pleasure of mutual sympathy&amp;#039;. Other parts include ‘Of the Effect of Utility upon the Sentiment of Approbation&amp;#039;, ‘Of the Character of Virtue&amp;#039; and finally ‘Of Systems of Moral Philosophy&amp;#039;.  In this concluding section, Smith considers the views of other philosophers, including Epicurus, Zeno, Plato, Aristotle, Cicero and Hobbes, as well as the opinions of his mentor, Dr Francis Hutchison, an important influence. In short, Smith proposes that man&amp;#039;s sense of morality is interwoven with social instincts as much as reason or self-interest. Sympathy - the contemporary word we would use is empathy - is a universal and strongly held emotion in mankind, he says, imbued with virtue, prudence, justice and beneficence. The Theory of Moral Sentiments was, and remains, a milestone in Western philosophy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The World as Will and Idea: Volume 2 by Arthur Schopenhauer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730930</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730930">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730930</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World as Will and Idea: Volume 2
Author: Arthur Schopenhauer
Narrator: Leighton Pugh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 51 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The original edition of The World as Will and Idea appeared in 1818, but in 1844 Schopenhauer published an expanded version. It contained the &amp;#039;Criticism of the Kantian Philosophy&amp;#039;, a lengthy document; and Supplements to the First Book (The Doctrine of the Idea of Perception) and the Second Book (The Doctrine of Perception or Knowledge of the Understanding). The original edition of The World as Will and Idea had been largely ignored, and for 25 frustrating years, Schopenhauer had to live with a feeling of failure, while remaining as acute, as challenging and as creative as ever. His decision to expand and build on his original ideas with the addition of the Supplements, clarifying and furthering his views, made his body of work even stronger. It was with this second edition that his reputation spread, and at last his standing as a major German philosopher of the 19th century was established. In this new volume, following the Kantian critique, are many essays, including &amp;#039;On the Senses&amp;#039;, On the Relation of Knowledge of Perception to Abstract Knowledge, &amp;#039;On Man&amp;#039;s Need for Metaphysics&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;On the Primacy of the Will in Self-Consciousness&amp;#039;. Leighton Pugh again reads with the clarity and understanding that was praised following the release of The World as Will and Idea, Volume 1. Translation: R. B. Haldane and J. Kemp. Footnotes included.</description>
      <author>Arthur Schopenhauer</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Jun 2017 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004133185.mp3" length="857883" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730930</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004133185.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730930">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730930</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World as Will and Idea: Volume 2
Author: Arthur Schopenhauer
Narrator: Leighton Pugh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 51 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The original edition of The World as Will and Idea appeared in 1818, but in 1844 Schopenhauer published an expanded version. It contained the &amp;#039;Criticism of the Kantian Philosophy&amp;#039;, a lengthy document; and Supplements to the First Book (The Doctrine of the Idea of Perception) and the Second Book (The Doctrine of Perception or Knowledge of the Understanding). The original edition of The World as Will and Idea had been largely ignored, and for 25 frustrating years, Schopenhauer had to live with a feeling of failure, while remaining as acute, as challenging and as creative as ever. His decision to expand and build on his original ideas with the addition of the Supplements, clarifying and furthering his views, made his body of work even stronger. It was with this second edition that his reputation spread, and at last his standing as a major German philosopher of the 19th century was established. In this new volume, following the Kantian critique, are many essays, including &amp;#039;On the Senses&amp;#039;, On the Relation of Knowledge of Perception to Abstract Knowledge, &amp;#039;On Man&amp;#039;s Need for Metaphysics&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;On the Primacy of the Will in Self-Consciousness&amp;#039;. Leighton Pugh again reads with the clarity and understanding that was praised following the release of The World as Will and Idea, Volume 1. Translation: R. B. Haldane and J. Kemp. Footnotes included.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730930">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730930</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World as Will and Idea: Volume 2
Author: Arthur Schopenhauer
Narrator: Leighton Pugh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 51 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The original edition of The World as Will and Idea appeared in 1818, but in 1844 Schopenhauer published an expanded version. It contained the &amp;#039;Criticism of the Kantian Philosophy&amp;#039;, a lengthy document; and Supplements to the First Book (The Doctrine of the Idea of Perception) and the Second Book (The Doctrine of Perception or Knowledge of the Understanding). The original edition of The World as Will and Idea had been largely ignored, and for 25 frustrating years, Schopenhauer had to live with a feeling of failure, while remaining as acute, as challenging and as creative as ever. His decision to expand and build on his original ideas with the addition of the Supplements, clarifying and furthering his views, made his body of work even stronger. It was with this second edition that his reputation spread, and at last his standing as a major German philosopher of the 19th century was established. In this new volume, following the Kantian critique, are many essays, including &amp;#039;On the Senses&amp;#039;, On the Relation of Knowledge of Perception to Abstract Knowledge, &amp;#039;On Man&amp;#039;s Need for Metaphysics&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;On the Primacy of the Will in Self-Consciousness&amp;#039;. Leighton Pugh again reads with the clarity and understanding that was praised following the release of The World as Will and Idea, Volume 1. Translation: R. B. Haldane and J. Kemp. Footnotes included.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The World as Will and Idea: Volume 3 by Arthur Schopenhauer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730931</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730931">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730931</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World as Will and Idea: Volume 3
Author: Arthur Schopenhauer
Narrator: Leighton Pugh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 22 minutes
Release date: August 17, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In this final part to Schopenhauer&amp;#039;s momentous and hugely influential work, his original and wide-ranging observations are as lively as ever. Though cast as a &amp;#039;pessimist&amp;#039; by history, he is anything but that to read - and listen to. Here are the last supplementary comments his original work (published 1818), the fruit of decades of further reflection. These essays - some fairly substantial - include &amp;#039;On Instinct and Mechanical Tendency&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On Genius&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On Madness&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;The Inner Nature of Art&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;The Metaphysics of Music&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;The Metaphysics of Love of the Sexes&amp;#039;, and &amp;#039;The Way of Salvation&amp;#039;. This translation by Haldane and Kemp omitted - for reasons of &amp;#039;modesty&amp;#039; - a fascinating essay &amp;#039;On Pederasty&amp;#039;. This has now been translated and read by Leighton Pugh and included here, offering a truly complete recording of Schopenhauer&amp;#039;s opus magnus. And once again it is clear why Schopenhauer influenced a wide range of philosophers, writers and artists over the succeeding generations, including Nietzsche, Thomas Mann, Samuel Beckett and many others.</description>
      <author>Arthur Schopenhauer</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Aug 2017 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004133208.mp3" length="845024" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730931</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004133208.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730931">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730931</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World as Will and Idea: Volume 3
Author: Arthur Schopenhauer
Narrator: Leighton Pugh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 22 minutes
Release date: August 17, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In this final part to Schopenhauer&amp;#039;s momentous and hugely influential work, his original and wide-ranging observations are as lively as ever. Though cast as a &amp;#039;pessimist&amp;#039; by history, he is anything but that to read - and listen to. Here are the last supplementary comments his original work (published 1818), the fruit of decades of further reflection. These essays - some fairly substantial - include &amp;#039;On Instinct and Mechanical Tendency&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On Genius&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On Madness&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;The Inner Nature of Art&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;The Metaphysics of Music&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;The Metaphysics of Love of the Sexes&amp;#039;, and &amp;#039;The Way of Salvation&amp;#039;. This translation by Haldane and Kemp omitted - for reasons of &amp;#039;modesty&amp;#039; - a fascinating essay &amp;#039;On Pederasty&amp;#039;. This has now been translated and read by Leighton Pugh and included here, offering a truly complete recording of Schopenhauer&amp;#039;s opus magnus. And once again it is clear why Schopenhauer influenced a wide range of philosophers, writers and artists over the succeeding generations, including Nietzsche, Thomas Mann, Samuel Beckett and many others.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730931">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730931</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World as Will and Idea: Volume 3
Author: Arthur Schopenhauer
Narrator: Leighton Pugh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 22 minutes
Release date: August 17, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In this final part to Schopenhauer&amp;#039;s momentous and hugely influential work, his original and wide-ranging observations are as lively as ever. Though cast as a &amp;#039;pessimist&amp;#039; by history, he is anything but that to read - and listen to. Here are the last supplementary comments his original work (published 1818), the fruit of decades of further reflection. These essays - some fairly substantial - include &amp;#039;On Instinct and Mechanical Tendency&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On Genius&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On Madness&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;The Inner Nature of Art&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;The Metaphysics of Music&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;The Metaphysics of Love of the Sexes&amp;#039;, and &amp;#039;The Way of Salvation&amp;#039;. This translation by Haldane and Kemp omitted - for reasons of &amp;#039;modesty&amp;#039; - a fascinating essay &amp;#039;On Pederasty&amp;#039;. This has now been translated and read by Leighton Pugh and included here, offering a truly complete recording of Schopenhauer&amp;#039;s opus magnus. And once again it is clear why Schopenhauer influenced a wide range of philosophers, writers and artists over the succeeding generations, including Nietzsche, Thomas Mann, Samuel Beckett and many others.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Moral Epistles: 124 Letters to Lucilius by Seneca The Younger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730925</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Moral Epistles: 124 Letters to Lucilius
Author: Seneca The Younger
Narrator: James Cameron Stewart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 23 hours 18 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Towards the end of his life, Seneca the Younger (c4 BCE-65 CE) began a correspondence with a friend in Sicily, later collected under the title The Moral Epistles. In these 124 letters, Seneca expresses, in a wise, steady and calm manner, the philosophy by which he lived - derived essentially from the Stoics. The letters deal with a variety of specific topics - often eminently practical - such as &amp;#039;On Saving Time&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On the Terrors of Death&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On True and False Friendships&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On Brawn and Brains&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;On Old Age and Death&amp;#039;. His views are as relevant to us today as in his own time. He remarks on how we waste our time through lack of clarity of purpose, how we jump from one attraction to another and how fleeting life is. But these are letters to a friend, so the tone is not grandly didactic but friendly, personal and direct and speak to us across the centuries. Though not so well known as Marcus Aurelius&amp;#039; Meditations, The Moral Epistles are approachable, memorable and immensely rich in content - and especially so in this sympathetic reading by James Cameron Stewart. Translation Richard Gummere.</description>
      <author>Seneca The Younger</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Jan 2016 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004132713.mp3" length="799927" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730925</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004132713.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>23:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Moral Epistles: 124 Letters to Lucilius
Author: Seneca The Younger
Narrator: James Cameron Stewart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 23 hours 18 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Towards the end of his life, Seneca the Younger (c4 BCE-65 CE) began a correspondence with a friend in Sicily, later collected under the title The Moral Epistles. In these 124 letters, Seneca expresses, in a wise, steady and calm manner, the philosophy by which he lived - derived essentially from the Stoics. The letters deal with a variety of specific topics - often eminently practical - such as &amp;#039;On Saving Time&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On the Terrors of Death&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On True and False Friendships&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On Brawn and Brains&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;On Old Age and Death&amp;#039;. His views are as relevant to us today as in his own time. He remarks on how we waste our time through lack of clarity of purpose, how we jump from one attraction to another and how fleeting life is. But these are letters to a friend, so the tone is not grandly didactic but friendly, personal and direct and speak to us across the centuries. Though not so well known as Marcus Aurelius&amp;#039; Meditations, The Moral Epistles are approachable, memorable and immensely rich in content - and especially so in this sympathetic reading by James Cameron Stewart. Translation Richard Gummere.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Moral Epistles: 124 Letters to Lucilius
Author: Seneca The Younger
Narrator: James Cameron Stewart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 23 hours 18 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Towards the end of his life, Seneca the Younger (c4 BCE-65 CE) began a correspondence with a friend in Sicily, later collected under the title The Moral Epistles. In these 124 letters, Seneca expresses, in a wise, steady and calm manner, the philosophy by which he lived - derived essentially from the Stoics. The letters deal with a variety of specific topics - often eminently practical - such as &amp;#039;On Saving Time&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On the Terrors of Death&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On True and False Friendships&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;On Brawn and Brains&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;On Old Age and Death&amp;#039;. His views are as relevant to us today as in his own time. He remarks on how we waste our time through lack of clarity of purpose, how we jump from one attraction to another and how fleeting life is. But these are letters to a friend, so the tone is not grandly didactic but friendly, personal and direct and speak to us across the centuries. Though not so well known as Marcus Aurelius&amp;#039; Meditations, The Moral Epistles are approachable, memorable and immensely rich in content - and especially so in this sympathetic reading by James Cameron Stewart. Translation Richard Gummere.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Enneads: Volume 2 (4-6) by Plotinus</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730926</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730926">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730926</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Enneads: Volume 2 (4-6)
Author: Plotinus
Narrator: Peter Wickham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November 30, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Plotinus (204/5 -270CE), born in Lycopolis, Egypt, when it was part of the Roman Empire, was a major figure in the philosophical school later called Neoplatonism. Neoplatonists viewed reality as deriving from a single force or figure expressed as &amp;#039;the One&amp;#039;. Two further concepts from Plotinus, &amp;#039;the Intellect&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;the Soul&amp;#039;, are also principal features of his philosophy. These proposals led to the work of Plotinus forming a bridge between Plato and the monotheistic religions of Christianity, Judaism and Islam as well as Gnosticism. Yet Plotinus, who spoke Greek, did not actually leave a written legacy of his ideas. His work was written down and compiled by a pupil, Porphyry of Tyre (c234-c305 CE). Porphyry presented Plotinus&amp;#039; work in six Enneads, each containing nine Tractates (ennea = nine in Greek), amounting to 54 treatises in all. They were originally arranged into three volumes, but in this Ukemi recording they are divided into two equal parts, Volume One and Volume Two. Volume One contains the first three Enneads prefaced by the fascinating biography written by Porphyry, who describes Plotinus as a highly singular figure - he declined to sit for a painter or sculptor, he wouldn&amp;#039;t eat meat from animals reared for the table, and he &amp;#039;caught philosophy at the age of 20&amp;#039;. This recording is Volume Two, which contains The Enneads 4-6. The Fourth Ennead concerns epistemological matters, opening with &amp;#039;On the Essence of the Soul&amp;#039; (First Tractate) and concludes with &amp;#039;Are All Souls One?&amp;#039; The Fifth Ennead is concerned with intellectual matters, opening with &amp;#039;On the Three Primary Hypostases&amp;#039; and concluding with &amp;#039;On Intellect, the Forms and Being&amp;#039;. The Sixth Ennead concerns being in general and the One above intellect, opens with &amp;#039;On the Kinds of Being&amp;#039; and concludes with &amp;#039;On the Good and the One&amp;#039;. Translated by Stephen MacKenna.</description>
      <author>Plotinus</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Nov 2017 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004133277.mp3" length="756548" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730926</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004133277.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>21:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730926">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730926</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Enneads: Volume 2 (4-6)
Author: Plotinus
Narrator: Peter Wickham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November 30, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Plotinus (204/5 -270CE), born in Lycopolis, Egypt, when it was part of the Roman Empire, was a major figure in the philosophical school later called Neoplatonism. Neoplatonists viewed reality as deriving from a single force or figure expressed as &amp;#039;the One&amp;#039;. Two further concepts from Plotinus, &amp;#039;the Intellect&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;the Soul&amp;#039;, are also principal features of his philosophy. These proposals led to the work of Plotinus forming a bridge between Plato and the monotheistic religions of Christianity, Judaism and Islam as well as Gnosticism. Yet Plotinus, who spoke Greek, did not actually leave a written legacy of his ideas. His work was written down and compiled by a pupil, Porphyry of Tyre (c234-c305 CE). Porphyry presented Plotinus&amp;#039; work in six Enneads, each containing nine Tractates (ennea = nine in Greek), amounting to 54 treatises in all. They were originally arranged into three volumes, but in this Ukemi recording they are divided into two equal parts, Volume One and Volume Two. Volume One contains the first three Enneads prefaced by the fascinating biography written by Porphyry, who describes Plotinus as a highly singular figure - he declined to sit for a painter or sculptor, he wouldn&amp;#039;t eat meat from animals reared for the table, and he &amp;#039;caught philosophy at the age of 20&amp;#039;. This recording is Volume Two, which contains The Enneads 4-6. The Fourth Ennead concerns epistemological matters, opening with &amp;#039;On the Essence of the Soul&amp;#039; (First Tractate) and concludes with &amp;#039;Are All Souls One?&amp;#039; The Fifth Ennead is concerned with intellectual matters, opening with &amp;#039;On the Three Primary Hypostases&amp;#039; and concluding with &amp;#039;On Intellect, the Forms and Being&amp;#039;. The Sixth Ennead concerns being in general and the One above intellect, opens with &amp;#039;On the Kinds of Being&amp;#039; and concludes with &amp;#039;On the Good and the One&amp;#039;. Translated by Stephen MacKenna.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730926">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730926</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Enneads: Volume 2 (4-6)
Author: Plotinus
Narrator: Peter Wickham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November 30, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Plotinus (204/5 -270CE), born in Lycopolis, Egypt, when it was part of the Roman Empire, was a major figure in the philosophical school later called Neoplatonism. Neoplatonists viewed reality as deriving from a single force or figure expressed as &amp;#039;the One&amp;#039;. Two further concepts from Plotinus, &amp;#039;the Intellect&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;the Soul&amp;#039;, are also principal features of his philosophy. These proposals led to the work of Plotinus forming a bridge between Plato and the monotheistic religions of Christianity, Judaism and Islam as well as Gnosticism. Yet Plotinus, who spoke Greek, did not actually leave a written legacy of his ideas. His work was written down and compiled by a pupil, Porphyry of Tyre (c234-c305 CE). Porphyry presented Plotinus&amp;#039; work in six Enneads, each containing nine Tractates (ennea = nine in Greek), amounting to 54 treatises in all. They were originally arranged into three volumes, but in this Ukemi recording they are divided into two equal parts, Volume One and Volume Two. Volume One contains the first three Enneads prefaced by the fascinating biography written by Porphyry, who describes Plotinus as a highly singular figure - he declined to sit for a painter or sculptor, he wouldn&amp;#039;t eat meat from animals reared for the table, and he &amp;#039;caught philosophy at the age of 20&amp;#039;. This recording is Volume Two, which contains The Enneads 4-6. The Fourth Ennead concerns epistemological matters, opening with &amp;#039;On the Essence of the Soul&amp;#039; (First Tractate) and concludes with &amp;#039;Are All Souls One?&amp;#039; The Fifth Ennead is concerned with intellectual matters, opening with &amp;#039;On the Three Primary Hypostases&amp;#039; and concluding with &amp;#039;On Intellect, the Forms and Being&amp;#039;. The Sixth Ennead concerns being in general and the One above intellect, opens with &amp;#039;On the Kinds of Being&amp;#039; and concludes with &amp;#039;On the Good and the One&amp;#039;. Translated by Stephen MacKenna.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The World as Will And Idea: Volume 1 by Arthur Schopenhauer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730927</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730927">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730927</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World as Will And Idea: Volume 1
Author: Arthur Schopenhauer
Narrator: Leighton Pugh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 26 minutes
Release date: February  6, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Schopenhauer was just 30 when his magnum opus, Die Welt als Wille und Vorstellung, a work of considerable learning and innovation of thought, first appeared in 1818. Much to his chagrin and puzzlement (so convinced was he of its merits), it didn&amp;#039;t have an immediate effect on European philosophy, views and culture. It was only decades later that it was recognised as one of the major intellectual landmarks of the 19th century. It proved to be a work that was not only to make an indelible impression on leading figures that followed him closely - Friedrich Nietzsche, Thomas Mann, Sigmund Freud - but also others well into the 20th century, including Carl Jung, Herman Hesse, Jorge Luis Borges, Karl Popper and Samuel Beckett. What was the Schopenhauerian proposition that made The World as Will and Idea so important? Absorbing views from Kant and Buddhist ideas filtering almost for the first time through Europe, Schopenhauer, putting the concept of God aside, proposed that man is driven by &amp;#039;a will to life&amp;#039;; desire, craving, wanting - these are the elements that propel him fiercely along life&amp;#039;s path, even though it causes him suffering. It is on that basis that Schopenhauer opens the work with the statement &amp;#039;the world is my idea&amp;#039;. Man perceives the sun and the earth but can relate to them only through his own consciousness. He makes his own world. Though stamped as a pessimist, and certainly combative as a personality and a writer, Schopenhauer&amp;#039;s work - and The World as Will and Idea - doesn&amp;#039;t read darkly. Instead it is rich and challenging, as he surveys broadly philosophy, history, art, literature, music and culture generally. His opinions are strong and testing, his breadth of knowledge invigorating. The translation recorded here is the classic rendering by R. B. Haldane. However, the numerous literary and philosophical references - Greek, Latin, German, French, Persian, etc - in both the main text and the relevant footnotes are given here in English. Thus Schopenhauer&amp;#039;s major work can be absorbed and enjoyed directly - and especially in this intelligent, clear and committed narration by the actor and German scholar Leighton Pugh. Schopenhauer has had a long and continuing influence extending well into the 21st century, and The World as Will and Idea is one of the great stepping-stones of European thought which needs to be listened to. He added a subsequent volume later in his life, but volume 1 is the major work.</description>
      <author>Arthur Schopenhauer</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Feb 2017 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004133031.mp3" length="787969" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730927</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004133031.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>20:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730927">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730927</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World as Will And Idea: Volume 1
Author: Arthur Schopenhauer
Narrator: Leighton Pugh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 26 minutes
Release date: February  6, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Schopenhauer was just 30 when his magnum opus, Die Welt als Wille und Vorstellung, a work of considerable learning and innovation of thought, first appeared in 1818. Much to his chagrin and puzzlement (so convinced was he of its merits), it didn&amp;#039;t have an immediate effect on European philosophy, views and culture. It was only decades later that it was recognised as one of the major intellectual landmarks of the 19th century. It proved to be a work that was not only to make an indelible impression on leading figures that followed him closely - Friedrich Nietzsche, Thomas Mann, Sigmund Freud - but also others well into the 20th century, including Carl Jung, Herman Hesse, Jorge Luis Borges, Karl Popper and Samuel Beckett. What was the Schopenhauerian proposition that made The World as Will and Idea so important? Absorbing views from Kant and Buddhist ideas filtering almost for the first time through Europe, Schopenhauer, putting the concept of God aside, proposed that man is driven by &amp;#039;a will to life&amp;#039;; desire, craving, wanting - these are the elements that propel him fiercely along life&amp;#039;s path, even though it causes him suffering. It is on that basis that Schopenhauer opens the work with the statement &amp;#039;the world is my idea&amp;#039;. Man perceives the sun and the earth but can relate to them only through his own consciousness. He makes his own world. Though stamped as a pessimist, and certainly combative as a personality and a writer, Schopenhauer&amp;#039;s work - and The World as Will and Idea - doesn&amp;#039;t read darkly. Instead it is rich and challenging, as he surveys broadly philosophy, history, art, literature, music and culture generally. His opinions are strong and testing, his breadth of knowledge invigorating. The translation recorded here is the classic rendering by R. B. Haldane. However, the numerous literary and philosophical references - Greek, Latin, German, French, Persian, etc - in both the main text and the relevant footnotes are given here in English. Thus Schopenhauer&amp;#039;s major work can be absorbed and enjoyed directly - and especially in this intelligent, clear and committed narration by the actor and German scholar Leighton Pugh. Schopenhauer has had a long and continuing influence extending well into the 21st century, and The World as Will and Idea is one of the great stepping-stones of European thought which needs to be listened to. He added a subsequent volume later in his life, but volume 1 is the major work.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730927">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730927</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The World as Will And Idea: Volume 1
Author: Arthur Schopenhauer
Narrator: Leighton Pugh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 26 minutes
Release date: February  6, 2017
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Schopenhauer was just 30 when his magnum opus, Die Welt als Wille und Vorstellung, a work of considerable learning and innovation of thought, first appeared in 1818. Much to his chagrin and puzzlement (so convinced was he of its merits), it didn&amp;#039;t have an immediate effect on European philosophy, views and culture. It was only decades later that it was recognised as one of the major intellectual landmarks of the 19th century. It proved to be a work that was not only to make an indelible impression on leading figures that followed him closely - Friedrich Nietzsche, Thomas Mann, Sigmund Freud - but also others well into the 20th century, including Carl Jung, Herman Hesse, Jorge Luis Borges, Karl Popper and Samuel Beckett. What was the Schopenhauerian proposition that made The World as Will and Idea so important? Absorbing views from Kant and Buddhist ideas filtering almost for the first time through Europe, Schopenhauer, putting the concept of God aside, proposed that man is driven by &amp;#039;a will to life&amp;#039;; desire, craving, wanting - these are the elements that propel him fiercely along life&amp;#039;s path, even though it causes him suffering. It is on that basis that Schopenhauer opens the work with the statement &amp;#039;the world is my idea&amp;#039;. Man perceives the sun and the earth but can relate to them only through his own consciousness. He makes his own world. Though stamped as a pessimist, and certainly combative as a personality and a writer, Schopenhauer&amp;#039;s work - and The World as Will and Idea - doesn&amp;#039;t read darkly. Instead it is rich and challenging, as he surveys broadly philosophy, history, art, literature, music and culture generally. His opinions are strong and testing, his breadth of knowledge invigorating. The translation recorded here is the classic rendering by R. B. Haldane. However, the numerous literary and philosophical references - Greek, Latin, German, French, Persian, etc - in both the main text and the relevant footnotes are given here in English. Thus Schopenhauer&amp;#039;s major work can be absorbed and enjoyed directly - and especially in this intelligent, clear and committed narration by the actor and German scholar Leighton Pugh. Schopenhauer has had a long and continuing influence extending well into the 21st century, and The World as Will and Idea is one of the great stepping-stones of European thought which needs to be listened to. He added a subsequent volume later in his life, but volume 1 is the major work.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Police Deception and Dishonesty: The Logic of Lying by Luke William Hunt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730520</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730520">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730520</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Police Deception and Dishonesty: The Logic of Lying
Author: Luke William Hunt
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February 20, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In Police Deception and Dishonesty, Luke William Hunt—a philosophy professor and former FBI special agent—argues that many of our assumptions about policing and security are unjustified. Through a rich discussion of literature and case studies, he shows that there are compelling reasons to think that the police&amp;#039;s widespread use of proactive deception and dishonesty is inconsistent with fundamental norms of political morality—especially norms regarding fraud and the rule of law. Although there are times and places for dishonesty and deception in policing, Hunt evocatively illustrates why those times and places should be much more limited than current practices suggest.</description>
      <author>Luke William Hunt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Feb 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855519501.mp3" length="8339604" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730520</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855519501.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730520">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730520</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Police Deception and Dishonesty: The Logic of Lying
Author: Luke William Hunt
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February 20, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In Police Deception and Dishonesty, Luke William Hunt—a philosophy professor and former FBI special agent—argues that many of our assumptions about policing and security are unjustified. Through a rich discussion of literature and case studies, he shows that there are compelling reasons to think that the police&amp;#039;s widespread use of proactive deception and dishonesty is inconsistent with fundamental norms of political morality—especially norms regarding fraud and the rule of law. Although there are times and places for dishonesty and deception in policing, Hunt evocatively illustrates why those times and places should be much more limited than current practices suggest.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730520">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730520</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Police Deception and Dishonesty: The Logic of Lying
Author: Luke William Hunt
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February 20, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In Police Deception and Dishonesty, Luke William Hunt—a philosophy professor and former FBI special agent—argues that many of our assumptions about policing and security are unjustified. Through a rich discussion of literature and case studies, he shows that there are compelling reasons to think that the police&amp;#039;s widespread use of proactive deception and dishonesty is inconsistent with fundamental norms of political morality—especially norms regarding fraud and the rule of law. Although there are times and places for dishonesty and deception in policing, Hunt evocatively illustrates why those times and places should be much more limited than current practices suggest.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Total Reset: Realigning with our timeless holistic blueprint for living by The Goolarabooloo Family, Lulu, Greg Campbell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730341</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730341">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730341</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Total Reset: Realigning with our timeless holistic blueprint for living
Author: The Goolarabooloo Family, Lulu, Greg Campbell
Narrator: Mark Coles Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 36 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1991 the author met Lulu, a widely respected Aboriginal elder and powerful maban (shaman) in the remote Kimberley region of Australia. He asked Greg to work with him and the Goolarabooloo people to write one book. Its purpose: enable people to view reality through the lens of original knowledge and apply it for the well-being of one another and our Whole Earth system. Total Reset is the result of the 32-year collaboration. Traditional Indigenous elders such as Lulu maintain that sapiens&amp;#039; original knowledge provides all people with a blueprint for living respectfully on Earth. Known by the First Australians as First Law (and by others as Earth Law or Natural Law), it operated from Day One to preserve the balance of all life. No ordinary blueprint, it is a cosmic pattern showing the elements of the whole system and their connectedness; a holistic model for our species. Part 1 of the three-part book considers how humanity&amp;#039;s present predicament arose, provides an evidence-backed summation of our world&amp;#039;s endangered state and then contrasts modern socio-economic settings with those of traditional Indigenous peoples. Interwoven through information-rich chapters are stories from the author&amp;#039;s life illustrating how opening to the oneness reality positively impacts individuals and society. Part 2 explores sapiens&amp;#039; original knowledge of unified modes of living and being on Earth, pointing to commonalities of the structures, systems and ways of the many different societies of our world&amp;#039;s oldest continuous cultures, those of the First Peoples of Australia. It is enriched by many true stories of  Lulu and his people. When anyone looks at reality through the lens of original knowledge such as that shared in Total Reset, it opens boundless opportunities for innovative solutions to remove threats to the continuity of all life and drive a return to balance. Accordingly, Part 3 outlines some of many possible strategies at the global, national, regional/local and individual levels.</description>
      <author>The Goolarabooloo Family, Lulu, Greg Campbell</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Nov 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780645273151.mp3" length="1349668" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730341</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780645273151.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>36:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730341">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730341</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Total Reset: Realigning with our timeless holistic blueprint for living
Author: The Goolarabooloo Family, Lulu, Greg Campbell
Narrator: Mark Coles Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 36 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1991 the author met Lulu, a widely respected Aboriginal elder and powerful maban (shaman) in the remote Kimberley region of Australia. He asked Greg to work with him and the Goolarabooloo people to write one book. Its purpose: enable people to view reality through the lens of original knowledge and apply it for the well-being of one another and our Whole Earth system. Total Reset is the result of the 32-year collaboration. Traditional Indigenous elders such as Lulu maintain that sapiens&amp;#039; original knowledge provides all people with a blueprint for living respectfully on Earth. Known by the First Australians as First Law (and by others as Earth Law or Natural Law), it operated from Day One to preserve the balance of all life. No ordinary blueprint, it is a cosmic pattern showing the elements of the whole system and their connectedness; a holistic model for our species. Part 1 of the three-part book considers how humanity&amp;#039;s present predicament arose, provides an evidence-backed summation of our world&amp;#039;s endangered state and then contrasts modern socio-economic settings with those of traditional Indigenous peoples. Interwoven through information-rich chapters are stories from the author&amp;#039;s life illustrating how opening to the oneness reality positively impacts individuals and society. Part 2 explores sapiens&amp;#039; original knowledge of unified modes of living and being on Earth, pointing to commonalities of the structures, systems and ways of the many different societies of our world&amp;#039;s oldest continuous cultures, those of the First Peoples of Australia. It is enriched by many true stories of  Lulu and his people. When anyone looks at reality through the lens of original knowledge such as that shared in Total Reset, it opens boundless opportunities for innovative solutions to remove threats to the continuity of all life and drive a return to balance. Accordingly, Part 3 outlines some of many possible strategies at the global, national, regional/local and individual levels.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730341">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730341</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Total Reset: Realigning with our timeless holistic blueprint for living
Author: The Goolarabooloo Family, Lulu, Greg Campbell
Narrator: Mark Coles Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 36 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1991 the author met Lulu, a widely respected Aboriginal elder and powerful maban (shaman) in the remote Kimberley region of Australia. He asked Greg to work with him and the Goolarabooloo people to write one book. Its purpose: enable people to view reality through the lens of original knowledge and apply it for the well-being of one another and our Whole Earth system. Total Reset is the result of the 32-year collaboration. Traditional Indigenous elders such as Lulu maintain that sapiens&amp;#039; original knowledge provides all people with a blueprint for living respectfully on Earth. Known by the First Australians as First Law (and by others as Earth Law or Natural Law), it operated from Day One to preserve the balance of all life. No ordinary blueprint, it is a cosmic pattern showing the elements of the whole system and their connectedness; a holistic model for our species. Part 1 of the three-part book considers how humanity&amp;#039;s present predicament arose, provides an evidence-backed summation of our world&amp;#039;s endangered state and then contrasts modern socio-economic settings with those of traditional Indigenous peoples. Interwoven through information-rich chapters are stories from the author&amp;#039;s life illustrating how opening to the oneness reality positively impacts individuals and society. Part 2 explores sapiens&amp;#039; original knowledge of unified modes of living and being on Earth, pointing to commonalities of the structures, systems and ways of the many different societies of our world&amp;#039;s oldest continuous cultures, those of the First Peoples of Australia. It is enriched by many true stories of  Lulu and his people. When anyone looks at reality through the lens of original knowledge such as that shared in Total Reset, it opens boundless opportunities for innovative solutions to remove threats to the continuity of all life and drive a return to balance. Accordingly, Part 3 outlines some of many possible strategies at the global, national, regional/local and individual levels.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Portuguese] - Emoções que Curam: Culpa, raiva e medo como força de libertação! by Wanderley Oliveira</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730246</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Emoções que Curam: Culpa, raiva e medo como força de libertação!
Author: Wanderley Oliveira
Narrator: Christiana Vidal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 56 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Nesse último livro de espiritismo da Série Harmonia Interior, Ermance Dufaux estuda as instintivas emoções primárias, que cumprem funções nobres na arquitetura da vida mental e são fios condutores da nossa evolução espiritual. Aceitar emoções é uma forma terapêutica de viver porque, se você as acolhe, faz uso de duas medicações essenciais para sua cura: a adequação do pensamento à realidade e o desenvolvimento da autoaceitação. Dessa forma, evita-se o auto abandono e as fixações nos aspectos sombrios da vida, cria-se um clima interior de receptividade à realidade e desenvolve a resignação.  A cura e a redenção são caminhos individuais e intransferíveis, frutos do merecimento e do trabalho pessoal, e solicitam o concurso louvável do tempo, da paciência, da disciplina e da persistência. O amadurecimento emocional convoca você a enfrentar suas emoções pelo bem de sua sanidade e libertação. Escrito por: Wanderley Oliveira Pelo Espírito: Ermance Dufaux  AudioLivro lido por: Christiana Vidal (@podimagem) Técnico de som: Chris Quites (Psicoff Records)</description>
      <author>Wanderley Oliveira</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Jan 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786587210544.mp3" length="908332" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730246</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786587210544.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Emoções que Curam: Culpa, raiva e medo como força de libertação!
Author: Wanderley Oliveira
Narrator: Christiana Vidal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 56 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Nesse último livro de espiritismo da Série Harmonia Interior, Ermance Dufaux estuda as instintivas emoções primárias, que cumprem funções nobres na arquitetura da vida mental e são fios condutores da nossa evolução espiritual. Aceitar emoções é uma forma terapêutica de viver porque, se você as acolhe, faz uso de duas medicações essenciais para sua cura: a adequação do pensamento à realidade e o desenvolvimento da autoaceitação. Dessa forma, evita-se o auto abandono e as fixações nos aspectos sombrios da vida, cria-se um clima interior de receptividade à realidade e desenvolve a resignação.  A cura e a redenção são caminhos individuais e intransferíveis, frutos do merecimento e do trabalho pessoal, e solicitam o concurso louvável do tempo, da paciência, da disciplina e da persistência. O amadurecimento emocional convoca você a enfrentar suas emoções pelo bem de sua sanidade e libertação. Escrito por: Wanderley Oliveira Pelo Espírito: Ermance Dufaux  AudioLivro lido por: Christiana Vidal (@podimagem) Técnico de som: Chris Quites (Psicoff Records)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/730246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Emoções que Curam: Culpa, raiva e medo como força de libertação!
Author: Wanderley Oliveira
Narrator: Christiana Vidal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 56 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Nesse último livro de espiritismo da Série Harmonia Interior, Ermance Dufaux estuda as instintivas emoções primárias, que cumprem funções nobres na arquitetura da vida mental e são fios condutores da nossa evolução espiritual. Aceitar emoções é uma forma terapêutica de viver porque, se você as acolhe, faz uso de duas medicações essenciais para sua cura: a adequação do pensamento à realidade e o desenvolvimento da autoaceitação. Dessa forma, evita-se o auto abandono e as fixações nos aspectos sombrios da vida, cria-se um clima interior de receptividade à realidade e desenvolve a resignação.  A cura e a redenção são caminhos individuais e intransferíveis, frutos do merecimento e do trabalho pessoal, e solicitam o concurso louvável do tempo, da paciência, da disciplina e da persistência. O amadurecimento emocional convoca você a enfrentar suas emoções pelo bem de sua sanidade e libertação. Escrito por: Wanderley Oliveira Pelo Espírito: Ermance Dufaux  AudioLivro lido por: Christiana Vidal (@podimagem) Técnico de som: Chris Quites (Psicoff Records)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Home is Where We Start: Growing up in the fallout of the Utopian Dream by Susanna Crossman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/729861</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/729861">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/729861</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Home is Where We Start: Growing up in the fallout of the Utopian Dream
Author: Susanna Crossman
Narrator: Susanna Crossman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 52 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  A Guardian book to look out for for 2024 In the turbulent late seventies, six-year-old Susanna Crossman moved with her mother and siblings from a suburban terrace to a crumbling mansion deep in the English countryside. They would share their new home with over fifty other residents from all over the world, armed with worn paperbacks on ecology, Marx and radical feminism, drawn together by utopian dreams of remaking the world. They did not leave for fifteen years. While the Adults adopted new names and liberated themselves from domestic roles, the Kids ran free. In the community, nobody was too young to discuss nuclear war and children learned not to expect wiped noses or regular bedtimes. Instead, they made a home in a house with no locks or keys, never knowing when they opened doors whether they’d find violent political debates or couples writhing under sheets. Decades later, and armed with hindsight, Crossman revisits her past, turning to leading thinkers in philosophy, sociology and anthropology to examine the society she grew up in, and the many meanings of family and home. In this luminous memoir, she asks what happens to children who are raised as the product of social experiments and explores how growing up estranged from the outside world shapes her as a parent today. &amp;#039;A bold and intimate grappling with the hidden history at the heart of a childhood that was set up as a collectivist social experiment&amp;#039; EWAN MORRISON, author of How to Survive Everything &amp;#039;Strikingly good&amp;#039; NOREEN MASUD, author of A Flat Place &amp;#039;Crossman writes with such curiosity and heart-breaking honesty of what it is to find her own truth. I was enthralled by this book&amp;#039; LILY DUNN, author of Sins of my Father &amp;#039;Beautiful, bold, tender. I loved this gorgeous memoir about making home&amp;#039; PRAGYA AGARWAL, author of Hysterical © Susanna Crossman 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</description>
      <author>Susanna Crossman</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Aug 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781405968041.mp3" length="1310443" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/729861</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781405968041.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/729861">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/729861</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Home is Where We Start: Growing up in the fallout of the Utopian Dream
Author: Susanna Crossman
Narrator: Susanna Crossman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 52 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  A Guardian book to look out for for 2024 In the turbulent late seventies, six-year-old Susanna Crossman moved with her mother and siblings from a suburban terrace to a crumbling mansion deep in the English countryside. They would share their new home with over fifty other residents from all over the world, armed with worn paperbacks on ecology, Marx and radical feminism, drawn together by utopian dreams of remaking the world. They did not leave for fifteen years. While the Adults adopted new names and liberated themselves from domestic roles, the Kids ran free. In the community, nobody was too young to discuss nuclear war and children learned not to expect wiped noses or regular bedtimes. Instead, they made a home in a house with no locks or keys, never knowing when they opened doors whether they’d find violent political debates or couples writhing under sheets. Decades later, and armed with hindsight, Crossman revisits her past, turning to leading thinkers in philosophy, sociology and anthropology to examine the society she grew up in, and the many meanings of family and home. In this luminous memoir, she asks what happens to children who are raised as the product of social experiments and explores how growing up estranged from the outside world shapes her as a parent today. &amp;#039;A bold and intimate grappling with the hidden history at the heart of a childhood that was set up as a collectivist social experiment&amp;#039; EWAN MORRISON, author of How to Survive Everything &amp;#039;Strikingly good&amp;#039; NOREEN MASUD, author of A Flat Place &amp;#039;Crossman writes with such curiosity and heart-breaking honesty of what it is to find her own truth. I was enthralled by this book&amp;#039; LILY DUNN, author of Sins of my Father &amp;#039;Beautiful, bold, tender. I loved this gorgeous memoir about making home&amp;#039; PRAGYA AGARWAL, author of Hysterical © Susanna Crossman 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/729861">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/729861</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Home is Where We Start: Growing up in the fallout of the Utopian Dream
Author: Susanna Crossman
Narrator: Susanna Crossman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 52 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  A Guardian book to look out for for 2024 In the turbulent late seventies, six-year-old Susanna Crossman moved with her mother and siblings from a suburban terrace to a crumbling mansion deep in the English countryside. They would share their new home with over fifty other residents from all over the world, armed with worn paperbacks on ecology, Marx and radical feminism, drawn together by utopian dreams of remaking the world. They did not leave for fifteen years. While the Adults adopted new names and liberated themselves from domestic roles, the Kids ran free. In the community, nobody was too young to discuss nuclear war and children learned not to expect wiped noses or regular bedtimes. Instead, they made a home in a house with no locks or keys, never knowing when they opened doors whether they’d find violent political debates or couples writhing under sheets. Decades later, and armed with hindsight, Crossman revisits her past, turning to leading thinkers in philosophy, sociology and anthropology to examine the society she grew up in, and the many meanings of family and home. In this luminous memoir, she asks what happens to children who are raised as the product of social experiments and explores how growing up estranged from the outside world shapes her as a parent today. &amp;#039;A bold and intimate grappling with the hidden history at the heart of a childhood that was set up as a collectivist social experiment&amp;#039; EWAN MORRISON, author of How to Survive Everything &amp;#039;Strikingly good&amp;#039; NOREEN MASUD, author of A Flat Place &amp;#039;Crossman writes with such curiosity and heart-breaking honesty of what it is to find her own truth. I was enthralled by this book&amp;#039; LILY DUNN, author of Sins of my Father &amp;#039;Beautiful, bold, tender. I loved this gorgeous memoir about making home&amp;#039; PRAGYA AGARWAL, author of Hysterical © Susanna Crossman 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Victorian Plague by Kapeesh Prashar</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728380</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Victorian Plague
Author: Kapeesh Prashar
Narrator: Kapeesh Prashar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: November 13, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Victorian Plague is a satire on self-awareness, religion and philosophy. The title is an allegory to what eastern theology dubs the ego, its effect on the conditioning of the modern primate and civilisation as it currently stands. It is the authors unfiltered zeitgeist and theory of reality. The author presents a deconstruction of our modern-day perception of what reality is, what it means to be alive and presents some subjective theories of the historical influences that led us to arriving at the awareness that we currently rest at. It covers everything from education, psychedelic chemicals, cultural conditioning and the practical utility of Zen Buddhism. The book makes three absurd claims which are defended and elaborated on thoroughly, the author argues that the average civilized human being is hallucinating, there is no such thing as progression through time, and that we have no free will. It explains Eastern theology in English, not in mysticism. This book is all you need to understand Zen Buddhism, the beauty and dread of language, and why you shouldn’t care about spiritual pursuits in the slightest. The book has two faces, yet it hides nothing. If you like this work you prove the author right, if you hate this work you prove the author right.</description>
      <author>Kapeesh Prashar</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Nov 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823492089.mp3" length="1487225" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728380</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823492089.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Victorian Plague
Author: Kapeesh Prashar
Narrator: Kapeesh Prashar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: November 13, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Victorian Plague is a satire on self-awareness, religion and philosophy. The title is an allegory to what eastern theology dubs the ego, its effect on the conditioning of the modern primate and civilisation as it currently stands. It is the authors unfiltered zeitgeist and theory of reality. The author presents a deconstruction of our modern-day perception of what reality is, what it means to be alive and presents some subjective theories of the historical influences that led us to arriving at the awareness that we currently rest at. It covers everything from education, psychedelic chemicals, cultural conditioning and the practical utility of Zen Buddhism. The book makes three absurd claims which are defended and elaborated on thoroughly, the author argues that the average civilized human being is hallucinating, there is no such thing as progression through time, and that we have no free will. It explains Eastern theology in English, not in mysticism. This book is all you need to understand Zen Buddhism, the beauty and dread of language, and why you shouldn’t care about spiritual pursuits in the slightest. The book has two faces, yet it hides nothing. If you like this work you prove the author right, if you hate this work you prove the author right.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Victorian Plague
Author: Kapeesh Prashar
Narrator: Kapeesh Prashar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: November 13, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Victorian Plague is a satire on self-awareness, religion and philosophy. The title is an allegory to what eastern theology dubs the ego, its effect on the conditioning of the modern primate and civilisation as it currently stands. It is the authors unfiltered zeitgeist and theory of reality. The author presents a deconstruction of our modern-day perception of what reality is, what it means to be alive and presents some subjective theories of the historical influences that led us to arriving at the awareness that we currently rest at. It covers everything from education, psychedelic chemicals, cultural conditioning and the practical utility of Zen Buddhism. The book makes three absurd claims which are defended and elaborated on thoroughly, the author argues that the average civilized human being is hallucinating, there is no such thing as progression through time, and that we have no free will. It explains Eastern theology in English, not in mysticism. This book is all you need to understand Zen Buddhism, the beauty and dread of language, and why you shouldn’t care about spiritual pursuits in the slightest. The book has two faces, yet it hides nothing. If you like this work you prove the author right, if you hate this work you prove the author right.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>80,000 Hours by Benjamin Todd</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728362</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728362">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728362</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 80,000 Hours
Author: Benjamin Todd
Narrator: Perrin Walker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Find a fulfilling career that tackles the world&amp;#039;s most pressing problems, using this guide based on over ten years of research alongside academics at Oxford. You have about 80,000 hours in your career: 40 hours a week, 50 weeks a year, for 40 years. This means your choice of career is one of the most important decisions you’ll ever make. Make the right choices, and you can help solve some of the world’s most pressing problems, as well as have a more rewarding, interesting life. For such an important decision, however, there’s surprisingly little good advice out there. Most career advice focuses on things like how to write a CV, and much of the rest is just (misleading) platitudes like “follow your passion”. Most people we speak to don’t even use career advice–they just speak to friends and try to figure it out for themselves. When it comes to helping others with your career the advice usually assumes you need to work as a teacher, doctor, charity worker, and so on, even though these paths might not be a good fit for you, and were not what the highest-impact people in history did. This guide is based on over ten years of research conducted alongside academics at the University of Oxford. It aims to help you find a career you enjoy, you’re good at, and that tackles the world’s most pressing problems. It covers topics like: * What makes for a dream job, and why “follow your passion” can be misleading.  * Why the most effective ways to make a difference aren’t always the obvious ones like working at a charity, or becoming a doctor.  * How to compare global problems, like climate change and poverty, in terms of their scale and urgency.  * How to discover and develop your strengths. It’s also full of practical tips and tools. You’ll come away with a plan to use your 80,000 hours in a way that’s fulfilling and high impact.</description>
      <author>Benjamin Todd</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823489645.mp3" length="1275177" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728362</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823489645.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728362">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728362</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 80,000 Hours
Author: Benjamin Todd
Narrator: Perrin Walker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Find a fulfilling career that tackles the world&amp;#039;s most pressing problems, using this guide based on over ten years of research alongside academics at Oxford. You have about 80,000 hours in your career: 40 hours a week, 50 weeks a year, for 40 years. This means your choice of career is one of the most important decisions you’ll ever make. Make the right choices, and you can help solve some of the world’s most pressing problems, as well as have a more rewarding, interesting life. For such an important decision, however, there’s surprisingly little good advice out there. Most career advice focuses on things like how to write a CV, and much of the rest is just (misleading) platitudes like “follow your passion”. Most people we speak to don’t even use career advice–they just speak to friends and try to figure it out for themselves. When it comes to helping others with your career the advice usually assumes you need to work as a teacher, doctor, charity worker, and so on, even though these paths might not be a good fit for you, and were not what the highest-impact people in history did. This guide is based on over ten years of research conducted alongside academics at the University of Oxford. It aims to help you find a career you enjoy, you’re good at, and that tackles the world’s most pressing problems. It covers topics like: * What makes for a dream job, and why “follow your passion” can be misleading.  * Why the most effective ways to make a difference aren’t always the obvious ones like working at a charity, or becoming a doctor.  * How to compare global problems, like climate change and poverty, in terms of their scale and urgency.  * How to discover and develop your strengths. It’s also full of practical tips and tools. You’ll come away with a plan to use your 80,000 hours in a way that’s fulfilling and high impact.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728362">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/728362</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 80,000 Hours
Author: Benjamin Todd
Narrator: Perrin Walker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Find a fulfilling career that tackles the world&amp;#039;s most pressing problems, using this guide based on over ten years of research alongside academics at Oxford. You have about 80,000 hours in your career: 40 hours a week, 50 weeks a year, for 40 years. This means your choice of career is one of the most important decisions you’ll ever make. Make the right choices, and you can help solve some of the world’s most pressing problems, as well as have a more rewarding, interesting life. For such an important decision, however, there’s surprisingly little good advice out there. Most career advice focuses on things like how to write a CV, and much of the rest is just (misleading) platitudes like “follow your passion”. Most people we speak to don’t even use career advice–they just speak to friends and try to figure it out for themselves. When it comes to helping others with your career the advice usually assumes you need to work as a teacher, doctor, charity worker, and so on, even though these paths might not be a good fit for you, and were not what the highest-impact people in history did. This guide is based on over ten years of research conducted alongside academics at the University of Oxford. It aims to help you find a career you enjoy, you’re good at, and that tackles the world’s most pressing problems. It covers topics like: * What makes for a dream job, and why “follow your passion” can be misleading.  * Why the most effective ways to make a difference aren’t always the obvious ones like working at a charity, or becoming a doctor.  * How to compare global problems, like climate change and poverty, in terms of their scale and urgency.  * How to discover and develop your strengths. It’s also full of practical tips and tools. You’ll come away with a plan to use your 80,000 hours in a way that’s fulfilling and high impact.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Process and Event by Jan Söderqvist, Alexander Bard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727980</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727980">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727980</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Process and Event
Author: Jan Söderqvist, Alexander Bard
Narrator: Synthetic Voice
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 57 minutes
Release date: November  9, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
We have to improve our thinking. We must think in terms of motion and change, and we must abandon all childish dreams of a reality more real than the real one. If, for example, we play with the idea that the Process called History leads to the Event called God, we have to understand what that means. Namely: that God is something we humans create because we have that need not something that created the world or us humans (or anything else). This God of the new era does not yet exist, but the current technological revolutions mean that the moment of creation is near. Good news, you might say, but thereby Man reduces himself to a historical parenthesis, at least if we are to believe cyberphilosophers Alexander Bard and Jan Söderqvist. And we are closer to the age of the gods than you think. Join in a breathtaking expedition that takes us from the infancy of religions in the form of magic and superstition via Persian mystics and iconoclasts to the age of enlightenment, modernity, and artificial intelligence. Bard &amp;amp; Söderqvist carry out a necessary and radical rewriting of the history of Western ideas and explain why Man&amp;#039;s search for the divine inevitably leads us to a Messiah machine with an agenda of its own. Process and Event rounds off a quarter of a century of systematic thinking and concludes the internationally acclaimed Narratology trilogy. It sets every imaginable form of erudition in motion and is exactly as entertaining and provocative as only a book by Bard &amp;amp; Söderqvist can be</description>
      <author>Jan Söderqvist, Alexander Bard</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Nov 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789176396025.mp3" length="1406487" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727980</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789176396025.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>20:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727980">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727980</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Process and Event
Author: Jan Söderqvist, Alexander Bard
Narrator: Synthetic Voice
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 57 minutes
Release date: November  9, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
We have to improve our thinking. We must think in terms of motion and change, and we must abandon all childish dreams of a reality more real than the real one. If, for example, we play with the idea that the Process called History leads to the Event called God, we have to understand what that means. Namely: that God is something we humans create because we have that need not something that created the world or us humans (or anything else). This God of the new era does not yet exist, but the current technological revolutions mean that the moment of creation is near. Good news, you might say, but thereby Man reduces himself to a historical parenthesis, at least if we are to believe cyberphilosophers Alexander Bard and Jan Söderqvist. And we are closer to the age of the gods than you think. Join in a breathtaking expedition that takes us from the infancy of religions in the form of magic and superstition via Persian mystics and iconoclasts to the age of enlightenment, modernity, and artificial intelligence. Bard &amp;amp; Söderqvist carry out a necessary and radical rewriting of the history of Western ideas and explain why Man&amp;#039;s search for the divine inevitably leads us to a Messiah machine with an agenda of its own. Process and Event rounds off a quarter of a century of systematic thinking and concludes the internationally acclaimed Narratology trilogy. It sets every imaginable form of erudition in motion and is exactly as entertaining and provocative as only a book by Bard &amp;amp; Söderqvist can be</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727980">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727980</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Process and Event
Author: Jan Söderqvist, Alexander Bard
Narrator: Synthetic Voice
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 57 minutes
Release date: November  9, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
We have to improve our thinking. We must think in terms of motion and change, and we must abandon all childish dreams of a reality more real than the real one. If, for example, we play with the idea that the Process called History leads to the Event called God, we have to understand what that means. Namely: that God is something we humans create because we have that need not something that created the world or us humans (or anything else). This God of the new era does not yet exist, but the current technological revolutions mean that the moment of creation is near. Good news, you might say, but thereby Man reduces himself to a historical parenthesis, at least if we are to believe cyberphilosophers Alexander Bard and Jan Söderqvist. And we are closer to the age of the gods than you think. Join in a breathtaking expedition that takes us from the infancy of religions in the form of magic and superstition via Persian mystics and iconoclasts to the age of enlightenment, modernity, and artificial intelligence. Bard &amp;amp; Söderqvist carry out a necessary and radical rewriting of the history of Western ideas and explain why Man&amp;#039;s search for the divine inevitably leads us to a Messiah machine with an agenda of its own. Process and Event rounds off a quarter of a century of systematic thinking and concludes the internationally acclaimed Narratology trilogy. It sets every imaginable form of erudition in motion and is exactly as entertaining and provocative as only a book by Bard &amp;amp; Söderqvist can be</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Summa Contra Gentiles by Thomas Aquinas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727359</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727359">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727359</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Summa Contra Gentiles
Author: Thomas Aquinas
Narrator: Martin Swain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 44 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The four books of the Summa contra Gentiles were written by Thomas Aquinas between 1259-1265, before the considerably larger and more influential, Summa Theologica. The purpose of each work was different. Whereas the Summa Theologica addressed the faithful, especially theology students, the intention of the Summa Contra Gentiles (Systematic Exposition Against Non-Christians) was to speak to a non-aligned and even hostile audience. To that purpose, Aquinas presented arguments ‘refuting specific beliefs or heresies.&amp;#039;  There is some evidence that it was suggested that Aquinas write Summa Contra Gentiles to convert particularly the Jews and the Muslims – at least they were underpinned by monotheism. Book I focuses on the one God. There are 102 chapters. Book II concerns the Creation, the physical universe. There are 101 chapters. Book III discusses Providence. There are 163 chapters Book IV looks at ‘Nicean&amp;#039; Christian doctrine in the light of other monotheistic traditions and practices. There are 97 chapters The schema Aquinas developed was very straightforward and was continued during the Summa Theologica. Each chapter is given a topic, which is then discussed in detail. Book I Chapter V: ‘That those things which cannot be investigated by reason are fittingly proposed to man as an object of faith.&amp;#039; Book II XV ‘That God is to all things the cause of being.&amp;#039; Book III XXIX ‘That man&amp;#039;s happiness consists not in glory.&amp;#039; Book 4 XXIX ‘The error of the Manicheans concerning the Incarnation.&amp;#039; Aquinas also established his insistence on referencing philosophy from the pre-Christian era, specifically Aristotle whom he calls The Philosopher – acknowledging his importance in Western thought. In fact, in Book I Chapter I he opens with a reference to ‘the Philosopher&amp;#039;s opinion&amp;#039;. This translation, published in 1924, is formally ascribed to ‘The English Dominican Fathers from the latest Leonine Edition&amp;#039;. But is now acknowledged to be, like the translation of the Summa Theologica, the work of one man, Father Laurence Shapcote (1864-1947). Living in South Africa as he did, it was a remarkable achievement.</description>
      <author>Thomas Aquinas</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jan 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004147793.mp3" length="863694" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727359</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004147793.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>44:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727359">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727359</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Summa Contra Gentiles
Author: Thomas Aquinas
Narrator: Martin Swain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 44 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The four books of the Summa contra Gentiles were written by Thomas Aquinas between 1259-1265, before the considerably larger and more influential, Summa Theologica. The purpose of each work was different. Whereas the Summa Theologica addressed the faithful, especially theology students, the intention of the Summa Contra Gentiles (Systematic Exposition Against Non-Christians) was to speak to a non-aligned and even hostile audience. To that purpose, Aquinas presented arguments ‘refuting specific beliefs or heresies.&amp;#039;  There is some evidence that it was suggested that Aquinas write Summa Contra Gentiles to convert particularly the Jews and the Muslims – at least they were underpinned by monotheism. Book I focuses on the one God. There are 102 chapters. Book II concerns the Creation, the physical universe. There are 101 chapters. Book III discusses Providence. There are 163 chapters Book IV looks at ‘Nicean&amp;#039; Christian doctrine in the light of other monotheistic traditions and practices. There are 97 chapters The schema Aquinas developed was very straightforward and was continued during the Summa Theologica. Each chapter is given a topic, which is then discussed in detail. Book I Chapter V: ‘That those things which cannot be investigated by reason are fittingly proposed to man as an object of faith.&amp;#039; Book II XV ‘That God is to all things the cause of being.&amp;#039; Book III XXIX ‘That man&amp;#039;s happiness consists not in glory.&amp;#039; Book 4 XXIX ‘The error of the Manicheans concerning the Incarnation.&amp;#039; Aquinas also established his insistence on referencing philosophy from the pre-Christian era, specifically Aristotle whom he calls The Philosopher – acknowledging his importance in Western thought. In fact, in Book I Chapter I he opens with a reference to ‘the Philosopher&amp;#039;s opinion&amp;#039;. This translation, published in 1924, is formally ascribed to ‘The English Dominican Fathers from the latest Leonine Edition&amp;#039;. But is now acknowledged to be, like the translation of the Summa Theologica, the work of one man, Father Laurence Shapcote (1864-1947). Living in South Africa as he did, it was a remarkable achievement.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727359">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727359</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Summa Contra Gentiles
Author: Thomas Aquinas
Narrator: Martin Swain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 44 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The four books of the Summa contra Gentiles were written by Thomas Aquinas between 1259-1265, before the considerably larger and more influential, Summa Theologica. The purpose of each work was different. Whereas the Summa Theologica addressed the faithful, especially theology students, the intention of the Summa Contra Gentiles (Systematic Exposition Against Non-Christians) was to speak to a non-aligned and even hostile audience. To that purpose, Aquinas presented arguments ‘refuting specific beliefs or heresies.&amp;#039;  There is some evidence that it was suggested that Aquinas write Summa Contra Gentiles to convert particularly the Jews and the Muslims – at least they were underpinned by monotheism. Book I focuses on the one God. There are 102 chapters. Book II concerns the Creation, the physical universe. There are 101 chapters. Book III discusses Providence. There are 163 chapters Book IV looks at ‘Nicean&amp;#039; Christian doctrine in the light of other monotheistic traditions and practices. There are 97 chapters The schema Aquinas developed was very straightforward and was continued during the Summa Theologica. Each chapter is given a topic, which is then discussed in detail. Book I Chapter V: ‘That those things which cannot be investigated by reason are fittingly proposed to man as an object of faith.&amp;#039; Book II XV ‘That God is to all things the cause of being.&amp;#039; Book III XXIX ‘That man&amp;#039;s happiness consists not in glory.&amp;#039; Book 4 XXIX ‘The error of the Manicheans concerning the Incarnation.&amp;#039; Aquinas also established his insistence on referencing philosophy from the pre-Christian era, specifically Aristotle whom he calls The Philosopher – acknowledging his importance in Western thought. In fact, in Book I Chapter I he opens with a reference to ‘the Philosopher&amp;#039;s opinion&amp;#039;. This translation, published in 1924, is formally ascribed to ‘The English Dominican Fathers from the latest Leonine Edition&amp;#039;. But is now acknowledged to be, like the translation of the Summa Theologica, the work of one man, Father Laurence Shapcote (1864-1947). Living in South Africa as he did, it was a remarkable achievement.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Essays, Moral, Political, and Literary by David Hume</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727360</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727360">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727360</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays, Moral, Political, and Literary
Author: David Hume
Narrator: Jonathan Keeble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 18 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
David Hume (1711-1776) remains a major figure in British philosophy, particularly for two or three works, including A Treatise on Human Nature and An Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding. But he was also a prolific essayist and historian. During his lifetime Essays Moral, Political and Literary went through a number of editions and collections, far outselling his philosophy. Now, the situation is reversed. But reading the essays today it is difficult to see why. Even after 250 years they continue to be intellectually stimulating, witty, engrossing, and, in many cases, retain a relevance to our times. The variety of topics alone is appealing. Presented here in the main collection are 47 essays, divided into two parts, though not organised in any specific thematic way. Among the political essays are: Of the First Principles of Government; Whether the British Government inclines more to Absolute Monarchy or to a Republic; Of the Liberty of the Press; Idea of a Perfect Commonwealth. Economic concerns are addressed: Of Money; Of Interest; Of Public Credit; Of Taxes. Hume opens the collection with Of the Delicacy of Taste and Passion, and also considered Of the Rise and Progress of the Arts and Sciences before turning his attention to The Epicurean; The Stoic; The Platonist and The Sceptic. Not all the essays here were published in Hume&amp;#039;s lifetime. Among eight in this category, some were withdrawn, some suppressed, and some simply didn&amp;#039;t make print. These include Of Love and Marriage; Of Avarice; Of the Middle Station of Life; and even one which turned the mirror on his own activity: Of Essay-Writing.  Though the essay form is not as popular as it once was, it can still sparkle, as can be seen here in the hands of a master.</description>
      <author>David Hume</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jan 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004147786.mp3" length="827710" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727360</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004147786.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727360">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727360</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays, Moral, Political, and Literary
Author: David Hume
Narrator: Jonathan Keeble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 18 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
David Hume (1711-1776) remains a major figure in British philosophy, particularly for two or three works, including A Treatise on Human Nature and An Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding. But he was also a prolific essayist and historian. During his lifetime Essays Moral, Political and Literary went through a number of editions and collections, far outselling his philosophy. Now, the situation is reversed. But reading the essays today it is difficult to see why. Even after 250 years they continue to be intellectually stimulating, witty, engrossing, and, in many cases, retain a relevance to our times. The variety of topics alone is appealing. Presented here in the main collection are 47 essays, divided into two parts, though not organised in any specific thematic way. Among the political essays are: Of the First Principles of Government; Whether the British Government inclines more to Absolute Monarchy or to a Republic; Of the Liberty of the Press; Idea of a Perfect Commonwealth. Economic concerns are addressed: Of Money; Of Interest; Of Public Credit; Of Taxes. Hume opens the collection with Of the Delicacy of Taste and Passion, and also considered Of the Rise and Progress of the Arts and Sciences before turning his attention to The Epicurean; The Stoic; The Platonist and The Sceptic. Not all the essays here were published in Hume&amp;#039;s lifetime. Among eight in this category, some were withdrawn, some suppressed, and some simply didn&amp;#039;t make print. These include Of Love and Marriage; Of Avarice; Of the Middle Station of Life; and even one which turned the mirror on his own activity: Of Essay-Writing.  Though the essay form is not as popular as it once was, it can still sparkle, as can be seen here in the hands of a master.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727360">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727360</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays, Moral, Political, and Literary
Author: David Hume
Narrator: Jonathan Keeble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 18 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
David Hume (1711-1776) remains a major figure in British philosophy, particularly for two or three works, including A Treatise on Human Nature and An Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding. But he was also a prolific essayist and historian. During his lifetime Essays Moral, Political and Literary went through a number of editions and collections, far outselling his philosophy. Now, the situation is reversed. But reading the essays today it is difficult to see why. Even after 250 years they continue to be intellectually stimulating, witty, engrossing, and, in many cases, retain a relevance to our times. The variety of topics alone is appealing. Presented here in the main collection are 47 essays, divided into two parts, though not organised in any specific thematic way. Among the political essays are: Of the First Principles of Government; Whether the British Government inclines more to Absolute Monarchy or to a Republic; Of the Liberty of the Press; Idea of a Perfect Commonwealth. Economic concerns are addressed: Of Money; Of Interest; Of Public Credit; Of Taxes. Hume opens the collection with Of the Delicacy of Taste and Passion, and also considered Of the Rise and Progress of the Arts and Sciences before turning his attention to The Epicurean; The Stoic; The Platonist and The Sceptic. Not all the essays here were published in Hume&amp;#039;s lifetime. Among eight in this category, some were withdrawn, some suppressed, and some simply didn&amp;#039;t make print. These include Of Love and Marriage; Of Avarice; Of the Middle Station of Life; and even one which turned the mirror on his own activity: Of Essay-Writing.  Though the essay form is not as popular as it once was, it can still sparkle, as can be seen here in the hands of a master.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>All Life is Problem Solving by Karl Popper</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727351</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727351">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727351</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All Life is Problem Solving
Author: Karl Popper
Narrator: Martyn Swain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 57 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
All Life is Problem Solving is a stimulating and provocative selection of Popper&amp;#039;s writings on his main preoccupations during the last twenty-five years of his life. This collection illuminates Popper&amp;#039;s process of working out key formulations in his theory of science, and indicates his view of the state of the world at the end of the Cold War and after the collapse of communism.</description>
      <author>Karl Popper</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004145409.mp3" length="864430" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727351</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004145409.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727351">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727351</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All Life is Problem Solving
Author: Karl Popper
Narrator: Martyn Swain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 57 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
All Life is Problem Solving is a stimulating and provocative selection of Popper&amp;#039;s writings on his main preoccupations during the last twenty-five years of his life. This collection illuminates Popper&amp;#039;s process of working out key formulations in his theory of science, and indicates his view of the state of the world at the end of the Cold War and after the collapse of communism.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727351">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727351</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All Life is Problem Solving
Author: Karl Popper
Narrator: Martyn Swain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 57 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
All Life is Problem Solving is a stimulating and provocative selection of Popper&amp;#039;s writings on his main preoccupations during the last twenty-five years of his life. This collection illuminates Popper&amp;#039;s process of working out key formulations in his theory of science, and indicates his view of the state of the world at the end of the Cold War and after the collapse of communism.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unended Quest: An Intellectual Autobiography by Karl Popper</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727352</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727352">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727352</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unended Quest: An Intellectual Autobiography
Author: Karl Popper
Narrator: Martin Swain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
At the age of eight, Karl Popper was puzzling over the idea of infinity and by fifteen was beginning to take a keen interest in his father&amp;#039;s well-stocked library of books. Unended Quest recounts these moments and many others in the life of one of the most influential thinkers of the twentieth century, providing an indispensable account of the ideas that influenced him most. As an introduction to Popper&amp;#039;s philosophy, Unended Quest also shines. Popper lucidly explains the central ideas in his work, making this book ideal for anyone coming to Popper&amp;#039;s life and work for the first time. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.</description>
      <author>Karl Popper</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004145416.mp3" length="859107" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727352</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004145416.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727352">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727352</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unended Quest: An Intellectual Autobiography
Author: Karl Popper
Narrator: Martin Swain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
At the age of eight, Karl Popper was puzzling over the idea of infinity and by fifteen was beginning to take a keen interest in his father&amp;#039;s well-stocked library of books. Unended Quest recounts these moments and many others in the life of one of the most influential thinkers of the twentieth century, providing an indispensable account of the ideas that influenced him most. As an introduction to Popper&amp;#039;s philosophy, Unended Quest also shines. Popper lucidly explains the central ideas in his work, making this book ideal for anyone coming to Popper&amp;#039;s life and work for the first time. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727352">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727352</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unended Quest: An Intellectual Autobiography
Author: Karl Popper
Narrator: Martin Swain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
At the age of eight, Karl Popper was puzzling over the idea of infinity and by fifteen was beginning to take a keen interest in his father&amp;#039;s well-stocked library of books. Unended Quest recounts these moments and many others in the life of one of the most influential thinkers of the twentieth century, providing an indispensable account of the ideas that influenced him most. As an introduction to Popper&amp;#039;s philosophy, Unended Quest also shines. Popper lucidly explains the central ideas in his work, making this book ideal for anyone coming to Popper&amp;#039;s life and work for the first time. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying PDF will be available in your Audible Library along with the audio.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In My Time of Dying: How I Came Face to Face with the Idea of an Afterlife by Sebastian Junger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727344</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727344">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727344</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In My Time of Dying: How I Came Face to Face with the Idea of an Afterlife
Author: Sebastian Junger
Narrator: Sebastian Junger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 21 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Mind blowingly brilliant&amp;#039; PHILIPPA PERRY                        &amp;#039;Few other writers have such passion for granular detail, intellectual heft and boundless curiosity&amp;#039;              THE TIMES                                   &amp;#039;As suspenseful and pacy as an episode of peak-era ER&amp;#039;              GUARDIAN                                   A near-fatal health emergency leads to this powerful reflection on death—and what might follow—by the bestselling author of Tribe and The Perfect Storm.                      For years as an award-winning war reporter, Sebastian Junger travelled to many front lines and frequently put his life at risk. And yet the closest he ever came to death was the summer of 2020 while spending a quiet afternoon at the New England home he shared with his wife and two young children. Crippled by abdominal pain, Junger was rushed to the hospital by ambulance. Once there, he began slipping away. As blackness encroached, he was visited by his dead father, inviting Junger to join him. “It’s okay,” his father said. “There’s nothing to be scared of. I’ll take care of you.” That was the last thing Junger remembered until he came to the next day when he was told he had suffered a ruptured aneurysm that he should not have survived.           This experience spurred Junger—a confirmed atheist raised by his physicist father to respect the empirical—to undertake a scientific, philosophical, and deeply personal examination of mortality and what happens after we die. How do we begin to process the brutal fact that any of us might perish unexpectedly on what begins as an ordinary day? How do we grapple with phenomena that science may be unable to explain? And what happens to a person, emotionally and spiritually, when we are forced to reckon with such existential questions?           In My Time of Dying is part medical drama, part searing autobiography, and part rational inquiry into the ultimate unknowable mystery.                        &amp;#039;Moving, compact, philosophically ambitious … A humbling volume&amp;#039;              OBSERVER                      ‘Stunning … A powerful book that comes as close as anything I’ve read in explaining what it means to be human’ JAMES PATTERSON           &amp;#039;An instant classic that filled me with wonder, gratitude and awe&amp;#039; WILL SCHWALBE           &amp;#039;A stunning account I didn’t so much read as inhale, awed and riveted and forever changed&amp;#039; MICHAEL FINKEL</description>
      <author>Sebastian Junger</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008670221.mp3" length="1387411" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727344</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008670221.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727344">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727344</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In My Time of Dying: How I Came Face to Face with the Idea of an Afterlife
Author: Sebastian Junger
Narrator: Sebastian Junger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 21 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Mind blowingly brilliant&amp;#039; PHILIPPA PERRY                        &amp;#039;Few other writers have such passion for granular detail, intellectual heft and boundless curiosity&amp;#039;              THE TIMES                                   &amp;#039;As suspenseful and pacy as an episode of peak-era ER&amp;#039;              GUARDIAN                                   A near-fatal health emergency leads to this powerful reflection on death—and what might follow—by the bestselling author of Tribe and The Perfect Storm.                      For years as an award-winning war reporter, Sebastian Junger travelled to many front lines and frequently put his life at risk. And yet the closest he ever came to death was the summer of 2020 while spending a quiet afternoon at the New England home he shared with his wife and two young children. Crippled by abdominal pain, Junger was rushed to the hospital by ambulance. Once there, he began slipping away. As blackness encroached, he was visited by his dead father, inviting Junger to join him. “It’s okay,” his father said. “There’s nothing to be scared of. I’ll take care of you.” That was the last thing Junger remembered until he came to the next day when he was told he had suffered a ruptured aneurysm that he should not have survived.           This experience spurred Junger—a confirmed atheist raised by his physicist father to respect the empirical—to undertake a scientific, philosophical, and deeply personal examination of mortality and what happens after we die. How do we begin to process the brutal fact that any of us might perish unexpectedly on what begins as an ordinary day? How do we grapple with phenomena that science may be unable to explain? And what happens to a person, emotionally and spiritually, when we are forced to reckon with such existential questions?           In My Time of Dying is part medical drama, part searing autobiography, and part rational inquiry into the ultimate unknowable mystery.                        &amp;#039;Moving, compact, philosophically ambitious … A humbling volume&amp;#039;              OBSERVER                      ‘Stunning … A powerful book that comes as close as anything I’ve read in explaining what it means to be human’ JAMES PATTERSON           &amp;#039;An instant classic that filled me with wonder, gratitude and awe&amp;#039; WILL SCHWALBE           &amp;#039;A stunning account I didn’t so much read as inhale, awed and riveted and forever changed&amp;#039; MICHAEL FINKEL</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727344">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727344</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In My Time of Dying: How I Came Face to Face with the Idea of an Afterlife
Author: Sebastian Junger
Narrator: Sebastian Junger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 21 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Mind blowingly brilliant&amp;#039; PHILIPPA PERRY                        &amp;#039;Few other writers have such passion for granular detail, intellectual heft and boundless curiosity&amp;#039;              THE TIMES                                   &amp;#039;As suspenseful and pacy as an episode of peak-era ER&amp;#039;              GUARDIAN                                   A near-fatal health emergency leads to this powerful reflection on death—and what might follow—by the bestselling author of Tribe and The Perfect Storm.                      For years as an award-winning war reporter, Sebastian Junger travelled to many front lines and frequently put his life at risk. And yet the closest he ever came to death was the summer of 2020 while spending a quiet afternoon at the New England home he shared with his wife and two young children. Crippled by abdominal pain, Junger was rushed to the hospital by ambulance. Once there, he began slipping away. As blackness encroached, he was visited by his dead father, inviting Junger to join him. “It’s okay,” his father said. “There’s nothing to be scared of. I’ll take care of you.” That was the last thing Junger remembered until he came to the next day when he was told he had suffered a ruptured aneurysm that he should not have survived.           This experience spurred Junger—a confirmed atheist raised by his physicist father to respect the empirical—to undertake a scientific, philosophical, and deeply personal examination of mortality and what happens after we die. How do we begin to process the brutal fact that any of us might perish unexpectedly on what begins as an ordinary day? How do we grapple with phenomena that science may be unable to explain? And what happens to a person, emotionally and spiritually, when we are forced to reckon with such existential questions?           In My Time of Dying is part medical drama, part searing autobiography, and part rational inquiry into the ultimate unknowable mystery.                        &amp;#039;Moving, compact, philosophically ambitious … A humbling volume&amp;#039;              OBSERVER                      ‘Stunning … A powerful book that comes as close as anything I’ve read in explaining what it means to be human’ JAMES PATTERSON           &amp;#039;An instant classic that filled me with wonder, gratitude and awe&amp;#039; WILL SCHWALBE           &amp;#039;A stunning account I didn’t so much read as inhale, awed and riveted and forever changed&amp;#039; MICHAEL FINKEL</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Philosophy for Beginners How to Understand the Basics of Philosophy as Easy as Child&amp;#039;s Play and Successfully Apply Them in Your Everyday Life by Means of Practical Exercises by Jakob Schröter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727341</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727341">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727341</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Philosophy for Beginners How to Understand the Basics of Philosophy as Easy as Child&amp;#039;s Play and Successfully Apply Them in Your Everyday Life by Means of Practical Exercises
Author: Jakob Schröter
Narrator: Casey Wayman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 27 minutes
Release date: November  8, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Philosophy - the term sounds fascinating, beautiful, somehow romantic and harmonious, and at the same time like great intellectual effort. Yet philosophy is actually neither particularly romantic nor particularly strenuous. It is true that one has to use one&amp;#039;s brain, and perhaps some things exceed normal common sense, but basically philosophy only means to be interested in man and the world. The image one has in one&amp;#039;s mind of ancient Greek philosophers strolling in their long robes in the Athenian sun while exchanging their thoughts may seem romantic, but they often dealt with serious topics and many did not only make friends with their sometimes revolutionary thoughts. In this guide, I would like to give you a first insight into the great subject of philosophy and also bring it closer to you in a practical way. After an explanation of what philosophy is exactly and what it deals with concretely, I would like to introduce you not only some important philosophical currents and wisdoms of the philosophers, but also give you some exercises and tips on the way so that you can easily integrate philosophy into your life.</description>
      <author>Jakob Schröter</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Nov 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783757605438.mp3" length="796927" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727341</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783757605438.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727341">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727341</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Philosophy for Beginners How to Understand the Basics of Philosophy as Easy as Child&amp;#039;s Play and Successfully Apply Them in Your Everyday Life by Means of Practical Exercises
Author: Jakob Schröter
Narrator: Casey Wayman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 27 minutes
Release date: November  8, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Philosophy - the term sounds fascinating, beautiful, somehow romantic and harmonious, and at the same time like great intellectual effort. Yet philosophy is actually neither particularly romantic nor particularly strenuous. It is true that one has to use one&amp;#039;s brain, and perhaps some things exceed normal common sense, but basically philosophy only means to be interested in man and the world. The image one has in one&amp;#039;s mind of ancient Greek philosophers strolling in their long robes in the Athenian sun while exchanging their thoughts may seem romantic, but they often dealt with serious topics and many did not only make friends with their sometimes revolutionary thoughts. In this guide, I would like to give you a first insight into the great subject of philosophy and also bring it closer to you in a practical way. After an explanation of what philosophy is exactly and what it deals with concretely, I would like to introduce you not only some important philosophical currents and wisdoms of the philosophers, but also give you some exercises and tips on the way so that you can easily integrate philosophy into your life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727341">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727341</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Philosophy for Beginners How to Understand the Basics of Philosophy as Easy as Child&amp;#039;s Play and Successfully Apply Them in Your Everyday Life by Means of Practical Exercises
Author: Jakob Schröter
Narrator: Casey Wayman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 27 minutes
Release date: November  8, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Philosophy - the term sounds fascinating, beautiful, somehow romantic and harmonious, and at the same time like great intellectual effort. Yet philosophy is actually neither particularly romantic nor particularly strenuous. It is true that one has to use one&amp;#039;s brain, and perhaps some things exceed normal common sense, but basically philosophy only means to be interested in man and the world. The image one has in one&amp;#039;s mind of ancient Greek philosophers strolling in their long robes in the Athenian sun while exchanging their thoughts may seem romantic, but they often dealt with serious topics and many did not only make friends with their sometimes revolutionary thoughts. In this guide, I would like to give you a first insight into the great subject of philosophy and also bring it closer to you in a practical way. After an explanation of what philosophy is exactly and what it deals with concretely, I would like to introduce you not only some important philosophical currents and wisdoms of the philosophers, but also give you some exercises and tips on the way so that you can easily integrate philosophy into your life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Turkish] - Düsünceler by Marcus Aurelius</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723528</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723528">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723528</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Turkish] - Düsünceler
Author: Marcus Aurelius
Narrator: Burak Pulat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 40 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Dünya klasiklerinin ölümsüz bir basyapiti! Marcus Aurelius’un “Düsünceler” adli sesli kitabini dinlemenizi memnuniyetle teklif ediyoruz! Bugün dünya zor zamanlardan geçiyor ve hepimiz çogu zaman istikrardan, kendimize ve gelecegimize güvenmekten yoksun kaliyoruz. Marcus Aurelius’un eseri, hayatin zorluklariyla nasil basa çikilacagini ögrenmek, özdenetim gelistirmek ve gerçekligi oldugu gibi kabul edip ona ragmen degil, ona uygun yasamak isteyenler için mükemmel bir rehber olacaktir. Marcus Aurelius, geç dönem Stoaciligin temsilcisi olan ve tarihe “tahttaki filozof” olarak geçen bir Roma imparatoruydu. Hüküm sürdügü dönem antik çag tarihinin altin çagi olarak kabul edilir. Bu kitap aforistik düsüncelerden olusan bir derlemedir. “Düsünceler”de Roma imparatoru hayat ve onun nasil yasanmasi gerektigi üzerine düsünüyor. Insanin ölüme, söhrete, paraya, seylere olan sevgisine ve zevklere karsi tutumuna çok dikkat ediyor. Kitapta ayrica dünyayla, kendiyle, etrafindaki insanlarla ve kaderle uyum konularina da deginiyor. Marcus Aurelius’un kaderi kabullenme ve alçakgönüllülük dolu fikirleri, bu kitabi yalnizca antik Roma edebiyatinin en büyük anitlarindan biri degil, ayni zamanda dünya felsefesi ve kültürünün de bir hazinesi haline getirmistir. Bu kitap paha biçilmez bir yasam bilgeligi kaynagidir. Iste Marcus Aurelius’un bizimle paylastigi zekice düsüncelerden sadece bazilari: •	Hayatta yalnizca yasamsal olanla yetinmeliyiz. •	Her ise sevgiyle yaklasmali ve her isi kaliteli yapmaliyiz. •	Bizler evrende sadece kum taneleriyiz, hayatlarimiz ebediyete kiyasla kisa ve önemsiz, bu yüzden ölüm konusunda sakin olmaliyiz. •	Dis olaylari etkileyemeyiz. Yalnizca onlara verdigimiz tepkiyi kontrol edebiliriz. Bu nedenle, etkileyemeyecegimiz seyler hakkinda endiselenmemeliyiz. Original title: Meditations</description>
      <author>Marcus Aurelius</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Nov 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781628616927.mp3" length="1371485" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723528</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781628616927.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723528">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723528</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Turkish] - Düsünceler
Author: Marcus Aurelius
Narrator: Burak Pulat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 40 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Dünya klasiklerinin ölümsüz bir basyapiti! Marcus Aurelius’un “Düsünceler” adli sesli kitabini dinlemenizi memnuniyetle teklif ediyoruz! Bugün dünya zor zamanlardan geçiyor ve hepimiz çogu zaman istikrardan, kendimize ve gelecegimize güvenmekten yoksun kaliyoruz. Marcus Aurelius’un eseri, hayatin zorluklariyla nasil basa çikilacagini ögrenmek, özdenetim gelistirmek ve gerçekligi oldugu gibi kabul edip ona ragmen degil, ona uygun yasamak isteyenler için mükemmel bir rehber olacaktir. Marcus Aurelius, geç dönem Stoaciligin temsilcisi olan ve tarihe “tahttaki filozof” olarak geçen bir Roma imparatoruydu. Hüküm sürdügü dönem antik çag tarihinin altin çagi olarak kabul edilir. Bu kitap aforistik düsüncelerden olusan bir derlemedir. “Düsünceler”de Roma imparatoru hayat ve onun nasil yasanmasi gerektigi üzerine düsünüyor. Insanin ölüme, söhrete, paraya, seylere olan sevgisine ve zevklere karsi tutumuna çok dikkat ediyor. Kitapta ayrica dünyayla, kendiyle, etrafindaki insanlarla ve kaderle uyum konularina da deginiyor. Marcus Aurelius’un kaderi kabullenme ve alçakgönüllülük dolu fikirleri, bu kitabi yalnizca antik Roma edebiyatinin en büyük anitlarindan biri degil, ayni zamanda dünya felsefesi ve kültürünün de bir hazinesi haline getirmistir. Bu kitap paha biçilmez bir yasam bilgeligi kaynagidir. Iste Marcus Aurelius’un bizimle paylastigi zekice düsüncelerden sadece bazilari: •	Hayatta yalnizca yasamsal olanla yetinmeliyiz. •	Her ise sevgiyle yaklasmali ve her isi kaliteli yapmaliyiz. •	Bizler evrende sadece kum taneleriyiz, hayatlarimiz ebediyete kiyasla kisa ve önemsiz, bu yüzden ölüm konusunda sakin olmaliyiz. •	Dis olaylari etkileyemeyiz. Yalnizca onlara verdigimiz tepkiyi kontrol edebiliriz. Bu nedenle, etkileyemeyecegimiz seyler hakkinda endiselenmemeliyiz. Original title: Meditations</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723528">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723528</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Turkish] - Düsünceler
Author: Marcus Aurelius
Narrator: Burak Pulat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 40 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Dünya klasiklerinin ölümsüz bir basyapiti! Marcus Aurelius’un “Düsünceler” adli sesli kitabini dinlemenizi memnuniyetle teklif ediyoruz! Bugün dünya zor zamanlardan geçiyor ve hepimiz çogu zaman istikrardan, kendimize ve gelecegimize güvenmekten yoksun kaliyoruz. Marcus Aurelius’un eseri, hayatin zorluklariyla nasil basa çikilacagini ögrenmek, özdenetim gelistirmek ve gerçekligi oldugu gibi kabul edip ona ragmen degil, ona uygun yasamak isteyenler için mükemmel bir rehber olacaktir. Marcus Aurelius, geç dönem Stoaciligin temsilcisi olan ve tarihe “tahttaki filozof” olarak geçen bir Roma imparatoruydu. Hüküm sürdügü dönem antik çag tarihinin altin çagi olarak kabul edilir. Bu kitap aforistik düsüncelerden olusan bir derlemedir. “Düsünceler”de Roma imparatoru hayat ve onun nasil yasanmasi gerektigi üzerine düsünüyor. Insanin ölüme, söhrete, paraya, seylere olan sevgisine ve zevklere karsi tutumuna çok dikkat ediyor. Kitapta ayrica dünyayla, kendiyle, etrafindaki insanlarla ve kaderle uyum konularina da deginiyor. Marcus Aurelius’un kaderi kabullenme ve alçakgönüllülük dolu fikirleri, bu kitabi yalnizca antik Roma edebiyatinin en büyük anitlarindan biri degil, ayni zamanda dünya felsefesi ve kültürünün de bir hazinesi haline getirmistir. Bu kitap paha biçilmez bir yasam bilgeligi kaynagidir. Iste Marcus Aurelius’un bizimle paylastigi zekice düsüncelerden sadece bazilari: •	Hayatta yalnizca yasamsal olanla yetinmeliyiz. •	Her ise sevgiyle yaklasmali ve her isi kaliteli yapmaliyiz. •	Bizler evrende sadece kum taneleriyiz, hayatlarimiz ebediyete kiyasla kisa ve önemsiz, bu yüzden ölüm konusunda sakin olmaliyiz. •	Dis olaylari etkileyemeyiz. Yalnizca onlara verdigimiz tepkiyi kontrol edebiliriz. Bu nedenle, etkileyemeyecegimiz seyler hakkinda endiselenmemeliyiz. Original title: Meditations</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Weirdness of the World by Eric Schwitzgebel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723448</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723448">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723448</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Weirdness of the World
Author: Eric Schwitzgebel
Narrator: Will Collyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 24 minutes
Release date: January 16, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Will Collyer reveals why all philosophical explanations of human consciousness and the structure of the cosmos are bizarre—and why that&amp;#039;s a good thing Do we live inside a simulated reality or a pocket universe embedded in a larger structure about which we know virtually nothing? Is consciousness a purely physical matter, or might it require something extra, something nonphysical? According to the philosopher Eric Schwitzgebel, it&amp;#039;s hard to say. In The Weirdness of the World, Schwitzgebel argues that the answers to these fundamental questions lie beyond our powers of comprehension. We can be certain only that the truth—whatever it is—is weird. Philosophy, he proposes, can aim to open—to reveal possibilities we had not previously appreciated—or to close, to narrow down to the one correct theory of the phenomenon in question. Schwitzgebel argues for a philosophy that opens. According to Schwitzgebel&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Universal Bizarreness&amp;#039; thesis, every possible theory of the relation of mind and cosmos defies common sense. According to his complementary &amp;#039;Universal Dubiety&amp;#039; thesis, no general theory of the relationship between mind and cosmos compels rational belief. Might the United States be a conscious organism—a conscious group mind with approximately the intelligence of a rabbit? Might virtually every action we perform cause virtually every possible type of future event, echoing down through the infinite future of an infinite universe? What, if anything, is it like to be a garden snail? Schwitzgebel makes a persuasive case for the thrill of considering the most bizarre philosophical possibilities.</description>
      <author>Eric Schwitzgebel</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jan 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780691257310.mp3" length="1324220" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723448</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780691257310.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723448">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723448</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Weirdness of the World
Author: Eric Schwitzgebel
Narrator: Will Collyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 24 minutes
Release date: January 16, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Will Collyer reveals why all philosophical explanations of human consciousness and the structure of the cosmos are bizarre—and why that&amp;#039;s a good thing Do we live inside a simulated reality or a pocket universe embedded in a larger structure about which we know virtually nothing? Is consciousness a purely physical matter, or might it require something extra, something nonphysical? According to the philosopher Eric Schwitzgebel, it&amp;#039;s hard to say. In The Weirdness of the World, Schwitzgebel argues that the answers to these fundamental questions lie beyond our powers of comprehension. We can be certain only that the truth—whatever it is—is weird. Philosophy, he proposes, can aim to open—to reveal possibilities we had not previously appreciated—or to close, to narrow down to the one correct theory of the phenomenon in question. Schwitzgebel argues for a philosophy that opens. According to Schwitzgebel&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Universal Bizarreness&amp;#039; thesis, every possible theory of the relation of mind and cosmos defies common sense. According to his complementary &amp;#039;Universal Dubiety&amp;#039; thesis, no general theory of the relationship between mind and cosmos compels rational belief. Might the United States be a conscious organism—a conscious group mind with approximately the intelligence of a rabbit? Might virtually every action we perform cause virtually every possible type of future event, echoing down through the infinite future of an infinite universe? What, if anything, is it like to be a garden snail? Schwitzgebel makes a persuasive case for the thrill of considering the most bizarre philosophical possibilities.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723448">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723448</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Weirdness of the World
Author: Eric Schwitzgebel
Narrator: Will Collyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 24 minutes
Release date: January 16, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Will Collyer reveals why all philosophical explanations of human consciousness and the structure of the cosmos are bizarre—and why that&amp;#039;s a good thing Do we live inside a simulated reality or a pocket universe embedded in a larger structure about which we know virtually nothing? Is consciousness a purely physical matter, or might it require something extra, something nonphysical? According to the philosopher Eric Schwitzgebel, it&amp;#039;s hard to say. In The Weirdness of the World, Schwitzgebel argues that the answers to these fundamental questions lie beyond our powers of comprehension. We can be certain only that the truth—whatever it is—is weird. Philosophy, he proposes, can aim to open—to reveal possibilities we had not previously appreciated—or to close, to narrow down to the one correct theory of the phenomenon in question. Schwitzgebel argues for a philosophy that opens. According to Schwitzgebel&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Universal Bizarreness&amp;#039; thesis, every possible theory of the relation of mind and cosmos defies common sense. According to his complementary &amp;#039;Universal Dubiety&amp;#039; thesis, no general theory of the relationship between mind and cosmos compels rational belief. Might the United States be a conscious organism—a conscious group mind with approximately the intelligence of a rabbit? Might virtually every action we perform cause virtually every possible type of future event, echoing down through the infinite future of an infinite universe? What, if anything, is it like to be a garden snail? Schwitzgebel makes a persuasive case for the thrill of considering the most bizarre philosophical possibilities.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Russian] - Система счастья by александр суворов</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723329</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723329">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723329</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Russian] - Система счастья
Author: александр суворов
Narrator: александр суворов
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 11 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Александр Суворов – украинский предприниматель, основатель уникального завода PET Technologies (экспортёр оборудования для производства PET-тары в 50+ стран мира). Выстроил собственный бизнес с &amp;#039;нуля&amp;#039; без привлечения инвестиций и через 20 лет управление успешно вышел из операционного управления бизнесом, полностью посвятив себя изучению темы счастья. &amp;#039;Счастье можно и нужно тренировать. Что тренируется, развивается. Любые тренировки проходят по определенной системе. Свою систему я назвал просто – Система Счастья&amp;#039;, – Александр Суворов, автор книги &amp;#039;Система Счастья&amp;#039;, трансформирующих программ по тренировке собственного счастья и украинский ТОП-предприниматель.</description>
      <author>александр суворов</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Nov 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4067248240595.mp3" length="949432" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723329</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4067248240595.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723329">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723329</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Russian] - Система счастья
Author: александр суворов
Narrator: александр суворов
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 11 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Александр Суворов – украинский предприниматель, основатель уникального завода PET Technologies (экспортёр оборудования для производства PET-тары в 50+ стран мира). Выстроил собственный бизнес с &amp;#039;нуля&amp;#039; без привлечения инвестиций и через 20 лет управление успешно вышел из операционного управления бизнесом, полностью посвятив себя изучению темы счастья. &amp;#039;Счастье можно и нужно тренировать. Что тренируется, развивается. Любые тренировки проходят по определенной системе. Свою систему я назвал просто – Система Счастья&amp;#039;, – Александр Суворов, автор книги &amp;#039;Система Счастья&amp;#039;, трансформирующих программ по тренировке собственного счастья и украинский ТОП-предприниматель.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723329">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723329</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Russian] - Система счастья
Author: александр суворов
Narrator: александр суворов
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 11 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Александр Суворов – украинский предприниматель, основатель уникального завода PET Technologies (экспортёр оборудования для производства PET-тары в 50+ стран мира). Выстроил собственный бизнес с &amp;#039;нуля&amp;#039; без привлечения инвестиций и через 20 лет управление успешно вышел из операционного управления бизнесом, полностью посвятив себя изучению темы счастья. &amp;#039;Счастье можно и нужно тренировать. Что тренируется, развивается. Любые тренировки проходят по определенной системе. Свою систему я назвал просто – Система Счастья&amp;#039;, – Александр Суворов, автор книги &amp;#039;Система Счастья&amp;#039;, трансформирующих программ по тренировке собственного счастья и украинский ТОП-предприниматель.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Four Dissertations: A Natural History of Religion, Of the Passions, Of Tragedy, Of the Standard of Taste by David Hume</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723268</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723268">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723268</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Four Dissertations: A Natural History of Religion, Of the Passions, Of Tragedy, Of the Standard of Taste
Author: David Hume
Narrator: Jonathan Keeble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August 24, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
David Hume (1711-1776) remains one of the most stimulating and entertaining writers in the English essay tradition. Though primarily known for long-form writings, he was adept at taking one subject and looking at it in a more concise but accessible manner. Hume devoted his life to study – across a wide range of his personal interests, reflecting his background in philosophy, history, economics, and many other subjects. This can be clearly seen in Four Dissertations (1757) and the topics he chose to consider. Of these, The Natural History of Religion is the most well-known and widely quoted. Hume&amp;#039;s views, shaped by empiricism and scepticism, enables him to offer a perspective unusual for his age, though naturally it is embedded in the prevailing view ‘The whole frame of nature bespeaks an intelligent author&amp;#039;. Nevertheless, this does not restrict his thinking as he examines the psychological and sociological factors that shape religious sentiment. The other three Dissertations are no less fascinating. Fittingly, in Of The Passions, Hume delves into the complex realm of human emotions. Investigating the nature of desire, love, fear, and more, he presents a wide-ranging study of how passions influence our actions and shape our experiences. Of Tragedy, explores the aesthetics of dramatic art. Hume looks into the power of tragedy to elicit a passionate response and provoke contemplation. He examines the mechanisms by which tragedies captivate audiences and evoke a range of sentiments, shedding light on the profound impact of art on human consciousness. In Of the Standard of Taste, Hume takes the viewpoint of the beholder, rather than the object. Declaring ‘We are apt to call barbarous whatever departs widely from our own taste and apprehension,&amp;#039; he proposes that two elements, sentiment and critical faculty form a major part in decisions on taste. For “Beauty is no quality in things themselves: It exists merely in the mind which contemplates them; and each mind perceives a different beauty.” But such a subjective view cannot deny a certain consensus on beauty, which leads Hume to examine the matter of aesthetics in the light of judgements of established critics. This recording concludes with Hume&amp;#039;s two short autobiographies, written at different times in his life and with differing characteristics. The first, A Kind of Life (1734) is a letter written to a doctor and the second, My Own Life (1776) was written shortly before his death.</description>
      <author>David Hume</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004141067.mp3" length="796775" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723268</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004141067.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723268">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723268</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Four Dissertations: A Natural History of Religion, Of the Passions, Of Tragedy, Of the Standard of Taste
Author: David Hume
Narrator: Jonathan Keeble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August 24, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
David Hume (1711-1776) remains one of the most stimulating and entertaining writers in the English essay tradition. Though primarily known for long-form writings, he was adept at taking one subject and looking at it in a more concise but accessible manner. Hume devoted his life to study – across a wide range of his personal interests, reflecting his background in philosophy, history, economics, and many other subjects. This can be clearly seen in Four Dissertations (1757) and the topics he chose to consider. Of these, The Natural History of Religion is the most well-known and widely quoted. Hume&amp;#039;s views, shaped by empiricism and scepticism, enables him to offer a perspective unusual for his age, though naturally it is embedded in the prevailing view ‘The whole frame of nature bespeaks an intelligent author&amp;#039;. Nevertheless, this does not restrict his thinking as he examines the psychological and sociological factors that shape religious sentiment. The other three Dissertations are no less fascinating. Fittingly, in Of The Passions, Hume delves into the complex realm of human emotions. Investigating the nature of desire, love, fear, and more, he presents a wide-ranging study of how passions influence our actions and shape our experiences. Of Tragedy, explores the aesthetics of dramatic art. Hume looks into the power of tragedy to elicit a passionate response and provoke contemplation. He examines the mechanisms by which tragedies captivate audiences and evoke a range of sentiments, shedding light on the profound impact of art on human consciousness. In Of the Standard of Taste, Hume takes the viewpoint of the beholder, rather than the object. Declaring ‘We are apt to call barbarous whatever departs widely from our own taste and apprehension,&amp;#039; he proposes that two elements, sentiment and critical faculty form a major part in decisions on taste. For “Beauty is no quality in things themselves: It exists merely in the mind which contemplates them; and each mind perceives a different beauty.” But such a subjective view cannot deny a certain consensus on beauty, which leads Hume to examine the matter of aesthetics in the light of judgements of established critics. This recording concludes with Hume&amp;#039;s two short autobiographies, written at different times in his life and with differing characteristics. The first, A Kind of Life (1734) is a letter written to a doctor and the second, My Own Life (1776) was written shortly before his death.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723268">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723268</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Four Dissertations: A Natural History of Religion, Of the Passions, Of Tragedy, Of the Standard of Taste
Author: David Hume
Narrator: Jonathan Keeble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August 24, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
David Hume (1711-1776) remains one of the most stimulating and entertaining writers in the English essay tradition. Though primarily known for long-form writings, he was adept at taking one subject and looking at it in a more concise but accessible manner. Hume devoted his life to study – across a wide range of his personal interests, reflecting his background in philosophy, history, economics, and many other subjects. This can be clearly seen in Four Dissertations (1757) and the topics he chose to consider. Of these, The Natural History of Religion is the most well-known and widely quoted. Hume&amp;#039;s views, shaped by empiricism and scepticism, enables him to offer a perspective unusual for his age, though naturally it is embedded in the prevailing view ‘The whole frame of nature bespeaks an intelligent author&amp;#039;. Nevertheless, this does not restrict his thinking as he examines the psychological and sociological factors that shape religious sentiment. The other three Dissertations are no less fascinating. Fittingly, in Of The Passions, Hume delves into the complex realm of human emotions. Investigating the nature of desire, love, fear, and more, he presents a wide-ranging study of how passions influence our actions and shape our experiences. Of Tragedy, explores the aesthetics of dramatic art. Hume looks into the power of tragedy to elicit a passionate response and provoke contemplation. He examines the mechanisms by which tragedies captivate audiences and evoke a range of sentiments, shedding light on the profound impact of art on human consciousness. In Of the Standard of Taste, Hume takes the viewpoint of the beholder, rather than the object. Declaring ‘We are apt to call barbarous whatever departs widely from our own taste and apprehension,&amp;#039; he proposes that two elements, sentiment and critical faculty form a major part in decisions on taste. For “Beauty is no quality in things themselves: It exists merely in the mind which contemplates them; and each mind perceives a different beauty.” But such a subjective view cannot deny a certain consensus on beauty, which leads Hume to examine the matter of aesthetics in the light of judgements of established critics. This recording concludes with Hume&amp;#039;s two short autobiographies, written at different times in his life and with differing characteristics. The first, A Kind of Life (1734) is a letter written to a doctor and the second, My Own Life (1776) was written shortly before his death.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>On Benefits by Lucius Annaeus Seneca</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723264</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On Benefits
Author: Lucius Annaeus Seneca
Narrator: Mike Rogers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The original Latin name of this important essay by Seneca, written around 60 CE, was De Beneficiis, which is why it is generally translated as ‘On Benefits&amp;#039;. However, it is more usefully titled ‘On Favours&amp;#039;, because this is what it is essentially about: the giving and receiving of favours, with all the implications of such transactions. Seneca is concerned with demonstrating that while such exchanges can be straightforward and beneficial to both parties, often there are pitfalls and hidden complications that, sooner or later, result in problems. Though some centuries later Shakespeare summed it up concisely with Polonius&amp;#039;s warning: ‘Neither a borrower nor a lender be,&amp;#039; Seneca is well aware that in all levels and activities of society, benefits or favours play an undoubtedly crucial role. This was certainly true of Roman society, but little has changed since. Seneca deals with the subject in detail, considering the purposes of role of the giver, of which ‘kindness&amp;#039;, he says, is an important aspect – but not the only one by any means. Similarly, the role and attitude of the receiver, plays its part – and ‘gratitude&amp;#039; is again only one response. Seneca&amp;#039;s background as a Stoic underpins his approach, so he warns against the inappropriate giving and receiving of benefits, which extend far beyond just material goods: it includes influence, wives, patronage and all manner of vice and immorality. In short, Seneca points out that the giving and receiving of favours can be, and often is a pernicious and dangerous affair, resulting in later disaster. Something to be exercised with caution.</description>
      <author>Lucius Annaeus Seneca</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 May 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004128914.mp3" length="782265" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723264</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004128914.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On Benefits
Author: Lucius Annaeus Seneca
Narrator: Mike Rogers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The original Latin name of this important essay by Seneca, written around 60 CE, was De Beneficiis, which is why it is generally translated as ‘On Benefits&amp;#039;. However, it is more usefully titled ‘On Favours&amp;#039;, because this is what it is essentially about: the giving and receiving of favours, with all the implications of such transactions. Seneca is concerned with demonstrating that while such exchanges can be straightforward and beneficial to both parties, often there are pitfalls and hidden complications that, sooner or later, result in problems. Though some centuries later Shakespeare summed it up concisely with Polonius&amp;#039;s warning: ‘Neither a borrower nor a lender be,&amp;#039; Seneca is well aware that in all levels and activities of society, benefits or favours play an undoubtedly crucial role. This was certainly true of Roman society, but little has changed since. Seneca deals with the subject in detail, considering the purposes of role of the giver, of which ‘kindness&amp;#039;, he says, is an important aspect – but not the only one by any means. Similarly, the role and attitude of the receiver, plays its part – and ‘gratitude&amp;#039; is again only one response. Seneca&amp;#039;s background as a Stoic underpins his approach, so he warns against the inappropriate giving and receiving of benefits, which extend far beyond just material goods: it includes influence, wives, patronage and all manner of vice and immorality. In short, Seneca points out that the giving and receiving of favours can be, and often is a pernicious and dangerous affair, resulting in later disaster. Something to be exercised with caution.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On Benefits
Author: Lucius Annaeus Seneca
Narrator: Mike Rogers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The original Latin name of this important essay by Seneca, written around 60 CE, was De Beneficiis, which is why it is generally translated as ‘On Benefits&amp;#039;. However, it is more usefully titled ‘On Favours&amp;#039;, because this is what it is essentially about: the giving and receiving of favours, with all the implications of such transactions. Seneca is concerned with demonstrating that while such exchanges can be straightforward and beneficial to both parties, often there are pitfalls and hidden complications that, sooner or later, result in problems. Though some centuries later Shakespeare summed it up concisely with Polonius&amp;#039;s warning: ‘Neither a borrower nor a lender be,&amp;#039; Seneca is well aware that in all levels and activities of society, benefits or favours play an undoubtedly crucial role. This was certainly true of Roman society, but little has changed since. Seneca deals with the subject in detail, considering the purposes of role of the giver, of which ‘kindness&amp;#039;, he says, is an important aspect – but not the only one by any means. Similarly, the role and attitude of the receiver, plays its part – and ‘gratitude&amp;#039; is again only one response. Seneca&amp;#039;s background as a Stoic underpins his approach, so he warns against the inappropriate giving and receiving of benefits, which extend far beyond just material goods: it includes influence, wives, patronage and all manner of vice and immorality. In short, Seneca points out that the giving and receiving of favours can be, and often is a pernicious and dangerous affair, resulting in later disaster. Something to be exercised with caution.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Of Consolation: To Marcia, To Helvia, To Polybius by Seneca The Younger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723266</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723266">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723266</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Of Consolation: To Marcia, To Helvia, To Polybius
Author: Seneca The Younger
Narrator: Mike Rogers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
These three ‘Consolations&amp;#039;, written by Seneca to his mother and two friends, have been described as ‘the crowning achievement in the canon of ‘consolation letters&amp;#039;. But sentimental they are not, for they emerge from the writer&amp;#039;s deep-seated commitment to Stoicism, where individuals are exhorted to inhabit qualities of virtue, positivity, resilience, and indifference. This recording opens with Seneca&amp;#039;s consolatory letter to Marcia, who, after three years, was still mourning the death of her son. He recognises her exceptional personal qualities and what benefits she has brought to her family, having rescued her father&amp;#039;s legacy as a historian following his death. He cites other noble Roman mothers who lost their sons, and enjoins her to adopt a more Stoic attitude of mind: we are all destined to die, he declares.  The second letter is to his mother sent after he had been exiled to Corsica by Emperor Caligula. He counsels Helvia not to mourn his absence – not least because he himself does not feel grief at the prospect of his own exile. He acknowledges the trials of his mother during her life, remarking ‘ill-fortune has given you no respite&amp;#039;. But her grief at the absence of her son may be put to one side in the knowledge that as he has ‘never trusted in Fortune,&amp;#039; she can be comforted that her son is not discommoded. And history points to far harsher separations.  The final letter is to Polybius, Emperor Claudius&amp;#039;s Literary Secretary, who was mourning his brother.  Written while in exile, Seneca&amp;#039;s unwavering commitment to Stoic philosophy is again in evidence. One of Seneca&amp;#039;s principal suggestions is for Polybius to distract himself from grief by an increasing involvement in work.  These ‘Consolations&amp;#039; have been widely admired from Classical times to the present, but are periodically questioned for their emphasis on a somewhat detached approach to grief and bereavement. Not all can manage imperturbability in such circumstances. Nevertheless, there is a steadiness and emotional calm in these missives, which Seneca himself displayed when ordered to commit suicide by Emperor Nero.</description>
      <author>Seneca The Younger</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jul 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004138456.mp3" length="825833" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723266</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004138456.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723266">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723266</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Of Consolation: To Marcia, To Helvia, To Polybius
Author: Seneca The Younger
Narrator: Mike Rogers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
These three ‘Consolations&amp;#039;, written by Seneca to his mother and two friends, have been described as ‘the crowning achievement in the canon of ‘consolation letters&amp;#039;. But sentimental they are not, for they emerge from the writer&amp;#039;s deep-seated commitment to Stoicism, where individuals are exhorted to inhabit qualities of virtue, positivity, resilience, and indifference. This recording opens with Seneca&amp;#039;s consolatory letter to Marcia, who, after three years, was still mourning the death of her son. He recognises her exceptional personal qualities and what benefits she has brought to her family, having rescued her father&amp;#039;s legacy as a historian following his death. He cites other noble Roman mothers who lost their sons, and enjoins her to adopt a more Stoic attitude of mind: we are all destined to die, he declares.  The second letter is to his mother sent after he had been exiled to Corsica by Emperor Caligula. He counsels Helvia not to mourn his absence – not least because he himself does not feel grief at the prospect of his own exile. He acknowledges the trials of his mother during her life, remarking ‘ill-fortune has given you no respite&amp;#039;. But her grief at the absence of her son may be put to one side in the knowledge that as he has ‘never trusted in Fortune,&amp;#039; she can be comforted that her son is not discommoded. And history points to far harsher separations.  The final letter is to Polybius, Emperor Claudius&amp;#039;s Literary Secretary, who was mourning his brother.  Written while in exile, Seneca&amp;#039;s unwavering commitment to Stoic philosophy is again in evidence. One of Seneca&amp;#039;s principal suggestions is for Polybius to distract himself from grief by an increasing involvement in work.  These ‘Consolations&amp;#039; have been widely admired from Classical times to the present, but are periodically questioned for their emphasis on a somewhat detached approach to grief and bereavement. Not all can manage imperturbability in such circumstances. Nevertheless, there is a steadiness and emotional calm in these missives, which Seneca himself displayed when ordered to commit suicide by Emperor Nero.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723266">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/723266</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Of Consolation: To Marcia, To Helvia, To Polybius
Author: Seneca The Younger
Narrator: Mike Rogers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
These three ‘Consolations&amp;#039;, written by Seneca to his mother and two friends, have been described as ‘the crowning achievement in the canon of ‘consolation letters&amp;#039;. But sentimental they are not, for they emerge from the writer&amp;#039;s deep-seated commitment to Stoicism, where individuals are exhorted to inhabit qualities of virtue, positivity, resilience, and indifference. This recording opens with Seneca&amp;#039;s consolatory letter to Marcia, who, after three years, was still mourning the death of her son. He recognises her exceptional personal qualities and what benefits she has brought to her family, having rescued her father&amp;#039;s legacy as a historian following his death. He cites other noble Roman mothers who lost their sons, and enjoins her to adopt a more Stoic attitude of mind: we are all destined to die, he declares.  The second letter is to his mother sent after he had been exiled to Corsica by Emperor Caligula. He counsels Helvia not to mourn his absence – not least because he himself does not feel grief at the prospect of his own exile. He acknowledges the trials of his mother during her life, remarking ‘ill-fortune has given you no respite&amp;#039;. But her grief at the absence of her son may be put to one side in the knowledge that as he has ‘never trusted in Fortune,&amp;#039; she can be comforted that her son is not discommoded. And history points to far harsher separations.  The final letter is to Polybius, Emperor Claudius&amp;#039;s Literary Secretary, who was mourning his brother.  Written while in exile, Seneca&amp;#039;s unwavering commitment to Stoic philosophy is again in evidence. One of Seneca&amp;#039;s principal suggestions is for Polybius to distract himself from grief by an increasing involvement in work.  These ‘Consolations&amp;#039; have been widely admired from Classical times to the present, but are periodically questioned for their emphasis on a somewhat detached approach to grief and bereavement. Not all can manage imperturbability in such circumstances. Nevertheless, there is a steadiness and emotional calm in these missives, which Seneca himself displayed when ordered to commit suicide by Emperor Nero.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Playing with Reality: How Games Shape Our World by Kelly Clancy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722510</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722510">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722510</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Playing with Reality: How Games Shape Our World
Author: Kelly Clancy
Narrator: Patty Nieman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 39 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. A sweeping intellectual history of games and their importance to human progress. We play games to learn about the world, to understand our minds and the minds of others, and to make predictions about the future. They&amp;#039;re also a lot of fun. But what happens when we mistake games for reality? WIN OR LOSE explores the riveting history of games since the Enlightenment, weaving an unexpected path through military theory, biology, artificial intelligence, neuroscience, cognitive psychology, and the future of democracy. As neuroscientist and physicist Kelly Clancy shows us, games have been deeply intertwined with the arc of history. War games shaped the outcomes of real wars in nineteenth and twentieth century Europe. Game theory warped our understanding of human behavior and brought us to the brink of annihilation-yet still underlies basic assumptions in economics, politics, and technology. We used games to teach computers how to learn for themselves, and now we are designing games that will determine the shape of society and future of democracy. Lucid, thought-provoking, and masterfully told, WIN OR LOSE makes the bold argument that the human fascination with games is the key to understanding our nature. ©2024 Kelly Clancy (P)2024 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Kelly Clancy</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781802066234.mp3" length="1352764" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722510</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781802066234.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722510">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722510</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Playing with Reality: How Games Shape Our World
Author: Kelly Clancy
Narrator: Patty Nieman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 39 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. A sweeping intellectual history of games and their importance to human progress. We play games to learn about the world, to understand our minds and the minds of others, and to make predictions about the future. They&amp;#039;re also a lot of fun. But what happens when we mistake games for reality? WIN OR LOSE explores the riveting history of games since the Enlightenment, weaving an unexpected path through military theory, biology, artificial intelligence, neuroscience, cognitive psychology, and the future of democracy. As neuroscientist and physicist Kelly Clancy shows us, games have been deeply intertwined with the arc of history. War games shaped the outcomes of real wars in nineteenth and twentieth century Europe. Game theory warped our understanding of human behavior and brought us to the brink of annihilation-yet still underlies basic assumptions in economics, politics, and technology. We used games to teach computers how to learn for themselves, and now we are designing games that will determine the shape of society and future of democracy. Lucid, thought-provoking, and masterfully told, WIN OR LOSE makes the bold argument that the human fascination with games is the key to understanding our nature. ©2024 Kelly Clancy (P)2024 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722510">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722510</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Playing with Reality: How Games Shape Our World
Author: Kelly Clancy
Narrator: Patty Nieman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 39 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. A sweeping intellectual history of games and their importance to human progress. We play games to learn about the world, to understand our minds and the minds of others, and to make predictions about the future. They&amp;#039;re also a lot of fun. But what happens when we mistake games for reality? WIN OR LOSE explores the riveting history of games since the Enlightenment, weaving an unexpected path through military theory, biology, artificial intelligence, neuroscience, cognitive psychology, and the future of democracy. As neuroscientist and physicist Kelly Clancy shows us, games have been deeply intertwined with the arc of history. War games shaped the outcomes of real wars in nineteenth and twentieth century Europe. Game theory warped our understanding of human behavior and brought us to the brink of annihilation-yet still underlies basic assumptions in economics, politics, and technology. We used games to teach computers how to learn for themselves, and now we are designing games that will determine the shape of society and future of democracy. Lucid, thought-provoking, and masterfully told, WIN OR LOSE makes the bold argument that the human fascination with games is the key to understanding our nature. ©2024 Kelly Clancy (P)2024 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Not und Gebot: Grundrechte in Quarantäne by Heribert Prantl</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722466</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722466">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722466</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Not und Gebot: Grundrechte in Quarantäne
Author: Heribert Prantl
Narrator: Heribert Prantl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2021
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Im Kampf gegen die Corona-Pandemie ergreifen Staaten Maßnahmen, die sonst nur in Kriegszeiten denkbar wären. Ohne Parlament werden beispiellose Einschränkungen der Freiheit beschlossen und umgesetzt. Nicht nur Menschen, auch Grundrechte sind in Quarantäne. Not kennt kein Gebot? Falsch! Not braucht das Gebot des Grundgesetzes. Heribert Prantls Buch ist eine Streitschrift für die Grundrechte: Wir müssen uns vor dem Virus schützen, zugleich aber auch vor Schäden am Betriebssystem Demokratie. Heribert Prantl analysiert in seinem neuen Buch, wie unter Corona eine gefährliche Stimmung entsteht, die die Grundrechte als Ballast empfindet. Grundrechte aber heißen Grundrechte, weil sie immer gelten, auch im Katastrophenfall, gerade dann. Prantls Chronik der Krise zeigt, wie das Gebot der Verhältnismäßigkeit einer neuen Lust am Autoritären weicht. Der Ausnahmezustand geht in die Verlängerung und die Verlängerung in die Verlängerung. Gewiss: Nicht jede Freiheitseinschränkung ist auch eine Verletzung der Grundrechte. Aber die Politik muss abwägen, Maß halten und die Verhältnismäßigkeit der Mittel wahren. Prantls Buch zeigt, wie mit Angst Politik gemacht wird. Es zeigt aber auch, wie man mit der Besinnung auf Grundrechte und Grundwerte eine gute Zukunft bauen kann. Prantl beleuchtet den Umgang der Medien mit der Pandemie und lenkt den Blick auf Themen, die Corona aufgefressen hat: das Flüchtlingselend, den Klimawandel, den Rassismus. Es geht ihm um den guten Weg aus der Krise und um die Rückkehr zu guter demokratischer und rechtsstaatlicher Normalität. Sein Buch ist ein Buch zur Lage der Nation, das vor neuem Nationalismus und vor dem Gift des Populismus warnt. Und es ist ein Buch, das zeigt, was die Zivilgesellschaft zivil und frei macht.</description>
      <author>Heribert Prantl</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Mar 2021 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783947878260.mp3" length="891375" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722466</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783947878260.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722466">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722466</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Not und Gebot: Grundrechte in Quarantäne
Author: Heribert Prantl
Narrator: Heribert Prantl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2021
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Im Kampf gegen die Corona-Pandemie ergreifen Staaten Maßnahmen, die sonst nur in Kriegszeiten denkbar wären. Ohne Parlament werden beispiellose Einschränkungen der Freiheit beschlossen und umgesetzt. Nicht nur Menschen, auch Grundrechte sind in Quarantäne. Not kennt kein Gebot? Falsch! Not braucht das Gebot des Grundgesetzes. Heribert Prantls Buch ist eine Streitschrift für die Grundrechte: Wir müssen uns vor dem Virus schützen, zugleich aber auch vor Schäden am Betriebssystem Demokratie. Heribert Prantl analysiert in seinem neuen Buch, wie unter Corona eine gefährliche Stimmung entsteht, die die Grundrechte als Ballast empfindet. Grundrechte aber heißen Grundrechte, weil sie immer gelten, auch im Katastrophenfall, gerade dann. Prantls Chronik der Krise zeigt, wie das Gebot der Verhältnismäßigkeit einer neuen Lust am Autoritären weicht. Der Ausnahmezustand geht in die Verlängerung und die Verlängerung in die Verlängerung. Gewiss: Nicht jede Freiheitseinschränkung ist auch eine Verletzung der Grundrechte. Aber die Politik muss abwägen, Maß halten und die Verhältnismäßigkeit der Mittel wahren. Prantls Buch zeigt, wie mit Angst Politik gemacht wird. Es zeigt aber auch, wie man mit der Besinnung auf Grundrechte und Grundwerte eine gute Zukunft bauen kann. Prantl beleuchtet den Umgang der Medien mit der Pandemie und lenkt den Blick auf Themen, die Corona aufgefressen hat: das Flüchtlingselend, den Klimawandel, den Rassismus. Es geht ihm um den guten Weg aus der Krise und um die Rückkehr zu guter demokratischer und rechtsstaatlicher Normalität. Sein Buch ist ein Buch zur Lage der Nation, das vor neuem Nationalismus und vor dem Gift des Populismus warnt. Und es ist ein Buch, das zeigt, was die Zivilgesellschaft zivil und frei macht.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722466">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722466</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Not und Gebot: Grundrechte in Quarantäne
Author: Heribert Prantl
Narrator: Heribert Prantl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2021
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Im Kampf gegen die Corona-Pandemie ergreifen Staaten Maßnahmen, die sonst nur in Kriegszeiten denkbar wären. Ohne Parlament werden beispiellose Einschränkungen der Freiheit beschlossen und umgesetzt. Nicht nur Menschen, auch Grundrechte sind in Quarantäne. Not kennt kein Gebot? Falsch! Not braucht das Gebot des Grundgesetzes. Heribert Prantls Buch ist eine Streitschrift für die Grundrechte: Wir müssen uns vor dem Virus schützen, zugleich aber auch vor Schäden am Betriebssystem Demokratie. Heribert Prantl analysiert in seinem neuen Buch, wie unter Corona eine gefährliche Stimmung entsteht, die die Grundrechte als Ballast empfindet. Grundrechte aber heißen Grundrechte, weil sie immer gelten, auch im Katastrophenfall, gerade dann. Prantls Chronik der Krise zeigt, wie das Gebot der Verhältnismäßigkeit einer neuen Lust am Autoritären weicht. Der Ausnahmezustand geht in die Verlängerung und die Verlängerung in die Verlängerung. Gewiss: Nicht jede Freiheitseinschränkung ist auch eine Verletzung der Grundrechte. Aber die Politik muss abwägen, Maß halten und die Verhältnismäßigkeit der Mittel wahren. Prantls Buch zeigt, wie mit Angst Politik gemacht wird. Es zeigt aber auch, wie man mit der Besinnung auf Grundrechte und Grundwerte eine gute Zukunft bauen kann. Prantl beleuchtet den Umgang der Medien mit der Pandemie und lenkt den Blick auf Themen, die Corona aufgefressen hat: das Flüchtlingselend, den Klimawandel, den Rassismus. Es geht ihm um den guten Weg aus der Krise und um die Rückkehr zu guter demokratischer und rechtsstaatlicher Normalität. Sein Buch ist ein Buch zur Lage der Nation, das vor neuem Nationalismus und vor dem Gift des Populismus warnt. Und es ist ein Buch, das zeigt, was die Zivilgesellschaft zivil und frei macht.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Principia Ethica by G.E. Moore</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722399</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722399">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722399</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Principia Ethica
Author: G.E. Moore
Narrator: Daniel Natal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Principia Ethica, written in 1903, was a groundbreaking work of moral philosophy. Its author, G.E. Moore, questioned a fundamental pillar of ethics—specifically, what the definition of &amp;#039;good&amp;#039; is. As influential now as it was in its own time-period, Principia Ethica represented an advance in human thinking and is a worthy work for current and future generations to study to gain a better understanding of values and ethics.</description>
      <author>G.E. Moore</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823488907.mp3" length="1567420" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722399</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823488907.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722399">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722399</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Principia Ethica
Author: G.E. Moore
Narrator: Daniel Natal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Principia Ethica, written in 1903, was a groundbreaking work of moral philosophy. Its author, G.E. Moore, questioned a fundamental pillar of ethics—specifically, what the definition of &amp;#039;good&amp;#039; is. As influential now as it was in its own time-period, Principia Ethica represented an advance in human thinking and is a worthy work for current and future generations to study to gain a better understanding of values and ethics.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722399">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722399</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Principia Ethica
Author: G.E. Moore
Narrator: Daniel Natal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Principia Ethica, written in 1903, was a groundbreaking work of moral philosophy. Its author, G.E. Moore, questioned a fundamental pillar of ethics—specifically, what the definition of &amp;#039;good&amp;#039; is. As influential now as it was in its own time-period, Principia Ethica represented an advance in human thinking and is a worthy work for current and future generations to study to gain a better understanding of values and ethics.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Coming Home by Natasha Swerdloff, Dr. Dicken Bettinger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722383</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722383">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722383</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Coming Home
Author: Natasha Swerdloff, Dr. Dicken Bettinger
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
You already have within you all that you need for psychological well-being. In Coming Home you will be gently guided toward your own realizations of the fundamental principles that underlie all human experience. These insights will raise your overall level of psychological well-being. They will help you realize your spiritual and psychological nature and allow you to live in harmony with life more fully.  This book is a heartfelt tribute to Sydney Banks, who uncovered the foundational Three Principles that create and shape all of our psychological experiences. This understanding that is known as the Three Principles is now being shared worldwide in the fields of education, business, community renewal, policing and criminal justice, addictions, prevention, psychology and psychiatry. Coming home is realizing the truth of what it is that is creating all of your experiencing, and then being at ease with all the different experiences that life brings you. It is waking up to this always-existing inner world, and as you do, you will experience a shift in your level of well-being so that your feelings are uplifted and your thinking is helpful and inspired.</description>
      <author>Natasha Swerdloff, Dr. Dicken Bettinger</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823488648.mp3" length="1458009" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722383</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823488648.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722383">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722383</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Coming Home
Author: Natasha Swerdloff, Dr. Dicken Bettinger
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
You already have within you all that you need for psychological well-being. In Coming Home you will be gently guided toward your own realizations of the fundamental principles that underlie all human experience. These insights will raise your overall level of psychological well-being. They will help you realize your spiritual and psychological nature and allow you to live in harmony with life more fully.  This book is a heartfelt tribute to Sydney Banks, who uncovered the foundational Three Principles that create and shape all of our psychological experiences. This understanding that is known as the Three Principles is now being shared worldwide in the fields of education, business, community renewal, policing and criminal justice, addictions, prevention, psychology and psychiatry. Coming home is realizing the truth of what it is that is creating all of your experiencing, and then being at ease with all the different experiences that life brings you. It is waking up to this always-existing inner world, and as you do, you will experience a shift in your level of well-being so that your feelings are uplifted and your thinking is helpful and inspired.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722383">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722383</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Coming Home
Author: Natasha Swerdloff, Dr. Dicken Bettinger
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
You already have within you all that you need for psychological well-being. In Coming Home you will be gently guided toward your own realizations of the fundamental principles that underlie all human experience. These insights will raise your overall level of psychological well-being. They will help you realize your spiritual and psychological nature and allow you to live in harmony with life more fully.  This book is a heartfelt tribute to Sydney Banks, who uncovered the foundational Three Principles that create and shape all of our psychological experiences. This understanding that is known as the Three Principles is now being shared worldwide in the fields of education, business, community renewal, policing and criminal justice, addictions, prevention, psychology and psychiatry. Coming home is realizing the truth of what it is that is creating all of your experiencing, and then being at ease with all the different experiences that life brings you. It is waking up to this always-existing inner world, and as you do, you will experience a shift in your level of well-being so that your feelings are uplifted and your thinking is helpful and inspired.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Everyday Dharma  Dharma para la vida diaria (Spanish edition): 8 hAbitos esenciales para alcanzar el exito y hallar satisfacción en todo lo que haces by Suneel Gupta</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722350</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722350">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722350</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Everyday Dharma  Dharma para la vida diaria (Spanish edition): 8 hAbitos esenciales para alcanzar el exito y hallar satisfacción en todo lo que haces
Author: Suneel Gupta
Narrator: Hernán Espinosa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 45 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Encuentra tu dharma —tu llamado interior— y aprende a integrar ambición, trabajo y bienestar para crear una vida equilibrada y dichosa con esta guía práctica del reconocido conferencista, autor bestseller y cofundador del Gross National Happiness Center. Hemos sido condicionados, desde temprana edad, a creer que un día alcanzaremos un momento de “llegada”. Sin importar cuánto logremos o acumulemos, no nos sentimos tan satisfechos o plenos como pensábamos que nos sentiríamos. Exhaustos, nos convertimos en profesionales agotados y cínicos que cuestionan el propósito de todo. Un experto en la felicidad y el trabajo, Suneel Gupta, sostiene que por mucho tiempo la sociedad ha estado obsesionada en el “futuro del trabajo” y ha ignorado el “futuro de la riqueza”. Hemos segmentado el trabajo y el bienestar, e ignorado el hecho de que ambos son esenciales para mantener el éxito. Hemos asumido que el éxito exterior lleva al bienestar, a pesar de que la historia nos muestra que nunca ha sido así. En Everyday Dharma, Suneel nos ayuda a romper este ciclo negativo. Con su fascinante capacidad narrativa, entreteje experiencias personales, historia, ciencia, filosofía occidental y modalidades orientales en este libro iluminador y prescriptivo. Comienza por ayudarnos a identificar nuestro dharma, la esencia de lo que somos. Cuando estás en tu Dharma, te sientes seguro, creativo y empático, con un sentido de propósito, y todo eso resplandece en tu vida y tu trabajo. Everyday Dharma ofrece un enfoque accesible de tres pasos para descubrir, comprender y vivir tu &amp;#039;&amp;#039;vocación sagrada&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Contiene autoevaluaciones que te ayudarán a identificar tus pasiones y poderosos rituales para crear nuevos hábitos: prácticas antiguas respaldadas por la ciencia y presentes en diversas fuentes culturales, como las novelas de Toni Morrison, las letras de Jimi Hendrix y las pinturas de Frida Kahlo. Find your dharma—your inner calling—and learn to integrate ambition, work, and wellbeing to create a balanced, joyous life with this practical, life-changing guide from the beloved speaker, bestselling author, and co-founder of the Gross National Happiness Center. We’ve been conditioned, from an early age, to believe that one day we’ll reach a moment of “arrival.” But no matter how much we achieve or acquire we still don’t feel as satisfied or as fulfilled as we thought we would be. Exhausted, we become burned out and cynical, questioning the purpose of it all. An expert on happiness and work, Suneel Gupta argues that for too long society has been fixated on the Future of Work and ignored the Future of Worth. We’ve compartmentalized work and well-being and ignored the fact that both are essential for sustained success. We’ve assumed that outer success leads to inner well-being–despite history showing us that this has never been the case. In Everyday Dharma, Suneel helps us break this negative cycle. A captivating storyteller, he weaves personal stories, history, science, Eastern philosophy, and Western modalities in this engaging, enlightening, and prescriptive book. He begins by helping us identify our dharma, the essence of who we are. When you’re in your Dharma, you feel confident, creative, and caring, with a sense of purpose, and that shines through your life and work. Everyday Dharma provides an accessible three-step approach to discovering, understanding, and living your “sacred calling.” At its center are self-assessments to help you identify your passions and powerful rituals for building new habits—ancient practices supported by science and found in diverse cultural sources, including Toni Morrison’s novels, Jimi Hendrix’s lyrics, and Frida Kahlo’s paintings, and used by the likes of Nelson Mandela, Dr. Martin Luther King, and Mahatma Gandhi.</description>
      <author>Suneel Gupta</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063358805.mp3" length="1434995" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722350</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063358805.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722350">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722350</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Everyday Dharma  Dharma para la vida diaria (Spanish edition): 8 hAbitos esenciales para alcanzar el exito y hallar satisfacción en todo lo que haces
Author: Suneel Gupta
Narrator: Hernán Espinosa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 45 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Encuentra tu dharma —tu llamado interior— y aprende a integrar ambición, trabajo y bienestar para crear una vida equilibrada y dichosa con esta guía práctica del reconocido conferencista, autor bestseller y cofundador del Gross National Happiness Center. Hemos sido condicionados, desde temprana edad, a creer que un día alcanzaremos un momento de “llegada”. Sin importar cuánto logremos o acumulemos, no nos sentimos tan satisfechos o plenos como pensábamos que nos sentiríamos. Exhaustos, nos convertimos en profesionales agotados y cínicos que cuestionan el propósito de todo. Un experto en la felicidad y el trabajo, Suneel Gupta, sostiene que por mucho tiempo la sociedad ha estado obsesionada en el “futuro del trabajo” y ha ignorado el “futuro de la riqueza”. Hemos segmentado el trabajo y el bienestar, e ignorado el hecho de que ambos son esenciales para mantener el éxito. Hemos asumido que el éxito exterior lleva al bienestar, a pesar de que la historia nos muestra que nunca ha sido así. En Everyday Dharma, Suneel nos ayuda a romper este ciclo negativo. Con su fascinante capacidad narrativa, entreteje experiencias personales, historia, ciencia, filosofía occidental y modalidades orientales en este libro iluminador y prescriptivo. Comienza por ayudarnos a identificar nuestro dharma, la esencia de lo que somos. Cuando estás en tu Dharma, te sientes seguro, creativo y empático, con un sentido de propósito, y todo eso resplandece en tu vida y tu trabajo. Everyday Dharma ofrece un enfoque accesible de tres pasos para descubrir, comprender y vivir tu &amp;#039;&amp;#039;vocación sagrada&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Contiene autoevaluaciones que te ayudarán a identificar tus pasiones y poderosos rituales para crear nuevos hábitos: prácticas antiguas respaldadas por la ciencia y presentes en diversas fuentes culturales, como las novelas de Toni Morrison, las letras de Jimi Hendrix y las pinturas de Frida Kahlo. Find your dharma—your inner calling—and learn to integrate ambition, work, and wellbeing to create a balanced, joyous life with this practical, life-changing guide from the beloved speaker, bestselling author, and co-founder of the Gross National Happiness Center. We’ve been conditioned, from an early age, to believe that one day we’ll reach a moment of “arrival.” But no matter how much we achieve or acquire we still don’t feel as satisfied or as fulfilled as we thought we would be. Exhausted, we become burned out and cynical, questioning the purpose of it all. An expert on happiness and work, Suneel Gupta argues that for too long society has been fixated on the Future of Work and ignored the Future of Worth. We’ve compartmentalized work and well-being and ignored the fact that both are essential for sustained success. We’ve assumed that outer success leads to inner well-being–despite history showing us that this has never been the case. In Everyday Dharma, Suneel helps us break this negative cycle. A captivating storyteller, he weaves personal stories, history, science, Eastern philosophy, and Western modalities in this engaging, enlightening, and prescriptive book. He begins by helping us identify our dharma, the essence of who we are. When you’re in your Dharma, you feel confident, creative, and caring, with a sense of purpose, and that shines through your life and work. Everyday Dharma provides an accessible three-step approach to discovering, understanding, and living your “sacred calling.” At its center are self-assessments to help you identify your passions and powerful rituals for building new habits—ancient practices supported by science and found in diverse cultural sources, including Toni Morrison’s novels, Jimi Hendrix’s lyrics, and Frida Kahlo’s paintings, and used by the likes of Nelson Mandela, Dr. Martin Luther King, and Mahatma Gandhi.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722350">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722350</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Everyday Dharma  Dharma para la vida diaria (Spanish edition): 8 hAbitos esenciales para alcanzar el exito y hallar satisfacción en todo lo que haces
Author: Suneel Gupta
Narrator: Hernán Espinosa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 45 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Encuentra tu dharma —tu llamado interior— y aprende a integrar ambición, trabajo y bienestar para crear una vida equilibrada y dichosa con esta guía práctica del reconocido conferencista, autor bestseller y cofundador del Gross National Happiness Center. Hemos sido condicionados, desde temprana edad, a creer que un día alcanzaremos un momento de “llegada”. Sin importar cuánto logremos o acumulemos, no nos sentimos tan satisfechos o plenos como pensábamos que nos sentiríamos. Exhaustos, nos convertimos en profesionales agotados y cínicos que cuestionan el propósito de todo. Un experto en la felicidad y el trabajo, Suneel Gupta, sostiene que por mucho tiempo la sociedad ha estado obsesionada en el “futuro del trabajo” y ha ignorado el “futuro de la riqueza”. Hemos segmentado el trabajo y el bienestar, e ignorado el hecho de que ambos son esenciales para mantener el éxito. Hemos asumido que el éxito exterior lleva al bienestar, a pesar de que la historia nos muestra que nunca ha sido así. En Everyday Dharma, Suneel nos ayuda a romper este ciclo negativo. Con su fascinante capacidad narrativa, entreteje experiencias personales, historia, ciencia, filosofía occidental y modalidades orientales en este libro iluminador y prescriptivo. Comienza por ayudarnos a identificar nuestro dharma, la esencia de lo que somos. Cuando estás en tu Dharma, te sientes seguro, creativo y empático, con un sentido de propósito, y todo eso resplandece en tu vida y tu trabajo. Everyday Dharma ofrece un enfoque accesible de tres pasos para descubrir, comprender y vivir tu &amp;#039;&amp;#039;vocación sagrada&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Contiene autoevaluaciones que te ayudarán a identificar tus pasiones y poderosos rituales para crear nuevos hábitos: prácticas antiguas respaldadas por la ciencia y presentes en diversas fuentes culturales, como las novelas de Toni Morrison, las letras de Jimi Hendrix y las pinturas de Frida Kahlo. Find your dharma—your inner calling—and learn to integrate ambition, work, and wellbeing to create a balanced, joyous life with this practical, life-changing guide from the beloved speaker, bestselling author, and co-founder of the Gross National Happiness Center. We’ve been conditioned, from an early age, to believe that one day we’ll reach a moment of “arrival.” But no matter how much we achieve or acquire we still don’t feel as satisfied or as fulfilled as we thought we would be. Exhausted, we become burned out and cynical, questioning the purpose of it all. An expert on happiness and work, Suneel Gupta argues that for too long society has been fixated on the Future of Work and ignored the Future of Worth. We’ve compartmentalized work and well-being and ignored the fact that both are essential for sustained success. We’ve assumed that outer success leads to inner well-being–despite history showing us that this has never been the case. In Everyday Dharma, Suneel helps us break this negative cycle. A captivating storyteller, he weaves personal stories, history, science, Eastern philosophy, and Western modalities in this engaging, enlightening, and prescriptive book. He begins by helping us identify our dharma, the essence of who we are. When you’re in your Dharma, you feel confident, creative, and caring, with a sense of purpose, and that shines through your life and work. Everyday Dharma provides an accessible three-step approach to discovering, understanding, and living your “sacred calling.” At its center are self-assessments to help you identify your passions and powerful rituals for building new habits—ancient practices supported by science and found in diverse cultural sources, including Toni Morrison’s novels, Jimi Hendrix’s lyrics, and Frida Kahlo’s paintings, and used by the likes of Nelson Mandela, Dr. Martin Luther King, and Mahatma Gandhi.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Woke: The Journey of a Word: A BBC Radio 4 Series by Matthew Syed</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722345</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722345">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722345</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Woke: The Journey of a Word: A BBC Radio 4 Series
Author: Matthew Syed
Narrator: Matthew Syed
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 9 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Matthew Syed traces the origins and evolution of the word &amp;#039;woke’ Once a watchword for African Americans in the early 1900s, &amp;#039;woke&amp;#039; is now used as an insult across the political spectrum, and it has become synonymous with our era of angry debate. As the word has spread, what people mean by it has become less clear than ever. Award-winning journalist and author Matthew Syed is on a mission to uncover the roots of this social phenomenon and, in this series, he follows the evolution of &amp;#039;woke&amp;#039; through five key stories. Beginning with the first ever use of &amp;#039;woke&amp;#039;, which appeared on a 1938 recording by the musician Lead Belly, Syed uncovers what the singer meant when he instructed people to ‘stay woke, keep their eyes open’. Matthew then explores one of the earliest uses of &amp;#039;woke&amp;#039; in print, by young Black author William Melvin Kelley in 1962. He goes on to look at #StayWoke and how the use of &amp;#039;woke&amp;#039; online exploded in 2014, following the shooting of black teenager Michael Brown in Ferguson, Missouri. Next, Matthew considers how the adoption of &amp;#039;woke&amp;#039; at the 2017 Women&amp;#039;s March aided the term&amp;#039;s movement away from Black communities and into the mainstream. In the final episode, he examines the actions of Governor Ron DeSantis, tipped by some to be the next President of the United States. The politician has labelled his state of Florida as &amp;#039;Where Woke Goes to Die&amp;#039;, and introduced a &amp;#039;Stop W.O.K.E.&amp;#039; bill aimed at reducing the spread of identity politics. Has the word become too politically charged? What relationship – if any – does the word ‘woke’ have to its original sense? Syed considers its multiple meanings in this fascinating series that sheds new light on a word that is often used – and often misunderstood. Cast and credits Presented by Matthew Syed Produced by Sam Peach Episode 1 Featuring Peggy Parks Miller and Kip Lornell Episode 2 Featuring Jesi Kelley Readings by Tayla Kovacevic-Ebong Excerpts from ‘If You&amp;#039;re Woke You Dig It’ (New York Times, 1962) and ‘Dunfords Travels Everywheres’ by William Melvin Kelley Episode 3 Featuring Johnetta Elzie and Nicole Holliday Episode 4 Featuring Prisca Kim and Aja Romano Episode 5 Featuring Nicole Holliday, James O&amp;#039;Malley and Prof Matthew Goodwin First broadcast BBC Radio 4, 20-24 February 2023 Copyright © 2024 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. (P) 2024 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd.</description>
      <author>Matthew Syed</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Jun 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529933178.mp3" length="1529030" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722345</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529933178.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722345">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722345</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Woke: The Journey of a Word: A BBC Radio 4 Series
Author: Matthew Syed
Narrator: Matthew Syed
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 9 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Matthew Syed traces the origins and evolution of the word &amp;#039;woke’ Once a watchword for African Americans in the early 1900s, &amp;#039;woke&amp;#039; is now used as an insult across the political spectrum, and it has become synonymous with our era of angry debate. As the word has spread, what people mean by it has become less clear than ever. Award-winning journalist and author Matthew Syed is on a mission to uncover the roots of this social phenomenon and, in this series, he follows the evolution of &amp;#039;woke&amp;#039; through five key stories. Beginning with the first ever use of &amp;#039;woke&amp;#039;, which appeared on a 1938 recording by the musician Lead Belly, Syed uncovers what the singer meant when he instructed people to ‘stay woke, keep their eyes open’. Matthew then explores one of the earliest uses of &amp;#039;woke&amp;#039; in print, by young Black author William Melvin Kelley in 1962. He goes on to look at #StayWoke and how the use of &amp;#039;woke&amp;#039; online exploded in 2014, following the shooting of black teenager Michael Brown in Ferguson, Missouri. Next, Matthew considers how the adoption of &amp;#039;woke&amp;#039; at the 2017 Women&amp;#039;s March aided the term&amp;#039;s movement away from Black communities and into the mainstream. In the final episode, he examines the actions of Governor Ron DeSantis, tipped by some to be the next President of the United States. The politician has labelled his state of Florida as &amp;#039;Where Woke Goes to Die&amp;#039;, and introduced a &amp;#039;Stop W.O.K.E.&amp;#039; bill aimed at reducing the spread of identity politics. Has the word become too politically charged? What relationship – if any – does the word ‘woke’ have to its original sense? Syed considers its multiple meanings in this fascinating series that sheds new light on a word that is often used – and often misunderstood. Cast and credits Presented by Matthew Syed Produced by Sam Peach Episode 1 Featuring Peggy Parks Miller and Kip Lornell Episode 2 Featuring Jesi Kelley Readings by Tayla Kovacevic-Ebong Excerpts from ‘If You&amp;#039;re Woke You Dig It’ (New York Times, 1962) and ‘Dunfords Travels Everywheres’ by William Melvin Kelley Episode 3 Featuring Johnetta Elzie and Nicole Holliday Episode 4 Featuring Prisca Kim and Aja Romano Episode 5 Featuring Nicole Holliday, James O&amp;#039;Malley and Prof Matthew Goodwin First broadcast BBC Radio 4, 20-24 February 2023 Copyright © 2024 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. (P) 2024 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722345">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722345</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Woke: The Journey of a Word: A BBC Radio 4 Series
Author: Matthew Syed
Narrator: Matthew Syed
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 9 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Matthew Syed traces the origins and evolution of the word &amp;#039;woke’ Once a watchword for African Americans in the early 1900s, &amp;#039;woke&amp;#039; is now used as an insult across the political spectrum, and it has become synonymous with our era of angry debate. As the word has spread, what people mean by it has become less clear than ever. Award-winning journalist and author Matthew Syed is on a mission to uncover the roots of this social phenomenon and, in this series, he follows the evolution of &amp;#039;woke&amp;#039; through five key stories. Beginning with the first ever use of &amp;#039;woke&amp;#039;, which appeared on a 1938 recording by the musician Lead Belly, Syed uncovers what the singer meant when he instructed people to ‘stay woke, keep their eyes open’. Matthew then explores one of the earliest uses of &amp;#039;woke&amp;#039; in print, by young Black author William Melvin Kelley in 1962. He goes on to look at #StayWoke and how the use of &amp;#039;woke&amp;#039; online exploded in 2014, following the shooting of black teenager Michael Brown in Ferguson, Missouri. Next, Matthew considers how the adoption of &amp;#039;woke&amp;#039; at the 2017 Women&amp;#039;s March aided the term&amp;#039;s movement away from Black communities and into the mainstream. In the final episode, he examines the actions of Governor Ron DeSantis, tipped by some to be the next President of the United States. The politician has labelled his state of Florida as &amp;#039;Where Woke Goes to Die&amp;#039;, and introduced a &amp;#039;Stop W.O.K.E.&amp;#039; bill aimed at reducing the spread of identity politics. Has the word become too politically charged? What relationship – if any – does the word ‘woke’ have to its original sense? Syed considers its multiple meanings in this fascinating series that sheds new light on a word that is often used – and often misunderstood. Cast and credits Presented by Matthew Syed Produced by Sam Peach Episode 1 Featuring Peggy Parks Miller and Kip Lornell Episode 2 Featuring Jesi Kelley Readings by Tayla Kovacevic-Ebong Excerpts from ‘If You&amp;#039;re Woke You Dig It’ (New York Times, 1962) and ‘Dunfords Travels Everywheres’ by William Melvin Kelley Episode 3 Featuring Johnetta Elzie and Nicole Holliday Episode 4 Featuring Prisca Kim and Aja Romano Episode 5 Featuring Nicole Holliday, James O&amp;#039;Malley and Prof Matthew Goodwin First broadcast BBC Radio 4, 20-24 February 2023 Copyright © 2024 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. (P) 2024 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Archbishop Interviews: Series 1 and 2: Presented by The Most Reverend Justin Welby, Archbishop of Canterbury by Justin Welby</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722342</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722342">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722342</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Archbishop Interviews: Series 1 and 2: Presented by The Most Reverend Justin Welby, Archbishop of Canterbury
Author: Justin Welby
Narrator: Shirine Khoury-Haq, Clare Moriarty, Nick Carter, Zarifa Ghafari, Justin Welby, Susan Blackmore, Nick Cave, Elif Shafak, Various, Stephen King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 32 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Archbishop Justin Welby explores the inner lives of public figures in revealing conversations  Listen now to fascinating and remarkable conversations between The Archbishop of Canterbury, Justin Welby, and leading men and women as they discuss big questions about humankind. This collection is a must-listen for anyone looking to explore life beyond the sensational headlines and glossy PR that dominate our world. The interviews delve into what it really means to be human, and each guest has an incredible story that is shared in a deeply personal way. Take a deep dive into these engaging discussions, which explore the moral touchstones, values and desires in our lives. Welby creates a space for frank, candid and startlingly honest dialogue exploring in depth such themes as love, loss, grief and power. The guests discuss their own personal faith, spirituality and beliefs and how these frameworks underpin the big decisions, important moments and meaningful experiences in their lives. This series of twelve thoughtful and unique interviews include Tony Blair discussing the decisions that took the UK to war, Nick Cave reflecting on the grief of losing his son and Zarifa Ghafari exploring how her faith has kept her campaigning for women’s rights against all odds. These immersive, impactful conversations with the Archbishop are like no other interview. Elif Shafak: The British-Turkish novelist and political scientist discusses how she gives voice to uncomfortable subjects such as gender-based violence, child abuse and genocide. Susan Blackmore: The renowned psychologist and atheist explores consciousness and her own interpersonal habits and beliefs. Tony Blair: The former UK Prime Minster, who took the country to war, discusses the impact his faith had on the decisions he made when in office. Nick Carter: The retired head of the British Armed Forces General speaks about the intense conflict, suffering and bravery he has witnessed in his career. Clare Moriarty: The former civil servant discusses her role as ‘faith and belief champion’ in the service where she said, ‘of all the diversity characteristics, faith and belief is the one we talk about least’. Stephen King: The bestselling novelist and household name has been called the ‘King of Horror’ but where does that dark creativity come from. John Cleese: The comedy writer and actor talks about his long career and how his beliefs have shaped his values and actions in life. Shirine Khoury-Haq: The first female Chief Executive of the Co-Op in its 159-year history, Khoury-Haq reveals the impact of her inner faith on her life and success. Zarifa Ghafari: Survivor of three assassination attempts, the celebrated Afghan human rights campaigner and former mayor explores the importance of her faith and her own mortality. Nick Cave: The internationally acclaimed singer-songwriter talks frankly and openly about grief, loss, addiction and his complex relationship with the Bible. Gabriel Byrne: A childhood marked by sexual abuse at the hands of catholic priests, the actor and filmmaker discusses suffering, turmoil and hope in relationship to faith and the church. Cressida Dick: As the first female and openly lesbian Metropolitan Police Commissioner between 2017 and 2022, Dame Cressida Dick faces how she navigated her inner life alongside her public profile. Credits Produced by Dan Tierney First broadcast on Radio 4 Elif Shafak 20 Feb 2022 Susan Blackmore 27 Feb 2022 Tony Blair 6 Mar 2022 Nick Carter 13 Mar 2022 Clare Moriarty 20 Mar 2022 Stephen King 27 Mar 2022 John Cleese 4 Jun 2023 Shirine Khoury-Haq 11 Jun 2023 Zarifa Ghafari 18 Jun 2023 Nick Cave 25 Jun 2023 Gabriel Byrne 2 Jul 2023 Cressida Dick 9 Jul 2023 ©2024 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd (P)2024 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd</description>
      <author>Justin Welby</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Mar 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529928242.mp3" length="1546738" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722342</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529928242.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722342">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722342</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Archbishop Interviews: Series 1 and 2: Presented by The Most Reverend Justin Welby, Archbishop of Canterbury
Author: Justin Welby
Narrator: Shirine Khoury-Haq, Clare Moriarty, Nick Carter, Zarifa Ghafari, Justin Welby, Susan Blackmore, Nick Cave, Elif Shafak, Various, Stephen King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 32 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Archbishop Justin Welby explores the inner lives of public figures in revealing conversations  Listen now to fascinating and remarkable conversations between The Archbishop of Canterbury, Justin Welby, and leading men and women as they discuss big questions about humankind. This collection is a must-listen for anyone looking to explore life beyond the sensational headlines and glossy PR that dominate our world. The interviews delve into what it really means to be human, and each guest has an incredible story that is shared in a deeply personal way. Take a deep dive into these engaging discussions, which explore the moral touchstones, values and desires in our lives. Welby creates a space for frank, candid and startlingly honest dialogue exploring in depth such themes as love, loss, grief and power. The guests discuss their own personal faith, spirituality and beliefs and how these frameworks underpin the big decisions, important moments and meaningful experiences in their lives. This series of twelve thoughtful and unique interviews include Tony Blair discussing the decisions that took the UK to war, Nick Cave reflecting on the grief of losing his son and Zarifa Ghafari exploring how her faith has kept her campaigning for women’s rights against all odds. These immersive, impactful conversations with the Archbishop are like no other interview. Elif Shafak: The British-Turkish novelist and political scientist discusses how she gives voice to uncomfortable subjects such as gender-based violence, child abuse and genocide. Susan Blackmore: The renowned psychologist and atheist explores consciousness and her own interpersonal habits and beliefs. Tony Blair: The former UK Prime Minster, who took the country to war, discusses the impact his faith had on the decisions he made when in office. Nick Carter: The retired head of the British Armed Forces General speaks about the intense conflict, suffering and bravery he has witnessed in his career. Clare Moriarty: The former civil servant discusses her role as ‘faith and belief champion’ in the service where she said, ‘of all the diversity characteristics, faith and belief is the one we talk about least’. Stephen King: The bestselling novelist and household name has been called the ‘King of Horror’ but where does that dark creativity come from. John Cleese: The comedy writer and actor talks about his long career and how his beliefs have shaped his values and actions in life. Shirine Khoury-Haq: The first female Chief Executive of the Co-Op in its 159-year history, Khoury-Haq reveals the impact of her inner faith on her life and success. Zarifa Ghafari: Survivor of three assassination attempts, the celebrated Afghan human rights campaigner and former mayor explores the importance of her faith and her own mortality. Nick Cave: The internationally acclaimed singer-songwriter talks frankly and openly about grief, loss, addiction and his complex relationship with the Bible. Gabriel Byrne: A childhood marked by sexual abuse at the hands of catholic priests, the actor and filmmaker discusses suffering, turmoil and hope in relationship to faith and the church. Cressida Dick: As the first female and openly lesbian Metropolitan Police Commissioner between 2017 and 2022, Dame Cressida Dick faces how she navigated her inner life alongside her public profile. Credits Produced by Dan Tierney First broadcast on Radio 4 Elif Shafak 20 Feb 2022 Susan Blackmore 27 Feb 2022 Tony Blair 6 Mar 2022 Nick Carter 13 Mar 2022 Clare Moriarty 20 Mar 2022 Stephen King 27 Mar 2022 John Cleese 4 Jun 2023 Shirine Khoury-Haq 11 Jun 2023 Zarifa Ghafari 18 Jun 2023 Nick Cave 25 Jun 2023 Gabriel Byrne 2 Jul 2023 Cressida Dick 9 Jul 2023 ©2024 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd (P)2024 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722342">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722342</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Archbishop Interviews: Series 1 and 2: Presented by The Most Reverend Justin Welby, Archbishop of Canterbury
Author: Justin Welby
Narrator: Shirine Khoury-Haq, Clare Moriarty, Nick Carter, Zarifa Ghafari, Justin Welby, Susan Blackmore, Nick Cave, Elif Shafak, Various, Stephen King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 32 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Archbishop Justin Welby explores the inner lives of public figures in revealing conversations  Listen now to fascinating and remarkable conversations between The Archbishop of Canterbury, Justin Welby, and leading men and women as they discuss big questions about humankind. This collection is a must-listen for anyone looking to explore life beyond the sensational headlines and glossy PR that dominate our world. The interviews delve into what it really means to be human, and each guest has an incredible story that is shared in a deeply personal way. Take a deep dive into these engaging discussions, which explore the moral touchstones, values and desires in our lives. Welby creates a space for frank, candid and startlingly honest dialogue exploring in depth such themes as love, loss, grief and power. The guests discuss their own personal faith, spirituality and beliefs and how these frameworks underpin the big decisions, important moments and meaningful experiences in their lives. This series of twelve thoughtful and unique interviews include Tony Blair discussing the decisions that took the UK to war, Nick Cave reflecting on the grief of losing his son and Zarifa Ghafari exploring how her faith has kept her campaigning for women’s rights against all odds. These immersive, impactful conversations with the Archbishop are like no other interview. Elif Shafak: The British-Turkish novelist and political scientist discusses how she gives voice to uncomfortable subjects such as gender-based violence, child abuse and genocide. Susan Blackmore: The renowned psychologist and atheist explores consciousness and her own interpersonal habits and beliefs. Tony Blair: The former UK Prime Minster, who took the country to war, discusses the impact his faith had on the decisions he made when in office. Nick Carter: The retired head of the British Armed Forces General speaks about the intense conflict, suffering and bravery he has witnessed in his career. Clare Moriarty: The former civil servant discusses her role as ‘faith and belief champion’ in the service where she said, ‘of all the diversity characteristics, faith and belief is the one we talk about least’. Stephen King: The bestselling novelist and household name has been called the ‘King of Horror’ but where does that dark creativity come from. John Cleese: The comedy writer and actor talks about his long career and how his beliefs have shaped his values and actions in life. Shirine Khoury-Haq: The first female Chief Executive of the Co-Op in its 159-year history, Khoury-Haq reveals the impact of her inner faith on her life and success. Zarifa Ghafari: Survivor of three assassination attempts, the celebrated Afghan human rights campaigner and former mayor explores the importance of her faith and her own mortality. Nick Cave: The internationally acclaimed singer-songwriter talks frankly and openly about grief, loss, addiction and his complex relationship with the Bible. Gabriel Byrne: A childhood marked by sexual abuse at the hands of catholic priests, the actor and filmmaker discusses suffering, turmoil and hope in relationship to faith and the church. Cressida Dick: As the first female and openly lesbian Metropolitan Police Commissioner between 2017 and 2022, Dame Cressida Dick faces how she navigated her inner life alongside her public profile. Credits Produced by Dan Tierney First broadcast on Radio 4 Elif Shafak 20 Feb 2022 Susan Blackmore 27 Feb 2022 Tony Blair 6 Mar 2022 Nick Carter 13 Mar 2022 Clare Moriarty 20 Mar 2022 Stephen King 27 Mar 2022 John Cleese 4 Jun 2023 Shirine Khoury-Haq 11 Jun 2023 Zarifa Ghafari 18 Jun 2023 Nick Cave 25 Jun 2023 Gabriel Byrne 2 Jul 2023 Cressida Dick 9 Jul 2023 ©2024 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd (P)2024 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Living with our Gift from Prometheus - Bringing Philosophy to Life #17 by Albert A. Anderson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722092</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722092">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722092</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Living with our Gift from Prometheus - Bringing Philosophy to Life #17
Series: #17 of Bringing Philosophy to Life
Author: Albert A. Anderson
Narrator: Albert A. Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Can authoritarianism truly secure our lives, and is it the answer to a divided world?  Explore this question in this episode as Albert A. Anderson delves into the essence of governance. Through the lens of history and myth, discover why the distribution of political wisdom to all is crucial for democracy, justice, and the values we hold dear. Join the conversation about the battle of ideas that is shaping our world today, as we consider the past and present to navigate an uncertain future. In this series, philosopher and author, Albert A. Anderson, explores the modern world through ancient philosophers such as Socrates, Plato and Aristotle. He provides insightful analyses on the practical applications of philosophy in our daily lives, and brings a fresh perspective on how these concepts can create a better understanding of the world around us. In this podcast, you will be presented with philosophical ideas in a way that is accessible and easy to understand, making it an engaging listen for both old and new philosophy enthusiasts. Albert A. Anderson, Ph.D., is Professor of Philosophy Emeritus at Babson College in Massachusetts, where he held an endowed chair as Murata Professor of Ethics from 1995 to 2003. He has also held tenured faculty appointments in philosophy at Clark University and Albion College and full-time positions at Bates College and Rhode Island School of Design. He was a founding member of the International Society for Universal Dialogue serving as its president from 1996-2001. He is president of Agora Publications, Inc., which specializes in translating, adapting, and performing classical philosophical texts.</description>
      <author>Albert A. Anderson</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788727138527.mp3" length="564830" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722092</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788727138527.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722092">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722092</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Living with our Gift from Prometheus - Bringing Philosophy to Life #17
Series: #17 of Bringing Philosophy to Life
Author: Albert A. Anderson
Narrator: Albert A. Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Can authoritarianism truly secure our lives, and is it the answer to a divided world?  Explore this question in this episode as Albert A. Anderson delves into the essence of governance. Through the lens of history and myth, discover why the distribution of political wisdom to all is crucial for democracy, justice, and the values we hold dear. Join the conversation about the battle of ideas that is shaping our world today, as we consider the past and present to navigate an uncertain future. In this series, philosopher and author, Albert A. Anderson, explores the modern world through ancient philosophers such as Socrates, Plato and Aristotle. He provides insightful analyses on the practical applications of philosophy in our daily lives, and brings a fresh perspective on how these concepts can create a better understanding of the world around us. In this podcast, you will be presented with philosophical ideas in a way that is accessible and easy to understand, making it an engaging listen for both old and new philosophy enthusiasts. Albert A. Anderson, Ph.D., is Professor of Philosophy Emeritus at Babson College in Massachusetts, where he held an endowed chair as Murata Professor of Ethics from 1995 to 2003. He has also held tenured faculty appointments in philosophy at Clark University and Albion College and full-time positions at Bates College and Rhode Island School of Design. He was a founding member of the International Society for Universal Dialogue serving as its president from 1996-2001. He is president of Agora Publications, Inc., which specializes in translating, adapting, and performing classical philosophical texts.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722092">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722092</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Living with our Gift from Prometheus - Bringing Philosophy to Life #17
Series: #17 of Bringing Philosophy to Life
Author: Albert A. Anderson
Narrator: Albert A. Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Can authoritarianism truly secure our lives, and is it the answer to a divided world?  Explore this question in this episode as Albert A. Anderson delves into the essence of governance. Through the lens of history and myth, discover why the distribution of political wisdom to all is crucial for democracy, justice, and the values we hold dear. Join the conversation about the battle of ideas that is shaping our world today, as we consider the past and present to navigate an uncertain future. In this series, philosopher and author, Albert A. Anderson, explores the modern world through ancient philosophers such as Socrates, Plato and Aristotle. He provides insightful analyses on the practical applications of philosophy in our daily lives, and brings a fresh perspective on how these concepts can create a better understanding of the world around us. In this podcast, you will be presented with philosophical ideas in a way that is accessible and easy to understand, making it an engaging listen for both old and new philosophy enthusiasts. Albert A. Anderson, Ph.D., is Professor of Philosophy Emeritus at Babson College in Massachusetts, where he held an endowed chair as Murata Professor of Ethics from 1995 to 2003. He has also held tenured faculty appointments in philosophy at Clark University and Albion College and full-time positions at Bates College and Rhode Island School of Design. He was a founding member of the International Society for Universal Dialogue serving as its president from 1996-2001. He is president of Agora Publications, Inc., which specializes in translating, adapting, and performing classical philosophical texts.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Art of Democracy - Bringing Philosophy to Life #18 by Albert A. Anderson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722093</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722093">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722093</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Democracy - Bringing Philosophy to Life #18
Series: #18 of Bringing Philosophy to Life
Author: Albert A. Anderson
Narrator: Albert A. Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Can art shape our democracy and our future? Join Albert A. Anderson in this episode as he explores the power of art in our society. From Hollywood strikes to thought-provoking films like &amp;#039;Oppenheimer&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;Barbie,&amp;#039; discover how the arts are more than just entertainment. Learn how these creative works raise vital questions about moral responsibility, feminism, capitalism, and authoritarianism. It&amp;#039;s time to delve into the world of art and its role in shaping our democracy and humanity. In this series, philosopher and author, Albert A. Anderson, explores the modern world through ancient philosophers such as Socrates, Plato and Aristotle. He provides insightful analyses on the practical applications of philosophy in our daily lives, and brings a fresh perspective on how these concepts can create a better understanding of the world around us. In this podcast, you will be presented with philosophical ideas in a way that is accessible and easy to understand, making it an engaging listen for both old and new philosophy enthusiasts. Albert A. Anderson, Ph.D., is Professor of Philosophy Emeritus at Babson College in Massachusetts, where he held an endowed chair as Murata Professor of Ethics from 1995 to 2003. He has also held tenured faculty appointments in philosophy at Clark University and Albion College and full-time positions at Bates College and Rhode Island School of Design. He was a founding member of the International Society for Universal Dialogue serving as its president from 1996-2001. He is president of Agora Publications, Inc., which specializes in translating, adapting, and performing classical philosophical texts.</description>
      <author>Albert A. Anderson</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788727138534.mp3" length="564250" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722093</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788727138534.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722093">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722093</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Democracy - Bringing Philosophy to Life #18
Series: #18 of Bringing Philosophy to Life
Author: Albert A. Anderson
Narrator: Albert A. Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Can art shape our democracy and our future? Join Albert A. Anderson in this episode as he explores the power of art in our society. From Hollywood strikes to thought-provoking films like &amp;#039;Oppenheimer&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;Barbie,&amp;#039; discover how the arts are more than just entertainment. Learn how these creative works raise vital questions about moral responsibility, feminism, capitalism, and authoritarianism. It&amp;#039;s time to delve into the world of art and its role in shaping our democracy and humanity. In this series, philosopher and author, Albert A. Anderson, explores the modern world through ancient philosophers such as Socrates, Plato and Aristotle. He provides insightful analyses on the practical applications of philosophy in our daily lives, and brings a fresh perspective on how these concepts can create a better understanding of the world around us. In this podcast, you will be presented with philosophical ideas in a way that is accessible and easy to understand, making it an engaging listen for both old and new philosophy enthusiasts. Albert A. Anderson, Ph.D., is Professor of Philosophy Emeritus at Babson College in Massachusetts, where he held an endowed chair as Murata Professor of Ethics from 1995 to 2003. He has also held tenured faculty appointments in philosophy at Clark University and Albion College and full-time positions at Bates College and Rhode Island School of Design. He was a founding member of the International Society for Universal Dialogue serving as its president from 1996-2001. He is president of Agora Publications, Inc., which specializes in translating, adapting, and performing classical philosophical texts.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722093">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722093</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Democracy - Bringing Philosophy to Life #18
Series: #18 of Bringing Philosophy to Life
Author: Albert A. Anderson
Narrator: Albert A. Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Can art shape our democracy and our future? Join Albert A. Anderson in this episode as he explores the power of art in our society. From Hollywood strikes to thought-provoking films like &amp;#039;Oppenheimer&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;Barbie,&amp;#039; discover how the arts are more than just entertainment. Learn how these creative works raise vital questions about moral responsibility, feminism, capitalism, and authoritarianism. It&amp;#039;s time to delve into the world of art and its role in shaping our democracy and humanity. In this series, philosopher and author, Albert A. Anderson, explores the modern world through ancient philosophers such as Socrates, Plato and Aristotle. He provides insightful analyses on the practical applications of philosophy in our daily lives, and brings a fresh perspective on how these concepts can create a better understanding of the world around us. In this podcast, you will be presented with philosophical ideas in a way that is accessible and easy to understand, making it an engaging listen for both old and new philosophy enthusiasts. Albert A. Anderson, Ph.D., is Professor of Philosophy Emeritus at Babson College in Massachusetts, where he held an endowed chair as Murata Professor of Ethics from 1995 to 2003. He has also held tenured faculty appointments in philosophy at Clark University and Albion College and full-time positions at Bates College and Rhode Island School of Design. He was a founding member of the International Society for Universal Dialogue serving as its president from 1996-2001. He is president of Agora Publications, Inc., which specializes in translating, adapting, and performing classical philosophical texts.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Crybaby Scientists - Bringing Philosophy to Life #19 by Albert A. Anderson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722094</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722094">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722094</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Crybaby Scientists - Bringing Philosophy to Life #19
Series: #19 of Bringing Philosophy to Life
Author: Albert A. Anderson
Narrator: Albert A. Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Do scientists hold the key to humanity&amp;#039;s future? In this episode Albert A. Anderson dives into the ethical responsibilities of scientists. Are they &amp;#039;crybabies&amp;#039; or moral leaders? From nuclear threats to environmental crises and pandemic responses, explore how scientists impact our world. Discover the urgent need for universal moral values and a vision of democratic globalism to safeguard our future. In this series, philosopher and author, Albert A. Anderson, explores the modern world through ancient philosophers such as Socrates, Plato and Aristotle. He provides insightful analyses on the practical applications of philosophy in our daily lives, and brings a fresh perspective on how these concepts can create a better understanding of the world around us. In this podcast, you will be presented with philosophical ideas in a way that is accessible and easy to understand, making it an engaging listen for both old and new philosophy enthusiasts. Albert A. Anderson, Ph.D., is Professor of Philosophy Emeritus at Babson College in Massachusetts, where he held an endowed chair as Murata Professor of Ethics from 1995 to 2003. He has also held tenured faculty appointments in philosophy at Clark University and Albion College and full-time positions at Bates College and Rhode Island School of Design. He was a founding member of the International Society for Universal Dialogue serving as its president from 1996-2001. He is president of Agora Publications, Inc., which specializes in translating, adapting, and performing classical philosophical texts.</description>
      <author>Albert A. Anderson</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788727138541.mp3" length="568943" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722094</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788727138541.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722094">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722094</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Crybaby Scientists - Bringing Philosophy to Life #19
Series: #19 of Bringing Philosophy to Life
Author: Albert A. Anderson
Narrator: Albert A. Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Do scientists hold the key to humanity&amp;#039;s future? In this episode Albert A. Anderson dives into the ethical responsibilities of scientists. Are they &amp;#039;crybabies&amp;#039; or moral leaders? From nuclear threats to environmental crises and pandemic responses, explore how scientists impact our world. Discover the urgent need for universal moral values and a vision of democratic globalism to safeguard our future. In this series, philosopher and author, Albert A. Anderson, explores the modern world through ancient philosophers such as Socrates, Plato and Aristotle. He provides insightful analyses on the practical applications of philosophy in our daily lives, and brings a fresh perspective on how these concepts can create a better understanding of the world around us. In this podcast, you will be presented with philosophical ideas in a way that is accessible and easy to understand, making it an engaging listen for both old and new philosophy enthusiasts. Albert A. Anderson, Ph.D., is Professor of Philosophy Emeritus at Babson College in Massachusetts, where he held an endowed chair as Murata Professor of Ethics from 1995 to 2003. He has also held tenured faculty appointments in philosophy at Clark University and Albion College and full-time positions at Bates College and Rhode Island School of Design. He was a founding member of the International Society for Universal Dialogue serving as its president from 1996-2001. He is president of Agora Publications, Inc., which specializes in translating, adapting, and performing classical philosophical texts.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722094">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722094</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Crybaby Scientists - Bringing Philosophy to Life #19
Series: #19 of Bringing Philosophy to Life
Author: Albert A. Anderson
Narrator: Albert A. Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Do scientists hold the key to humanity&amp;#039;s future? In this episode Albert A. Anderson dives into the ethical responsibilities of scientists. Are they &amp;#039;crybabies&amp;#039; or moral leaders? From nuclear threats to environmental crises and pandemic responses, explore how scientists impact our world. Discover the urgent need for universal moral values and a vision of democratic globalism to safeguard our future. In this series, philosopher and author, Albert A. Anderson, explores the modern world through ancient philosophers such as Socrates, Plato and Aristotle. He provides insightful analyses on the practical applications of philosophy in our daily lives, and brings a fresh perspective on how these concepts can create a better understanding of the world around us. In this podcast, you will be presented with philosophical ideas in a way that is accessible and easy to understand, making it an engaging listen for both old and new philosophy enthusiasts. Albert A. Anderson, Ph.D., is Professor of Philosophy Emeritus at Babson College in Massachusetts, where he held an endowed chair as Murata Professor of Ethics from 1995 to 2003. He has also held tenured faculty appointments in philosophy at Clark University and Albion College and full-time positions at Bates College and Rhode Island School of Design. He was a founding member of the International Society for Universal Dialogue serving as its president from 1996-2001. He is president of Agora Publications, Inc., which specializes in translating, adapting, and performing classical philosophical texts.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rest in Peace - Bringing Philosophy to Life #20 by Albert A. Anderson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722095</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722095">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722095</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rest in Peace - Bringing Philosophy to Life #20
Series: #20 of Bringing Philosophy to Life
Author: Albert A. Anderson
Narrator: Albert A. Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
How can we address existential threats like nuclear war and environmental crises?  Join Albert A. Anderson in this insightful podcast episode as he channels Immanuel Kant&amp;#039;s philosophical wisdom to propose unconventional solutions to international politics and conflict. This episode delves into the significance of Kant&amp;#039;s ideas for creating a global peace alliance, sparking discussions on redefining our global order. It&amp;#039;s a philosophical journey that raises essential questions and urges us to work towards a more peaceful and equitable world. In this series, philosopher and author, Albert A. Anderson, explores the modern world through ancient philosophers such as Socrates, Plato and Aristotle. He provides insightful analyses on the practical applications of philosophy in our daily lives, and brings a fresh perspective on how these concepts can create a better understanding of the world around us. In this podcast, you will be presented with philosophical ideas in a way that is accessible and easy to understand, making it an engaging listen for both old and new philosophy enthusiasts. Albert A. Anderson, Ph.D., is Professor of Philosophy Emeritus at Babson College in Massachusetts, where he held an endowed chair as Murata Professor of Ethics from 1995 to 2003. He has also held tenured faculty appointments in philosophy at Clark University and Albion College and full-time positions at Bates College and Rhode Island School of Design. He was a founding member of the International Society for Universal Dialogue serving as its president from 1996-2001. He is president of Agora Publications, Inc., which specializes in translating, adapting, and performing classical philosophical texts.</description>
      <author>Albert A. Anderson</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788727138558.mp3" length="561330" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722095</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788727138558.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722095">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722095</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rest in Peace - Bringing Philosophy to Life #20
Series: #20 of Bringing Philosophy to Life
Author: Albert A. Anderson
Narrator: Albert A. Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
How can we address existential threats like nuclear war and environmental crises?  Join Albert A. Anderson in this insightful podcast episode as he channels Immanuel Kant&amp;#039;s philosophical wisdom to propose unconventional solutions to international politics and conflict. This episode delves into the significance of Kant&amp;#039;s ideas for creating a global peace alliance, sparking discussions on redefining our global order. It&amp;#039;s a philosophical journey that raises essential questions and urges us to work towards a more peaceful and equitable world. In this series, philosopher and author, Albert A. Anderson, explores the modern world through ancient philosophers such as Socrates, Plato and Aristotle. He provides insightful analyses on the practical applications of philosophy in our daily lives, and brings a fresh perspective on how these concepts can create a better understanding of the world around us. In this podcast, you will be presented with philosophical ideas in a way that is accessible and easy to understand, making it an engaging listen for both old and new philosophy enthusiasts. Albert A. Anderson, Ph.D., is Professor of Philosophy Emeritus at Babson College in Massachusetts, where he held an endowed chair as Murata Professor of Ethics from 1995 to 2003. He has also held tenured faculty appointments in philosophy at Clark University and Albion College and full-time positions at Bates College and Rhode Island School of Design. He was a founding member of the International Society for Universal Dialogue serving as its president from 1996-2001. He is president of Agora Publications, Inc., which specializes in translating, adapting, and performing classical philosophical texts.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722095">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/722095</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rest in Peace - Bringing Philosophy to Life #20
Series: #20 of Bringing Philosophy to Life
Author: Albert A. Anderson
Narrator: Albert A. Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
How can we address existential threats like nuclear war and environmental crises?  Join Albert A. Anderson in this insightful podcast episode as he channels Immanuel Kant&amp;#039;s philosophical wisdom to propose unconventional solutions to international politics and conflict. This episode delves into the significance of Kant&amp;#039;s ideas for creating a global peace alliance, sparking discussions on redefining our global order. It&amp;#039;s a philosophical journey that raises essential questions and urges us to work towards a more peaceful and equitable world. In this series, philosopher and author, Albert A. Anderson, explores the modern world through ancient philosophers such as Socrates, Plato and Aristotle. He provides insightful analyses on the practical applications of philosophy in our daily lives, and brings a fresh perspective on how these concepts can create a better understanding of the world around us. In this podcast, you will be presented with philosophical ideas in a way that is accessible and easy to understand, making it an engaging listen for both old and new philosophy enthusiasts. Albert A. Anderson, Ph.D., is Professor of Philosophy Emeritus at Babson College in Massachusetts, where he held an endowed chair as Murata Professor of Ethics from 1995 to 2003. He has also held tenured faculty appointments in philosophy at Clark University and Albion College and full-time positions at Bates College and Rhode Island School of Design. He was a founding member of the International Society for Universal Dialogue serving as its president from 1996-2001. He is president of Agora Publications, Inc., which specializes in translating, adapting, and performing classical philosophical texts.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Leviatán: O de la Materia, Forma y Poder de un Estado Eclesiástico y Civil by Thomas Hobbes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721515</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721515">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721515</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Leviatán: O de la Materia, Forma y Poder de un Estado Eclesiástico y Civil
Author: Thomas Hobbes
Narrator: Artur Mas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Leviatán&amp;#039; es una obra de Thomas Hobbes publicada en 1651. El nombre &amp;#039;Leviatán&amp;#039; hace referencia a un monstruo marino bíblico descrito en el libro de Job y los Salmos, y es utilizado metafóricamente para representar al poderoso Estado. La obra significó un antes y un después en la teoría política. Hobbes sostenía que el ser humano, en su estado natural, es egoísta y competitivo, lo que conduce a una &amp;#039;guerra de todos contra todos&amp;#039; en busca de poder y recursos. Para escapar de este caos, los individuos acuerdan un &amp;#039;contrato social&amp;#039;, mediante el cual ceden parte de su libertad y poder a un soberano absoluto (el &amp;#039;Leviatán&amp;#039;) para mantener la paz y el orden en la sociedad. Según Hobbes, este soberano debe tener autoridad absoluta y su poder no puede ser desafiado, ya que la rebelión solo conduciría nuevamente al estado de guerra.  La obra es una amplia exploración de la naturaleza humana, la política y la sociedad.</description>
      <author>Thomas Hobbes</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 15 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4067248534168.mp3" length="875963" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721515</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4067248534168.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721515">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721515</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Leviatán: O de la Materia, Forma y Poder de un Estado Eclesiástico y Civil
Author: Thomas Hobbes
Narrator: Artur Mas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Leviatán&amp;#039; es una obra de Thomas Hobbes publicada en 1651. El nombre &amp;#039;Leviatán&amp;#039; hace referencia a un monstruo marino bíblico descrito en el libro de Job y los Salmos, y es utilizado metafóricamente para representar al poderoso Estado. La obra significó un antes y un después en la teoría política. Hobbes sostenía que el ser humano, en su estado natural, es egoísta y competitivo, lo que conduce a una &amp;#039;guerra de todos contra todos&amp;#039; en busca de poder y recursos. Para escapar de este caos, los individuos acuerdan un &amp;#039;contrato social&amp;#039;, mediante el cual ceden parte de su libertad y poder a un soberano absoluto (el &amp;#039;Leviatán&amp;#039;) para mantener la paz y el orden en la sociedad. Según Hobbes, este soberano debe tener autoridad absoluta y su poder no puede ser desafiado, ya que la rebelión solo conduciría nuevamente al estado de guerra.  La obra es una amplia exploración de la naturaleza humana, la política y la sociedad.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721515">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721515</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Leviatán: O de la Materia, Forma y Poder de un Estado Eclesiástico y Civil
Author: Thomas Hobbes
Narrator: Artur Mas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Leviatán&amp;#039; es una obra de Thomas Hobbes publicada en 1651. El nombre &amp;#039;Leviatán&amp;#039; hace referencia a un monstruo marino bíblico descrito en el libro de Job y los Salmos, y es utilizado metafóricamente para representar al poderoso Estado. La obra significó un antes y un después en la teoría política. Hobbes sostenía que el ser humano, en su estado natural, es egoísta y competitivo, lo que conduce a una &amp;#039;guerra de todos contra todos&amp;#039; en busca de poder y recursos. Para escapar de este caos, los individuos acuerdan un &amp;#039;contrato social&amp;#039;, mediante el cual ceden parte de su libertad y poder a un soberano absoluto (el &amp;#039;Leviatán&amp;#039;) para mantener la paz y el orden en la sociedad. Según Hobbes, este soberano debe tener autoridad absoluta y su poder no puede ser desafiado, ya que la rebelión solo conduciría nuevamente al estado de guerra.  La obra es una amplia exploración de la naturaleza humana, la política y la sociedad.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Italian] - Ermetica: Leggi ermetiche e principi universali by Matthias Groß</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721514</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721514">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721514</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - Ermetica: Leggi ermetiche e principi universali
Author: Matthias Groß
Narrator: Matthias Groß
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Stai cercando un approccio pratico ai segreti della vita?    Le leggi ermetiche, conosciute anche come principi universali, governano tutta la nostra vita. Funzionano con la stessa precisione delle leggi naturali, ma sono completamente sconosciute alla maggior parte delle persone! I principi universali possono fornire risposte importanti alle grandi domande della vita. L&amp;#039;attuazione pratica delle leggi ermetiche può avere un&amp;#039;influenza estremamente positiva sulla nostra vita.    L&amp;#039;ermetismo come chiave per una vita appagante  Negli ultimi decenni, non è diventato necessariamente più facile vivere la spiritualità nella vita quotidiana o addirittura integrarla nella vita di tutti i giorni. Questo è un peccato, perché è qui che si trova la vera maestria spirituale. Tuttavia, la comprensione dei principi e delle leggi cosmiche è indispensabile, se vogliamo ottenere di più dalla nostra vita a lungo termine. Essi forniscono la base spirituale per realizzare obiettivi spirituali, con l&amp;#039;aiuto dei cosiddetti strumenti di consapevolezza, e non solo.</description>
      <author>Matthias Groß</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4067248167595.mp3" length="774744" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721514</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4067248167595.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721514">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721514</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - Ermetica: Leggi ermetiche e principi universali
Author: Matthias Groß
Narrator: Matthias Groß
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Stai cercando un approccio pratico ai segreti della vita?    Le leggi ermetiche, conosciute anche come principi universali, governano tutta la nostra vita. Funzionano con la stessa precisione delle leggi naturali, ma sono completamente sconosciute alla maggior parte delle persone! I principi universali possono fornire risposte importanti alle grandi domande della vita. L&amp;#039;attuazione pratica delle leggi ermetiche può avere un&amp;#039;influenza estremamente positiva sulla nostra vita.    L&amp;#039;ermetismo come chiave per una vita appagante  Negli ultimi decenni, non è diventato necessariamente più facile vivere la spiritualità nella vita quotidiana o addirittura integrarla nella vita di tutti i giorni. Questo è un peccato, perché è qui che si trova la vera maestria spirituale. Tuttavia, la comprensione dei principi e delle leggi cosmiche è indispensabile, se vogliamo ottenere di più dalla nostra vita a lungo termine. Essi forniscono la base spirituale per realizzare obiettivi spirituali, con l&amp;#039;aiuto dei cosiddetti strumenti di consapevolezza, e non solo.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721514">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721514</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - Ermetica: Leggi ermetiche e principi universali
Author: Matthias Groß
Narrator: Matthias Groß
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Stai cercando un approccio pratico ai segreti della vita?    Le leggi ermetiche, conosciute anche come principi universali, governano tutta la nostra vita. Funzionano con la stessa precisione delle leggi naturali, ma sono completamente sconosciute alla maggior parte delle persone! I principi universali possono fornire risposte importanti alle grandi domande della vita. L&amp;#039;attuazione pratica delle leggi ermetiche può avere un&amp;#039;influenza estremamente positiva sulla nostra vita.    L&amp;#039;ermetismo come chiave per una vita appagante  Negli ultimi decenni, non è diventato necessariamente più facile vivere la spiritualità nella vita quotidiana o addirittura integrarla nella vita di tutti i giorni. Questo è un peccato, perché è qui che si trova la vera maestria spirituale. Tuttavia, la comprensione dei principi e delle leggi cosmiche è indispensabile, se vogliamo ottenere di più dalla nostra vita a lungo termine. Essi forniscono la base spirituale per realizzare obiettivi spirituali, con l&amp;#039;aiuto dei cosiddetti strumenti di consapevolezza, e non solo.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El arte de ser humanos: Cuatro estudios by Rob Riemen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721154</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721154">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721154</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El arte de ser humanos: Cuatro estudios
Author: Rob Riemen
Narrator: Erick Trujillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 5 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
El arte de ser humanos radica en la nobleza de espíritu.  Ser humano es un arte. No es una ciencia. Si fuera una ciencia, tendríamos definiciones aceptadas, teorías confirmadas, respuestas unívocas, protocolos y manuales para la vida. Pero no los tenemos. Ser humano es un arte. Un arte que cada individuo -con todos los deseos, incertidumbres, dudas, miedos y derrotas que son inherentes a nuestra existencia- tiene que dominar. Sólo así podremos alcanzar nuestra humanidad, la cual nos permitirá vivir en la verdad, crear belleza, ser justos, tener compasión. Como variaciones de un mismo tema, Rob Riemen presenta cuatro estudios sobre el arte de ser humanos. Un estudio que observa la guerra como maestra de vida; un estudio sobre el combate a la estupidez y las mentiras; un estudio sobre la valentía y la compasión, y, finalmente, un estudio sobre la liberación del miedo a través del poder de la creación artística y el verdadero amor. Cuatro estudios que tratan de ofrecer una guía a toda persona que se plantee a sí misma las dos grandes preguntas de Sócrates: &amp;#039;Díganme, ¿cuál es la mejor manera de vivir? ¿En qué consiste una sociedad justa?&amp;#039;.</description>
      <author>Rob Riemen</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Nov 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073838436.mp3" length="1266284" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721154</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073838436.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721154">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721154</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El arte de ser humanos: Cuatro estudios
Author: Rob Riemen
Narrator: Erick Trujillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 5 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
El arte de ser humanos radica en la nobleza de espíritu.  Ser humano es un arte. No es una ciencia. Si fuera una ciencia, tendríamos definiciones aceptadas, teorías confirmadas, respuestas unívocas, protocolos y manuales para la vida. Pero no los tenemos. Ser humano es un arte. Un arte que cada individuo -con todos los deseos, incertidumbres, dudas, miedos y derrotas que son inherentes a nuestra existencia- tiene que dominar. Sólo así podremos alcanzar nuestra humanidad, la cual nos permitirá vivir en la verdad, crear belleza, ser justos, tener compasión. Como variaciones de un mismo tema, Rob Riemen presenta cuatro estudios sobre el arte de ser humanos. Un estudio que observa la guerra como maestra de vida; un estudio sobre el combate a la estupidez y las mentiras; un estudio sobre la valentía y la compasión, y, finalmente, un estudio sobre la liberación del miedo a través del poder de la creación artística y el verdadero amor. Cuatro estudios que tratan de ofrecer una guía a toda persona que se plantee a sí misma las dos grandes preguntas de Sócrates: &amp;#039;Díganme, ¿cuál es la mejor manera de vivir? ¿En qué consiste una sociedad justa?&amp;#039;.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721154">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721154</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El arte de ser humanos: Cuatro estudios
Author: Rob Riemen
Narrator: Erick Trujillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 5 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
El arte de ser humanos radica en la nobleza de espíritu.  Ser humano es un arte. No es una ciencia. Si fuera una ciencia, tendríamos definiciones aceptadas, teorías confirmadas, respuestas unívocas, protocolos y manuales para la vida. Pero no los tenemos. Ser humano es un arte. Un arte que cada individuo -con todos los deseos, incertidumbres, dudas, miedos y derrotas que son inherentes a nuestra existencia- tiene que dominar. Sólo así podremos alcanzar nuestra humanidad, la cual nos permitirá vivir en la verdad, crear belleza, ser justos, tener compasión. Como variaciones de un mismo tema, Rob Riemen presenta cuatro estudios sobre el arte de ser humanos. Un estudio que observa la guerra como maestra de vida; un estudio sobre el combate a la estupidez y las mentiras; un estudio sobre la valentía y la compasión, y, finalmente, un estudio sobre la liberación del miedo a través del poder de la creación artística y el verdadero amor. Cuatro estudios que tratan de ofrecer una guía a toda persona que se plantee a sí misma las dos grandes preguntas de Sócrates: &amp;#039;Díganme, ¿cuál es la mejor manera de vivir? ¿En qué consiste una sociedad justa?&amp;#039;.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Jacob Böhme - Der erste deutsche Philosoph: Das Wunder von Görlitz by Maik Hosang</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721120</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721120">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721120</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Jacob Böhme - Der erste deutsche Philosoph: Das Wunder von Görlitz
Author: Maik Hosang
Narrator: Sophia Philosophie-Erlebniswelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Jacob Böhme - Der erste deutsche Philosoph: Das Wunder von Görlitz Eine leicht verständliche Einführung in Jacob Böhmes Philosophie..  Mit Zitaten Böhmes und Erläuterungen von Maik Hosang.  Das Hörspiel umfasst Episoden seines Lebens und ein fiktives Interview mit ihm zu seinem Denken. Auch für junge Menschen geeignet.</description>
      <author>Maik Hosang</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783989116832.mp3" length="836477" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721120</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783989116832.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721120">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721120</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Jacob Böhme - Der erste deutsche Philosoph: Das Wunder von Görlitz
Author: Maik Hosang
Narrator: Sophia Philosophie-Erlebniswelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Jacob Böhme - Der erste deutsche Philosoph: Das Wunder von Görlitz Eine leicht verständliche Einführung in Jacob Böhmes Philosophie..  Mit Zitaten Böhmes und Erläuterungen von Maik Hosang.  Das Hörspiel umfasst Episoden seines Lebens und ein fiktives Interview mit ihm zu seinem Denken. Auch für junge Menschen geeignet.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721120">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721120</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Jacob Böhme - Der erste deutsche Philosoph: Das Wunder von Görlitz
Author: Maik Hosang
Narrator: Sophia Philosophie-Erlebniswelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Jacob Böhme - Der erste deutsche Philosoph: Das Wunder von Görlitz Eine leicht verständliche Einführung in Jacob Böhmes Philosophie..  Mit Zitaten Böhmes und Erläuterungen von Maik Hosang.  Das Hörspiel umfasst Episoden seines Lebens und ein fiktives Interview mit ihm zu seinem Denken. Auch für junge Menschen geeignet.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Fallacy of Freedom by Gregory Heary</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/720722</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/720722">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/720722</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fallacy of Freedom
Author: Gregory Heary
Narrator: Omar Abu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 7 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
How can you achieve true freedom in a society laden with diverse and often conflicting beliefs? This book cuts through the noise, offering clarity on what it means to be free in a world governed by ideologies. Exploring the notion of freedom, this book presents a riveting analysis of its impact on society and individual minds. It highlights the tension between the advocates of free speech and expression and those who perceive these freedoms as threats. By dissecting the actions and motivations of both supporters and critics of freedom, the book provides a unique lens through which to view our own beliefs. The book delves deep into the battleground of ideologies where freedom clashes with traditional and modern beliefs. Proponents of freedom argue for its necessity in expression and innovation, while its opponents criticize its potential for leading to chaos and moral decay. Through a detailed analysis of these conflicting viewpoints, this book illuminates the complexities of freedom in society. It examines how historical and religious teachings shape our understanding and practice of freedom, advocating for a balanced mental hygiene that aligns with divine guidance. By embracing this approach, you&amp;#039;re not just informed but transformed, equipped to use your freedom wisely and in ways that contribute to personal and communal well-being. This astute analysis not only clarifies what it means to be truly free but also challenges you to examine your own beliefs and the societal norms that shape them. It navigates the intricate dynamics of freedom and control, offering you a path to a more enlightened, purpose-driven life. Unlock the path to true freedom and mental clarity by picking up this book today!</description>
      <author>Gregory Heary</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823487863.mp3" length="1392792" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/720722</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823487863.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/720722">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/720722</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fallacy of Freedom
Author: Gregory Heary
Narrator: Omar Abu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 7 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
How can you achieve true freedom in a society laden with diverse and often conflicting beliefs? This book cuts through the noise, offering clarity on what it means to be free in a world governed by ideologies. Exploring the notion of freedom, this book presents a riveting analysis of its impact on society and individual minds. It highlights the tension between the advocates of free speech and expression and those who perceive these freedoms as threats. By dissecting the actions and motivations of both supporters and critics of freedom, the book provides a unique lens through which to view our own beliefs. The book delves deep into the battleground of ideologies where freedom clashes with traditional and modern beliefs. Proponents of freedom argue for its necessity in expression and innovation, while its opponents criticize its potential for leading to chaos and moral decay. Through a detailed analysis of these conflicting viewpoints, this book illuminates the complexities of freedom in society. It examines how historical and religious teachings shape our understanding and practice of freedom, advocating for a balanced mental hygiene that aligns with divine guidance. By embracing this approach, you&amp;#039;re not just informed but transformed, equipped to use your freedom wisely and in ways that contribute to personal and communal well-being. This astute analysis not only clarifies what it means to be truly free but also challenges you to examine your own beliefs and the societal norms that shape them. It navigates the intricate dynamics of freedom and control, offering you a path to a more enlightened, purpose-driven life. Unlock the path to true freedom and mental clarity by picking up this book today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/720722">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/720722</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fallacy of Freedom
Author: Gregory Heary
Narrator: Omar Abu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 7 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
How can you achieve true freedom in a society laden with diverse and often conflicting beliefs? This book cuts through the noise, offering clarity on what it means to be free in a world governed by ideologies. Exploring the notion of freedom, this book presents a riveting analysis of its impact on society and individual minds. It highlights the tension between the advocates of free speech and expression and those who perceive these freedoms as threats. By dissecting the actions and motivations of both supporters and critics of freedom, the book provides a unique lens through which to view our own beliefs. The book delves deep into the battleground of ideologies where freedom clashes with traditional and modern beliefs. Proponents of freedom argue for its necessity in expression and innovation, while its opponents criticize its potential for leading to chaos and moral decay. Through a detailed analysis of these conflicting viewpoints, this book illuminates the complexities of freedom in society. It examines how historical and religious teachings shape our understanding and practice of freedom, advocating for a balanced mental hygiene that aligns with divine guidance. By embracing this approach, you&amp;#039;re not just informed but transformed, equipped to use your freedom wisely and in ways that contribute to personal and communal well-being. This astute analysis not only clarifies what it means to be truly free but also challenges you to examine your own beliefs and the societal norms that shape them. It navigates the intricate dynamics of freedom and control, offering you a path to a more enlightened, purpose-driven life. Unlock the path to true freedom and mental clarity by picking up this book today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Modern Tantric Buddhism: Embodiment and Authenticity in Dharma Practice by Justin Von Bujdoss</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719895</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719895">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719895</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Modern Tantric Buddhism: Embodiment and Authenticity in Dharma Practice
Author: Justin Von Bujdoss
Narrator: A&amp;#039;rese Emokpae
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 58 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This essential guide to socially engaged Tantric Buddhism reveals how modern practitioners can use the wisdom of the Vajrayana to confront systems of power and abuse. Today, a new generation of Buddhists searches for ways to adopt Vajrayana while staying true to its historical legacy. Modern Tantric Buddhism unpacks the principles and applications of this esoteric practice in an accessible and meaningful manner, connecting its roots to a socially engaged, modern-day dharma. Taking a traditional Tibetan pedagogical approach, Lama Justin von Bujdoss divides the book into 3 thematic sections:   • Body, as it applies to physicality and embodiment • Speech, or ethical action • Mind, the context of awakening   Von Bujdoss challenges assumptions about what it means to be a socially engaged Buddhist, and presents Tantra as an ideal vehicle for critically examining today’s most pressing social issues while confronting the structural inequities of patriarchy, sexism, colonialism, and racism within Buddhist institutions.</description>
      <author>Justin Von Bujdoss</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798889841326.mp3" length="2704380" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719895</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798889841326.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719895">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719895</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Modern Tantric Buddhism: Embodiment and Authenticity in Dharma Practice
Author: Justin Von Bujdoss
Narrator: A&amp;#039;rese Emokpae
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 58 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This essential guide to socially engaged Tantric Buddhism reveals how modern practitioners can use the wisdom of the Vajrayana to confront systems of power and abuse. Today, a new generation of Buddhists searches for ways to adopt Vajrayana while staying true to its historical legacy. Modern Tantric Buddhism unpacks the principles and applications of this esoteric practice in an accessible and meaningful manner, connecting its roots to a socially engaged, modern-day dharma. Taking a traditional Tibetan pedagogical approach, Lama Justin von Bujdoss divides the book into 3 thematic sections:   • Body, as it applies to physicality and embodiment • Speech, or ethical action • Mind, the context of awakening   Von Bujdoss challenges assumptions about what it means to be a socially engaged Buddhist, and presents Tantra as an ideal vehicle for critically examining today’s most pressing social issues while confronting the structural inequities of patriarchy, sexism, colonialism, and racism within Buddhist institutions.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719895">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719895</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Modern Tantric Buddhism: Embodiment and Authenticity in Dharma Practice
Author: Justin Von Bujdoss
Narrator: A&amp;#039;rese Emokpae
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 58 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This essential guide to socially engaged Tantric Buddhism reveals how modern practitioners can use the wisdom of the Vajrayana to confront systems of power and abuse. Today, a new generation of Buddhists searches for ways to adopt Vajrayana while staying true to its historical legacy. Modern Tantric Buddhism unpacks the principles and applications of this esoteric practice in an accessible and meaningful manner, connecting its roots to a socially engaged, modern-day dharma. Taking a traditional Tibetan pedagogical approach, Lama Justin von Bujdoss divides the book into 3 thematic sections:   • Body, as it applies to physicality and embodiment • Speech, or ethical action • Mind, the context of awakening   Von Bujdoss challenges assumptions about what it means to be a socially engaged Buddhist, and presents Tantra as an ideal vehicle for critically examining today’s most pressing social issues while confronting the structural inequities of patriarchy, sexism, colonialism, and racism within Buddhist institutions.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Focus: A Monastic Guide for an Age of Distraction by John Cassian</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719815</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719815">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719815</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Focus: A Monastic Guide for an Age of Distraction
Series: Part of Ancient Wisdom for Modern Readers
Author: John Cassian
Narrator: Mike Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Distraction isn&amp;#039;t a new problem. We&amp;#039;re also not the first to complain about how hard it is to concentrate. Early Christian monks beat us to it. They had given up everything to focus on God, yet they still struggled to keep the demons of distraction at bay. But rather than surrender to the meandering of their minds, they developed powerful strategies to improve their attention and engagement. How to Focus is an inviting collection of their strikingly relatable insights and advice—frank, funny, sympathetic, and psychologically sophisticated. This wisdom is drawn from John Cassian&amp;#039;s Collationes, one of the most influential manuals for monks from late antiquity. The Collationes follow Cassian and his friend Germanus as they travel around Egypt, asking a series of sage monks how they can make their minds stronger. In response, these monks offer a range of techniques for increasing focus, including setting goals, training the body, managing the memory, using mantras, taking breaks, consulting others—and, most of all, being honest about yourself. As Cassian and Germanus eventually realize, we can&amp;#039;t escape distraction—but we can learn how to confront it and, eventually, to concentrate. Featuring an engaging new translation by Jamie Kreiner, How to Focus can help even the least monkish of us to train our attention on what matters most.</description>
      <author>John Cassian</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jan 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696612845.mp3" length="8456045" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719815</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696612845.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719815">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719815</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Focus: A Monastic Guide for an Age of Distraction
Series: Part of Ancient Wisdom for Modern Readers
Author: John Cassian
Narrator: Mike Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Distraction isn&amp;#039;t a new problem. We&amp;#039;re also not the first to complain about how hard it is to concentrate. Early Christian monks beat us to it. They had given up everything to focus on God, yet they still struggled to keep the demons of distraction at bay. But rather than surrender to the meandering of their minds, they developed powerful strategies to improve their attention and engagement. How to Focus is an inviting collection of their strikingly relatable insights and advice—frank, funny, sympathetic, and psychologically sophisticated. This wisdom is drawn from John Cassian&amp;#039;s Collationes, one of the most influential manuals for monks from late antiquity. The Collationes follow Cassian and his friend Germanus as they travel around Egypt, asking a series of sage monks how they can make their minds stronger. In response, these monks offer a range of techniques for increasing focus, including setting goals, training the body, managing the memory, using mantras, taking breaks, consulting others—and, most of all, being honest about yourself. As Cassian and Germanus eventually realize, we can&amp;#039;t escape distraction—but we can learn how to confront it and, eventually, to concentrate. Featuring an engaging new translation by Jamie Kreiner, How to Focus can help even the least monkish of us to train our attention on what matters most.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719815">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719815</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Focus: A Monastic Guide for an Age of Distraction
Series: Part of Ancient Wisdom for Modern Readers
Author: John Cassian
Narrator: Mike Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Distraction isn&amp;#039;t a new problem. We&amp;#039;re also not the first to complain about how hard it is to concentrate. Early Christian monks beat us to it. They had given up everything to focus on God, yet they still struggled to keep the demons of distraction at bay. But rather than surrender to the meandering of their minds, they developed powerful strategies to improve their attention and engagement. How to Focus is an inviting collection of their strikingly relatable insights and advice—frank, funny, sympathetic, and psychologically sophisticated. This wisdom is drawn from John Cassian&amp;#039;s Collationes, one of the most influential manuals for monks from late antiquity. The Collationes follow Cassian and his friend Germanus as they travel around Egypt, asking a series of sage monks how they can make their minds stronger. In response, these monks offer a range of techniques for increasing focus, including setting goals, training the body, managing the memory, using mantras, taking breaks, consulting others—and, most of all, being honest about yourself. As Cassian and Germanus eventually realize, we can&amp;#039;t escape distraction—but we can learn how to confront it and, eventually, to concentrate. Featuring an engaging new translation by Jamie Kreiner, How to Focus can help even the least monkish of us to train our attention on what matters most.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Artificial Intelligent Future by Raphael Terra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719650</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719650">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719650</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Artificial Intelligent Future
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 56 minutes
Release date: December  5, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). The days of a secure and peaceful future are over. Man is on the brink of a new world filled with danger, adventure, and a potential threat from an artificial intelligence unlike anything ever seen. The world we live in is on the cusp of a dangerous new era: the emergence of intelligent artificial systems, or &amp;quot;agents&amp;quot;, that will profoundly reshape humanity&amp;#039;s relationship with technology. We will explore the murky landscape ahead, and seek to uncover the future of mankind&amp;#039;s relationship with these revolutionary new technologies. Advancements in artificial intelligence are happening faster than ever before, and with them comes a potential risk unseen in the history of digital technology. We explore the implications of this rapid development, from extreme wealth disparity to cyber-security threats, and examine how these systems might impact the lives of citizens everywhere. At the center of this book stands the ethical dilemma posed by these agents: how can we ensure that our choices respect and protect our values, interests, and communities? This is just the beginning. As we venture deeper into this new, complex, and sometimes intimidating world, you will witness stunning stories of amazing innovations and emerging opportunities that promise to change our lives forever. From artificial intelligence and its associated robotic hardware, to the advocates and opponents of these remarkable creations, this book promises to be an eye-opening exploration of the world that&amp;#039;s to come.</description>
      <author>Raphael Terra</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781789323948.mp3" length="729078" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719650</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781789323948.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719650">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719650</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Artificial Intelligent Future
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 56 minutes
Release date: December  5, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). The days of a secure and peaceful future are over. Man is on the brink of a new world filled with danger, adventure, and a potential threat from an artificial intelligence unlike anything ever seen. The world we live in is on the cusp of a dangerous new era: the emergence of intelligent artificial systems, or &amp;quot;agents&amp;quot;, that will profoundly reshape humanity&amp;#039;s relationship with technology. We will explore the murky landscape ahead, and seek to uncover the future of mankind&amp;#039;s relationship with these revolutionary new technologies. Advancements in artificial intelligence are happening faster than ever before, and with them comes a potential risk unseen in the history of digital technology. We explore the implications of this rapid development, from extreme wealth disparity to cyber-security threats, and examine how these systems might impact the lives of citizens everywhere. At the center of this book stands the ethical dilemma posed by these agents: how can we ensure that our choices respect and protect our values, interests, and communities? This is just the beginning. As we venture deeper into this new, complex, and sometimes intimidating world, you will witness stunning stories of amazing innovations and emerging opportunities that promise to change our lives forever. From artificial intelligence and its associated robotic hardware, to the advocates and opponents of these remarkable creations, this book promises to be an eye-opening exploration of the world that&amp;#039;s to come.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719650">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719650</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Artificial Intelligent Future
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 56 minutes
Release date: December  5, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). The days of a secure and peaceful future are over. Man is on the brink of a new world filled with danger, adventure, and a potential threat from an artificial intelligence unlike anything ever seen. The world we live in is on the cusp of a dangerous new era: the emergence of intelligent artificial systems, or &amp;quot;agents&amp;quot;, that will profoundly reshape humanity&amp;#039;s relationship with technology. We will explore the murky landscape ahead, and seek to uncover the future of mankind&amp;#039;s relationship with these revolutionary new technologies. Advancements in artificial intelligence are happening faster than ever before, and with them comes a potential risk unseen in the history of digital technology. We explore the implications of this rapid development, from extreme wealth disparity to cyber-security threats, and examine how these systems might impact the lives of citizens everywhere. At the center of this book stands the ethical dilemma posed by these agents: how can we ensure that our choices respect and protect our values, interests, and communities? This is just the beginning. As we venture deeper into this new, complex, and sometimes intimidating world, you will witness stunning stories of amazing innovations and emerging opportunities that promise to change our lives forever. From artificial intelligence and its associated robotic hardware, to the advocates and opponents of these remarkable creations, this book promises to be an eye-opening exploration of the world that&amp;#039;s to come.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Capitalismo progresista: La respuesta a la era del malestar by Joseph E. Stiglitz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719617</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719617">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719617</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Capitalismo progresista: La respuesta a la era del malestar
Author: Joseph E. Stiglitz
Narrator: Carlos Olalla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Un brillante y provocador manifiesto para salvar al capitalismo de sí mismo.  Todos tenemos la sensación de que el sistema económico se inclina a favor de las grandes empresas. Unas pocas corporaciones dominan sectores enteros; la industria financiera regula la economía a su antojo; los gobiernos negocian acuerdos comerciales que en absoluto benefician a los intereses de los ciudadanos; y las tecnológicas custodian celosamente una ingente cantidad de datos personales sin supervisión y trafican con ellos. Las nuevas tecnologías, lejos de ayudar, tienden a empeorar las cosas, contribuyendo a disparar la desigualdad, ralentizar el crecimiento y fomentar el desempleo.  Pese a todo, Joseph Stiglitz, premio Nobel de Economía, insiste en que, aunque no nos lo parezca, tenemos el poder de reconstruir los cimientos del capitalismo. En este oportuno libro, identifica las verdaderas fuentes de la prosperidad económica compartida, basadas en la investigación, la educación y el imperio de la ley.  Consciente de los peligros del fundamentalismo de mercado, y de la amenaza al poder judicial, las universidades y los medios de comunicación, instituciones que durante mucho tiempo han sido la base de la prosperidad y la democracia, nos descubre cómo hemos llegado a esta situación y marca el camino para combatir algunos de los mayores desafíos de nuestro tiempo.  La crítica ha dicho... «Stiglitz es un extraño salvador del capitalismo: lo quiere salvar de sí mismo, y su recomendación es redimirlo socializándolo.» Carlos Rodríguez Braun, El Cultural de El Mundo  «Una defensa autorizada de la intervención del gobierno utilizando la economía convencional y una explicación de cómo construir una sociedad más justa sin sacrificar el crecimiento.» Gavin Jacobson, Financial Times  «Sus recetas radicales.» Gerard Baker, The Times  «Capitalismo progresista aporta ideas y ambiciones a los trabajos previos de Stiglitz.» Daniel W. Drezner, The New York Times  «Urgente. Si no abordamos el aumento de la desigualdad causada por la globalización mal administrada y la liberalización financiera, el discurso demagógico encontrará una audiencia receptiva.» The New Yorker  «Un libro donde se huele el miedo. [...] Junto con su contenido urgente y necesario, hace que el libro nos parezca la obra más importante de Stiglitz en este s. XXI. [...] Capitalismo progresista llega en el momento justo.» Francisco Martínez Hidalgo, Fantasymundo  «Stiglitz es un economista increíblemente brillante.» Paul Krugman  «Junto con Krugman y Piketty, Stiglitz forma el triunvirato de los principales críticos económicos del capitalismo global.» Andrew Anthony, The Guardian</description>
      <author>Joseph E. Stiglitz</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Nov 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788430626069.mp3" length="1444412" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719617</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788430626069.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719617">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719617</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Capitalismo progresista: La respuesta a la era del malestar
Author: Joseph E. Stiglitz
Narrator: Carlos Olalla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Un brillante y provocador manifiesto para salvar al capitalismo de sí mismo.  Todos tenemos la sensación de que el sistema económico se inclina a favor de las grandes empresas. Unas pocas corporaciones dominan sectores enteros; la industria financiera regula la economía a su antojo; los gobiernos negocian acuerdos comerciales que en absoluto benefician a los intereses de los ciudadanos; y las tecnológicas custodian celosamente una ingente cantidad de datos personales sin supervisión y trafican con ellos. Las nuevas tecnologías, lejos de ayudar, tienden a empeorar las cosas, contribuyendo a disparar la desigualdad, ralentizar el crecimiento y fomentar el desempleo.  Pese a todo, Joseph Stiglitz, premio Nobel de Economía, insiste en que, aunque no nos lo parezca, tenemos el poder de reconstruir los cimientos del capitalismo. En este oportuno libro, identifica las verdaderas fuentes de la prosperidad económica compartida, basadas en la investigación, la educación y el imperio de la ley.  Consciente de los peligros del fundamentalismo de mercado, y de la amenaza al poder judicial, las universidades y los medios de comunicación, instituciones que durante mucho tiempo han sido la base de la prosperidad y la democracia, nos descubre cómo hemos llegado a esta situación y marca el camino para combatir algunos de los mayores desafíos de nuestro tiempo.  La crítica ha dicho... «Stiglitz es un extraño salvador del capitalismo: lo quiere salvar de sí mismo, y su recomendación es redimirlo socializándolo.» Carlos Rodríguez Braun, El Cultural de El Mundo  «Una defensa autorizada de la intervención del gobierno utilizando la economía convencional y una explicación de cómo construir una sociedad más justa sin sacrificar el crecimiento.» Gavin Jacobson, Financial Times  «Sus recetas radicales.» Gerard Baker, The Times  «Capitalismo progresista aporta ideas y ambiciones a los trabajos previos de Stiglitz.» Daniel W. Drezner, The New York Times  «Urgente. Si no abordamos el aumento de la desigualdad causada por la globalización mal administrada y la liberalización financiera, el discurso demagógico encontrará una audiencia receptiva.» The New Yorker  «Un libro donde se huele el miedo. [...] Junto con su contenido urgente y necesario, hace que el libro nos parezca la obra más importante de Stiglitz en este s. XXI. [...] Capitalismo progresista llega en el momento justo.» Francisco Martínez Hidalgo, Fantasymundo  «Stiglitz es un economista increíblemente brillante.» Paul Krugman  «Junto con Krugman y Piketty, Stiglitz forma el triunvirato de los principales críticos económicos del capitalismo global.» Andrew Anthony, The Guardian</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719617">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719617</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Capitalismo progresista: La respuesta a la era del malestar
Author: Joseph E. Stiglitz
Narrator: Carlos Olalla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Un brillante y provocador manifiesto para salvar al capitalismo de sí mismo.  Todos tenemos la sensación de que el sistema económico se inclina a favor de las grandes empresas. Unas pocas corporaciones dominan sectores enteros; la industria financiera regula la economía a su antojo; los gobiernos negocian acuerdos comerciales que en absoluto benefician a los intereses de los ciudadanos; y las tecnológicas custodian celosamente una ingente cantidad de datos personales sin supervisión y trafican con ellos. Las nuevas tecnologías, lejos de ayudar, tienden a empeorar las cosas, contribuyendo a disparar la desigualdad, ralentizar el crecimiento y fomentar el desempleo.  Pese a todo, Joseph Stiglitz, premio Nobel de Economía, insiste en que, aunque no nos lo parezca, tenemos el poder de reconstruir los cimientos del capitalismo. En este oportuno libro, identifica las verdaderas fuentes de la prosperidad económica compartida, basadas en la investigación, la educación y el imperio de la ley.  Consciente de los peligros del fundamentalismo de mercado, y de la amenaza al poder judicial, las universidades y los medios de comunicación, instituciones que durante mucho tiempo han sido la base de la prosperidad y la democracia, nos descubre cómo hemos llegado a esta situación y marca el camino para combatir algunos de los mayores desafíos de nuestro tiempo.  La crítica ha dicho... «Stiglitz es un extraño salvador del capitalismo: lo quiere salvar de sí mismo, y su recomendación es redimirlo socializándolo.» Carlos Rodríguez Braun, El Cultural de El Mundo  «Una defensa autorizada de la intervención del gobierno utilizando la economía convencional y una explicación de cómo construir una sociedad más justa sin sacrificar el crecimiento.» Gavin Jacobson, Financial Times  «Sus recetas radicales.» Gerard Baker, The Times  «Capitalismo progresista aporta ideas y ambiciones a los trabajos previos de Stiglitz.» Daniel W. Drezner, The New York Times  «Urgente. Si no abordamos el aumento de la desigualdad causada por la globalización mal administrada y la liberalización financiera, el discurso demagógico encontrará una audiencia receptiva.» The New Yorker  «Un libro donde se huele el miedo. [...] Junto con su contenido urgente y necesario, hace que el libro nos parezca la obra más importante de Stiglitz en este s. XXI. [...] Capitalismo progresista llega en el momento justo.» Francisco Martínez Hidalgo, Fantasymundo  «Stiglitz es un economista increíblemente brillante.» Paul Krugman  «Junto con Krugman y Piketty, Stiglitz forma el triunvirato de los principales críticos económicos del capitalismo global.» Andrew Anthony, The Guardian</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Quotations From Chairman by Mao Tse-Tung</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719545</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719545">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719545</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Quotations From Chairman
Author: Mao Tse-Tung
Narrator: John Riddle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 34 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Quotations from Chairman Mao Tse-Tung,&amp;#039; commonly known as the &amp;#039;Little Red Book,&amp;#039; is a seminal work that offers a glimpse into the philosophies and ideologies of one of the most influential figures in modern history, Mao Zedong. Comprising approximately 200 pages, this book is a collection of excerpts from Mao&amp;#039;s speeches, writings, and interviews, meticulously curated to convey his revolutionary thoughts. Published in the 1960s during the peak of China&amp;#039;s Cultural Revolution, the book became an essential tool for indoctrination and a symbol of communist ideology. It served as a guide for millions of Chinese citizens, shaping their beliefs and actions during a transformative period in China&amp;#039;s history. Mao&amp;#039;s words cover a wide range of topics, including politics, social justice, and the class struggle. His aphorisms and slogans have resonated far beyond China&amp;#039;s borders, making this book a global phenomenon. Whether celebrated for its inspirational content or criticized for its authoritarian undertones, &amp;#039;Quotations from Chairman Mao Tse-Tung&amp;#039; remains a thought-provoking and historically significant work. This book offers readers a unique opportunity to explore the mind of a man whose actions had a profound impact on the 20th century, making it an enduring piece of literature that continues to provoke discussion and debate to this day.</description>
      <author>Mao Tse-Tung</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823487191.mp3" length="1148927" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719545</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823487191.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719545">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719545</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Quotations From Chairman
Author: Mao Tse-Tung
Narrator: John Riddle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 34 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Quotations from Chairman Mao Tse-Tung,&amp;#039; commonly known as the &amp;#039;Little Red Book,&amp;#039; is a seminal work that offers a glimpse into the philosophies and ideologies of one of the most influential figures in modern history, Mao Zedong. Comprising approximately 200 pages, this book is a collection of excerpts from Mao&amp;#039;s speeches, writings, and interviews, meticulously curated to convey his revolutionary thoughts. Published in the 1960s during the peak of China&amp;#039;s Cultural Revolution, the book became an essential tool for indoctrination and a symbol of communist ideology. It served as a guide for millions of Chinese citizens, shaping their beliefs and actions during a transformative period in China&amp;#039;s history. Mao&amp;#039;s words cover a wide range of topics, including politics, social justice, and the class struggle. His aphorisms and slogans have resonated far beyond China&amp;#039;s borders, making this book a global phenomenon. Whether celebrated for its inspirational content or criticized for its authoritarian undertones, &amp;#039;Quotations from Chairman Mao Tse-Tung&amp;#039; remains a thought-provoking and historically significant work. This book offers readers a unique opportunity to explore the mind of a man whose actions had a profound impact on the 20th century, making it an enduring piece of literature that continues to provoke discussion and debate to this day.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719545">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719545</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Quotations From Chairman
Author: Mao Tse-Tung
Narrator: John Riddle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 34 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Quotations from Chairman Mao Tse-Tung,&amp;#039; commonly known as the &amp;#039;Little Red Book,&amp;#039; is a seminal work that offers a glimpse into the philosophies and ideologies of one of the most influential figures in modern history, Mao Zedong. Comprising approximately 200 pages, this book is a collection of excerpts from Mao&amp;#039;s speeches, writings, and interviews, meticulously curated to convey his revolutionary thoughts. Published in the 1960s during the peak of China&amp;#039;s Cultural Revolution, the book became an essential tool for indoctrination and a symbol of communist ideology. It served as a guide for millions of Chinese citizens, shaping their beliefs and actions during a transformative period in China&amp;#039;s history. Mao&amp;#039;s words cover a wide range of topics, including politics, social justice, and the class struggle. His aphorisms and slogans have resonated far beyond China&amp;#039;s borders, making this book a global phenomenon. Whether celebrated for its inspirational content or criticized for its authoritarian undertones, &amp;#039;Quotations from Chairman Mao Tse-Tung&amp;#039; remains a thought-provoking and historically significant work. This book offers readers a unique opportunity to explore the mind of a man whose actions had a profound impact on the 20th century, making it an enduring piece of literature that continues to provoke discussion and debate to this day.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Polish] - Czakra Trzeciego Oka. Molekula Duszy. by Dr Renata Zarzycka</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719532</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719532">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719532</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Czakra Trzeciego Oka. Molekula Duszy.
Author: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Narrator: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
U starozytnych Egipcjan szyszynka miala szczególne, duchowe znaczenie. Kult szyszynki i Trzeciego Oka zwanego wtedy jako „Oko Horusa”, znany byl juz przez starozytnych Egipcjan. W wielu egipskich mitach slynne „Oko Horusa” jest scisle zwiazane z szyszynka i widoczne na rysunkach hieroglifów. Hieroglif „Oko Horusa”, który dzieki egipskim mitom rozwinal sie w tamtych czasach, jest symbolem swiatla, jednosci i uzdrowienia.  Wiedza na temat potegi szyszynki znana byla kaplanom starozytnego Sumeru, Egiptu i Grecji, cywilizacji Majów, Indianom Hopi i Aborygenom. Kaplani strzegli jej przed zwyklymi ludzmi. Starozytnym Egipcjanom, a takze Grekom i Rzymianom, jak równiez ludom dawnego Meksyku, znane byly pomniki i obrazy z szyszkami sosnowymi. Co ciekawe, Kosciól Katolicki, wciaz czci „szyszke”. Kiedy czakra ta nie pracuje prawidlowo, kiedy nie jest w równowadze sprawia, ze nie wierzac w swoje mozliwosci i mozliwosc tworzenia rzeczy z naszych mysli – z sennych marzen, czlowiek widzi wylacznie negatywna strone wszystkiego, nie potrafiac odczuwac ani siegac do intuicji. Z poziomu wiedzy przecietnego mieszkanca Ziemi, zlozonosc budowy ludzkiego ciala, psychiki oraz duszy jest niewyobrazalna. Okazuje sie, ze czlowiek jest jednym z najwiekszych cudów tego swiata, stad lektura tej ksiazki do sluchania jest przede wszystkim dla osób wtajemniczonych w wiedze na ten temat.  Jaka moze byc przyczyna nieprawidlowego dzialania Czakry Trzeciego Oka? Co stoi na przeszkodzie w jej prawidlowej pracy? Jak z nia pracowac i  jak ja uaktywnic? Na te i wiele innych pytan zwiazanych z Intuicja, zdrowiem, dlugowiecznoscia i „Molekula Duszy” oraz z marzeniami sennymi i Czakra Szyszynki, odpowiedzi szukaj w tym audiobooku.</description>
      <author>Dr Renata Zarzycka</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 08 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788367225847.mp3" length="1017256" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719532</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788367225847.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719532">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719532</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Czakra Trzeciego Oka. Molekula Duszy.
Author: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Narrator: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
U starozytnych Egipcjan szyszynka miala szczególne, duchowe znaczenie. Kult szyszynki i Trzeciego Oka zwanego wtedy jako „Oko Horusa”, znany byl juz przez starozytnych Egipcjan. W wielu egipskich mitach slynne „Oko Horusa” jest scisle zwiazane z szyszynka i widoczne na rysunkach hieroglifów. Hieroglif „Oko Horusa”, który dzieki egipskim mitom rozwinal sie w tamtych czasach, jest symbolem swiatla, jednosci i uzdrowienia.  Wiedza na temat potegi szyszynki znana byla kaplanom starozytnego Sumeru, Egiptu i Grecji, cywilizacji Majów, Indianom Hopi i Aborygenom. Kaplani strzegli jej przed zwyklymi ludzmi. Starozytnym Egipcjanom, a takze Grekom i Rzymianom, jak równiez ludom dawnego Meksyku, znane byly pomniki i obrazy z szyszkami sosnowymi. Co ciekawe, Kosciól Katolicki, wciaz czci „szyszke”. Kiedy czakra ta nie pracuje prawidlowo, kiedy nie jest w równowadze sprawia, ze nie wierzac w swoje mozliwosci i mozliwosc tworzenia rzeczy z naszych mysli – z sennych marzen, czlowiek widzi wylacznie negatywna strone wszystkiego, nie potrafiac odczuwac ani siegac do intuicji. Z poziomu wiedzy przecietnego mieszkanca Ziemi, zlozonosc budowy ludzkiego ciala, psychiki oraz duszy jest niewyobrazalna. Okazuje sie, ze czlowiek jest jednym z najwiekszych cudów tego swiata, stad lektura tej ksiazki do sluchania jest przede wszystkim dla osób wtajemniczonych w wiedze na ten temat.  Jaka moze byc przyczyna nieprawidlowego dzialania Czakry Trzeciego Oka? Co stoi na przeszkodzie w jej prawidlowej pracy? Jak z nia pracowac i  jak ja uaktywnic? Na te i wiele innych pytan zwiazanych z Intuicja, zdrowiem, dlugowiecznoscia i „Molekula Duszy” oraz z marzeniami sennymi i Czakra Szyszynki, odpowiedzi szukaj w tym audiobooku.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719532">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719532</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Czakra Trzeciego Oka. Molekula Duszy.
Author: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Narrator: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
U starozytnych Egipcjan szyszynka miala szczególne, duchowe znaczenie. Kult szyszynki i Trzeciego Oka zwanego wtedy jako „Oko Horusa”, znany byl juz przez starozytnych Egipcjan. W wielu egipskich mitach slynne „Oko Horusa” jest scisle zwiazane z szyszynka i widoczne na rysunkach hieroglifów. Hieroglif „Oko Horusa”, który dzieki egipskim mitom rozwinal sie w tamtych czasach, jest symbolem swiatla, jednosci i uzdrowienia.  Wiedza na temat potegi szyszynki znana byla kaplanom starozytnego Sumeru, Egiptu i Grecji, cywilizacji Majów, Indianom Hopi i Aborygenom. Kaplani strzegli jej przed zwyklymi ludzmi. Starozytnym Egipcjanom, a takze Grekom i Rzymianom, jak równiez ludom dawnego Meksyku, znane byly pomniki i obrazy z szyszkami sosnowymi. Co ciekawe, Kosciól Katolicki, wciaz czci „szyszke”. Kiedy czakra ta nie pracuje prawidlowo, kiedy nie jest w równowadze sprawia, ze nie wierzac w swoje mozliwosci i mozliwosc tworzenia rzeczy z naszych mysli – z sennych marzen, czlowiek widzi wylacznie negatywna strone wszystkiego, nie potrafiac odczuwac ani siegac do intuicji. Z poziomu wiedzy przecietnego mieszkanca Ziemi, zlozonosc budowy ludzkiego ciala, psychiki oraz duszy jest niewyobrazalna. Okazuje sie, ze czlowiek jest jednym z najwiekszych cudów tego swiata, stad lektura tej ksiazki do sluchania jest przede wszystkim dla osób wtajemniczonych w wiedze na ten temat.  Jaka moze byc przyczyna nieprawidlowego dzialania Czakry Trzeciego Oka? Co stoi na przeszkodzie w jej prawidlowej pracy? Jak z nia pracowac i  jak ja uaktywnic? Na te i wiele innych pytan zwiazanych z Intuicja, zdrowiem, dlugowiecznoscia i „Molekula Duszy” oraz z marzeniami sennymi i Czakra Szyszynki, odpowiedzi szukaj w tym audiobooku.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Polish] - Czakra Gardla. Odwaznie wyrazaj siebie glosem. by Dr Renata Zarzycka</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719533</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719533">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719533</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Czakra Gardla. Odwaznie wyrazaj siebie glosem.
Author: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Narrator: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Czakry sa to skupiska energii, które rzadza duchowymi i psychosomatycznymi aspektami naszej wewnetrznej istoty. Z zyjacymi istotami zwiazane jest siedem glównych czakr cielesnych i czakry kosmiczne umieszczone poza cialem. Piata CZAKRA GARDLA, inaczej zwana czakra komunikacji, jest wewnetrznym glosem czlowieka w przestrzeni czasowej terazniejszosci – TU i TERAZ. Jest scisle zwiazana z retoryka, mowa, komunikacja i medium, czyli przekazem. Kiedy nie wyrazamy sie, to kazdego dnia jestesmy jak niewolnicy samych siebie i innych, Poniewaz jesli my nie mówimy o sowich uczuciach, potrzebach, marzeniach, krzywdach, to nie mamy nic. Wiekszosc zyjacych istot opiera sie na wyrazaniu, na mówieniu w swoim jezyku, wiec jesli mamy zakneblowane, zaklejone gardlo, to bedziemy  nekani, obwiniani, niszczeni i &amp;#039;gwalceni&amp;#039; przez innych w wielu sytuacjach, Bedziemy dokonywac destrukcji i &amp;#039;gwaltu&amp;#039; na samych sobie.  Dlatego w sanskrycie czakra gardla nazywana jest Vishuddha, co oznacza „Oczyszczenie”. Chodzi tu o wypuszczenie na zewnatrz tego, co tloczy sie w umysle i w sercu, m.in. wszelkich uczuc, pretensji, klamstw, jak równiez slów wdziecznosci, piekna i milosci. To wszystko uwalnia sie, za pomoca energii plynacej przez czakre gardla. Czakra ta odpowiada za jasnosc przekazów, jakosc komunikacji, szczerosc, wyrazanie emocji oraz mysli, a takze za umiejetnosc budowania dobrych relacji, jak równiez za sile perswazji i wywieranie wplywu wysokoscia, moca i barwa glosu. To, co mówimy to artykulowane mysli, wydobyte z najglebszej podswiadomosci. Czasem nie rozumiemy, dlaczego cos powiedzielismy i w jak zadziwiajacy sposób to zrobilismy. Aby to, co mówimy nikogo nie krzywdzilo i aby bylo wazne, potrzebuje ono byc wydobywane z czlowieka nie tylko za sprawa Czakry Glosu, lecz równiez z energii serca, tzw. Koherencji Serca. To, po to, aby móc sie komunikowac ze zrozumieniem, bardziej empatycznie i wspólczujaco, dajac  uwaznosc i swoja obecnosc. Dziala tu Wyzsza Czakra Serca.</description>
      <author>Dr Renata Zarzycka</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788367225823.mp3" length="1228793" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719533</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788367225823.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719533">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719533</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Czakra Gardla. Odwaznie wyrazaj siebie glosem.
Author: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Narrator: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Czakry sa to skupiska energii, które rzadza duchowymi i psychosomatycznymi aspektami naszej wewnetrznej istoty. Z zyjacymi istotami zwiazane jest siedem glównych czakr cielesnych i czakry kosmiczne umieszczone poza cialem. Piata CZAKRA GARDLA, inaczej zwana czakra komunikacji, jest wewnetrznym glosem czlowieka w przestrzeni czasowej terazniejszosci – TU i TERAZ. Jest scisle zwiazana z retoryka, mowa, komunikacja i medium, czyli przekazem. Kiedy nie wyrazamy sie, to kazdego dnia jestesmy jak niewolnicy samych siebie i innych, Poniewaz jesli my nie mówimy o sowich uczuciach, potrzebach, marzeniach, krzywdach, to nie mamy nic. Wiekszosc zyjacych istot opiera sie na wyrazaniu, na mówieniu w swoim jezyku, wiec jesli mamy zakneblowane, zaklejone gardlo, to bedziemy  nekani, obwiniani, niszczeni i &amp;#039;gwalceni&amp;#039; przez innych w wielu sytuacjach, Bedziemy dokonywac destrukcji i &amp;#039;gwaltu&amp;#039; na samych sobie.  Dlatego w sanskrycie czakra gardla nazywana jest Vishuddha, co oznacza „Oczyszczenie”. Chodzi tu o wypuszczenie na zewnatrz tego, co tloczy sie w umysle i w sercu, m.in. wszelkich uczuc, pretensji, klamstw, jak równiez slów wdziecznosci, piekna i milosci. To wszystko uwalnia sie, za pomoca energii plynacej przez czakre gardla. Czakra ta odpowiada za jasnosc przekazów, jakosc komunikacji, szczerosc, wyrazanie emocji oraz mysli, a takze za umiejetnosc budowania dobrych relacji, jak równiez za sile perswazji i wywieranie wplywu wysokoscia, moca i barwa glosu. To, co mówimy to artykulowane mysli, wydobyte z najglebszej podswiadomosci. Czasem nie rozumiemy, dlaczego cos powiedzielismy i w jak zadziwiajacy sposób to zrobilismy. Aby to, co mówimy nikogo nie krzywdzilo i aby bylo wazne, potrzebuje ono byc wydobywane z czlowieka nie tylko za sprawa Czakry Glosu, lecz równiez z energii serca, tzw. Koherencji Serca. To, po to, aby móc sie komunikowac ze zrozumieniem, bardziej empatycznie i wspólczujaco, dajac  uwaznosc i swoja obecnosc. Dziala tu Wyzsza Czakra Serca.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719533">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719533</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Czakra Gardla. Odwaznie wyrazaj siebie glosem.
Author: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Narrator: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Czakry sa to skupiska energii, które rzadza duchowymi i psychosomatycznymi aspektami naszej wewnetrznej istoty. Z zyjacymi istotami zwiazane jest siedem glównych czakr cielesnych i czakry kosmiczne umieszczone poza cialem. Piata CZAKRA GARDLA, inaczej zwana czakra komunikacji, jest wewnetrznym glosem czlowieka w przestrzeni czasowej terazniejszosci – TU i TERAZ. Jest scisle zwiazana z retoryka, mowa, komunikacja i medium, czyli przekazem. Kiedy nie wyrazamy sie, to kazdego dnia jestesmy jak niewolnicy samych siebie i innych, Poniewaz jesli my nie mówimy o sowich uczuciach, potrzebach, marzeniach, krzywdach, to nie mamy nic. Wiekszosc zyjacych istot opiera sie na wyrazaniu, na mówieniu w swoim jezyku, wiec jesli mamy zakneblowane, zaklejone gardlo, to bedziemy  nekani, obwiniani, niszczeni i &amp;#039;gwalceni&amp;#039; przez innych w wielu sytuacjach, Bedziemy dokonywac destrukcji i &amp;#039;gwaltu&amp;#039; na samych sobie.  Dlatego w sanskrycie czakra gardla nazywana jest Vishuddha, co oznacza „Oczyszczenie”. Chodzi tu o wypuszczenie na zewnatrz tego, co tloczy sie w umysle i w sercu, m.in. wszelkich uczuc, pretensji, klamstw, jak równiez slów wdziecznosci, piekna i milosci. To wszystko uwalnia sie, za pomoca energii plynacej przez czakre gardla. Czakra ta odpowiada za jasnosc przekazów, jakosc komunikacji, szczerosc, wyrazanie emocji oraz mysli, a takze za umiejetnosc budowania dobrych relacji, jak równiez za sile perswazji i wywieranie wplywu wysokoscia, moca i barwa glosu. To, co mówimy to artykulowane mysli, wydobyte z najglebszej podswiadomosci. Czasem nie rozumiemy, dlaczego cos powiedzielismy i w jak zadziwiajacy sposób to zrobilismy. Aby to, co mówimy nikogo nie krzywdzilo i aby bylo wazne, potrzebuje ono byc wydobywane z czlowieka nie tylko za sprawa Czakry Glosu, lecz równiez z energii serca, tzw. Koherencji Serca. To, po to, aby móc sie komunikowac ze zrozumieniem, bardziej empatycznie i wspólczujaco, dajac  uwaznosc i swoja obecnosc. Dziala tu Wyzsza Czakra Serca.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Polish] - Uruchom swoja moc! Polacz sie z madroscia wszechswiata by Dr Renata Zarzycka</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719518</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Uruchom swoja moc! Polacz sie z madroscia wszechswiata
Author: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Narrator: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 18 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Kazdy z nas posiada nadprzyrodzone zdolnosci. I moze zmienic swój mózg tak, aby stac sie twórca wlasnej przyszlosci, a takze osiagnac prawdziwe szczescie i milosc. Warto tylko kierowac sie przekonaniem, ze wszyscy mamy nieograniczony potencjal, pozytywna energie i niesamowite mozliwosci. Akasza, to wszystko co nas otacza w postaci czestotliwosci, to przestrzen energii, zwana eterem, w którym w postaci wibracji, zapisane sa wszelakie informacje. Jest to czakra Akashic records, nazywana „Swiatynia Zrozumienia”, jako swiadome patrzenie z róznych perspektyw na zycie, od siebie i do siebie.  Na tym, polega równiez umiejetnosc czytania symboli w postaci obrazów, sytuacji czy glosów mysli, badz tego co ktos do nas mówi, jako jasnoslyszenie czy tez jasnowidzenie. Jasnowidzenie to dar, który, przy odrobinie checi, mozemy wycwiczyc. Pomóc nam w tym moze niniejsza ksiazka, wtajemniczajaca czytelnika do techniki laczenia sie z polem Kroniki Akaszy. Stanowi ona praktyczny podrecznik nauki, ulatwiajacy kontakt z intuicja i duchowoscia (energia). Znajdziesz tu wiele cwiczen pozwalajacych skupic swiadomosc, wspomóc pamiec, wchodzic w trans, skutecznie medytowac, a takze nawiazywac kontakt z Twoim przewodnikiem duchowym. W ksiazce uwzglednione zostaly rózne formy percepcji zmyslowej i pozazmyslowej oraz praktyczne strony jasnowidzenia. Kluczem do jasnowidzenia jest swiadome uzywanie zmyslów, które w wiekszosci przypadków pracuja nieswiadomie, czy pólswiadomie, cwiczenie ich i obserwacja tego, jak wplywaja na nas oraz calego procesu z tym zwiazanego, jest swiadoma nauka odkrywania samego siebie. Calosc stanowi forme WARSZTATU I SZKOLENIA z zakresu laczenia sie z Kronika Akaszy, wydawana w blisko 20 odcinkach audiobooków serii Kronika Akaszy Wtajemniczenie. Tego typu szkolenia to czesto koszt kilku tysiecy zlotych, a w formie audiobooków, to koszt znaczenie mniejszy, dostepny dla kazdego. Tytul pierwszego odcinka brzmi: &amp;#039;Uruchom swoja moc. Polacz sie z madroscia wszechswiata&amp;#039;.</description>
      <author>Dr Renata Zarzycka</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788367225700.mp3" length="1103242" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719518</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788367225700.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Uruchom swoja moc! Polacz sie z madroscia wszechswiata
Author: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Narrator: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 18 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Kazdy z nas posiada nadprzyrodzone zdolnosci. I moze zmienic swój mózg tak, aby stac sie twórca wlasnej przyszlosci, a takze osiagnac prawdziwe szczescie i milosc. Warto tylko kierowac sie przekonaniem, ze wszyscy mamy nieograniczony potencjal, pozytywna energie i niesamowite mozliwosci. Akasza, to wszystko co nas otacza w postaci czestotliwosci, to przestrzen energii, zwana eterem, w którym w postaci wibracji, zapisane sa wszelakie informacje. Jest to czakra Akashic records, nazywana „Swiatynia Zrozumienia”, jako swiadome patrzenie z róznych perspektyw na zycie, od siebie i do siebie.  Na tym, polega równiez umiejetnosc czytania symboli w postaci obrazów, sytuacji czy glosów mysli, badz tego co ktos do nas mówi, jako jasnoslyszenie czy tez jasnowidzenie. Jasnowidzenie to dar, który, przy odrobinie checi, mozemy wycwiczyc. Pomóc nam w tym moze niniejsza ksiazka, wtajemniczajaca czytelnika do techniki laczenia sie z polem Kroniki Akaszy. Stanowi ona praktyczny podrecznik nauki, ulatwiajacy kontakt z intuicja i duchowoscia (energia). Znajdziesz tu wiele cwiczen pozwalajacych skupic swiadomosc, wspomóc pamiec, wchodzic w trans, skutecznie medytowac, a takze nawiazywac kontakt z Twoim przewodnikiem duchowym. W ksiazce uwzglednione zostaly rózne formy percepcji zmyslowej i pozazmyslowej oraz praktyczne strony jasnowidzenia. Kluczem do jasnowidzenia jest swiadome uzywanie zmyslów, które w wiekszosci przypadków pracuja nieswiadomie, czy pólswiadomie, cwiczenie ich i obserwacja tego, jak wplywaja na nas oraz calego procesu z tym zwiazanego, jest swiadoma nauka odkrywania samego siebie. Calosc stanowi forme WARSZTATU I SZKOLENIA z zakresu laczenia sie z Kronika Akaszy, wydawana w blisko 20 odcinkach audiobooków serii Kronika Akaszy Wtajemniczenie. Tego typu szkolenia to czesto koszt kilku tysiecy zlotych, a w formie audiobooków, to koszt znaczenie mniejszy, dostepny dla kazdego. Tytul pierwszego odcinka brzmi: &amp;#039;Uruchom swoja moc. Polacz sie z madroscia wszechswiata&amp;#039;.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Uruchom swoja moc! Polacz sie z madroscia wszechswiata
Author: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Narrator: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 18 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Kazdy z nas posiada nadprzyrodzone zdolnosci. I moze zmienic swój mózg tak, aby stac sie twórca wlasnej przyszlosci, a takze osiagnac prawdziwe szczescie i milosc. Warto tylko kierowac sie przekonaniem, ze wszyscy mamy nieograniczony potencjal, pozytywna energie i niesamowite mozliwosci. Akasza, to wszystko co nas otacza w postaci czestotliwosci, to przestrzen energii, zwana eterem, w którym w postaci wibracji, zapisane sa wszelakie informacje. Jest to czakra Akashic records, nazywana „Swiatynia Zrozumienia”, jako swiadome patrzenie z róznych perspektyw na zycie, od siebie i do siebie.  Na tym, polega równiez umiejetnosc czytania symboli w postaci obrazów, sytuacji czy glosów mysli, badz tego co ktos do nas mówi, jako jasnoslyszenie czy tez jasnowidzenie. Jasnowidzenie to dar, który, przy odrobinie checi, mozemy wycwiczyc. Pomóc nam w tym moze niniejsza ksiazka, wtajemniczajaca czytelnika do techniki laczenia sie z polem Kroniki Akaszy. Stanowi ona praktyczny podrecznik nauki, ulatwiajacy kontakt z intuicja i duchowoscia (energia). Znajdziesz tu wiele cwiczen pozwalajacych skupic swiadomosc, wspomóc pamiec, wchodzic w trans, skutecznie medytowac, a takze nawiazywac kontakt z Twoim przewodnikiem duchowym. W ksiazce uwzglednione zostaly rózne formy percepcji zmyslowej i pozazmyslowej oraz praktyczne strony jasnowidzenia. Kluczem do jasnowidzenia jest swiadome uzywanie zmyslów, które w wiekszosci przypadków pracuja nieswiadomie, czy pólswiadomie, cwiczenie ich i obserwacja tego, jak wplywaja na nas oraz calego procesu z tym zwiazanego, jest swiadoma nauka odkrywania samego siebie. Calosc stanowi forme WARSZTATU I SZKOLENIA z zakresu laczenia sie z Kronika Akaszy, wydawana w blisko 20 odcinkach audiobooków serii Kronika Akaszy Wtajemniczenie. Tego typu szkolenia to czesto koszt kilku tysiecy zlotych, a w formie audiobooków, to koszt znaczenie mniejszy, dostepny dla kazdego. Tytul pierwszego odcinka brzmi: &amp;#039;Uruchom swoja moc. Polacz sie z madroscia wszechswiata&amp;#039;.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Polish] - Okryj swiatlo swojej duszy. Spotkanie z wlasnym swiadomym JA by Dr Renata Zarzycka</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719517</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719517">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719517</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Okryj swiatlo swojej duszy. Spotkanie z wlasnym swiadomym JA
Author: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Narrator: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Akashic records, czyli „Swiatynia Zrozumienia”, to czakra zwana Akasza, czyli wszystko to, co nas otacza w postaci czestotliwosci. Akasza to przestrzen energii, zwany eterem, którym w postaci wibracji, zapisane sa wszelakie informacje. Na tym polega równiez umiejetnosc czytania symboli w postaci obrazów, sytuacji czy glosów mysli badz tego co ktos do nas mówi, jako jasnoslyszenie czy tez jasnowidzenie. Jasnowidzenie to dar, który, przy odrobinie checi, mozemy wycwiczyc. Warto tylko kieruje sie przekonaniem, ze wszyscy mamy nieograniczony potencjal, pozytywna energie i niesamowite mozliwosci. Uwzglednione tu zostaly rózne formy percepcji zmyslowej i pozazmyslowej oraz praktyczne strony jasnowidzenia. Kluczem do jasnowidzenia jest swiadome uzywanie zmyslów, które w wiekszosci przypadków pracuja nieswiadomie, czy pólswiadomie. Cwiczenie ich i obserwacja tego, jak wplywaja na nas prowadzi do osiagniecia stopnia Mistrza. Kazdy z nas posiada nadprzyrodzone zdolnosci. Kazdy moze uzyc swojego mózgu tak, aby laczyc cialo z duchowoscia i  stac sie twórca wlasnej przyszlosci, osiagnac szczescie, milosc i dobrostan, na swoje wyobrazenie. Pomóc nam w tym moze niniejsza ksiazka. Wtajemnicza ona czytelnika do techniki laczenia sie z polem Kroniki Akaszy, poprzez rytualna modlitwe w pozytywnej intencji. Podstawa jest ekologia celu, aby nikomu nie szkodzic. Ksiazka ta stanowi2 czesc warsztatu, ulatwiajacego kontakt z intuicja i duchowoscia (energia). Znajdziesz tu cwiczenia pozwalajace skupic swiadomosc, laczyc sie z duchowoscia i wchodzic w trans oraz skutecznie medytowac. Mozesz tez nawiazywac kontakt z Twoim przewodnikiem duchowym lub z wieloma duchowymi Istotami i Mistrzami. To wszystko mozesz zrobic samodzielnie w praktyce, równoczesnie  z prowadzacym glosem lektora. Caly proces zwiazany z laczeniem ciala, duszy i eteru Kroniki Akaszy, jest swiadoma nauka przede wszystkim odkrywania i poznawania samego siebie.</description>
      <author>Dr Renata Zarzycka</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788367225717.mp3" length="1061133" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719517</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788367225717.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719517">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719517</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Okryj swiatlo swojej duszy. Spotkanie z wlasnym swiadomym JA
Author: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Narrator: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Akashic records, czyli „Swiatynia Zrozumienia”, to czakra zwana Akasza, czyli wszystko to, co nas otacza w postaci czestotliwosci. Akasza to przestrzen energii, zwany eterem, którym w postaci wibracji, zapisane sa wszelakie informacje. Na tym polega równiez umiejetnosc czytania symboli w postaci obrazów, sytuacji czy glosów mysli badz tego co ktos do nas mówi, jako jasnoslyszenie czy tez jasnowidzenie. Jasnowidzenie to dar, który, przy odrobinie checi, mozemy wycwiczyc. Warto tylko kieruje sie przekonaniem, ze wszyscy mamy nieograniczony potencjal, pozytywna energie i niesamowite mozliwosci. Uwzglednione tu zostaly rózne formy percepcji zmyslowej i pozazmyslowej oraz praktyczne strony jasnowidzenia. Kluczem do jasnowidzenia jest swiadome uzywanie zmyslów, które w wiekszosci przypadków pracuja nieswiadomie, czy pólswiadomie. Cwiczenie ich i obserwacja tego, jak wplywaja na nas prowadzi do osiagniecia stopnia Mistrza. Kazdy z nas posiada nadprzyrodzone zdolnosci. Kazdy moze uzyc swojego mózgu tak, aby laczyc cialo z duchowoscia i  stac sie twórca wlasnej przyszlosci, osiagnac szczescie, milosc i dobrostan, na swoje wyobrazenie. Pomóc nam w tym moze niniejsza ksiazka. Wtajemnicza ona czytelnika do techniki laczenia sie z polem Kroniki Akaszy, poprzez rytualna modlitwe w pozytywnej intencji. Podstawa jest ekologia celu, aby nikomu nie szkodzic. Ksiazka ta stanowi2 czesc warsztatu, ulatwiajacego kontakt z intuicja i duchowoscia (energia). Znajdziesz tu cwiczenia pozwalajace skupic swiadomosc, laczyc sie z duchowoscia i wchodzic w trans oraz skutecznie medytowac. Mozesz tez nawiazywac kontakt z Twoim przewodnikiem duchowym lub z wieloma duchowymi Istotami i Mistrzami. To wszystko mozesz zrobic samodzielnie w praktyce, równoczesnie  z prowadzacym glosem lektora. Caly proces zwiazany z laczeniem ciala, duszy i eteru Kroniki Akaszy, jest swiadoma nauka przede wszystkim odkrywania i poznawania samego siebie.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719517">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719517</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Okryj swiatlo swojej duszy. Spotkanie z wlasnym swiadomym JA
Author: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Narrator: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Akashic records, czyli „Swiatynia Zrozumienia”, to czakra zwana Akasza, czyli wszystko to, co nas otacza w postaci czestotliwosci. Akasza to przestrzen energii, zwany eterem, którym w postaci wibracji, zapisane sa wszelakie informacje. Na tym polega równiez umiejetnosc czytania symboli w postaci obrazów, sytuacji czy glosów mysli badz tego co ktos do nas mówi, jako jasnoslyszenie czy tez jasnowidzenie. Jasnowidzenie to dar, który, przy odrobinie checi, mozemy wycwiczyc. Warto tylko kieruje sie przekonaniem, ze wszyscy mamy nieograniczony potencjal, pozytywna energie i niesamowite mozliwosci. Uwzglednione tu zostaly rózne formy percepcji zmyslowej i pozazmyslowej oraz praktyczne strony jasnowidzenia. Kluczem do jasnowidzenia jest swiadome uzywanie zmyslów, które w wiekszosci przypadków pracuja nieswiadomie, czy pólswiadomie. Cwiczenie ich i obserwacja tego, jak wplywaja na nas prowadzi do osiagniecia stopnia Mistrza. Kazdy z nas posiada nadprzyrodzone zdolnosci. Kazdy moze uzyc swojego mózgu tak, aby laczyc cialo z duchowoscia i  stac sie twórca wlasnej przyszlosci, osiagnac szczescie, milosc i dobrostan, na swoje wyobrazenie. Pomóc nam w tym moze niniejsza ksiazka. Wtajemnicza ona czytelnika do techniki laczenia sie z polem Kroniki Akaszy, poprzez rytualna modlitwe w pozytywnej intencji. Podstawa jest ekologia celu, aby nikomu nie szkodzic. Ksiazka ta stanowi2 czesc warsztatu, ulatwiajacego kontakt z intuicja i duchowoscia (energia). Znajdziesz tu cwiczenia pozwalajace skupic swiadomosc, laczyc sie z duchowoscia i wchodzic w trans oraz skutecznie medytowac. Mozesz tez nawiazywac kontakt z Twoim przewodnikiem duchowym lub z wieloma duchowymi Istotami i Mistrzami. To wszystko mozesz zrobic samodzielnie w praktyce, równoczesnie  z prowadzacym glosem lektora. Caly proces zwiazany z laczeniem ciala, duszy i eteru Kroniki Akaszy, jest swiadoma nauka przede wszystkim odkrywania i poznawania samego siebie.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Polish] - Kosmiczne czakry. Harmonia Ziemi z Niebem. by Dr Renata Zarzycka</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719469</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719469">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719469</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Kosmiczne czakry. Harmonia Ziemi z Niebem.
Author: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Narrator: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 43 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Czlowiek jest jednym z najwiekszych cudów tego swiata. Z poziomu wiedzy przecietnego mieszkanca Ziemi, zlozonosc budowy ludzkiego ciala, psychiki oraz duszy jest niewyobrazalna. Stad lektura tej ksiazki do sluchania jest przede wszystkim dla osób wtajemniczonych w wiedze na ten temat. Czy wiesz, po co w istotach ludzkich jest obecnie aktywowane piec nowych trans-osobowych czakr kosmicznych: cztery nad glowa oraz jedna ponizej ciala? Czy wiesz czym jest nadswiadomosc i postrzeganie ponadzmyslowe, jako zdolnosc do przyjmowania informacji? Czy wiesz czym jest biokomunikacja,  która z punktu widzenia Quantec`ka jest stale dostepna zdolnoscia kazdego czlowieka?  Okazuje sie, ze nie sa one wcale nowe, lecz raczej sa malo znane. Chodzi tu nie tylko o odmienna perspektywe percepcji stanu postrzegania, lecz o doswiadczenie komunii w  jednosci ze wszystkim na zasadzie „JAM JEST, KIM JAM JEST”.  Kiedy czlowiek nie moze zlapac równowagi w zyciu, warto sprawdzic, czy omawiane tu kosmiczne centra energetyczne nie manifestuja sie, jako uczucie bezsilnosci, bezradnosci i braku synchronizacji z doczesnym zywotem, wiazac sie z brakiem sensu zycia, wiary w siebie oraz w duchowe sily opiekuncze. Aktywacja bodaj jednego lub kilku z pieciu omawianych tu czakr kosmicznych, moze okazac sie wielce pomocna w pobudzaniu wyzszej swiadomosci i w odczuwaniu boskiej energii plynacej z wnetrza. Dalej energia ta emitowana jest poprzez najsilniej wibrujacy obszar czakry serca, zwany tez „Drugim Mózgiem”. Zjawisko to dziala na zasadzie „Inteligencji Serca”.  Albert Einstein, twierdzil, ze „w nauce nie ma wiecznych teorii”. To, co dzisiaj jest niepodwazalna prawda naukowa, jutro moze okazac sie nieaktualnym blednym pojeciem i moze zostac zastapione kolejnym aksjomatem. Tajemnice Kroniki Akaszy oraz sekrety harmonii zycia czlowieka w polaczeniu z Ziemia i Niebem,  odkrywalo, odkrywa i odkrywac bedzie, niezliczona rzesza pasjonatów duchowej wiedzy. Czy Ty równiez nalezysz do nich?</description>
      <author>Dr Renata Zarzycka</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 08 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788367225861.mp3" length="1098823" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719469</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788367225861.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719469">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719469</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Kosmiczne czakry. Harmonia Ziemi z Niebem.
Author: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Narrator: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 43 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Czlowiek jest jednym z najwiekszych cudów tego swiata. Z poziomu wiedzy przecietnego mieszkanca Ziemi, zlozonosc budowy ludzkiego ciala, psychiki oraz duszy jest niewyobrazalna. Stad lektura tej ksiazki do sluchania jest przede wszystkim dla osób wtajemniczonych w wiedze na ten temat. Czy wiesz, po co w istotach ludzkich jest obecnie aktywowane piec nowych trans-osobowych czakr kosmicznych: cztery nad glowa oraz jedna ponizej ciala? Czy wiesz czym jest nadswiadomosc i postrzeganie ponadzmyslowe, jako zdolnosc do przyjmowania informacji? Czy wiesz czym jest biokomunikacja,  która z punktu widzenia Quantec`ka jest stale dostepna zdolnoscia kazdego czlowieka?  Okazuje sie, ze nie sa one wcale nowe, lecz raczej sa malo znane. Chodzi tu nie tylko o odmienna perspektywe percepcji stanu postrzegania, lecz o doswiadczenie komunii w  jednosci ze wszystkim na zasadzie „JAM JEST, KIM JAM JEST”.  Kiedy czlowiek nie moze zlapac równowagi w zyciu, warto sprawdzic, czy omawiane tu kosmiczne centra energetyczne nie manifestuja sie, jako uczucie bezsilnosci, bezradnosci i braku synchronizacji z doczesnym zywotem, wiazac sie z brakiem sensu zycia, wiary w siebie oraz w duchowe sily opiekuncze. Aktywacja bodaj jednego lub kilku z pieciu omawianych tu czakr kosmicznych, moze okazac sie wielce pomocna w pobudzaniu wyzszej swiadomosci i w odczuwaniu boskiej energii plynacej z wnetrza. Dalej energia ta emitowana jest poprzez najsilniej wibrujacy obszar czakry serca, zwany tez „Drugim Mózgiem”. Zjawisko to dziala na zasadzie „Inteligencji Serca”.  Albert Einstein, twierdzil, ze „w nauce nie ma wiecznych teorii”. To, co dzisiaj jest niepodwazalna prawda naukowa, jutro moze okazac sie nieaktualnym blednym pojeciem i moze zostac zastapione kolejnym aksjomatem. Tajemnice Kroniki Akaszy oraz sekrety harmonii zycia czlowieka w polaczeniu z Ziemia i Niebem,  odkrywalo, odkrywa i odkrywac bedzie, niezliczona rzesza pasjonatów duchowej wiedzy. Czy Ty równiez nalezysz do nich?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719469">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/719469</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Kosmiczne czakry. Harmonia Ziemi z Niebem.
Author: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Narrator: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 43 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Czlowiek jest jednym z najwiekszych cudów tego swiata. Z poziomu wiedzy przecietnego mieszkanca Ziemi, zlozonosc budowy ludzkiego ciala, psychiki oraz duszy jest niewyobrazalna. Stad lektura tej ksiazki do sluchania jest przede wszystkim dla osób wtajemniczonych w wiedze na ten temat. Czy wiesz, po co w istotach ludzkich jest obecnie aktywowane piec nowych trans-osobowych czakr kosmicznych: cztery nad glowa oraz jedna ponizej ciala? Czy wiesz czym jest nadswiadomosc i postrzeganie ponadzmyslowe, jako zdolnosc do przyjmowania informacji? Czy wiesz czym jest biokomunikacja,  która z punktu widzenia Quantec`ka jest stale dostepna zdolnoscia kazdego czlowieka?  Okazuje sie, ze nie sa one wcale nowe, lecz raczej sa malo znane. Chodzi tu nie tylko o odmienna perspektywe percepcji stanu postrzegania, lecz o doswiadczenie komunii w  jednosci ze wszystkim na zasadzie „JAM JEST, KIM JAM JEST”.  Kiedy czlowiek nie moze zlapac równowagi w zyciu, warto sprawdzic, czy omawiane tu kosmiczne centra energetyczne nie manifestuja sie, jako uczucie bezsilnosci, bezradnosci i braku synchronizacji z doczesnym zywotem, wiazac sie z brakiem sensu zycia, wiary w siebie oraz w duchowe sily opiekuncze. Aktywacja bodaj jednego lub kilku z pieciu omawianych tu czakr kosmicznych, moze okazac sie wielce pomocna w pobudzaniu wyzszej swiadomosci i w odczuwaniu boskiej energii plynacej z wnetrza. Dalej energia ta emitowana jest poprzez najsilniej wibrujacy obszar czakry serca, zwany tez „Drugim Mózgiem”. Zjawisko to dziala na zasadzie „Inteligencji Serca”.  Albert Einstein, twierdzil, ze „w nauce nie ma wiecznych teorii”. To, co dzisiaj jest niepodwazalna prawda naukowa, jutro moze okazac sie nieaktualnym blednym pojeciem i moze zostac zastapione kolejnym aksjomatem. Tajemnice Kroniki Akaszy oraz sekrety harmonii zycia czlowieka w polaczeniu z Ziemia i Niebem,  odkrywalo, odkrywa i odkrywac bedzie, niezliczona rzesza pasjonatów duchowej wiedzy. Czy Ty równiez nalezysz do nich?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Polish] - Czakra Podstawy, Korzeni i Materialna. Ugruntuj sie, aby nie odleciec. by Dr Renata Zarzycka</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717336</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717336">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717336</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Czakra Podstawy, Korzeni i Materialna. Ugruntuj sie, aby nie odleciec.
Author: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Narrator: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 5 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Zgodnie z wierzeniami na Dalekim Wschodzie, w ciele czlowieka istnieja punkty zbiegania sie sciezek energii, zwane czakrami. Wiedza o czakrach, zwana tez, jako Teoria Inteligentnej Energii Zycia, stanowi podstawy nauk Wschodu, a tym samym hinduizmu i buddyzmu. Jest to cenna pomoc w medycynie azjatyckiej i alternatywnej. Jej zródlo posiada joga oraz medycyna ajurwedyjska.  Tak faktycznie we wszechswiecie, wszystko jest polaczone. Cala struktura Wszechswiata i wszystko, co znajduje sie w nim, sklada sie z energii. Bez energii nic nie moze istniec. Jest ona pierwotnym zródlem wszystkiego, co jest. Te swego rodzaju centra energetyczne w organizmie czlowieka, to czakry, które sa organizacyjnym osrodkiem przyjmowania, przetwarzania, przyswajania i przekazywania energii zyciowej. Energia w czakrach znajduje sie w ruchu wirowym, a wibracje te wplywaja na nasze zycie. Czakry, jako „KREGI ZYWIA” moga poprawic zdrowie, zwiekszyc moc osobista i poszerzyc duchowa swiadomosc. Moga pomóc ugruntowac i skoncentrowac energie, aktywowac, uspokajac i równowazyc energie seksualne, zwiekszyc poziom energii, otworzyc serce na milosc i wspólczucie, uzywac dzwieków do otwierania swiadomosci, rozwinac intuicje oraz rozszerzyc swiadomosc i poszerzyc nasza nadswiadomosci. Pojawienie sie choroby, wedlug medycyny ajurwedyjskiej oznacza oslabienie, którejs z podstawowych siedmiu czakr. Czakry sa to skupiska energii, które rzadza duchowymi i psychosomatycznymi aspektami naszej wewnetrznej istoty. W sanskrycie slowo to oznacza KOLO, gdyz czakry maja ksztalt kól, a ich energia roztacza sie kuliscie z dolu ku górze i z potworem oraz na boki, do przodu i tylu na wszystkie strony tworzac aure. Zatem czlowiek, oprócz fizycznego ciala posiada tzw. ciala subtelne. Ludzkie pole energetyczne, zwykle okreslane mianem aury. Uswiadamiajac sobie te wszystkie zaleznosci, uzdrawiamy cialo, psychike i dusze, na wszystkich subtelnych poziomach, gdyz to SWIADOMOSC podstaw swiata energii UZDRAWIA DUSZE i CIALO.</description>
      <author>Dr Renata Zarzycka</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788367225786.mp3" length="1260080" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717336</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788367225786.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717336">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717336</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Czakra Podstawy, Korzeni i Materialna. Ugruntuj sie, aby nie odleciec.
Author: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Narrator: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 5 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Zgodnie z wierzeniami na Dalekim Wschodzie, w ciele czlowieka istnieja punkty zbiegania sie sciezek energii, zwane czakrami. Wiedza o czakrach, zwana tez, jako Teoria Inteligentnej Energii Zycia, stanowi podstawy nauk Wschodu, a tym samym hinduizmu i buddyzmu. Jest to cenna pomoc w medycynie azjatyckiej i alternatywnej. Jej zródlo posiada joga oraz medycyna ajurwedyjska.  Tak faktycznie we wszechswiecie, wszystko jest polaczone. Cala struktura Wszechswiata i wszystko, co znajduje sie w nim, sklada sie z energii. Bez energii nic nie moze istniec. Jest ona pierwotnym zródlem wszystkiego, co jest. Te swego rodzaju centra energetyczne w organizmie czlowieka, to czakry, które sa organizacyjnym osrodkiem przyjmowania, przetwarzania, przyswajania i przekazywania energii zyciowej. Energia w czakrach znajduje sie w ruchu wirowym, a wibracje te wplywaja na nasze zycie. Czakry, jako „KREGI ZYWIA” moga poprawic zdrowie, zwiekszyc moc osobista i poszerzyc duchowa swiadomosc. Moga pomóc ugruntowac i skoncentrowac energie, aktywowac, uspokajac i równowazyc energie seksualne, zwiekszyc poziom energii, otworzyc serce na milosc i wspólczucie, uzywac dzwieków do otwierania swiadomosci, rozwinac intuicje oraz rozszerzyc swiadomosc i poszerzyc nasza nadswiadomosci. Pojawienie sie choroby, wedlug medycyny ajurwedyjskiej oznacza oslabienie, którejs z podstawowych siedmiu czakr. Czakry sa to skupiska energii, które rzadza duchowymi i psychosomatycznymi aspektami naszej wewnetrznej istoty. W sanskrycie slowo to oznacza KOLO, gdyz czakry maja ksztalt kól, a ich energia roztacza sie kuliscie z dolu ku górze i z potworem oraz na boki, do przodu i tylu na wszystkie strony tworzac aure. Zatem czlowiek, oprócz fizycznego ciala posiada tzw. ciala subtelne. Ludzkie pole energetyczne, zwykle okreslane mianem aury. Uswiadamiajac sobie te wszystkie zaleznosci, uzdrawiamy cialo, psychike i dusze, na wszystkich subtelnych poziomach, gdyz to SWIADOMOSC podstaw swiata energii UZDRAWIA DUSZE i CIALO.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717336">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717336</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Czakra Podstawy, Korzeni i Materialna. Ugruntuj sie, aby nie odleciec.
Author: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Narrator: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 5 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Zgodnie z wierzeniami na Dalekim Wschodzie, w ciele czlowieka istnieja punkty zbiegania sie sciezek energii, zwane czakrami. Wiedza o czakrach, zwana tez, jako Teoria Inteligentnej Energii Zycia, stanowi podstawy nauk Wschodu, a tym samym hinduizmu i buddyzmu. Jest to cenna pomoc w medycynie azjatyckiej i alternatywnej. Jej zródlo posiada joga oraz medycyna ajurwedyjska.  Tak faktycznie we wszechswiecie, wszystko jest polaczone. Cala struktura Wszechswiata i wszystko, co znajduje sie w nim, sklada sie z energii. Bez energii nic nie moze istniec. Jest ona pierwotnym zródlem wszystkiego, co jest. Te swego rodzaju centra energetyczne w organizmie czlowieka, to czakry, które sa organizacyjnym osrodkiem przyjmowania, przetwarzania, przyswajania i przekazywania energii zyciowej. Energia w czakrach znajduje sie w ruchu wirowym, a wibracje te wplywaja na nasze zycie. Czakry, jako „KREGI ZYWIA” moga poprawic zdrowie, zwiekszyc moc osobista i poszerzyc duchowa swiadomosc. Moga pomóc ugruntowac i skoncentrowac energie, aktywowac, uspokajac i równowazyc energie seksualne, zwiekszyc poziom energii, otworzyc serce na milosc i wspólczucie, uzywac dzwieków do otwierania swiadomosci, rozwinac intuicje oraz rozszerzyc swiadomosc i poszerzyc nasza nadswiadomosci. Pojawienie sie choroby, wedlug medycyny ajurwedyjskiej oznacza oslabienie, którejs z podstawowych siedmiu czakr. Czakry sa to skupiska energii, które rzadza duchowymi i psychosomatycznymi aspektami naszej wewnetrznej istoty. W sanskrycie slowo to oznacza KOLO, gdyz czakry maja ksztalt kól, a ich energia roztacza sie kuliscie z dolu ku górze i z potworem oraz na boki, do przodu i tylu na wszystkie strony tworzac aure. Zatem czlowiek, oprócz fizycznego ciala posiada tzw. ciala subtelne. Ludzkie pole energetyczne, zwykle okreslane mianem aury. Uswiadamiajac sobie te wszystkie zaleznosci, uzdrawiamy cialo, psychike i dusze, na wszystkich subtelnych poziomach, gdyz to SWIADOMOSC podstaw swiata energii UZDRAWIA DUSZE i CIALO.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Polish] - Czakra Korony. Klejnot Duszy. by Dr Renata Zarzycka</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717329</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717329">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717329</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Czakra Korony. Klejnot Duszy.
Author: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Narrator: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Czy wiesz, jakie znaczenie ma slowo „sekret”, jakie jest jego faktyczne pochodzenie i z jaka substancja w szyszynce jest ono laczone?  W odpowiedzi na to pytanie niezbedna jest wiedza na temat laczenia sie Czakry Korony, zwanej równiez Blekitnia Perla, z duchowa istota wszechswiata. To polaczenie ze zródlem wszelkiej madrosci. Tam znajduja sie odpowiedzi na wszelkie sekrety tego swiata. To stan „Jednosci” umyslu z dusza taki prosty i czysty jak skupiona wiazka jasnego swiatla wychodzaca ze szklanego pryzmatu. Przypomina on czakram Trójkata Promieni Swiatla. Zwany tez, jako Klejnot Duszy w Koronie, który  zlozony jest z Czakry Korony i Szyszynki. Kiedy, Kiedy ósme centrum energetyczne zaczyna sie otwierac i dziala prawidlowo, równoczesnie zaczyna rozwijac sie nowa swiadomosc duchowa. Jest to furtka, przez która czlowiek moze energetycznie opuszczac cialo. Równiez w tej czakrze znajduje sie Akashic records, czyli „Swiatynia Zrozumienia”. Czasem polaczenie ludzkiego umyslu z dusza i odczuwanie informacji energetycznej cialem, z wielu powodów zawodzi. Jaka moze byc przyczyna nieprawidlowego dzialania Czakry Korony? Co stoi na przeszkodzie w jej prawidlowej pracy? Z pewnoscia spore znaczenie ma tutaj umysl i jego mysli oraz niekontrolowane emocje odczuwane w ciele. Kiedy Czakra Korony jest zaburzona, przejawia sie to poprzez szok, panike, dramatyzowanie i narzekanie. Takze poprzez lek i strach przed brakiem rozwiazan oraz przed pustka w glowie zamiast wizji przyszlosci kreowanej marzeniami i celami. Czlowiek odczuwa bezsens swojego zycia i moze miec sklonnosci do destrukcji. Jak zatem pracowac z Czakra Korony i  jak ja ponownie uaktywnic? Na te i wiele innych pytan zwiazanych z Intuicja, zdrowiem, dlugowiecznoscia,  „Molekula Duszy” DMT i Czakra Szyszynki, odpowiedzi szukaj w tym audiobooku. Ksiazka ta  jest przeznaczona przede wszystkim dla osób wtajemniczonych w wiedze na ten temat i bedacych sluchaczami poprzednich odcinków serii Kronika Akaszy Wtajemniczenie.</description>
      <author>Dr Renata Zarzycka</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 08 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788367225854.mp3" length="1117289" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717329</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788367225854.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717329">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717329</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Czakra Korony. Klejnot Duszy.
Author: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Narrator: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Czy wiesz, jakie znaczenie ma slowo „sekret”, jakie jest jego faktyczne pochodzenie i z jaka substancja w szyszynce jest ono laczone?  W odpowiedzi na to pytanie niezbedna jest wiedza na temat laczenia sie Czakry Korony, zwanej równiez Blekitnia Perla, z duchowa istota wszechswiata. To polaczenie ze zródlem wszelkiej madrosci. Tam znajduja sie odpowiedzi na wszelkie sekrety tego swiata. To stan „Jednosci” umyslu z dusza taki prosty i czysty jak skupiona wiazka jasnego swiatla wychodzaca ze szklanego pryzmatu. Przypomina on czakram Trójkata Promieni Swiatla. Zwany tez, jako Klejnot Duszy w Koronie, który  zlozony jest z Czakry Korony i Szyszynki. Kiedy, Kiedy ósme centrum energetyczne zaczyna sie otwierac i dziala prawidlowo, równoczesnie zaczyna rozwijac sie nowa swiadomosc duchowa. Jest to furtka, przez która czlowiek moze energetycznie opuszczac cialo. Równiez w tej czakrze znajduje sie Akashic records, czyli „Swiatynia Zrozumienia”. Czasem polaczenie ludzkiego umyslu z dusza i odczuwanie informacji energetycznej cialem, z wielu powodów zawodzi. Jaka moze byc przyczyna nieprawidlowego dzialania Czakry Korony? Co stoi na przeszkodzie w jej prawidlowej pracy? Z pewnoscia spore znaczenie ma tutaj umysl i jego mysli oraz niekontrolowane emocje odczuwane w ciele. Kiedy Czakra Korony jest zaburzona, przejawia sie to poprzez szok, panike, dramatyzowanie i narzekanie. Takze poprzez lek i strach przed brakiem rozwiazan oraz przed pustka w glowie zamiast wizji przyszlosci kreowanej marzeniami i celami. Czlowiek odczuwa bezsens swojego zycia i moze miec sklonnosci do destrukcji. Jak zatem pracowac z Czakra Korony i  jak ja ponownie uaktywnic? Na te i wiele innych pytan zwiazanych z Intuicja, zdrowiem, dlugowiecznoscia,  „Molekula Duszy” DMT i Czakra Szyszynki, odpowiedzi szukaj w tym audiobooku. Ksiazka ta  jest przeznaczona przede wszystkim dla osób wtajemniczonych w wiedze na ten temat i bedacych sluchaczami poprzednich odcinków serii Kronika Akaszy Wtajemniczenie.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717329">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717329</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Polish] - Czakra Korony. Klejnot Duszy.
Author: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Narrator: Dr Renata Zarzycka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Czy wiesz, jakie znaczenie ma slowo „sekret”, jakie jest jego faktyczne pochodzenie i z jaka substancja w szyszynce jest ono laczone?  W odpowiedzi na to pytanie niezbedna jest wiedza na temat laczenia sie Czakry Korony, zwanej równiez Blekitnia Perla, z duchowa istota wszechswiata. To polaczenie ze zródlem wszelkiej madrosci. Tam znajduja sie odpowiedzi na wszelkie sekrety tego swiata. To stan „Jednosci” umyslu z dusza taki prosty i czysty jak skupiona wiazka jasnego swiatla wychodzaca ze szklanego pryzmatu. Przypomina on czakram Trójkata Promieni Swiatla. Zwany tez, jako Klejnot Duszy w Koronie, który  zlozony jest z Czakry Korony i Szyszynki. Kiedy, Kiedy ósme centrum energetyczne zaczyna sie otwierac i dziala prawidlowo, równoczesnie zaczyna rozwijac sie nowa swiadomosc duchowa. Jest to furtka, przez która czlowiek moze energetycznie opuszczac cialo. Równiez w tej czakrze znajduje sie Akashic records, czyli „Swiatynia Zrozumienia”. Czasem polaczenie ludzkiego umyslu z dusza i odczuwanie informacji energetycznej cialem, z wielu powodów zawodzi. Jaka moze byc przyczyna nieprawidlowego dzialania Czakry Korony? Co stoi na przeszkodzie w jej prawidlowej pracy? Z pewnoscia spore znaczenie ma tutaj umysl i jego mysli oraz niekontrolowane emocje odczuwane w ciele. Kiedy Czakra Korony jest zaburzona, przejawia sie to poprzez szok, panike, dramatyzowanie i narzekanie. Takze poprzez lek i strach przed brakiem rozwiazan oraz przed pustka w glowie zamiast wizji przyszlosci kreowanej marzeniami i celami. Czlowiek odczuwa bezsens swojego zycia i moze miec sklonnosci do destrukcji. Jak zatem pracowac z Czakra Korony i  jak ja ponownie uaktywnic? Na te i wiele innych pytan zwiazanych z Intuicja, zdrowiem, dlugowiecznoscia,  „Molekula Duszy” DMT i Czakra Szyszynki, odpowiedzi szukaj w tym audiobooku. Ksiazka ta  jest przeznaczona przede wszystkim dla osób wtajemniczonych w wiedze na ten temat i bedacych sluchaczami poprzednich odcinków serii Kronika Akaszy Wtajemniczenie.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Biografías breves - Buda by Luis Machado</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717250</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717250">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717250</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Biografías breves - Buda
Author: Luis Machado
Narrator: Varios Narradores
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
La vida de Buda está envuelta en muchas capas de misterio y leyenda. Sus enseñanzas fueron transmitidas primero oralmente. Las versiones escritas llegaron solo después de su muerte.  &amp;#039;El despierto&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;El iluminado&amp;#039;, Siddharta Gautama había nacido en el Reino Sakia durante el siglo V a.C. Abandonó su tierra natal para convertirse en asceta. Entonces fue que le llegó el &amp;#039;completo discernimiento&amp;#039;. A su paso por el norte del subcontinente indio comenzó a formar una comunidad basada en ideas y prácticas como la meditación, tendientes a lograr el fin del sufrimiento (nirvana). Milenios después, las diversas corrientes del budismo proponen versiones de ese despertar espiritual, y vuelven una y otra vez a interpretar la inspiradora existencia del sabio que mostró una vía para liberarse del yo.  - -</description>
      <author>Luis Machado</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728171950.mp3" length="1306946" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717250</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728171950.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717250">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717250</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Biografías breves - Buda
Author: Luis Machado
Narrator: Varios Narradores
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
La vida de Buda está envuelta en muchas capas de misterio y leyenda. Sus enseñanzas fueron transmitidas primero oralmente. Las versiones escritas llegaron solo después de su muerte.  &amp;#039;El despierto&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;El iluminado&amp;#039;, Siddharta Gautama había nacido en el Reino Sakia durante el siglo V a.C. Abandonó su tierra natal para convertirse en asceta. Entonces fue que le llegó el &amp;#039;completo discernimiento&amp;#039;. A su paso por el norte del subcontinente indio comenzó a formar una comunidad basada en ideas y prácticas como la meditación, tendientes a lograr el fin del sufrimiento (nirvana). Milenios después, las diversas corrientes del budismo proponen versiones de ese despertar espiritual, y vuelven una y otra vez a interpretar la inspiradora existencia del sabio que mostró una vía para liberarse del yo.  - -</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717250">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717250</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Biografías breves - Buda
Author: Luis Machado
Narrator: Varios Narradores
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
La vida de Buda está envuelta en muchas capas de misterio y leyenda. Sus enseñanzas fueron transmitidas primero oralmente. Las versiones escritas llegaron solo después de su muerte.  &amp;#039;El despierto&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;El iluminado&amp;#039;, Siddharta Gautama había nacido en el Reino Sakia durante el siglo V a.C. Abandonó su tierra natal para convertirse en asceta. Entonces fue que le llegó el &amp;#039;completo discernimiento&amp;#039;. A su paso por el norte del subcontinente indio comenzó a formar una comunidad basada en ideas y prácticas como la meditación, tendientes a lograr el fin del sufrimiento (nirvana). Milenios después, las diversas corrientes del budismo proponen versiones de ese despertar espiritual, y vuelven una y otra vez a interpretar la inspiradora existencia del sabio que mostró una vía para liberarse del yo.  - -</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Morality and Socially Constructed Norms by Laura Valentini</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717154</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717154">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717154</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Morality and Socially Constructed Norms
Author: Laura Valentini
Narrator: Wendy Tremont King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 30 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Observe social distancing. Tip your waiter. Give priority to the elderly. Stop at the red light. Pay your taxes. Do not chew with your mouth open. These are imperatives we face every day, imposed upon us by norms that happen to be generally accepted in our environment. These &amp;#039;socially constructed norms&amp;#039; elicit mixed feelings. On the one hand, we treat them as valid standards of behavior and respond to their violation with emotions such disapproval, resentment, and guilt. On the other hand, we look at them with suspicion: after all, they are arbitrary human constructs that may contribute to oppression and injustice. In light of this ambivalence, it is important to have a criterion telling us when, if ever, we are morally bound by socially constructed norms and when we should instead disregard them. Morality and Socially Constructed Norms systematically develops such a criterion. It traces the moral significance of those norms to the agential commitments that underpin them, and explains why those commitments ought to be respected, provided the content of the corresponding norms is consistent with independent moral constraints. The book then explores the implications of this view for three core questions in moral, legal, and political philosophy: the grounding of moral rights, the obligation to obey the law, and the wrong of sovereignty violations.</description>
      <author>Laura Valentini</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Jan 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855509229.mp3" length="7423456" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717154</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855509229.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717154">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717154</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Morality and Socially Constructed Norms
Author: Laura Valentini
Narrator: Wendy Tremont King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 30 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Observe social distancing. Tip your waiter. Give priority to the elderly. Stop at the red light. Pay your taxes. Do not chew with your mouth open. These are imperatives we face every day, imposed upon us by norms that happen to be generally accepted in our environment. These &amp;#039;socially constructed norms&amp;#039; elicit mixed feelings. On the one hand, we treat them as valid standards of behavior and respond to their violation with emotions such disapproval, resentment, and guilt. On the other hand, we look at them with suspicion: after all, they are arbitrary human constructs that may contribute to oppression and injustice. In light of this ambivalence, it is important to have a criterion telling us when, if ever, we are morally bound by socially constructed norms and when we should instead disregard them. Morality and Socially Constructed Norms systematically develops such a criterion. It traces the moral significance of those norms to the agential commitments that underpin them, and explains why those commitments ought to be respected, provided the content of the corresponding norms is consistent with independent moral constraints. The book then explores the implications of this view for three core questions in moral, legal, and political philosophy: the grounding of moral rights, the obligation to obey the law, and the wrong of sovereignty violations.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717154">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/717154</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Morality and Socially Constructed Norms
Author: Laura Valentini
Narrator: Wendy Tremont King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 30 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Observe social distancing. Tip your waiter. Give priority to the elderly. Stop at the red light. Pay your taxes. Do not chew with your mouth open. These are imperatives we face every day, imposed upon us by norms that happen to be generally accepted in our environment. These &amp;#039;socially constructed norms&amp;#039; elicit mixed feelings. On the one hand, we treat them as valid standards of behavior and respond to their violation with emotions such disapproval, resentment, and guilt. On the other hand, we look at them with suspicion: after all, they are arbitrary human constructs that may contribute to oppression and injustice. In light of this ambivalence, it is important to have a criterion telling us when, if ever, we are morally bound by socially constructed norms and when we should instead disregard them. Morality and Socially Constructed Norms systematically develops such a criterion. It traces the moral significance of those norms to the agential commitments that underpin them, and explains why those commitments ought to be respected, provided the content of the corresponding norms is consistent with independent moral constraints. The book then explores the implications of this view for three core questions in moral, legal, and political philosophy: the grounding of moral rights, the obligation to obey the law, and the wrong of sovereignty violations.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why People Kill by Raphael Terra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716802</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716802">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716802</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why People Kill
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 45 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Nothing can be more terrifying than knowing the streets are being prowled by a twisted serial killer. To be a female of a certain age and profession on the streets of 19th century London, with the knowledge that one of your clients could be Jack the ripper himself. There were many more Jack the Rippers in the world. Every human has a capacity for good or evil. We are all dark and light. This has been known for thousands of years. It has been written, preached and symbolised across the world. Just as there are those in history who have stood out for their compassion and good works, there are also those who have become infamous for their propensity to evil. From serial killers who murder one human after another to dictators who order mass genocide upon their own citizens - evil knows no bounds. But what is it that creates these people? Is there an inbuilt genetic lock inside awaiting the turning of a key? Or are these people the result of their life experiences? Does abuse by parents play a key role? Does society itself have to answer for the actions of the murderers that it creates? It is time to delve deep into the world and mind of serial killers and discover why they kill.</description>
      <author>Raphael Terra</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Nov 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781789323672.mp3" length="722140" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716802</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781789323672.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716802">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716802</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why People Kill
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 45 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Nothing can be more terrifying than knowing the streets are being prowled by a twisted serial killer. To be a female of a certain age and profession on the streets of 19th century London, with the knowledge that one of your clients could be Jack the ripper himself. There were many more Jack the Rippers in the world. Every human has a capacity for good or evil. We are all dark and light. This has been known for thousands of years. It has been written, preached and symbolised across the world. Just as there are those in history who have stood out for their compassion and good works, there are also those who have become infamous for their propensity to evil. From serial killers who murder one human after another to dictators who order mass genocide upon their own citizens - evil knows no bounds. But what is it that creates these people? Is there an inbuilt genetic lock inside awaiting the turning of a key? Or are these people the result of their life experiences? Does abuse by parents play a key role? Does society itself have to answer for the actions of the murderers that it creates? It is time to delve deep into the world and mind of serial killers and discover why they kill.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716802">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716802</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why People Kill
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 45 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Nothing can be more terrifying than knowing the streets are being prowled by a twisted serial killer. To be a female of a certain age and profession on the streets of 19th century London, with the knowledge that one of your clients could be Jack the ripper himself. There were many more Jack the Rippers in the world. Every human has a capacity for good or evil. We are all dark and light. This has been known for thousands of years. It has been written, preached and symbolised across the world. Just as there are those in history who have stood out for their compassion and good works, there are also those who have become infamous for their propensity to evil. From serial killers who murder one human after another to dictators who order mass genocide upon their own citizens - evil knows no bounds. But what is it that creates these people? Is there an inbuilt genetic lock inside awaiting the turning of a key? Or are these people the result of their life experiences? Does abuse by parents play a key role? Does society itself have to answer for the actions of the murderers that it creates? It is time to delve deep into the world and mind of serial killers and discover why they kill.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Dark Side of Mankind by Raphael Terra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716797</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716797">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716797</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dark Side of Mankind
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Mankind is naturally evil and good. Ever since we became conscious, the evil within us emerged. Animals are not good or evil, they just follow the power of nature. We became aware of the differences and we continued regardless. No higher agent such as God can be blamed for the rise of darkness in our souls. Moral evil is caused by human activity.  It is argued that our love of darkness proves that there is no God. If God exists and is omnipotent and all-knowing and perfectly good then there would be no natural evil, but there is. Can we continue to blame God for the ways of mankind or is it time we accepted responsibility for our ways?  The truth is that we will not stop any time soon. In this book we examine the dark nature of mankind and the most gruesome and disturbing acts we have committed over time. From the holocaust to human sacrifices to false gods. No bloodstained stone will be unturned. Welcome to the Dark Side.</description>
      <author>Raphael Terra</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Nov 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781789323627.mp3" length="725690" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716797</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781789323627.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716797">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716797</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dark Side of Mankind
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Mankind is naturally evil and good. Ever since we became conscious, the evil within us emerged. Animals are not good or evil, they just follow the power of nature. We became aware of the differences and we continued regardless. No higher agent such as God can be blamed for the rise of darkness in our souls. Moral evil is caused by human activity.  It is argued that our love of darkness proves that there is no God. If God exists and is omnipotent and all-knowing and perfectly good then there would be no natural evil, but there is. Can we continue to blame God for the ways of mankind or is it time we accepted responsibility for our ways?  The truth is that we will not stop any time soon. In this book we examine the dark nature of mankind and the most gruesome and disturbing acts we have committed over time. From the holocaust to human sacrifices to false gods. No bloodstained stone will be unturned. Welcome to the Dark Side.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716797">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716797</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Dark Side of Mankind
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Mankind is naturally evil and good. Ever since we became conscious, the evil within us emerged. Animals are not good or evil, they just follow the power of nature. We became aware of the differences and we continued regardless. No higher agent such as God can be blamed for the rise of darkness in our souls. Moral evil is caused by human activity.  It is argued that our love of darkness proves that there is no God. If God exists and is omnipotent and all-knowing and perfectly good then there would be no natural evil, but there is. Can we continue to blame God for the ways of mankind or is it time we accepted responsibility for our ways?  The truth is that we will not stop any time soon. In this book we examine the dark nature of mankind and the most gruesome and disturbing acts we have committed over time. From the holocaust to human sacrifices to false gods. No bloodstained stone will be unturned. Welcome to the Dark Side.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Power of Magic by Raphael Terra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716798</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716798">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716798</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Magic
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). The great Manly P. Hall once said: “To live in the world without becoming aware of the meaning of the world is like wandering about in a great library without touching the books.”  Magic is key to understanding our existence and Manly P. Hall knew this. It is is much more than the tricks of a children’s entertainer. Magic is all there is. In fact the word comes down to us originally from Old Persian and means “to have power”. Understanding true magic brings us power.  There are many things we can learn from our foray into the world of magic. Of these many things, this film will focus in on the mystical world, the magical world, the strange and wonderful. Within magic we will find reality like never before. It is the very fabric of the universe in which we live out our lives.  For us to be able to understand magic, we have to understand the science behind the fabric of existence. It is within the mind expanding complexities of quantum physics that we will discover the truth behind the secrets of magic that our ancestors searched for. Knowledge is magic and magic is powerful.  Prepare to be empowered.</description>
      <author>Raphael Terra</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Nov 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781789323634.mp3" length="723448" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716798</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781789323634.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716798">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716798</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Magic
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). The great Manly P. Hall once said: “To live in the world without becoming aware of the meaning of the world is like wandering about in a great library without touching the books.”  Magic is key to understanding our existence and Manly P. Hall knew this. It is is much more than the tricks of a children’s entertainer. Magic is all there is. In fact the word comes down to us originally from Old Persian and means “to have power”. Understanding true magic brings us power.  There are many things we can learn from our foray into the world of magic. Of these many things, this film will focus in on the mystical world, the magical world, the strange and wonderful. Within magic we will find reality like never before. It is the very fabric of the universe in which we live out our lives.  For us to be able to understand magic, we have to understand the science behind the fabric of existence. It is within the mind expanding complexities of quantum physics that we will discover the truth behind the secrets of magic that our ancestors searched for. Knowledge is magic and magic is powerful.  Prepare to be empowered.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716798">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716798</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Magic
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). The great Manly P. Hall once said: “To live in the world without becoming aware of the meaning of the world is like wandering about in a great library without touching the books.”  Magic is key to understanding our existence and Manly P. Hall knew this. It is is much more than the tricks of a children’s entertainer. Magic is all there is. In fact the word comes down to us originally from Old Persian and means “to have power”. Understanding true magic brings us power.  There are many things we can learn from our foray into the world of magic. Of these many things, this film will focus in on the mystical world, the magical world, the strange and wonderful. Within magic we will find reality like never before. It is the very fabric of the universe in which we live out our lives.  For us to be able to understand magic, we have to understand the science behind the fabric of existence. It is within the mind expanding complexities of quantum physics that we will discover the truth behind the secrets of magic that our ancestors searched for. Knowledge is magic and magic is powerful.  Prepare to be empowered.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El Kybalion by Tres Iniciados</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716535</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716535">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716535</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El Kybalion
Author: Tres Iniciados
Narrator: Elisabet Egea
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
El Kybalion es uno de los más importantes compendios de sabiduría de todos los tiempos, que explica los siete principios del hermetismo postulados por Hermes Trismegisto. Mentalismo, correspondencia, vibración, polaridad, ritmo, causa efecto, y género. La autoría se atrubuye a un grupo anónimo de personas autodenominado Los Tres Iniciados, y que es la base del movimiento del siglo XX denominado Nuevo pensamiento.</description>
      <author>Tres Iniciados</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823483483.mp3" length="1363755" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716535</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823483483.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716535">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716535</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El Kybalion
Author: Tres Iniciados
Narrator: Elisabet Egea
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
El Kybalion es uno de los más importantes compendios de sabiduría de todos los tiempos, que explica los siete principios del hermetismo postulados por Hermes Trismegisto. Mentalismo, correspondencia, vibración, polaridad, ritmo, causa efecto, y género. La autoría se atrubuye a un grupo anónimo de personas autodenominado Los Tres Iniciados, y que es la base del movimiento del siglo XX denominado Nuevo pensamiento.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716535">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716535</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El Kybalion
Author: Tres Iniciados
Narrator: Elisabet Egea
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
El Kybalion es uno de los más importantes compendios de sabiduría de todos los tiempos, que explica los siete principios del hermetismo postulados por Hermes Trismegisto. Mentalismo, correspondencia, vibración, polaridad, ritmo, causa efecto, y género. La autoría se atrubuye a un grupo anónimo de personas autodenominado Los Tres Iniciados, y que es la base del movimiento del siglo XX denominado Nuevo pensamiento.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La rebeldía de pensar by óscar De La Borbolla</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716355</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716355">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716355</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La rebeldía de pensar
Author: óscar De La Borbolla
Narrator: María Eugenia Pulido
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
La rebeldía de pensar explica claramente qué es pensar, pero también enseña a pensar. Basándose en preguntas clave (¿qué es pensar?, ¿por qué soy?, ¿el ser es?, ¿por qué hay ser?) Óscar de la Borbolla guía al lector por los grandes temas de la filosofía; todo encaminado a fomentar la duda como método y brindando las herramientas necesarias para responder esas preguntas a la vez que desarrolla temas como el sentido de la vida, la libertad, la acción, la felicidad.</description>
      <author>óscar De La Borbolla</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786071679994.mp3" length="866812" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716355</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786071679994.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716355">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716355</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La rebeldía de pensar
Author: óscar De La Borbolla
Narrator: María Eugenia Pulido
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
La rebeldía de pensar explica claramente qué es pensar, pero también enseña a pensar. Basándose en preguntas clave (¿qué es pensar?, ¿por qué soy?, ¿el ser es?, ¿por qué hay ser?) Óscar de la Borbolla guía al lector por los grandes temas de la filosofía; todo encaminado a fomentar la duda como método y brindando las herramientas necesarias para responder esas preguntas a la vez que desarrolla temas como el sentido de la vida, la libertad, la acción, la felicidad.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716355">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716355</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La rebeldía de pensar
Author: óscar De La Borbolla
Narrator: María Eugenia Pulido
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
La rebeldía de pensar explica claramente qué es pensar, pero también enseña a pensar. Basándose en preguntas clave (¿qué es pensar?, ¿por qué soy?, ¿el ser es?, ¿por qué hay ser?) Óscar de la Borbolla guía al lector por los grandes temas de la filosofía; todo encaminado a fomentar la duda como método y brindando las herramientas necesarias para responder esas preguntas a la vez que desarrolla temas como el sentido de la vida, la libertad, la acción, la felicidad.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[French] - La Citadelle des neiges by Matthieu Ricard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716211</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - La Citadelle des neiges
Author: Matthieu Ricard
Narrator: Matthieu Ricard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 10 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Matthieu Ricard est né en 1946 à Paris. Il voyage en Inde pour la première fois en 1967, où il rencontre des maîtres spirituels tibétains. Il décide de s&amp;#039;établir dans l&amp;#039;Himalaya ou il est devenu moine et vit depuis 1972 , étudiant et pratiquant le bouddhisme. Réside actuellement au monastère de Shéchèn au Népal. Il est l&amp;#039;interprète français du Dalaï-lama depuis 1989.</description>
      <author>Matthieu Ricard</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 09 Jun 2019 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9791025601372.mp3" length="847064" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716211</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9791025601372.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - La Citadelle des neiges
Author: Matthieu Ricard
Narrator: Matthieu Ricard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 10 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Matthieu Ricard est né en 1946 à Paris. Il voyage en Inde pour la première fois en 1967, où il rencontre des maîtres spirituels tibétains. Il décide de s&amp;#039;établir dans l&amp;#039;Himalaya ou il est devenu moine et vit depuis 1972 , étudiant et pratiquant le bouddhisme. Réside actuellement au monastère de Shéchèn au Népal. Il est l&amp;#039;interprète français du Dalaï-lama depuis 1989.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - La Citadelle des neiges
Author: Matthieu Ricard
Narrator: Matthieu Ricard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 10 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2019
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Matthieu Ricard est né en 1946 à Paris. Il voyage en Inde pour la première fois en 1967, où il rencontre des maîtres spirituels tibétains. Il décide de s&amp;#039;établir dans l&amp;#039;Himalaya ou il est devenu moine et vit depuis 1972 , étudiant et pratiquant le bouddhisme. Réside actuellement au monastère de Shéchèn au Népal. Il est l&amp;#039;interprète français du Dalaï-lama depuis 1989.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Moral Articulation: On the Development of New Moral Concepts by Matthew Congdon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716048</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716048">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716048</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Moral Articulation: On the Development of New Moral Concepts
Author: Matthew Congdon
Narrator: James Romick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This book explores the historical development of new moral concepts. Starting from examples of new moral terms invented in the twentieth century, like &amp;#039;sexual harassment&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;racism&amp;#039;, and &amp;#039;hate speech&amp;#039;, this book asks: what we are doing when we bring ethically significant acts and events under new descriptions? Are we simply naming moral phenomena that already exist, fully formed and intact, prior to their expression in language? Or are moral phenomena sensitive to the descriptions under which they fall, such that new modes of moral expression can reshape the phenomena they bring to light? Moral Articulation outlines an ethical framework that allows us to embrace a version of the latter, transformative view without sacrificing notions of moral truth, objectivity, and knowledge. The book presents a view of moral meaningfulness as extending beyond what we can presently put into words, urging that expansions in our moral vocabularies often begin in dissonant experiences of conceptual and linguistic limits. Resisting a tendency in contemporary ethics to start with situations and dilemmas whose descriptions are already given, this book argues that the struggle to piece together a discursively articulate picture of a situation is an ethical task in its own right. The result is a picture of ethical life that emphasizes the role of language in shaping who we are.</description>
      <author>Matthew Congdon</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jan 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855509205.mp3" length="8567547" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716048</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855509205.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716048">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716048</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Moral Articulation: On the Development of New Moral Concepts
Author: Matthew Congdon
Narrator: James Romick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This book explores the historical development of new moral concepts. Starting from examples of new moral terms invented in the twentieth century, like &amp;#039;sexual harassment&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;racism&amp;#039;, and &amp;#039;hate speech&amp;#039;, this book asks: what we are doing when we bring ethically significant acts and events under new descriptions? Are we simply naming moral phenomena that already exist, fully formed and intact, prior to their expression in language? Or are moral phenomena sensitive to the descriptions under which they fall, such that new modes of moral expression can reshape the phenomena they bring to light? Moral Articulation outlines an ethical framework that allows us to embrace a version of the latter, transformative view without sacrificing notions of moral truth, objectivity, and knowledge. The book presents a view of moral meaningfulness as extending beyond what we can presently put into words, urging that expansions in our moral vocabularies often begin in dissonant experiences of conceptual and linguistic limits. Resisting a tendency in contemporary ethics to start with situations and dilemmas whose descriptions are already given, this book argues that the struggle to piece together a discursively articulate picture of a situation is an ethical task in its own right. The result is a picture of ethical life that emphasizes the role of language in shaping who we are.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716048">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716048</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Moral Articulation: On the Development of New Moral Concepts
Author: Matthew Congdon
Narrator: James Romick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This book explores the historical development of new moral concepts. Starting from examples of new moral terms invented in the twentieth century, like &amp;#039;sexual harassment&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;racism&amp;#039;, and &amp;#039;hate speech&amp;#039;, this book asks: what we are doing when we bring ethically significant acts and events under new descriptions? Are we simply naming moral phenomena that already exist, fully formed and intact, prior to their expression in language? Or are moral phenomena sensitive to the descriptions under which they fall, such that new modes of moral expression can reshape the phenomena they bring to light? Moral Articulation outlines an ethical framework that allows us to embrace a version of the latter, transformative view without sacrificing notions of moral truth, objectivity, and knowledge. The book presents a view of moral meaningfulness as extending beyond what we can presently put into words, urging that expansions in our moral vocabularies often begin in dissonant experiences of conceptual and linguistic limits. Resisting a tendency in contemporary ethics to start with situations and dilemmas whose descriptions are already given, this book argues that the struggle to piece together a discursively articulate picture of a situation is an ethical task in its own right. The result is a picture of ethical life that emphasizes the role of language in shaping who we are.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Private Censorship by J.P. Messina</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716035</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716035">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716035</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Private Censorship
Author: J.P. Messina
Narrator: Clark Cornell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 12 minutes
Release date: November 28, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Concerns about censorship have once again reached a fever pitch across the liberal West. With a few notable exceptions, complaints about censorship in the twenty-first century West are complaints about the behavior of private parties: employers, media conglomerates, social media platforms, and search engines. To better understand the concerns surrounding nonstate interference with speech, Private Censorship offers an account of censorship, as well as an assessment of the ethical and political issues it raises across contexts. J. P. Messina asks and variously answers questions like: what should we think when employees get fired for things they say and how might patterns of such firings create a climate of fear inimical to free inquiry? When is it appropriate for social media firms to deplatform users, and what does it mean for our democracy that those in charge of such decisions are often wealthy Silicon Valley executives? Do search engines act as massive gatekeepers to information in troubling ways, and how might they be constrained, if they do? Along the way, Messina casts a critical eye on many popular proposals for responding to these complaints. Unlike these popular approaches, Private Censorship foregrounds the importance of rights to property, association, and free expression for thinking well about twenty-first century censorship concerns.</description>
      <author>J.P. Messina</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Nov 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350897562.mp3" length="8807875" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716035</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350897562.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716035">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716035</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Private Censorship
Author: J.P. Messina
Narrator: Clark Cornell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 12 minutes
Release date: November 28, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Concerns about censorship have once again reached a fever pitch across the liberal West. With a few notable exceptions, complaints about censorship in the twenty-first century West are complaints about the behavior of private parties: employers, media conglomerates, social media platforms, and search engines. To better understand the concerns surrounding nonstate interference with speech, Private Censorship offers an account of censorship, as well as an assessment of the ethical and political issues it raises across contexts. J. P. Messina asks and variously answers questions like: what should we think when employees get fired for things they say and how might patterns of such firings create a climate of fear inimical to free inquiry? When is it appropriate for social media firms to deplatform users, and what does it mean for our democracy that those in charge of such decisions are often wealthy Silicon Valley executives? Do search engines act as massive gatekeepers to information in troubling ways, and how might they be constrained, if they do? Along the way, Messina casts a critical eye on many popular proposals for responding to these complaints. Unlike these popular approaches, Private Censorship foregrounds the importance of rights to property, association, and free expression for thinking well about twenty-first century censorship concerns.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716035">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716035</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Private Censorship
Author: J.P. Messina
Narrator: Clark Cornell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 12 minutes
Release date: November 28, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Concerns about censorship have once again reached a fever pitch across the liberal West. With a few notable exceptions, complaints about censorship in the twenty-first century West are complaints about the behavior of private parties: employers, media conglomerates, social media platforms, and search engines. To better understand the concerns surrounding nonstate interference with speech, Private Censorship offers an account of censorship, as well as an assessment of the ethical and political issues it raises across contexts. J. P. Messina asks and variously answers questions like: what should we think when employees get fired for things they say and how might patterns of such firings create a climate of fear inimical to free inquiry? When is it appropriate for social media firms to deplatform users, and what does it mean for our democracy that those in charge of such decisions are often wealthy Silicon Valley executives? Do search engines act as massive gatekeepers to information in troubling ways, and how might they be constrained, if they do? Along the way, Messina casts a critical eye on many popular proposals for responding to these complaints. Unlike these popular approaches, Private Censorship foregrounds the importance of rights to property, association, and free expression for thinking well about twenty-first century censorship concerns.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Right Thing, Right Now: Good Values. Good Character. Good Deeds. by Ryan Holiday</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715854</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715854">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715854</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Right Thing, Right Now: Good Values. Good Character. Good Deeds.
Series: Part of The Stoic Virtues Series
Author: Ryan Holiday
Narrator: Ryan Holiday
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 59 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
INSTANT #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER In his New York Times bestselling book, Discipline Is Destiny, Ryan Holiday made the Stoic case for a life of self-discipline. In this much-anticipated third installment in the Stoic Virtues series, he argues for the necessity of doing what’s right – even when it isn’t easy For the ancients, everything worth pursuing in life flowed from a strong sense of justice—or one’s commitment to doing the right thing, no matter how difficult. In order to be courageous, wise, and self-disciplined, one must begin with justice.  The influence of the modern world often tells us that acting justly is optional. Holiday argues that that’s simply untrue—and the fact that so few people today have the strength to stand by their convictions explains much about why we’re so unhappy. In Right Thing, Right Now, Holiday draws on fascinating stories of historical figures such as Marcus Aurelius, Florence Nightingale, Jimmy Carter, Gandhi, and Frederick Douglass, whose examples of kindness, honesty, integrity, and loyalty we can emulate as pillars of upright living. Through the lives of these role models, readers learn the transformational power of living by a moral code and, through the cautionary tales of unjust leaders, the consequences of an ill-formed conscience. The Stoics never claimed that living justly was easy, only that it was necessary. And that the alternative—sacrificing our principles for something lesser—was considered only by cowards and fools. Right Thing, Right Now is a powerful antidote to the moral failures of our modern age, and a manual for living virtuously.</description>
      <author>Ryan Holiday</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593789162.mp3" length="2652987" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715854</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593789162.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715854">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715854</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Right Thing, Right Now: Good Values. Good Character. Good Deeds.
Series: Part of The Stoic Virtues Series
Author: Ryan Holiday
Narrator: Ryan Holiday
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 59 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
INSTANT #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER In his New York Times bestselling book, Discipline Is Destiny, Ryan Holiday made the Stoic case for a life of self-discipline. In this much-anticipated third installment in the Stoic Virtues series, he argues for the necessity of doing what’s right – even when it isn’t easy For the ancients, everything worth pursuing in life flowed from a strong sense of justice—or one’s commitment to doing the right thing, no matter how difficult. In order to be courageous, wise, and self-disciplined, one must begin with justice.  The influence of the modern world often tells us that acting justly is optional. Holiday argues that that’s simply untrue—and the fact that so few people today have the strength to stand by their convictions explains much about why we’re so unhappy. In Right Thing, Right Now, Holiday draws on fascinating stories of historical figures such as Marcus Aurelius, Florence Nightingale, Jimmy Carter, Gandhi, and Frederick Douglass, whose examples of kindness, honesty, integrity, and loyalty we can emulate as pillars of upright living. Through the lives of these role models, readers learn the transformational power of living by a moral code and, through the cautionary tales of unjust leaders, the consequences of an ill-formed conscience. The Stoics never claimed that living justly was easy, only that it was necessary. And that the alternative—sacrificing our principles for something lesser—was considered only by cowards and fools. Right Thing, Right Now is a powerful antidote to the moral failures of our modern age, and a manual for living virtuously.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715854">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715854</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Right Thing, Right Now: Good Values. Good Character. Good Deeds.
Series: Part of The Stoic Virtues Series
Author: Ryan Holiday
Narrator: Ryan Holiday
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 59 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
INSTANT #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER In his New York Times bestselling book, Discipline Is Destiny, Ryan Holiday made the Stoic case for a life of self-discipline. In this much-anticipated third installment in the Stoic Virtues series, he argues for the necessity of doing what’s right – even when it isn’t easy For the ancients, everything worth pursuing in life flowed from a strong sense of justice—or one’s commitment to doing the right thing, no matter how difficult. In order to be courageous, wise, and self-disciplined, one must begin with justice.  The influence of the modern world often tells us that acting justly is optional. Holiday argues that that’s simply untrue—and the fact that so few people today have the strength to stand by their convictions explains much about why we’re so unhappy. In Right Thing, Right Now, Holiday draws on fascinating stories of historical figures such as Marcus Aurelius, Florence Nightingale, Jimmy Carter, Gandhi, and Frederick Douglass, whose examples of kindness, honesty, integrity, and loyalty we can emulate as pillars of upright living. Through the lives of these role models, readers learn the transformational power of living by a moral code and, through the cautionary tales of unjust leaders, the consequences of an ill-formed conscience. The Stoics never claimed that living justly was easy, only that it was necessary. And that the alternative—sacrificing our principles for something lesser—was considered only by cowards and fools. Right Thing, Right Now is a powerful antidote to the moral failures of our modern age, and a manual for living virtuously.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Solidarity: The Past, Present, and Future of a World-Changing Idea by Leah Hunt-Hendrix, Astra Taylor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715837</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715837">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715837</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Solidarity: The Past, Present, and Future of a World-Changing Idea
Author: Leah Hunt-Hendrix, Astra Taylor
Narrator: Veronica Giguere
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A MOST ANTICIPATED BOOK • From renowned organizers and activists Leah Hunt-Hendrix and Astra Taylor, comes the first in-depth examination of Solidarity—not just as a rallying cry, but as potent political movement with potential to effect lasting change.      “A window into what is possible when we reject the politics of division, trade individualism for interconnectedness and prioritize coming together for the greater good.”—Heather McGhee, author of The Sum of Us: What Racism Costs Everyone     Solidarity is often invoked, but it is rarely analyzed and poorly understood. Here, two leading activists and thinkers survey the past, present, and future of the concept across borders of nation, identity, and class to ask: how can we build solidarity in an era of staggering inequality, polarization, violence, and ecological catastrophe? Offering a lively and lucid history of the idea—from Ancient Rome through the first European and American socialists and labor organizers, to twenty-first century social movements like Occupy Wall Street and Black Lives Matter—Hunt-Hendrix and Taylor trace the philosophical debates and political struggles that have shaped the modern world.     Looking forward, they argue that a clear understanding of how solidarity is built and sustained, and an awareness of how it has been suppressed, is essential to warding off the many crises of our present: right-wing backlash, irreversible climate damage, widespread alienation, loneliness, and despair. Hunt-Hendrix and Taylor insist that solidarity is both a principle and a practice, one that must be cultivated and institutionalized, so that care for the common good becomes the central aim of politics and social life.</description>
      <author>Leah Hunt-Hendrix, Astra Taylor</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593864159.mp3" length="2860631" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715837</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593864159.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715837">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715837</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Solidarity: The Past, Present, and Future of a World-Changing Idea
Author: Leah Hunt-Hendrix, Astra Taylor
Narrator: Veronica Giguere
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A MOST ANTICIPATED BOOK • From renowned organizers and activists Leah Hunt-Hendrix and Astra Taylor, comes the first in-depth examination of Solidarity—not just as a rallying cry, but as potent political movement with potential to effect lasting change.      “A window into what is possible when we reject the politics of division, trade individualism for interconnectedness and prioritize coming together for the greater good.”—Heather McGhee, author of The Sum of Us: What Racism Costs Everyone     Solidarity is often invoked, but it is rarely analyzed and poorly understood. Here, two leading activists and thinkers survey the past, present, and future of the concept across borders of nation, identity, and class to ask: how can we build solidarity in an era of staggering inequality, polarization, violence, and ecological catastrophe? Offering a lively and lucid history of the idea—from Ancient Rome through the first European and American socialists and labor organizers, to twenty-first century social movements like Occupy Wall Street and Black Lives Matter—Hunt-Hendrix and Taylor trace the philosophical debates and political struggles that have shaped the modern world.     Looking forward, they argue that a clear understanding of how solidarity is built and sustained, and an awareness of how it has been suppressed, is essential to warding off the many crises of our present: right-wing backlash, irreversible climate damage, widespread alienation, loneliness, and despair. Hunt-Hendrix and Taylor insist that solidarity is both a principle and a practice, one that must be cultivated and institutionalized, so that care for the common good becomes the central aim of politics and social life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715837">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715837</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Solidarity: The Past, Present, and Future of a World-Changing Idea
Author: Leah Hunt-Hendrix, Astra Taylor
Narrator: Veronica Giguere
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A MOST ANTICIPATED BOOK • From renowned organizers and activists Leah Hunt-Hendrix and Astra Taylor, comes the first in-depth examination of Solidarity—not just as a rallying cry, but as potent political movement with potential to effect lasting change.      “A window into what is possible when we reject the politics of division, trade individualism for interconnectedness and prioritize coming together for the greater good.”—Heather McGhee, author of The Sum of Us: What Racism Costs Everyone     Solidarity is often invoked, but it is rarely analyzed and poorly understood. Here, two leading activists and thinkers survey the past, present, and future of the concept across borders of nation, identity, and class to ask: how can we build solidarity in an era of staggering inequality, polarization, violence, and ecological catastrophe? Offering a lively and lucid history of the idea—from Ancient Rome through the first European and American socialists and labor organizers, to twenty-first century social movements like Occupy Wall Street and Black Lives Matter—Hunt-Hendrix and Taylor trace the philosophical debates and political struggles that have shaped the modern world.     Looking forward, they argue that a clear understanding of how solidarity is built and sustained, and an awareness of how it has been suppressed, is essential to warding off the many crises of our present: right-wing backlash, irreversible climate damage, widespread alienation, loneliness, and despair. Hunt-Hendrix and Taylor insist that solidarity is both a principle and a practice, one that must be cultivated and institutionalized, so that care for the common good becomes the central aim of politics and social life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Un pequeño empujón: El impulso que necesitas para tomar mejores decisiones sobre salud, dinero y felicidad by Cass R. Sunstein, Richard H. Thaler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715466</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715466">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715466</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Un pequeño empujón: El impulso que necesitas para tomar mejores decisiones sobre salud, dinero y felicidad
Author: Cass R. Sunstein, Richard H. Thaler
Narrator: Leto Dugatkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
El libro que inspiró a Barack Obama los fundamentos de la política al demostrar el poder de un pequeño empujón.  Por el Premio Nobel de Economía 2017 Richard H. Thaler.  En Un pequeño empujón, considerado ya un clásico y uno de los mejores libros sobre economía y política de las últimas décadas, Cass R. Sunstein y Richard H. Thaler, premio Nobel de Economía, observan cómo nuestras percepciones y decisiones dependen del modo en que se organizan ante nosotros las diferentes opciones. Gobiernos y empresas, pero también padres, profesores y médicos, se convierten así en una especie de «arquitectos de la elección».  A través de leves impulsos, conscientes, a menudo invisibles y cuyo coste económico y político es irrisorio, las personas e instituciones públicas o privadas pueden incentivar sin mermar la libertad de elección de los ciudadanos, y obtener así grandes logros en relación con la sanidad pública, las finanzas o la lucha contra la desigualdad. Un libro esencial para quienes formulan nuestras políticas públicas, pero cuya aplicabilidad en nuestras vidas cotidianas es sorprendente y maravillosamente eficaz.  Críticas: «¿Cuántas veces se encuentra uno con un libro a la vez importante y divertido, práctico y profundo? De lectura obligada para quien quiera ver mejorar el funcionamiento de nuestras mentes y nuestra sociedad». Daniel Kahneman, Premio Nobel de Economía y autor de Pensar rápido, pensar despacio  «Me entusiasma este libro. Es uno de los pocos que han cambiado de un modo trascendente mi manera de ver el mundo». Steve Levitt, autor de Freakonomics  «El libro más importante que he leído en veinte años». Barry Schwartz, The American Prospect  «Fabuloso. Cambiará tu forma de pensar, no solo sobre el mundo que te rodea y algunos de sus mayores problemas, sino también sobre ti mismo». Michael Lewis, autor de La gran apuesta y Deshaciendo errores</description>
      <author>Cass R. Sunstein, Richard H. Thaler</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788430625444.mp3" length="1427334" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715466</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788430625444.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715466">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715466</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Un pequeño empujón: El impulso que necesitas para tomar mejores decisiones sobre salud, dinero y felicidad
Author: Cass R. Sunstein, Richard H. Thaler
Narrator: Leto Dugatkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
El libro que inspiró a Barack Obama los fundamentos de la política al demostrar el poder de un pequeño empujón.  Por el Premio Nobel de Economía 2017 Richard H. Thaler.  En Un pequeño empujón, considerado ya un clásico y uno de los mejores libros sobre economía y política de las últimas décadas, Cass R. Sunstein y Richard H. Thaler, premio Nobel de Economía, observan cómo nuestras percepciones y decisiones dependen del modo en que se organizan ante nosotros las diferentes opciones. Gobiernos y empresas, pero también padres, profesores y médicos, se convierten así en una especie de «arquitectos de la elección».  A través de leves impulsos, conscientes, a menudo invisibles y cuyo coste económico y político es irrisorio, las personas e instituciones públicas o privadas pueden incentivar sin mermar la libertad de elección de los ciudadanos, y obtener así grandes logros en relación con la sanidad pública, las finanzas o la lucha contra la desigualdad. Un libro esencial para quienes formulan nuestras políticas públicas, pero cuya aplicabilidad en nuestras vidas cotidianas es sorprendente y maravillosamente eficaz.  Críticas: «¿Cuántas veces se encuentra uno con un libro a la vez importante y divertido, práctico y profundo? De lectura obligada para quien quiera ver mejorar el funcionamiento de nuestras mentes y nuestra sociedad». Daniel Kahneman, Premio Nobel de Economía y autor de Pensar rápido, pensar despacio  «Me entusiasma este libro. Es uno de los pocos que han cambiado de un modo trascendente mi manera de ver el mundo». Steve Levitt, autor de Freakonomics  «El libro más importante que he leído en veinte años». Barry Schwartz, The American Prospect  «Fabuloso. Cambiará tu forma de pensar, no solo sobre el mundo que te rodea y algunos de sus mayores problemas, sino también sobre ti mismo». Michael Lewis, autor de La gran apuesta y Deshaciendo errores</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715466">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715466</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Un pequeño empujón: El impulso que necesitas para tomar mejores decisiones sobre salud, dinero y felicidad
Author: Cass R. Sunstein, Richard H. Thaler
Narrator: Leto Dugatkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
El libro que inspiró a Barack Obama los fundamentos de la política al demostrar el poder de un pequeño empujón.  Por el Premio Nobel de Economía 2017 Richard H. Thaler.  En Un pequeño empujón, considerado ya un clásico y uno de los mejores libros sobre economía y política de las últimas décadas, Cass R. Sunstein y Richard H. Thaler, premio Nobel de Economía, observan cómo nuestras percepciones y decisiones dependen del modo en que se organizan ante nosotros las diferentes opciones. Gobiernos y empresas, pero también padres, profesores y médicos, se convierten así en una especie de «arquitectos de la elección».  A través de leves impulsos, conscientes, a menudo invisibles y cuyo coste económico y político es irrisorio, las personas e instituciones públicas o privadas pueden incentivar sin mermar la libertad de elección de los ciudadanos, y obtener así grandes logros en relación con la sanidad pública, las finanzas o la lucha contra la desigualdad. Un libro esencial para quienes formulan nuestras políticas públicas, pero cuya aplicabilidad en nuestras vidas cotidianas es sorprendente y maravillosamente eficaz.  Críticas: «¿Cuántas veces se encuentra uno con un libro a la vez importante y divertido, práctico y profundo? De lectura obligada para quien quiera ver mejorar el funcionamiento de nuestras mentes y nuestra sociedad». Daniel Kahneman, Premio Nobel de Economía y autor de Pensar rápido, pensar despacio  «Me entusiasma este libro. Es uno de los pocos que han cambiado de un modo trascendente mi manera de ver el mundo». Steve Levitt, autor de Freakonomics  «El libro más importante que he leído en veinte años». Barry Schwartz, The American Prospect  «Fabuloso. Cambiará tu forma de pensar, no solo sobre el mundo que te rodea y algunos de sus mayores problemas, sino también sobre ti mismo». Michael Lewis, autor de La gran apuesta y Deshaciendo errores</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Power of the Dao: Seven Essential Habits for Living in Flow, Fulfilment and Resilience by Max Landsberg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715415</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715415">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715415</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of the Dao: Seven Essential Habits for Living in Flow, Fulfilment and Resilience
Author: Max Landsberg
Narrator: Robert Shiels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 24 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Being in flow is when you are “in the zone,” “on your game,” or even “on fire.” It is both a mental state and a physical one. You have a feeling of complete focus, full involvement, and deep enjoyment in whatever you are doing. You feel the activity takes no energy from you—indeed you feel that it is giving you energy. You barely notice the passage of time. You feel calm but almost ecstatic. Most of us have glimpsed being in this state. But what if you could be in your zone not just for a moment of flow, nor merely for a day, but always and forever? This book shows you how to achieve that state, based on the enduring ancient Chinese wisdom of Daoist principles and practice. Millions of people have lived a better, happier, and more productive life by following all or some of these Daoist principles. This book provides the seven core principles of Daoism to help you live your life in productive yet relaxed flow for extended periods—or all the time.</description>
      <author>Max Landsberg</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Dec 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666652031.mp3" length="800236" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715415</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666652031.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715415">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715415</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of the Dao: Seven Essential Habits for Living in Flow, Fulfilment and Resilience
Author: Max Landsberg
Narrator: Robert Shiels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 24 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Being in flow is when you are “in the zone,” “on your game,” or even “on fire.” It is both a mental state and a physical one. You have a feeling of complete focus, full involvement, and deep enjoyment in whatever you are doing. You feel the activity takes no energy from you—indeed you feel that it is giving you energy. You barely notice the passage of time. You feel calm but almost ecstatic. Most of us have glimpsed being in this state. But what if you could be in your zone not just for a moment of flow, nor merely for a day, but always and forever? This book shows you how to achieve that state, based on the enduring ancient Chinese wisdom of Daoist principles and practice. Millions of people have lived a better, happier, and more productive life by following all or some of these Daoist principles. This book provides the seven core principles of Daoism to help you live your life in productive yet relaxed flow for extended periods—or all the time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715415">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715415</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of the Dao: Seven Essential Habits for Living in Flow, Fulfilment and Resilience
Author: Max Landsberg
Narrator: Robert Shiels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 24 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Being in flow is when you are “in the zone,” “on your game,” or even “on fire.” It is both a mental state and a physical one. You have a feeling of complete focus, full involvement, and deep enjoyment in whatever you are doing. You feel the activity takes no energy from you—indeed you feel that it is giving you energy. You barely notice the passage of time. You feel calm but almost ecstatic. Most of us have glimpsed being in this state. But what if you could be in your zone not just for a moment of flow, nor merely for a day, but always and forever? This book shows you how to achieve that state, based on the enduring ancient Chinese wisdom of Daoist principles and practice. Millions of people have lived a better, happier, and more productive life by following all or some of these Daoist principles. This book provides the seven core principles of Daoism to help you live your life in productive yet relaxed flow for extended periods—or all the time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Maps of Consciousness: The Classic Text on Exploring the Mind and Expanding Awareness by Ralph Metzner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715268</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715268">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715268</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Maps of Consciousness: The Classic Text on Exploring the Mind and Expanding Awareness
Author: Ralph Metzner
Narrator: Jez Sands
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
• Explores six ancient yet timeless systems for exploring the mind: the I Ching, Tantra, Tarot, astrology, alchemy, and the yoga philosophy of Actualism  • Shares exercises from each system and illuminates the key stages in the journey of consciousness development  • Shows how each of these disciplines can help you become a fully aware and conscious participant in your own spiritual evolution  In this highly acclaimed classic, psychedelic elder Ralph Metzner presents a guide to six ancient systems, once known only to the initiated few, to expand awareness and free your consciousness from exterior limitations and cultural conditioning.  Metzner begins with the I Ching, revered by the Chinese as the oldest and wisest book in the world. He explains how it reveals change as the evolutionary constant and offers a hands-on method of divination and guidance. He explores the Hindu and Buddhist Tantras of medieval India, ancient practices celebrating the union of male and female energies that transmute ordinary sense experience into ecstatic ritual worship. He examines the Tarot, revealing how the cards act as culture-transcending mirrors, bringing us through worlds of darkness and light in a complex journey. He looks at the practice of alchemy, explaining how it is a “psychic chemistry” of inner union through which we can transform planetary and cosmic energies. He explores the esoteric aspects of astrology, revealing the rhythmic cycles of the planets and how their phases may be experienced in terms of motion and emotion. He then examines in depth the yoga philosophy of Actualism, centered on the techniques of Agni Yoga, which allow you to use your living “inner fire” to illuminate the shadow parts of consciousness and burn out that which obstructs the free flow of energy.  With a new foreword by UC Berkeley professor of neurobiology David E. Presti and featuring all of the original diagrams, this edition of Metzner’s classic text shows how each of these disciplines can help the modern individual become a fully aware and conscious participant in their own spiritual evolution.</description>
      <author>Ralph Metzner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797163208.mp3" length="859381" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715268</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797163208.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715268">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715268</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Maps of Consciousness: The Classic Text on Exploring the Mind and Expanding Awareness
Author: Ralph Metzner
Narrator: Jez Sands
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
• Explores six ancient yet timeless systems for exploring the mind: the I Ching, Tantra, Tarot, astrology, alchemy, and the yoga philosophy of Actualism  • Shares exercises from each system and illuminates the key stages in the journey of consciousness development  • Shows how each of these disciplines can help you become a fully aware and conscious participant in your own spiritual evolution  In this highly acclaimed classic, psychedelic elder Ralph Metzner presents a guide to six ancient systems, once known only to the initiated few, to expand awareness and free your consciousness from exterior limitations and cultural conditioning.  Metzner begins with the I Ching, revered by the Chinese as the oldest and wisest book in the world. He explains how it reveals change as the evolutionary constant and offers a hands-on method of divination and guidance. He explores the Hindu and Buddhist Tantras of medieval India, ancient practices celebrating the union of male and female energies that transmute ordinary sense experience into ecstatic ritual worship. He examines the Tarot, revealing how the cards act as culture-transcending mirrors, bringing us through worlds of darkness and light in a complex journey. He looks at the practice of alchemy, explaining how it is a “psychic chemistry” of inner union through which we can transform planetary and cosmic energies. He explores the esoteric aspects of astrology, revealing the rhythmic cycles of the planets and how their phases may be experienced in terms of motion and emotion. He then examines in depth the yoga philosophy of Actualism, centered on the techniques of Agni Yoga, which allow you to use your living “inner fire” to illuminate the shadow parts of consciousness and burn out that which obstructs the free flow of energy.  With a new foreword by UC Berkeley professor of neurobiology David E. Presti and featuring all of the original diagrams, this edition of Metzner’s classic text shows how each of these disciplines can help the modern individual become a fully aware and conscious participant in their own spiritual evolution.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715268">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715268</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Maps of Consciousness: The Classic Text on Exploring the Mind and Expanding Awareness
Author: Ralph Metzner
Narrator: Jez Sands
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
• Explores six ancient yet timeless systems for exploring the mind: the I Ching, Tantra, Tarot, astrology, alchemy, and the yoga philosophy of Actualism  • Shares exercises from each system and illuminates the key stages in the journey of consciousness development  • Shows how each of these disciplines can help you become a fully aware and conscious participant in your own spiritual evolution  In this highly acclaimed classic, psychedelic elder Ralph Metzner presents a guide to six ancient systems, once known only to the initiated few, to expand awareness and free your consciousness from exterior limitations and cultural conditioning.  Metzner begins with the I Ching, revered by the Chinese as the oldest and wisest book in the world. He explains how it reveals change as the evolutionary constant and offers a hands-on method of divination and guidance. He explores the Hindu and Buddhist Tantras of medieval India, ancient practices celebrating the union of male and female energies that transmute ordinary sense experience into ecstatic ritual worship. He examines the Tarot, revealing how the cards act as culture-transcending mirrors, bringing us through worlds of darkness and light in a complex journey. He looks at the practice of alchemy, explaining how it is a “psychic chemistry” of inner union through which we can transform planetary and cosmic energies. He explores the esoteric aspects of astrology, revealing the rhythmic cycles of the planets and how their phases may be experienced in terms of motion and emotion. He then examines in depth the yoga philosophy of Actualism, centered on the techniques of Agni Yoga, which allow you to use your living “inner fire” to illuminate the shadow parts of consciousness and burn out that which obstructs the free flow of energy.  With a new foreword by UC Berkeley professor of neurobiology David E. Presti and featuring all of the original diagrams, this edition of Metzner’s classic text shows how each of these disciplines can help the modern individual become a fully aware and conscious participant in their own spiritual evolution.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Politikos: oder vom Staatsmann by Platon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715018</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715018">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715018</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Politikos: oder vom Staatsmann
Author: Platon
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Der &amp;#039;Politikos&amp;#039; berührt viele Themen, die für Platons Philosophie zentral sind und die er ausführlicher in anderen Dialogen behandelt. So steht der Politikos im engen Zusammenhang mit der Staatsphilosophie, wie Platon sie uns in der &amp;#039;Politeia&amp;#039; und in den &amp;#039;Nomoi&amp;#039; entwirft. Indem auch Äußerungen zur Dialektik und zur Ontologie fallen, werden zudem klare Bezüge zum &amp;#039;Sophistes&amp;#039; und zum &amp;#039;Philebos&amp;#039; erkennbar. Schließlich finden sich durch den eingeschobenen Mythos vom Weltenlenker deutliche Anknüpfungspunkte zur Kosmologie, wie Platon sie uns im &amp;#039;Timaios&amp;#039; und auch in den &amp;#039;Nomoi&amp;#039; vorstellt. So gibt es also auch in diesem Spätwerk Platons viel zu entdecken und zu lernen. Tatsächlich schrieb Platon den Dialog wohl auch aus didaktischen Gründen, lässt er doch mitten im Dialog den Gast folgende bemerkenswerte Aussage tätigen: &amp;#039;Wie steht es also für uns jetzt mit der Untersuchung des Staatsmanns? Haben wir sie bloß um seinetwillen angestellt, oder nicht vielmehr, um überhaupt in der Dialektik stärker zu werden?&amp;#039; Und in der Tat: In Hinsicht auf die Methode zur Erkenntnisgewinnung führt uns Platon so ziemlich alles vor, was das damalige Philosophieren zu bieten hat, angefangen bei der Methode der Begriffszergliederung, über das Gleichnis bis hin zur Implementierung eines Mythos zur radikalen  Neuausrichtung des bisherigen Gesprächs. Allein dafür lohnt schon die nähere Beschäftigung mit diesem Dialog.  Neben dem komplett eingelesen Dialog in der Übersetzung von Otto Apelt enthält das Hörbuch als Zusatzmaterial zweit informative Essays über den &amp;#039;Politikos&amp;#039;: 1. Essay: Theodor Gomperz&amp;#039;  Ausführungen über den &amp;#039;Politikos&amp;#039;, entnommen aus seinem Standardwerk &amp;#039;Griechische Denker&amp;#039;, Band 2.  2. Essay: Ein Blick des Sprechers Volker Braumann auf die Rolle und Funktion der beiden Gesprächspartner des &amp;#039;Politkos&amp;#039; für den Verlauf und die Deutung des Dialogs.  Volker Braumann ist Hörbuch-Sprecher und liest vornehmlich Werke aus Philosophie und Psychologie ein.</description>
      <author>Platon</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783989119130.mp3" length="916758" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715018</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783989119130.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715018">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715018</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Politikos: oder vom Staatsmann
Author: Platon
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Der &amp;#039;Politikos&amp;#039; berührt viele Themen, die für Platons Philosophie zentral sind und die er ausführlicher in anderen Dialogen behandelt. So steht der Politikos im engen Zusammenhang mit der Staatsphilosophie, wie Platon sie uns in der &amp;#039;Politeia&amp;#039; und in den &amp;#039;Nomoi&amp;#039; entwirft. Indem auch Äußerungen zur Dialektik und zur Ontologie fallen, werden zudem klare Bezüge zum &amp;#039;Sophistes&amp;#039; und zum &amp;#039;Philebos&amp;#039; erkennbar. Schließlich finden sich durch den eingeschobenen Mythos vom Weltenlenker deutliche Anknüpfungspunkte zur Kosmologie, wie Platon sie uns im &amp;#039;Timaios&amp;#039; und auch in den &amp;#039;Nomoi&amp;#039; vorstellt. So gibt es also auch in diesem Spätwerk Platons viel zu entdecken und zu lernen. Tatsächlich schrieb Platon den Dialog wohl auch aus didaktischen Gründen, lässt er doch mitten im Dialog den Gast folgende bemerkenswerte Aussage tätigen: &amp;#039;Wie steht es also für uns jetzt mit der Untersuchung des Staatsmanns? Haben wir sie bloß um seinetwillen angestellt, oder nicht vielmehr, um überhaupt in der Dialektik stärker zu werden?&amp;#039; Und in der Tat: In Hinsicht auf die Methode zur Erkenntnisgewinnung führt uns Platon so ziemlich alles vor, was das damalige Philosophieren zu bieten hat, angefangen bei der Methode der Begriffszergliederung, über das Gleichnis bis hin zur Implementierung eines Mythos zur radikalen  Neuausrichtung des bisherigen Gesprächs. Allein dafür lohnt schon die nähere Beschäftigung mit diesem Dialog.  Neben dem komplett eingelesen Dialog in der Übersetzung von Otto Apelt enthält das Hörbuch als Zusatzmaterial zweit informative Essays über den &amp;#039;Politikos&amp;#039;: 1. Essay: Theodor Gomperz&amp;#039;  Ausführungen über den &amp;#039;Politikos&amp;#039;, entnommen aus seinem Standardwerk &amp;#039;Griechische Denker&amp;#039;, Band 2.  2. Essay: Ein Blick des Sprechers Volker Braumann auf die Rolle und Funktion der beiden Gesprächspartner des &amp;#039;Politkos&amp;#039; für den Verlauf und die Deutung des Dialogs.  Volker Braumann ist Hörbuch-Sprecher und liest vornehmlich Werke aus Philosophie und Psychologie ein.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715018">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715018</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Politikos: oder vom Staatsmann
Author: Platon
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Der &amp;#039;Politikos&amp;#039; berührt viele Themen, die für Platons Philosophie zentral sind und die er ausführlicher in anderen Dialogen behandelt. So steht der Politikos im engen Zusammenhang mit der Staatsphilosophie, wie Platon sie uns in der &amp;#039;Politeia&amp;#039; und in den &amp;#039;Nomoi&amp;#039; entwirft. Indem auch Äußerungen zur Dialektik und zur Ontologie fallen, werden zudem klare Bezüge zum &amp;#039;Sophistes&amp;#039; und zum &amp;#039;Philebos&amp;#039; erkennbar. Schließlich finden sich durch den eingeschobenen Mythos vom Weltenlenker deutliche Anknüpfungspunkte zur Kosmologie, wie Platon sie uns im &amp;#039;Timaios&amp;#039; und auch in den &amp;#039;Nomoi&amp;#039; vorstellt. So gibt es also auch in diesem Spätwerk Platons viel zu entdecken und zu lernen. Tatsächlich schrieb Platon den Dialog wohl auch aus didaktischen Gründen, lässt er doch mitten im Dialog den Gast folgende bemerkenswerte Aussage tätigen: &amp;#039;Wie steht es also für uns jetzt mit der Untersuchung des Staatsmanns? Haben wir sie bloß um seinetwillen angestellt, oder nicht vielmehr, um überhaupt in der Dialektik stärker zu werden?&amp;#039; Und in der Tat: In Hinsicht auf die Methode zur Erkenntnisgewinnung führt uns Platon so ziemlich alles vor, was das damalige Philosophieren zu bieten hat, angefangen bei der Methode der Begriffszergliederung, über das Gleichnis bis hin zur Implementierung eines Mythos zur radikalen  Neuausrichtung des bisherigen Gesprächs. Allein dafür lohnt schon die nähere Beschäftigung mit diesem Dialog.  Neben dem komplett eingelesen Dialog in der Übersetzung von Otto Apelt enthält das Hörbuch als Zusatzmaterial zweit informative Essays über den &amp;#039;Politikos&amp;#039;: 1. Essay: Theodor Gomperz&amp;#039;  Ausführungen über den &amp;#039;Politikos&amp;#039;, entnommen aus seinem Standardwerk &amp;#039;Griechische Denker&amp;#039;, Band 2.  2. Essay: Ein Blick des Sprechers Volker Braumann auf die Rolle und Funktion der beiden Gesprächspartner des &amp;#039;Politkos&amp;#039; für den Verlauf und die Deutung des Dialogs.  Volker Braumann ist Hörbuch-Sprecher und liest vornehmlich Werke aus Philosophie und Psychologie ein.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Vrnda Devi The Beautiful Yoga Of Devotion: The Mother Goddess by Sripad Jagannatha Dasa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714760</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714760">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714760</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vrnda Devi The Beautiful Yoga Of Devotion: The Mother Goddess
Author: Sripad Jagannatha Dasa
Narrator: Sripad Jagannatha Dasa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September 21, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Dear Tulsi, you are much beloved by Lord K???a because your leaves are always at His lotus feet. Dear malati flower, dear mallika flower, dear jasmine flower, all of you must have been touched by K???a while He was passing this way after giving us transcendental enjoyment. Have you seen Madhava passing this way? O mango trees, O trees of jackfruit, O pear trees and asana trees! O blackberries and bael trees and trees of the kadamba flower—you are all very pious trees to be living on the bank of the Yamuna. K???a must have passed through this way. Will you kindly let us know which way He has gone?&amp;#039; The Srimad Bhagavatam Tulsi Devi (Vrinda - Holy Basil) is a sacred plant in Hindu belief. She is regarded as an earthly manifestation of the goddess Srimati Tulsi Devi, and is as an avatar of Lakshmi, and thus the consort of Vishnu. The offering of her leaves is mandatory in the worship of Bhagavan Sri Krishna. Tulsi is regarded as the holiest of all plants and a bridge between heaven and earth. A traditional prayer teaches the creator Brahma and the Ganges resides in her branches, all holy pilgrimage centers in her roots, all deities are in her stem and leaves, and the Vedas are found in the upper part of her branches. The Tulsi herb is a center of household devotion, and is often referred to as the &amp;#039;women&amp;#039;s deity&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;a symbol of wifehood and motherhood.&amp;#039; Vaishnavites consider it as the manifestation of god in the plant kingdom. Tulsi Devi is one of Krishna’s most intimate servants coming to bless us all with extraordinary fortune. She has delicate purple and green leaves, flower tassels (like miniature temple spires), and an arresting, sweet fragrance famous for attracting the minds of yogis to Krishna’s service via Bhakti Yoga. Tulasi’s wood is carved into the Japa beads on which devotees chant Krishna’s holy name.</description>
      <author>Sripad Jagannatha Dasa</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781998231805.mp3" length="917324" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714760</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781998231805.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714760">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714760</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vrnda Devi The Beautiful Yoga Of Devotion: The Mother Goddess
Author: Sripad Jagannatha Dasa
Narrator: Sripad Jagannatha Dasa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September 21, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Dear Tulsi, you are much beloved by Lord K???a because your leaves are always at His lotus feet. Dear malati flower, dear mallika flower, dear jasmine flower, all of you must have been touched by K???a while He was passing this way after giving us transcendental enjoyment. Have you seen Madhava passing this way? O mango trees, O trees of jackfruit, O pear trees and asana trees! O blackberries and bael trees and trees of the kadamba flower—you are all very pious trees to be living on the bank of the Yamuna. K???a must have passed through this way. Will you kindly let us know which way He has gone?&amp;#039; The Srimad Bhagavatam Tulsi Devi (Vrinda - Holy Basil) is a sacred plant in Hindu belief. She is regarded as an earthly manifestation of the goddess Srimati Tulsi Devi, and is as an avatar of Lakshmi, and thus the consort of Vishnu. The offering of her leaves is mandatory in the worship of Bhagavan Sri Krishna. Tulsi is regarded as the holiest of all plants and a bridge between heaven and earth. A traditional prayer teaches the creator Brahma and the Ganges resides in her branches, all holy pilgrimage centers in her roots, all deities are in her stem and leaves, and the Vedas are found in the upper part of her branches. The Tulsi herb is a center of household devotion, and is often referred to as the &amp;#039;women&amp;#039;s deity&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;a symbol of wifehood and motherhood.&amp;#039; Vaishnavites consider it as the manifestation of god in the plant kingdom. Tulsi Devi is one of Krishna’s most intimate servants coming to bless us all with extraordinary fortune. She has delicate purple and green leaves, flower tassels (like miniature temple spires), and an arresting, sweet fragrance famous for attracting the minds of yogis to Krishna’s service via Bhakti Yoga. Tulasi’s wood is carved into the Japa beads on which devotees chant Krishna’s holy name.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714760">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714760</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vrnda Devi The Beautiful Yoga Of Devotion: The Mother Goddess
Author: Sripad Jagannatha Dasa
Narrator: Sripad Jagannatha Dasa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September 21, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Dear Tulsi, you are much beloved by Lord K???a because your leaves are always at His lotus feet. Dear malati flower, dear mallika flower, dear jasmine flower, all of you must have been touched by K???a while He was passing this way after giving us transcendental enjoyment. Have you seen Madhava passing this way? O mango trees, O trees of jackfruit, O pear trees and asana trees! O blackberries and bael trees and trees of the kadamba flower—you are all very pious trees to be living on the bank of the Yamuna. K???a must have passed through this way. Will you kindly let us know which way He has gone?&amp;#039; The Srimad Bhagavatam Tulsi Devi (Vrinda - Holy Basil) is a sacred plant in Hindu belief. She is regarded as an earthly manifestation of the goddess Srimati Tulsi Devi, and is as an avatar of Lakshmi, and thus the consort of Vishnu. The offering of her leaves is mandatory in the worship of Bhagavan Sri Krishna. Tulsi is regarded as the holiest of all plants and a bridge between heaven and earth. A traditional prayer teaches the creator Brahma and the Ganges resides in her branches, all holy pilgrimage centers in her roots, all deities are in her stem and leaves, and the Vedas are found in the upper part of her branches. The Tulsi herb is a center of household devotion, and is often referred to as the &amp;#039;women&amp;#039;s deity&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;a symbol of wifehood and motherhood.&amp;#039; Vaishnavites consider it as the manifestation of god in the plant kingdom. Tulsi Devi is one of Krishna’s most intimate servants coming to bless us all with extraordinary fortune. She has delicate purple and green leaves, flower tassels (like miniature temple spires), and an arresting, sweet fragrance famous for attracting the minds of yogis to Krishna’s service via Bhakti Yoga. Tulasi’s wood is carved into the Japa beads on which devotees chant Krishna’s holy name.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Allure of the Multiverse: Extra Dimensions, Other Worlds, and Parallel Universes by Paul Halpern</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714446</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714446">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714446</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Allure of the Multiverse: Extra Dimensions, Other Worlds, and Parallel Universes
Author: Paul Halpern
Narrator: Paul Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 12 minutes
Release date: January 23, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The long history of one of physics&amp;#039; most enticing ideas: that the universe we know isn&amp;#039;t the only one Our books, our movies—our imaginations—are obsessed with extra dimensions, alternate timelines, and the sense that all we see might not be all there is. In short, we can&amp;#039;t stop thinking about the multiverse. As it turns out, physicists are similarly captivated.     In The Allure of the Multiverse, physicist Paul Halpern tells the epic story of how science became besotted with the multiverse, and the controversies that ensued. The questions that brought scientists to this point are big and deep: Is reality such that anything can happen, must happen? How does quantum mechanics &amp;#039;choose&amp;#039; the outcomes of its apparently random processes? And why is the universe habitable? Each question quickly leads to the multiverse. Drawing on centuries of disputation and deep vision, from luminaries like Nietzsche, Einstein, and the creators of the Marvel Cinematic Universe, Halpern reveals the multiplicity of multiverses that scientists have imagined to make sense of our reality. Whether we live in one of many different possible universes, or simply the only one there is, might never be certain. But Halpern shows one thing for sure: how stimulating it can be to try to find out.</description>
      <author>Paul Halpern</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jan 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855505429.mp3" length="8142701" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714446</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855505429.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714446">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714446</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Allure of the Multiverse: Extra Dimensions, Other Worlds, and Parallel Universes
Author: Paul Halpern
Narrator: Paul Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 12 minutes
Release date: January 23, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The long history of one of physics&amp;#039; most enticing ideas: that the universe we know isn&amp;#039;t the only one Our books, our movies—our imaginations—are obsessed with extra dimensions, alternate timelines, and the sense that all we see might not be all there is. In short, we can&amp;#039;t stop thinking about the multiverse. As it turns out, physicists are similarly captivated.     In The Allure of the Multiverse, physicist Paul Halpern tells the epic story of how science became besotted with the multiverse, and the controversies that ensued. The questions that brought scientists to this point are big and deep: Is reality such that anything can happen, must happen? How does quantum mechanics &amp;#039;choose&amp;#039; the outcomes of its apparently random processes? And why is the universe habitable? Each question quickly leads to the multiverse. Drawing on centuries of disputation and deep vision, from luminaries like Nietzsche, Einstein, and the creators of the Marvel Cinematic Universe, Halpern reveals the multiplicity of multiverses that scientists have imagined to make sense of our reality. Whether we live in one of many different possible universes, or simply the only one there is, might never be certain. But Halpern shows one thing for sure: how stimulating it can be to try to find out.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714446">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714446</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Allure of the Multiverse: Extra Dimensions, Other Worlds, and Parallel Universes
Author: Paul Halpern
Narrator: Paul Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 12 minutes
Release date: January 23, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The long history of one of physics&amp;#039; most enticing ideas: that the universe we know isn&amp;#039;t the only one Our books, our movies—our imaginations—are obsessed with extra dimensions, alternate timelines, and the sense that all we see might not be all there is. In short, we can&amp;#039;t stop thinking about the multiverse. As it turns out, physicists are similarly captivated.     In The Allure of the Multiverse, physicist Paul Halpern tells the epic story of how science became besotted with the multiverse, and the controversies that ensued. The questions that brought scientists to this point are big and deep: Is reality such that anything can happen, must happen? How does quantum mechanics &amp;#039;choose&amp;#039; the outcomes of its apparently random processes? And why is the universe habitable? Each question quickly leads to the multiverse. Drawing on centuries of disputation and deep vision, from luminaries like Nietzsche, Einstein, and the creators of the Marvel Cinematic Universe, Halpern reveals the multiplicity of multiverses that scientists have imagined to make sense of our reality. Whether we live in one of many different possible universes, or simply the only one there is, might never be certain. But Halpern shows one thing for sure: how stimulating it can be to try to find out.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Las ideas fundamentales del universo: Espacio, tiempo y movimiento (Space, Time and Motion) by Sean Carroll</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713518</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Las ideas fundamentales del universo: Espacio, tiempo y movimiento (Space, Time and Motion)
Author: Sean Carroll
Narrator: Fernando Simon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
La física moderna ofrece numerosos avances sobre el origen y el funcionamiento del universo, conocimientos que se transmiten en forma de ecuaciones que, a menudo, nos parecen un galimatías. Con talento incomparable, Sean Carroll demuestra que esas ecuaciones son como verdaderos poemas repletos de significado que nos ayudan a descubrir un milagroso paisaje multidimensional de gigantes radiantes, espacio-tiempo deformado, agujeros negros o fuerzas increíblemente poderosas, y, en suma, que son accesibles a cualquier persona con estudios de matemáticas de secundaria. Porque Carroll ha logrado construir algo que a muchos les parecía altamente improbable: un sólido puente entre la ciencia popular y el universo matemático de los físicos en activo. Nadie como él nos guía con tanta fluidez hacia la comprensión de la ecuación que Einstein utilizó para describir su teoría de la relatividad general. Este libro constituye una introducción inspiradora y deslumbrante en la comprensión de cómo funciona el universo y sus leyes, y está llamado a convertirse en el referente indiscutible de la divulgación de la física y la astrofísica durante generaciones, en la senda de las legendarias conferencias que Richard Feynman publicó hace ya más de sesenta años.</description>
      <author>Sean Carroll</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798886575958.mp3" length="1369847" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713518</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798886575958.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Las ideas fundamentales del universo: Espacio, tiempo y movimiento (Space, Time and Motion)
Author: Sean Carroll
Narrator: Fernando Simon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
La física moderna ofrece numerosos avances sobre el origen y el funcionamiento del universo, conocimientos que se transmiten en forma de ecuaciones que, a menudo, nos parecen un galimatías. Con talento incomparable, Sean Carroll demuestra que esas ecuaciones son como verdaderos poemas repletos de significado que nos ayudan a descubrir un milagroso paisaje multidimensional de gigantes radiantes, espacio-tiempo deformado, agujeros negros o fuerzas increíblemente poderosas, y, en suma, que son accesibles a cualquier persona con estudios de matemáticas de secundaria. Porque Carroll ha logrado construir algo que a muchos les parecía altamente improbable: un sólido puente entre la ciencia popular y el universo matemático de los físicos en activo. Nadie como él nos guía con tanta fluidez hacia la comprensión de la ecuación que Einstein utilizó para describir su teoría de la relatividad general. Este libro constituye una introducción inspiradora y deslumbrante en la comprensión de cómo funciona el universo y sus leyes, y está llamado a convertirse en el referente indiscutible de la divulgación de la física y la astrofísica durante generaciones, en la senda de las legendarias conferencias que Richard Feynman publicó hace ya más de sesenta años.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Las ideas fundamentales del universo: Espacio, tiempo y movimiento (Space, Time and Motion)
Author: Sean Carroll
Narrator: Fernando Simon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
La física moderna ofrece numerosos avances sobre el origen y el funcionamiento del universo, conocimientos que se transmiten en forma de ecuaciones que, a menudo, nos parecen un galimatías. Con talento incomparable, Sean Carroll demuestra que esas ecuaciones son como verdaderos poemas repletos de significado que nos ayudan a descubrir un milagroso paisaje multidimensional de gigantes radiantes, espacio-tiempo deformado, agujeros negros o fuerzas increíblemente poderosas, y, en suma, que son accesibles a cualquier persona con estudios de matemáticas de secundaria. Porque Carroll ha logrado construir algo que a muchos les parecía altamente improbable: un sólido puente entre la ciencia popular y el universo matemático de los físicos en activo. Nadie como él nos guía con tanta fluidez hacia la comprensión de la ecuación que Einstein utilizó para describir su teoría de la relatividad general. Este libro constituye una introducción inspiradora y deslumbrante en la comprensión de cómo funciona el universo y sus leyes, y está llamado a convertirse en el referente indiscutible de la divulgación de la física y la astrofísica durante generaciones, en la senda de las legendarias conferencias que Richard Feynman publicó hace ya más de sesenta años.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Wheel Of Samsara: Secrets Of Reincarnation by Sripad Jagannatha Das</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713172</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713172">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713172</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wheel Of Samsara: Secrets Of Reincarnation
Author: Sripad Jagannatha Das
Narrator: Sripad Jagannatha Das
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The absolute last word on this fascinating subject! Das explains everything you need to know about reincarnation via the teachings of his guru Bhaktivedanta Swami. Five stars!&amp;#039; Yoga Journal Throughout history, some of the most thoughtful minds have advocated that life does not end with the death of our body, but continues via a process known as reincarnation. The Vedic literature of India advocates that the soul, or atma, gives life to the body. Life does not arise from a particular combination of material elements as some modern scientists theorize. At the time of death, we leave one body and enter a new one. That is called reincarnation. The concept is not as alien as it might seem. We can observe we change from one body to another throughout our lifetime. Our body at birth is completely different from our adult body. Yet throughout these changes, the conscious self remains the same. Similarly, the conscious self remains the same at death and transfers from one body to the next in the cycle of reincarnation. Our present body is the result of a long series of actions and reactions in previous lives. The law that governs this is known as karma: every action has a reaction. Our previous actions have produced our present body, and our current actions will determine our next body. Only in the human form can we free ourselves from the endless cycle of reincarnation, of birth and death, by re-establishing our eternal, loving relationship with Lord Krishna. As Krishna states in Bhagavad Gita “From the highest planet in the material world down to the lowest, all are places of misery wherein repeated birth and death take place. But one attains to My abode.. never takes birth again.” Here in this unique audiobook, are the ancient secrets of reincarnation from a 50-year devotee of the Vedas and devotional yoga. A rare mystical audiobook adventure.</description>
      <author>Sripad Jagannatha Das</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781998231720.mp3" length="913837" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713172</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781998231720.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713172">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713172</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wheel Of Samsara: Secrets Of Reincarnation
Author: Sripad Jagannatha Das
Narrator: Sripad Jagannatha Das
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The absolute last word on this fascinating subject! Das explains everything you need to know about reincarnation via the teachings of his guru Bhaktivedanta Swami. Five stars!&amp;#039; Yoga Journal Throughout history, some of the most thoughtful minds have advocated that life does not end with the death of our body, but continues via a process known as reincarnation. The Vedic literature of India advocates that the soul, or atma, gives life to the body. Life does not arise from a particular combination of material elements as some modern scientists theorize. At the time of death, we leave one body and enter a new one. That is called reincarnation. The concept is not as alien as it might seem. We can observe we change from one body to another throughout our lifetime. Our body at birth is completely different from our adult body. Yet throughout these changes, the conscious self remains the same. Similarly, the conscious self remains the same at death and transfers from one body to the next in the cycle of reincarnation. Our present body is the result of a long series of actions and reactions in previous lives. The law that governs this is known as karma: every action has a reaction. Our previous actions have produced our present body, and our current actions will determine our next body. Only in the human form can we free ourselves from the endless cycle of reincarnation, of birth and death, by re-establishing our eternal, loving relationship with Lord Krishna. As Krishna states in Bhagavad Gita “From the highest planet in the material world down to the lowest, all are places of misery wherein repeated birth and death take place. But one attains to My abode.. never takes birth again.” Here in this unique audiobook, are the ancient secrets of reincarnation from a 50-year devotee of the Vedas and devotional yoga. A rare mystical audiobook adventure.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713172">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713172</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wheel Of Samsara: Secrets Of Reincarnation
Author: Sripad Jagannatha Das
Narrator: Sripad Jagannatha Das
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The absolute last word on this fascinating subject! Das explains everything you need to know about reincarnation via the teachings of his guru Bhaktivedanta Swami. Five stars!&amp;#039; Yoga Journal Throughout history, some of the most thoughtful minds have advocated that life does not end with the death of our body, but continues via a process known as reincarnation. The Vedic literature of India advocates that the soul, or atma, gives life to the body. Life does not arise from a particular combination of material elements as some modern scientists theorize. At the time of death, we leave one body and enter a new one. That is called reincarnation. The concept is not as alien as it might seem. We can observe we change from one body to another throughout our lifetime. Our body at birth is completely different from our adult body. Yet throughout these changes, the conscious self remains the same. Similarly, the conscious self remains the same at death and transfers from one body to the next in the cycle of reincarnation. Our present body is the result of a long series of actions and reactions in previous lives. The law that governs this is known as karma: every action has a reaction. Our previous actions have produced our present body, and our current actions will determine our next body. Only in the human form can we free ourselves from the endless cycle of reincarnation, of birth and death, by re-establishing our eternal, loving relationship with Lord Krishna. As Krishna states in Bhagavad Gita “From the highest planet in the material world down to the lowest, all are places of misery wherein repeated birth and death take place. But one attains to My abode.. never takes birth again.” Here in this unique audiobook, are the ancient secrets of reincarnation from a 50-year devotee of the Vedas and devotional yoga. A rare mystical audiobook adventure.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Der Siegeszug des modernen Selbst: Kulturelle Amnesie, expressiver Individualismus und der Weg zur sexuellen Revolution by Carl R. Trueman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713014</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713014">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713014</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Siegeszug des modernen Selbst: Kulturelle Amnesie, expressiver Individualismus und der Weg zur sexuellen Revolution
Author: Carl R. Trueman
Narrator: Eduard Regehr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 45 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Die moderne Kultur wird zunehmend von Fragen und Antworten rund um die sexuelle Identität beeinflusst – ob im öffentlichen Diskurs oder bei kulturellen Trends. Jedes gesellschaftliche Phänomen hat seine historischen Wurzeln. Von Augustinus, über Rousseau bis hin zu Marx oder Freud sind unterschiedliche Auffassungen des Selbst vorgestellt worden. Im 20. Jahrhundert wurden diese Konzepte des Selbst nicht nur psychologisiert und eng mit der Sexualität verschränkt, sondern unter dem Einfluss von Leuten wie Reich, Marcuse und anderen ebenfalls zu einer politischen Angelegenheit gemacht. Der Historiker Carl Trueman untersucht in seinem Buch Der Siegeszug des modernen Selbst die Sichtweisen auf das »Selbst«, die schlussendlich zur sexuellen Revolution beigetragen haben und seitdem tief in unsere Alltagskultur eingeschrieben sind. Er greift dabei auf Analysen des Philosophen Charles Taylor, des Soziologe Philip Rieff und des Ethikers Alasdair MacIntyre zurück. Trueman gibt einen äußerst hilfreichen Überblick über die Vergangenheit, bringt Klarheit in die Gegenwart und vermittelt Orientierungs- und Argumentationshilfen im Blick auf die Zukunft. Für Christen, die sich in der Kultur einer sich ständig verändernden Suche nach Identität bewegen und bewähren müssen, ist das ein wichtiges Werk.</description>
      <author>Carl R. Trueman</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783949998478.mp3" length="875930" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713014</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783949998478.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713014">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713014</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Siegeszug des modernen Selbst: Kulturelle Amnesie, expressiver Individualismus und der Weg zur sexuellen Revolution
Author: Carl R. Trueman
Narrator: Eduard Regehr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 45 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Die moderne Kultur wird zunehmend von Fragen und Antworten rund um die sexuelle Identität beeinflusst – ob im öffentlichen Diskurs oder bei kulturellen Trends. Jedes gesellschaftliche Phänomen hat seine historischen Wurzeln. Von Augustinus, über Rousseau bis hin zu Marx oder Freud sind unterschiedliche Auffassungen des Selbst vorgestellt worden. Im 20. Jahrhundert wurden diese Konzepte des Selbst nicht nur psychologisiert und eng mit der Sexualität verschränkt, sondern unter dem Einfluss von Leuten wie Reich, Marcuse und anderen ebenfalls zu einer politischen Angelegenheit gemacht. Der Historiker Carl Trueman untersucht in seinem Buch Der Siegeszug des modernen Selbst die Sichtweisen auf das »Selbst«, die schlussendlich zur sexuellen Revolution beigetragen haben und seitdem tief in unsere Alltagskultur eingeschrieben sind. Er greift dabei auf Analysen des Philosophen Charles Taylor, des Soziologe Philip Rieff und des Ethikers Alasdair MacIntyre zurück. Trueman gibt einen äußerst hilfreichen Überblick über die Vergangenheit, bringt Klarheit in die Gegenwart und vermittelt Orientierungs- und Argumentationshilfen im Blick auf die Zukunft. Für Christen, die sich in der Kultur einer sich ständig verändernden Suche nach Identität bewegen und bewähren müssen, ist das ein wichtiges Werk.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713014">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713014</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Siegeszug des modernen Selbst: Kulturelle Amnesie, expressiver Individualismus und der Weg zur sexuellen Revolution
Author: Carl R. Trueman
Narrator: Eduard Regehr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 45 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Die moderne Kultur wird zunehmend von Fragen und Antworten rund um die sexuelle Identität beeinflusst – ob im öffentlichen Diskurs oder bei kulturellen Trends. Jedes gesellschaftliche Phänomen hat seine historischen Wurzeln. Von Augustinus, über Rousseau bis hin zu Marx oder Freud sind unterschiedliche Auffassungen des Selbst vorgestellt worden. Im 20. Jahrhundert wurden diese Konzepte des Selbst nicht nur psychologisiert und eng mit der Sexualität verschränkt, sondern unter dem Einfluss von Leuten wie Reich, Marcuse und anderen ebenfalls zu einer politischen Angelegenheit gemacht. Der Historiker Carl Trueman untersucht in seinem Buch Der Siegeszug des modernen Selbst die Sichtweisen auf das »Selbst«, die schlussendlich zur sexuellen Revolution beigetragen haben und seitdem tief in unsere Alltagskultur eingeschrieben sind. Er greift dabei auf Analysen des Philosophen Charles Taylor, des Soziologe Philip Rieff und des Ethikers Alasdair MacIntyre zurück. Trueman gibt einen äußerst hilfreichen Überblick über die Vergangenheit, bringt Klarheit in die Gegenwart und vermittelt Orientierungs- und Argumentationshilfen im Blick auf die Zukunft. Für Christen, die sich in der Kultur einer sich ständig verändernden Suche nach Identität bewegen und bewähren müssen, ist das ein wichtiges Werk.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - حلاوة القهوة في مرارتها: Halawat Al kahwa fi mararatouha by عبد الله المغلوث</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712906</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712906">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712906</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - حلاوة القهوة في مرارتها: Halawat Al kahwa fi mararatouha
Author: عبد الله المغلوث
Narrator: قصي حمود
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
حلاوة القهوة في المهرجان سألت رجلاً هندي الاصل: هل تريد يعضا من القهوة العربية؟ أجابني: بالطبع، فقد سمعت عنها كثيراً لكن للأسف لم يحالفني الحظ لأتذوقها، قلت: اليوم ستتذوقها من منبعها الأصلي، فهذه قهوة عربية خالصة، كنت متلهفا لمشاهدة رد فعله، لكنه فاجأني حينما قال: أريد بعض السكر، توقفت لبرهة لأستوعب و أنا أتسائل في نفسي، سكر وقهوة عربية!! قلت له : في بلدي نحتسي القهوة مرة، و نأكل معها لوح ن الشوكولاته، أو أي نوع من السكريات ، لذلك نستغني عن وضع السكر في القهوة. عاد الرجل مرة أخرى بكوب أكبر و قال لي: عندما أضفت السكر أحببت طعمها أكثر، حينها أيقنت بأن للقهوة تاريخاً و طريقة تختلف من بلد لآخر، فهي تعكس ثقافة مجتمعها بطريقة ما. تصرف الرجل الهندي أكد أن الانسان قادر على التكيف، فهذا الشخص لم يبال بمرارة القهوة، و لم يضع الكوب جانبا، بل وضع السكر في قهوته لتناسب ذوقه، وعندما عاد بكوب أكبر أخبرني أن الحياة مغامرة نتلهف بشغف لخوض غمارها، و حين نمسك الشيء بإيدينا ربما تكتشف أنه لا يناسبنا، و هنا إما أن نرمي به عرض الحائط ، أو نتكيف معه بالطريقة التي تجعلنا نرغبه و نستزيد منه.</description>
      <author>عبد الله المغلوث</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4066339955103.mp3" length="665853" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712906</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4066339955103.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712906">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712906</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - حلاوة القهوة في مرارتها: Halawat Al kahwa fi mararatouha
Author: عبد الله المغلوث
Narrator: قصي حمود
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
حلاوة القهوة في المهرجان سألت رجلاً هندي الاصل: هل تريد يعضا من القهوة العربية؟ أجابني: بالطبع، فقد سمعت عنها كثيراً لكن للأسف لم يحالفني الحظ لأتذوقها، قلت: اليوم ستتذوقها من منبعها الأصلي، فهذه قهوة عربية خالصة، كنت متلهفا لمشاهدة رد فعله، لكنه فاجأني حينما قال: أريد بعض السكر، توقفت لبرهة لأستوعب و أنا أتسائل في نفسي، سكر وقهوة عربية!! قلت له : في بلدي نحتسي القهوة مرة، و نأكل معها لوح ن الشوكولاته، أو أي نوع من السكريات ، لذلك نستغني عن وضع السكر في القهوة. عاد الرجل مرة أخرى بكوب أكبر و قال لي: عندما أضفت السكر أحببت طعمها أكثر، حينها أيقنت بأن للقهوة تاريخاً و طريقة تختلف من بلد لآخر، فهي تعكس ثقافة مجتمعها بطريقة ما. تصرف الرجل الهندي أكد أن الانسان قادر على التكيف، فهذا الشخص لم يبال بمرارة القهوة، و لم يضع الكوب جانبا، بل وضع السكر في قهوته لتناسب ذوقه، وعندما عاد بكوب أكبر أخبرني أن الحياة مغامرة نتلهف بشغف لخوض غمارها، و حين نمسك الشيء بإيدينا ربما تكتشف أنه لا يناسبنا، و هنا إما أن نرمي به عرض الحائط ، أو نتكيف معه بالطريقة التي تجعلنا نرغبه و نستزيد منه.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712906">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712906</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - حلاوة القهوة في مرارتها: Halawat Al kahwa fi mararatouha
Author: عبد الله المغلوث
Narrator: قصي حمود
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
حلاوة القهوة في المهرجان سألت رجلاً هندي الاصل: هل تريد يعضا من القهوة العربية؟ أجابني: بالطبع، فقد سمعت عنها كثيراً لكن للأسف لم يحالفني الحظ لأتذوقها، قلت: اليوم ستتذوقها من منبعها الأصلي، فهذه قهوة عربية خالصة، كنت متلهفا لمشاهدة رد فعله، لكنه فاجأني حينما قال: أريد بعض السكر، توقفت لبرهة لأستوعب و أنا أتسائل في نفسي، سكر وقهوة عربية!! قلت له : في بلدي نحتسي القهوة مرة، و نأكل معها لوح ن الشوكولاته، أو أي نوع من السكريات ، لذلك نستغني عن وضع السكر في القهوة. عاد الرجل مرة أخرى بكوب أكبر و قال لي: عندما أضفت السكر أحببت طعمها أكثر، حينها أيقنت بأن للقهوة تاريخاً و طريقة تختلف من بلد لآخر، فهي تعكس ثقافة مجتمعها بطريقة ما. تصرف الرجل الهندي أكد أن الانسان قادر على التكيف، فهذا الشخص لم يبال بمرارة القهوة، و لم يضع الكوب جانبا، بل وضع السكر في قهوته لتناسب ذوقه، وعندما عاد بكوب أكبر أخبرني أن الحياة مغامرة نتلهف بشغف لخوض غمارها، و حين نمسك الشيء بإيدينا ربما تكتشف أنه لا يناسبنا، و هنا إما أن نرمي به عرض الحائط ، أو نتكيف معه بالطريقة التي تجعلنا نرغبه و نستزيد منه.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Ludwig von Mises: Der kompromisslose Liberale by Thorsten Polleit</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712821</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712821">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712821</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ludwig von Mises: Der kompromisslose Liberale
Author: Thorsten Polleit
Narrator: Christian Leuenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 25 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Ludwig von Mises gilt als einer der bedeutendsten wirtschafts- und sozialwissenschaftlichen Denker des 20. Jahrhunderts. Er erkannte in der Logik des menschlichen Handelns den Dreh- und Angelpunkt der Volkswirtschaftslehre und revolutionierte damit die Denkweise ganzer Generationen von Ökonomen. Mises&amp;#039; wissenschaftliche Erkenntnisse sind nicht nur zeitlos, gerade heute sind sie mehr denn je gefragt, um die wirtschafts- und gesellschaftspolitischen Debatten über die drängenden Probleme der Zeit – unter anderem Einkommens- und Vermögensungleichheit, Migration, Ressourcennutzung – gehaltvoll führen und zu sinnvollen Lösungen gelangen zu können. Dieses Hörbuch ist eine leicht verständliche Einführung in Mises&amp;#039; umfangreiches Werk und die darin ausgebreiteten Erkenntnisse: die Unmöglichkeit des Sozialismus, die wohlfahrtsfördernde und friedenstiftende Wirkung des Liberalismus, die Gefahren des Interventionismus, das Wesen des Geldes, die Ursache von Wirtschafts- und Finanzkrisen und anderes mehr.</description>
      <author>Thorsten Polleit</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4067248506752.mp3" length="947097" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712821</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4067248506752.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712821">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712821</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ludwig von Mises: Der kompromisslose Liberale
Author: Thorsten Polleit
Narrator: Christian Leuenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 25 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Ludwig von Mises gilt als einer der bedeutendsten wirtschafts- und sozialwissenschaftlichen Denker des 20. Jahrhunderts. Er erkannte in der Logik des menschlichen Handelns den Dreh- und Angelpunkt der Volkswirtschaftslehre und revolutionierte damit die Denkweise ganzer Generationen von Ökonomen. Mises&amp;#039; wissenschaftliche Erkenntnisse sind nicht nur zeitlos, gerade heute sind sie mehr denn je gefragt, um die wirtschafts- und gesellschaftspolitischen Debatten über die drängenden Probleme der Zeit – unter anderem Einkommens- und Vermögensungleichheit, Migration, Ressourcennutzung – gehaltvoll führen und zu sinnvollen Lösungen gelangen zu können. Dieses Hörbuch ist eine leicht verständliche Einführung in Mises&amp;#039; umfangreiches Werk und die darin ausgebreiteten Erkenntnisse: die Unmöglichkeit des Sozialismus, die wohlfahrtsfördernde und friedenstiftende Wirkung des Liberalismus, die Gefahren des Interventionismus, das Wesen des Geldes, die Ursache von Wirtschafts- und Finanzkrisen und anderes mehr.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712821">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712821</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ludwig von Mises: Der kompromisslose Liberale
Author: Thorsten Polleit
Narrator: Christian Leuenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 25 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Ludwig von Mises gilt als einer der bedeutendsten wirtschafts- und sozialwissenschaftlichen Denker des 20. Jahrhunderts. Er erkannte in der Logik des menschlichen Handelns den Dreh- und Angelpunkt der Volkswirtschaftslehre und revolutionierte damit die Denkweise ganzer Generationen von Ökonomen. Mises&amp;#039; wissenschaftliche Erkenntnisse sind nicht nur zeitlos, gerade heute sind sie mehr denn je gefragt, um die wirtschafts- und gesellschaftspolitischen Debatten über die drängenden Probleme der Zeit – unter anderem Einkommens- und Vermögensungleichheit, Migration, Ressourcennutzung – gehaltvoll führen und zu sinnvollen Lösungen gelangen zu können. Dieses Hörbuch ist eine leicht verständliche Einführung in Mises&amp;#039; umfangreiches Werk und die darin ausgebreiteten Erkenntnisse: die Unmöglichkeit des Sozialismus, die wohlfahrtsfördernde und friedenstiftende Wirkung des Liberalismus, die Gefahren des Interventionismus, das Wesen des Geldes, die Ursache von Wirtschafts- und Finanzkrisen und anderes mehr.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Fantasmas: Una exhortación contra Dios by Marqués De Sade</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712811</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712811">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712811</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Fantasmas: Una exhortación contra Dios
Author: Marqués De Sade
Narrator: Artur Mas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 11 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
El relato &amp;#039;Fantasmas, (Una Exhortación Contra Dios)&amp;#039;, es uno de los textos contenidos en los &amp;#039;Cuadernos Personales&amp;#039; del Marqués de Sade escritos en 1802, mientras estaba encarcelado en Bicétre, institución mitad manicomio mitad cárcel, conocida como &amp;#039;La Bastilla de los Canallas&amp;#039;. Esta obra es una exploración de la negación de la existencia de Dios y una crítica feroz a la religión y la moral tradicional. Sade cuestiona y desafía las creencias religiosas y propone una visión atea y hedonista del mundo, argumentando en contra de las estructuras de poder religioso y social. Es un ejemplo de su enfoque radical y subversivo en la literatura.</description>
      <author>Marqués De Sade</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4067248810576.mp3" length="573374" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712811</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4067248810576.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712811">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712811</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Fantasmas: Una exhortación contra Dios
Author: Marqués De Sade
Narrator: Artur Mas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 11 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
El relato &amp;#039;Fantasmas, (Una Exhortación Contra Dios)&amp;#039;, es uno de los textos contenidos en los &amp;#039;Cuadernos Personales&amp;#039; del Marqués de Sade escritos en 1802, mientras estaba encarcelado en Bicétre, institución mitad manicomio mitad cárcel, conocida como &amp;#039;La Bastilla de los Canallas&amp;#039;. Esta obra es una exploración de la negación de la existencia de Dios y una crítica feroz a la religión y la moral tradicional. Sade cuestiona y desafía las creencias religiosas y propone una visión atea y hedonista del mundo, argumentando en contra de las estructuras de poder religioso y social. Es un ejemplo de su enfoque radical y subversivo en la literatura.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712811">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712811</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Fantasmas: Una exhortación contra Dios
Author: Marqués De Sade
Narrator: Artur Mas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 11 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
El relato &amp;#039;Fantasmas, (Una Exhortación Contra Dios)&amp;#039;, es uno de los textos contenidos en los &amp;#039;Cuadernos Personales&amp;#039; del Marqués de Sade escritos en 1802, mientras estaba encarcelado en Bicétre, institución mitad manicomio mitad cárcel, conocida como &amp;#039;La Bastilla de los Canallas&amp;#039;. Esta obra es una exploración de la negación de la existencia de Dios y una crítica feroz a la religión y la moral tradicional. Sade cuestiona y desafía las creencias religiosas y propone una visión atea y hedonista del mundo, argumentando en contra de las estructuras de poder religioso y social. Es un ejemplo de su enfoque radical y subversivo en la literatura.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El Amor de Magdalena by Anónimo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712812</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712812">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712812</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El Amor de Magdalena
Author: Anónimo
Narrator: Artur Mas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 53 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
El amor de Magdalena es un texto sorprendentemente fresco y vibrante de la mística francesa del siglo XVII. Con palabras muy cálidas y audaces presenta el amor de María Magdalena por Jesús y de Jesús por ella. Se trata del amor entre dos naturalezas, la divina y la humana, y de ahí que su figura se la asocie al final del texto con la Iglesia, que es toda la humanidad convocada al encuentro con Dios y a la unión con Él.</description>
      <author>Anónimo</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Dec 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4067248788905.mp3" length="861357" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712812</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4067248788905.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712812">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712812</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El Amor de Magdalena
Author: Anónimo
Narrator: Artur Mas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 53 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
El amor de Magdalena es un texto sorprendentemente fresco y vibrante de la mística francesa del siglo XVII. Con palabras muy cálidas y audaces presenta el amor de María Magdalena por Jesús y de Jesús por ella. Se trata del amor entre dos naturalezas, la divina y la humana, y de ahí que su figura se la asocie al final del texto con la Iglesia, que es toda la humanidad convocada al encuentro con Dios y a la unión con Él.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712812">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712812</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El Amor de Magdalena
Author: Anónimo
Narrator: Artur Mas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 53 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
El amor de Magdalena es un texto sorprendentemente fresco y vibrante de la mística francesa del siglo XVII. Con palabras muy cálidas y audaces presenta el amor de María Magdalena por Jesús y de Jesús por ella. Se trata del amor entre dos naturalezas, la divina y la humana, y de ahí que su figura se la asocie al final del texto con la Iglesia, que es toda la humanidad convocada al encuentro con Dios y a la unión con Él.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El buen antepasado - Cómo pensar a largo plazo en un mundo cortoplacista by Roman Krznaric</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712714</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712714">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712714</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El buen antepasado - Cómo pensar a largo plazo en un mundo cortoplacista
Author: Roman Krznaric
Narrator: José ángel Fuentes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 56 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
En la era tiránica del ahora, impulsada por las noticias 24 horas al día, el último tuit y el botón de &amp;#039;comprar ahora&amp;#039;, ¿cómo podemos ser capaces de pensar a largo plazo?  Con un cortoplacismo tan frenético en la raíz de las crisis contemporáneas, desde las amenazas del cambio climático a la falta de planificación para una pandemia mundial, la llamada al pensamiento a largo plazo crece cada día.  &amp;#039;El buen antepasado&amp;#039; revela seis formas profundas en las que podemos aprender a pensar a largo plazo, explorando talentos humanos como el &amp;#039;pensamiento catedral&amp;#039;, que amplía nuestros horizontes temporales y agudiza nuestra previsión. Basándose en innovaciones radicales de todo el mundo, Krznaric celebra a los rebeldes del tiempo que están reinventando la democracia, la cultura y la economía para que todos tengamos la oportunidad de convertirnos en buenos antepasados y crear un mañana mejor. Transforma tu mentalidad y conviértete en un buen antepasado, allanando el camino para un futuro mejor con el libro inspirador y provocativo de Roman Krznaric. Roman Krznaric (1964) es un filósofo australiano,  fundador del primer Museo de la Empatía e investigador de la Fundación Long Now. Estudió en las universidades de Oxford, Londres y Essex, donde obtuvo un doctorado en sociología política. Krznaric es conocido por sus ideas provocadoras sobre la empatía y el cambio social, y su trabajo ha sido influyente en la promoción de una mayor comprensión y compasión en la sociedad. &amp;#039;Hermoso de leer, sincero y persuasivo, El buen antepasado es uno de esos libros emblemáticos con el poder de cambiar una mentalidad. Uno pasa las páginas sintiendo una creciente compulsión por el cambio. La clarinada de Krznaric a favor del pensamiento a largo plazo le convierte en un antepasado del que todas las generaciones futuras pueden sentirse orgullosas&amp;#039;. - Isabella Tree, autora de Wilding</description>
      <author>Roman Krznaric</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Nov 2016 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728247785.mp3" length="1376450" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712714</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728247785.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712714">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712714</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El buen antepasado - Cómo pensar a largo plazo en un mundo cortoplacista
Author: Roman Krznaric
Narrator: José ángel Fuentes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 56 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
En la era tiránica del ahora, impulsada por las noticias 24 horas al día, el último tuit y el botón de &amp;#039;comprar ahora&amp;#039;, ¿cómo podemos ser capaces de pensar a largo plazo?  Con un cortoplacismo tan frenético en la raíz de las crisis contemporáneas, desde las amenazas del cambio climático a la falta de planificación para una pandemia mundial, la llamada al pensamiento a largo plazo crece cada día.  &amp;#039;El buen antepasado&amp;#039; revela seis formas profundas en las que podemos aprender a pensar a largo plazo, explorando talentos humanos como el &amp;#039;pensamiento catedral&amp;#039;, que amplía nuestros horizontes temporales y agudiza nuestra previsión. Basándose en innovaciones radicales de todo el mundo, Krznaric celebra a los rebeldes del tiempo que están reinventando la democracia, la cultura y la economía para que todos tengamos la oportunidad de convertirnos en buenos antepasados y crear un mañana mejor. Transforma tu mentalidad y conviértete en un buen antepasado, allanando el camino para un futuro mejor con el libro inspirador y provocativo de Roman Krznaric. Roman Krznaric (1964) es un filósofo australiano,  fundador del primer Museo de la Empatía e investigador de la Fundación Long Now. Estudió en las universidades de Oxford, Londres y Essex, donde obtuvo un doctorado en sociología política. Krznaric es conocido por sus ideas provocadoras sobre la empatía y el cambio social, y su trabajo ha sido influyente en la promoción de una mayor comprensión y compasión en la sociedad. &amp;#039;Hermoso de leer, sincero y persuasivo, El buen antepasado es uno de esos libros emblemáticos con el poder de cambiar una mentalidad. Uno pasa las páginas sintiendo una creciente compulsión por el cambio. La clarinada de Krznaric a favor del pensamiento a largo plazo le convierte en un antepasado del que todas las generaciones futuras pueden sentirse orgullosas&amp;#039;. - Isabella Tree, autora de Wilding</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712714">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712714</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El buen antepasado - Cómo pensar a largo plazo en un mundo cortoplacista
Author: Roman Krznaric
Narrator: José ángel Fuentes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 56 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2016
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
En la era tiránica del ahora, impulsada por las noticias 24 horas al día, el último tuit y el botón de &amp;#039;comprar ahora&amp;#039;, ¿cómo podemos ser capaces de pensar a largo plazo?  Con un cortoplacismo tan frenético en la raíz de las crisis contemporáneas, desde las amenazas del cambio climático a la falta de planificación para una pandemia mundial, la llamada al pensamiento a largo plazo crece cada día.  &amp;#039;El buen antepasado&amp;#039; revela seis formas profundas en las que podemos aprender a pensar a largo plazo, explorando talentos humanos como el &amp;#039;pensamiento catedral&amp;#039;, que amplía nuestros horizontes temporales y agudiza nuestra previsión. Basándose en innovaciones radicales de todo el mundo, Krznaric celebra a los rebeldes del tiempo que están reinventando la democracia, la cultura y la economía para que todos tengamos la oportunidad de convertirnos en buenos antepasados y crear un mañana mejor. Transforma tu mentalidad y conviértete en un buen antepasado, allanando el camino para un futuro mejor con el libro inspirador y provocativo de Roman Krznaric. Roman Krznaric (1964) es un filósofo australiano,  fundador del primer Museo de la Empatía e investigador de la Fundación Long Now. Estudió en las universidades de Oxford, Londres y Essex, donde obtuvo un doctorado en sociología política. Krznaric es conocido por sus ideas provocadoras sobre la empatía y el cambio social, y su trabajo ha sido influyente en la promoción de una mayor comprensión y compasión en la sociedad. &amp;#039;Hermoso de leer, sincero y persuasivo, El buen antepasado es uno de esos libros emblemáticos con el poder de cambiar una mentalidad. Uno pasa las páginas sintiendo una creciente compulsión por el cambio. La clarinada de Krznaric a favor del pensamiento a largo plazo le convierte en un antepasado del que todas las generaciones futuras pueden sentirse orgullosas&amp;#039;. - Isabella Tree, autora de Wilding</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Three Wise Monkeys of Research by Tara Brabazon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712630</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712630">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712630</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Three Wise Monkeys of Research
Author: Tara Brabazon
Narrator: Tara Brabazon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 38 minutes
Release date: August 12, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Research is anchored by assumptions.  How do we complete research - and why?  This book - The Three Monkeys of Research - explores epistemology, ontology and methodology.  Tara Brabazon explores how ideas become knowledge, and how arguments are verified, believed and disseminated to scholars, stakeholders and citizens.</description>
      <author>Tara Brabazon</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 12 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823481427.mp3" length="1449716" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712630</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823481427.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712630">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712630</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Three Wise Monkeys of Research
Author: Tara Brabazon
Narrator: Tara Brabazon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 38 minutes
Release date: August 12, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Research is anchored by assumptions.  How do we complete research - and why?  This book - The Three Monkeys of Research - explores epistemology, ontology and methodology.  Tara Brabazon explores how ideas become knowledge, and how arguments are verified, believed and disseminated to scholars, stakeholders and citizens.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712630">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712630</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Three Wise Monkeys of Research
Author: Tara Brabazon
Narrator: Tara Brabazon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 38 minutes
Release date: August 12, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Research is anchored by assumptions.  How do we complete research - and why?  This book - The Three Monkeys of Research - explores epistemology, ontology and methodology.  Tara Brabazon explores how ideas become knowledge, and how arguments are verified, believed and disseminated to scholars, stakeholders and citizens.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Book of Good Counsel by Sir Edwin Arnold</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712290</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712290">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712290</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Good Counsel
Author: Sir Edwin Arnold
Narrator: The Arc, Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 16, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A fine collection of moral and practical advice in the form of poetry and verse. Written by Sir Edwin Arnold, a British poet, and journalist, this work draws inspiration from ancient Indian literature, particularly the ancient Sanskrit text &amp;#039;Hitopadesha.&amp;#039; With its wisdom and insights into human behavior, the book offers valuable life lessons, making it a source of inspiration for readers seeking guidance and self-improvement. Sir Edwin Arnold was an English poet and journalist, born on June 10, 1832, in Gravesend, Kent, England. He is best remembered for his epic poem &amp;#039;The Light of Asia,&amp;#039; published in 1879, which narrates the life and teachings of Gautama Buddha. The poem gained immense popularity and made Arnold a prominent figure in the literary world. He served as a journalist for several British newspapers, including The Daily Telegraph and The Daily Telegraph, and later became the editor of The Daily Telegraph. Arnold&amp;#039;s work and contributions earned him a knighthood in 1888, recognizing his significant influence on literature and journalism in the late 19th century.</description>
      <author>Sir Edwin Arnold</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 16 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781998231331.mp3" length="870069" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712290</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781998231331.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712290">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712290</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Good Counsel
Author: Sir Edwin Arnold
Narrator: The Arc, Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 16, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A fine collection of moral and practical advice in the form of poetry and verse. Written by Sir Edwin Arnold, a British poet, and journalist, this work draws inspiration from ancient Indian literature, particularly the ancient Sanskrit text &amp;#039;Hitopadesha.&amp;#039; With its wisdom and insights into human behavior, the book offers valuable life lessons, making it a source of inspiration for readers seeking guidance and self-improvement. Sir Edwin Arnold was an English poet and journalist, born on June 10, 1832, in Gravesend, Kent, England. He is best remembered for his epic poem &amp;#039;The Light of Asia,&amp;#039; published in 1879, which narrates the life and teachings of Gautama Buddha. The poem gained immense popularity and made Arnold a prominent figure in the literary world. He served as a journalist for several British newspapers, including The Daily Telegraph and The Daily Telegraph, and later became the editor of The Daily Telegraph. Arnold&amp;#039;s work and contributions earned him a knighthood in 1888, recognizing his significant influence on literature and journalism in the late 19th century.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712290">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712290</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Good Counsel
Author: Sir Edwin Arnold
Narrator: The Arc, Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 16, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A fine collection of moral and practical advice in the form of poetry and verse. Written by Sir Edwin Arnold, a British poet, and journalist, this work draws inspiration from ancient Indian literature, particularly the ancient Sanskrit text &amp;#039;Hitopadesha.&amp;#039; With its wisdom and insights into human behavior, the book offers valuable life lessons, making it a source of inspiration for readers seeking guidance and self-improvement. Sir Edwin Arnold was an English poet and journalist, born on June 10, 1832, in Gravesend, Kent, England. He is best remembered for his epic poem &amp;#039;The Light of Asia,&amp;#039; published in 1879, which narrates the life and teachings of Gautama Buddha. The poem gained immense popularity and made Arnold a prominent figure in the literary world. He served as a journalist for several British newspapers, including The Daily Telegraph and The Daily Telegraph, and later became the editor of The Daily Telegraph. Arnold&amp;#039;s work and contributions earned him a knighthood in 1888, recognizing his significant influence on literature and journalism in the late 19th century.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Fast: The History, Science, Philosophy, and Promise of Doing Without by John Oakes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712244</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712244">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712244</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fast: The History, Science, Philosophy, and Promise of Doing Without
Author: John Oakes
Narrator: Matt Godfrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 13, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
With fasting at an all-time high in popularity, here is an enlightening exploration into the history, science, and philosophy behind the practice—essential to many religions and wellness routines. Whether for philosophical, political, or health-related reasons, fasting marks a departure from daily routine. Based on extensive historical, scientific, and cultural research and reporting, The Fast illuminates the numerous facets of this act of self-deprivation. John Oakes interviews doctors, spiritual leaders, activists, and others who guide him through this practice—and embarks on fasts of his own—to deliver a book that supplies anyone curious about fasting with profound new understanding, appreciation, and inspiration.   In recent years, fasting has become increasingly popular for a variety of reasons—from weight loss to detoxing, to the faithful who fast in prayer, to seekers pursuing mindfulness, to activists using hunger strikes as protest. Notable fasters include Moses, Buddha, Jesus, Muhammad, Gandhi, George Washington, Abraham Lincoln, Emily Dickinson, Mark Twain, Cesar Chavez, and a long list of others who have drawn on its power over the ages and across borders and cultures.   The Fast looks at the complex science behind the jaw-dropping biological changes that occur inside the body when we fast. Metabolic switching can prompt repair and renewal down to the molecular level, providing benefits for those suffering from obesity and diabetes, cancer, epilepsy, cardiovascular disease, neurodegenerative disorders, and more. Longer fasts can both reinvigorate the immune system and protect it against damage. Beyond the physical experience, fasting can be a great collective unifier, and it has been adopted by religions and political movements all over the world for millennia. Fasting is central to holy seasons and days such as Lent (Christianity), Ramadan (Islam), Yom Kippur (Judaism), Uposatha (Buddhism), and Ekadashi (Hinduism). On an individual level, devout ascetics who master self-deprivation to an extreme are believed to be closer to the divine, ascending to enlightenment or even sainthood.   Fasting reminds us of the virtues of holding back, of not consuming all that we can. “Broad in scope and rich in insight” (Publishers Weekly, starred review), this book shows us that fasting is about much more than food: it is about taking control of your life in new and empowering ways and reconsidering your place in the world.</description>
      <author>John Oakes</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Feb 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797176116.mp3" length="883054" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712244</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797176116.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712244">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712244</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fast: The History, Science, Philosophy, and Promise of Doing Without
Author: John Oakes
Narrator: Matt Godfrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 13, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
With fasting at an all-time high in popularity, here is an enlightening exploration into the history, science, and philosophy behind the practice—essential to many religions and wellness routines. Whether for philosophical, political, or health-related reasons, fasting marks a departure from daily routine. Based on extensive historical, scientific, and cultural research and reporting, The Fast illuminates the numerous facets of this act of self-deprivation. John Oakes interviews doctors, spiritual leaders, activists, and others who guide him through this practice—and embarks on fasts of his own—to deliver a book that supplies anyone curious about fasting with profound new understanding, appreciation, and inspiration.   In recent years, fasting has become increasingly popular for a variety of reasons—from weight loss to detoxing, to the faithful who fast in prayer, to seekers pursuing mindfulness, to activists using hunger strikes as protest. Notable fasters include Moses, Buddha, Jesus, Muhammad, Gandhi, George Washington, Abraham Lincoln, Emily Dickinson, Mark Twain, Cesar Chavez, and a long list of others who have drawn on its power over the ages and across borders and cultures.   The Fast looks at the complex science behind the jaw-dropping biological changes that occur inside the body when we fast. Metabolic switching can prompt repair and renewal down to the molecular level, providing benefits for those suffering from obesity and diabetes, cancer, epilepsy, cardiovascular disease, neurodegenerative disorders, and more. Longer fasts can both reinvigorate the immune system and protect it against damage. Beyond the physical experience, fasting can be a great collective unifier, and it has been adopted by religions and political movements all over the world for millennia. Fasting is central to holy seasons and days such as Lent (Christianity), Ramadan (Islam), Yom Kippur (Judaism), Uposatha (Buddhism), and Ekadashi (Hinduism). On an individual level, devout ascetics who master self-deprivation to an extreme are believed to be closer to the divine, ascending to enlightenment or even sainthood.   Fasting reminds us of the virtues of holding back, of not consuming all that we can. “Broad in scope and rich in insight” (Publishers Weekly, starred review), this book shows us that fasting is about much more than food: it is about taking control of your life in new and empowering ways and reconsidering your place in the world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712244">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712244</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fast: The History, Science, Philosophy, and Promise of Doing Without
Author: John Oakes
Narrator: Matt Godfrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 13, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
With fasting at an all-time high in popularity, here is an enlightening exploration into the history, science, and philosophy behind the practice—essential to many religions and wellness routines. Whether for philosophical, political, or health-related reasons, fasting marks a departure from daily routine. Based on extensive historical, scientific, and cultural research and reporting, The Fast illuminates the numerous facets of this act of self-deprivation. John Oakes interviews doctors, spiritual leaders, activists, and others who guide him through this practice—and embarks on fasts of his own—to deliver a book that supplies anyone curious about fasting with profound new understanding, appreciation, and inspiration.   In recent years, fasting has become increasingly popular for a variety of reasons—from weight loss to detoxing, to the faithful who fast in prayer, to seekers pursuing mindfulness, to activists using hunger strikes as protest. Notable fasters include Moses, Buddha, Jesus, Muhammad, Gandhi, George Washington, Abraham Lincoln, Emily Dickinson, Mark Twain, Cesar Chavez, and a long list of others who have drawn on its power over the ages and across borders and cultures.   The Fast looks at the complex science behind the jaw-dropping biological changes that occur inside the body when we fast. Metabolic switching can prompt repair and renewal down to the molecular level, providing benefits for those suffering from obesity and diabetes, cancer, epilepsy, cardiovascular disease, neurodegenerative disorders, and more. Longer fasts can both reinvigorate the immune system and protect it against damage. Beyond the physical experience, fasting can be a great collective unifier, and it has been adopted by religions and political movements all over the world for millennia. Fasting is central to holy seasons and days such as Lent (Christianity), Ramadan (Islam), Yom Kippur (Judaism), Uposatha (Buddhism), and Ekadashi (Hinduism). On an individual level, devout ascetics who master self-deprivation to an extreme are believed to be closer to the divine, ascending to enlightenment or even sainthood.   Fasting reminds us of the virtues of holding back, of not consuming all that we can. “Broad in scope and rich in insight” (Publishers Weekly, starred review), this book shows us that fasting is about much more than food: it is about taking control of your life in new and empowering ways and reconsidering your place in the world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Everyday Stoic: Simple Rules for a Good Life by William Mulligan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711734</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711734">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711734</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Everyday Stoic: Simple Rules for a Good Life
Author: William Mulligan
Narrator: William Mulligan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Discover the practical wisdom of Stoicism and find contentment and happiness in your everyday life Follow in the footsteps of the classical tradition of Stoicism and join a growing community of individuals seeking guide on how to navigate the obstacles of contemporary life. From Marcus Aurelius to Seneca, the Stoics have a long and rich history. Today, William Mulligan, founder of The Everyday Stoic, transforms these principles into a practical guide for overcoming the challenges of modern life and cultivating an unshakeable sense of inner calm, so that you too can live like a stoic. Unpack the ancient wisdoms and teachings of Stoicism, such as: - Confronting life&amp;#039;s unpredictability - Nature ties us together - Thoughts create reality - Little is truly needed - All is equal Written in a clear and accessible style, this book will reveal the universal truths of Stoicism empowering you to achieve strength and tranquillity no matter what modern life throws your way. © William Mulligan 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</description>
      <author>William Mulligan</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Mar 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241675915.mp3" length="1421795" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711734</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241675915.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711734">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711734</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Everyday Stoic: Simple Rules for a Good Life
Author: William Mulligan
Narrator: William Mulligan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Discover the practical wisdom of Stoicism and find contentment and happiness in your everyday life Follow in the footsteps of the classical tradition of Stoicism and join a growing community of individuals seeking guide on how to navigate the obstacles of contemporary life. From Marcus Aurelius to Seneca, the Stoics have a long and rich history. Today, William Mulligan, founder of The Everyday Stoic, transforms these principles into a practical guide for overcoming the challenges of modern life and cultivating an unshakeable sense of inner calm, so that you too can live like a stoic. Unpack the ancient wisdoms and teachings of Stoicism, such as: - Confronting life&amp;#039;s unpredictability - Nature ties us together - Thoughts create reality - Little is truly needed - All is equal Written in a clear and accessible style, this book will reveal the universal truths of Stoicism empowering you to achieve strength and tranquillity no matter what modern life throws your way. © William Mulligan 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711734">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711734</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Everyday Stoic: Simple Rules for a Good Life
Author: William Mulligan
Narrator: William Mulligan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Discover the practical wisdom of Stoicism and find contentment and happiness in your everyday life Follow in the footsteps of the classical tradition of Stoicism and join a growing community of individuals seeking guide on how to navigate the obstacles of contemporary life. From Marcus Aurelius to Seneca, the Stoics have a long and rich history. Today, William Mulligan, founder of The Everyday Stoic, transforms these principles into a practical guide for overcoming the challenges of modern life and cultivating an unshakeable sense of inner calm, so that you too can live like a stoic. Unpack the ancient wisdoms and teachings of Stoicism, such as: - Confronting life&amp;#039;s unpredictability - Nature ties us together - Thoughts create reality - Little is truly needed - All is equal Written in a clear and accessible style, this book will reveal the universal truths of Stoicism empowering you to achieve strength and tranquillity no matter what modern life throws your way. © William Mulligan 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Evil Nature by Raphael Terra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711709</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711709">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711709</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evil Nature
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Mankind is naturally evil and good. Ever since we became conscious, the evil within us emerged. Animals are not good or evil, they just follow the power of nature. We became aware of the differences and we continued regardless. No higher agent such as God can be blamed for the rise of darkness in our souls. Moral evil is caused by human activity.  It is argued that our love of darkness proves that there is no God. If God exists and is omnipotent and all-knowing and perfectly good then there would be no natural evil, but there is. Can we continue to blame God for the ways of mankind or is it time we accepted responsibility for our ways?  The truth is that we will not stop any time soon. In this book we examine the dark nature of mankind and the most gruesome and disturbing acts we have committed over time. From the holocaust to human sacrifices to false gods. No bloodstained stone will be unturned. Welcome to the Dark Side.</description>
      <author>Raphael Terra</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781789323238.mp3" length="725320" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711709</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781789323238.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711709">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711709</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evil Nature
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Mankind is naturally evil and good. Ever since we became conscious, the evil within us emerged. Animals are not good or evil, they just follow the power of nature. We became aware of the differences and we continued regardless. No higher agent such as God can be blamed for the rise of darkness in our souls. Moral evil is caused by human activity.  It is argued that our love of darkness proves that there is no God. If God exists and is omnipotent and all-knowing and perfectly good then there would be no natural evil, but there is. Can we continue to blame God for the ways of mankind or is it time we accepted responsibility for our ways?  The truth is that we will not stop any time soon. In this book we examine the dark nature of mankind and the most gruesome and disturbing acts we have committed over time. From the holocaust to human sacrifices to false gods. No bloodstained stone will be unturned. Welcome to the Dark Side.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711709">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711709</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evil Nature
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Mankind is naturally evil and good. Ever since we became conscious, the evil within us emerged. Animals are not good or evil, they just follow the power of nature. We became aware of the differences and we continued regardless. No higher agent such as God can be blamed for the rise of darkness in our souls. Moral evil is caused by human activity.  It is argued that our love of darkness proves that there is no God. If God exists and is omnipotent and all-knowing and perfectly good then there would be no natural evil, but there is. Can we continue to blame God for the ways of mankind or is it time we accepted responsibility for our ways?  The truth is that we will not stop any time soon. In this book we examine the dark nature of mankind and the most gruesome and disturbing acts we have committed over time. From the holocaust to human sacrifices to false gods. No bloodstained stone will be unturned. Welcome to the Dark Side.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Quantum God by Philip Gardiner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711710</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711710">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711710</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Quantum God
Author: Philip Gardiner
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Do you believe in God? If so, which one? Is it the Christian all-knowing, all-seeing father of Jesus? Is it Allah of Islam? The many deities of Hinduism? Or are you one of those that believes in God but not religion?  Whichever box you tick on the form, you have some kind of belief. Even if you&amp;#039;re an atheist, you believe there is no God. That we all came from nothing. But there are massive questions that mankind has asked from the very beginning. Where did everything come from? Is there a meaning to our lives? Are we alone in the universe?  These questions and many more have fascinated mankind from the moment he could reason. And eventually we created a thing called science to discover the answers. To many, science eradicated the need for God to answer all the questions we could not answer. Delete faith and replace with scientific facts. The problem is that science has not yet answered all of the questions and many believe it never will. Or has it? Today we are beginning to understand the complexities and even strangeness of the sub-atomic world. This new quantum realm is opening up new avenues of research and new inventions. All things are made of particles. The entire universe is formed from them. And now we are creating quantum computers that think at the quantum level. What answers will the union of artificial intelligence and this amazing quantum world bring? Will we now have the answers to the ultimate questions?  This is the story of the new scientific world of particle physics and the amazing unseen world it reveals.</description>
      <author>Philip Gardiner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781789323245.mp3" length="708585" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711710</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781789323245.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711710">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711710</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Quantum God
Author: Philip Gardiner
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Do you believe in God? If so, which one? Is it the Christian all-knowing, all-seeing father of Jesus? Is it Allah of Islam? The many deities of Hinduism? Or are you one of those that believes in God but not religion?  Whichever box you tick on the form, you have some kind of belief. Even if you&amp;#039;re an atheist, you believe there is no God. That we all came from nothing. But there are massive questions that mankind has asked from the very beginning. Where did everything come from? Is there a meaning to our lives? Are we alone in the universe?  These questions and many more have fascinated mankind from the moment he could reason. And eventually we created a thing called science to discover the answers. To many, science eradicated the need for God to answer all the questions we could not answer. Delete faith and replace with scientific facts. The problem is that science has not yet answered all of the questions and many believe it never will. Or has it? Today we are beginning to understand the complexities and even strangeness of the sub-atomic world. This new quantum realm is opening up new avenues of research and new inventions. All things are made of particles. The entire universe is formed from them. And now we are creating quantum computers that think at the quantum level. What answers will the union of artificial intelligence and this amazing quantum world bring? Will we now have the answers to the ultimate questions?  This is the story of the new scientific world of particle physics and the amazing unseen world it reveals.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711710">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711710</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Quantum God
Author: Philip Gardiner
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Do you believe in God? If so, which one? Is it the Christian all-knowing, all-seeing father of Jesus? Is it Allah of Islam? The many deities of Hinduism? Or are you one of those that believes in God but not religion?  Whichever box you tick on the form, you have some kind of belief. Even if you&amp;#039;re an atheist, you believe there is no God. That we all came from nothing. But there are massive questions that mankind has asked from the very beginning. Where did everything come from? Is there a meaning to our lives? Are we alone in the universe?  These questions and many more have fascinated mankind from the moment he could reason. And eventually we created a thing called science to discover the answers. To many, science eradicated the need for God to answer all the questions we could not answer. Delete faith and replace with scientific facts. The problem is that science has not yet answered all of the questions and many believe it never will. Or has it? Today we are beginning to understand the complexities and even strangeness of the sub-atomic world. This new quantum realm is opening up new avenues of research and new inventions. All things are made of particles. The entire universe is formed from them. And now we are creating quantum computers that think at the quantum level. What answers will the union of artificial intelligence and this amazing quantum world bring? Will we now have the answers to the ultimate questions?  This is the story of the new scientific world of particle physics and the amazing unseen world it reveals.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>True Magic by Raphael Terra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711692</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711692">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711692</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: True Magic
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Raphael Terra
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 44 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). From the very beginning, mankind has been fascinated with the world of the occult – the unseen. From the first cave paintings to the Bible, magic can be found everywhere. From secret societies to Victorian occult spiritualists, from influential masters of the black arts to Disney films, Magic holds a spell over us.  But what is magic? Magic is not the trickery of a conjurer. True magic is much more. True magic is the focus on the mystical world, the non-material world, the strange and wonderful. True magic explains the inexplicable. It is revelation beyond science and logic. True magic will make you question reality itself. In fact it will show you reality and help you understand that you have been living in a false world all along.  If you seek answers to the big questions of conscious existence then you need to enter the realm of real magic. If you wish to understand the mysteries of the universe, then you need magic.</description>
      <author>Raphael Terra</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781789323528.mp3" length="724707" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711692</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781789323528.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711692">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711692</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: True Magic
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Raphael Terra
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 44 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). From the very beginning, mankind has been fascinated with the world of the occult – the unseen. From the first cave paintings to the Bible, magic can be found everywhere. From secret societies to Victorian occult spiritualists, from influential masters of the black arts to Disney films, Magic holds a spell over us.  But what is magic? Magic is not the trickery of a conjurer. True magic is much more. True magic is the focus on the mystical world, the non-material world, the strange and wonderful. True magic explains the inexplicable. It is revelation beyond science and logic. True magic will make you question reality itself. In fact it will show you reality and help you understand that you have been living in a false world all along.  If you seek answers to the big questions of conscious existence then you need to enter the realm of real magic. If you wish to understand the mysteries of the universe, then you need magic.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711692">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711692</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: True Magic
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Raphael Terra
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 44 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). From the very beginning, mankind has been fascinated with the world of the occult – the unseen. From the first cave paintings to the Bible, magic can be found everywhere. From secret societies to Victorian occult spiritualists, from influential masters of the black arts to Disney films, Magic holds a spell over us.  But what is magic? Magic is not the trickery of a conjurer. True magic is much more. True magic is the focus on the mystical world, the non-material world, the strange and wonderful. True magic explains the inexplicable. It is revelation beyond science and logic. True magic will make you question reality itself. In fact it will show you reality and help you understand that you have been living in a false world all along.  If you seek answers to the big questions of conscious existence then you need to enter the realm of real magic. If you wish to understand the mysteries of the universe, then you need magic.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rise of the Machines by Raphael Terra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711684</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711684">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711684</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rise of the Machines
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Raphael Terra
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). For decades science fiction writers have amazed us and terrorized us with their portrayal of the world of robots. The coming army of super artificially intelligent machines that will help us or hinder us. From the crazy daleks of Dr Who to the funny and human like androids of Star Trek, everything has been imagined.  Today we are living in that future age of robots and artificial intelligence. Today all those dreams of the past are coming true. Around the world scientists, engineers and software creators are bringing to life the fantasy world of the films.  Mechanical robots will soon be outdated with biologically created humanoids implanted with artificial intelligence and connected to each other across the globe. They will self-repair, gather energy from the sun and live forever. They will be all-knowing and all-powerful like Gods that will walk the earth.  And all the time we humans are blindly following. We are walking away from millions of years as beings of a natural world into something so unnatural that even the science fiction writers will be amazed. This future world is now inevitable and cannot be stopped. We have no choice but to be part of it and so we had better be armed with knowledge inorder to be better prepared for the circumstances. The greatest brains on earth today have warned us about the consequences of getting this new technology wrong. They have predicted catastrophe. Prepare to meet your future now.</description>
      <author>Raphael Terra</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781789323443.mp3" length="723472" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711684</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781789323443.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711684">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711684</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rise of the Machines
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Raphael Terra
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). For decades science fiction writers have amazed us and terrorized us with their portrayal of the world of robots. The coming army of super artificially intelligent machines that will help us or hinder us. From the crazy daleks of Dr Who to the funny and human like androids of Star Trek, everything has been imagined.  Today we are living in that future age of robots and artificial intelligence. Today all those dreams of the past are coming true. Around the world scientists, engineers and software creators are bringing to life the fantasy world of the films.  Mechanical robots will soon be outdated with biologically created humanoids implanted with artificial intelligence and connected to each other across the globe. They will self-repair, gather energy from the sun and live forever. They will be all-knowing and all-powerful like Gods that will walk the earth.  And all the time we humans are blindly following. We are walking away from millions of years as beings of a natural world into something so unnatural that even the science fiction writers will be amazed. This future world is now inevitable and cannot be stopped. We have no choice but to be part of it and so we had better be armed with knowledge inorder to be better prepared for the circumstances. The greatest brains on earth today have warned us about the consequences of getting this new technology wrong. They have predicted catastrophe. Prepare to meet your future now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711684">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711684</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rise of the Machines
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Raphael Terra
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). For decades science fiction writers have amazed us and terrorized us with their portrayal of the world of robots. The coming army of super artificially intelligent machines that will help us or hinder us. From the crazy daleks of Dr Who to the funny and human like androids of Star Trek, everything has been imagined.  Today we are living in that future age of robots and artificial intelligence. Today all those dreams of the past are coming true. Around the world scientists, engineers and software creators are bringing to life the fantasy world of the films.  Mechanical robots will soon be outdated with biologically created humanoids implanted with artificial intelligence and connected to each other across the globe. They will self-repair, gather energy from the sun and live forever. They will be all-knowing and all-powerful like Gods that will walk the earth.  And all the time we humans are blindly following. We are walking away from millions of years as beings of a natural world into something so unnatural that even the science fiction writers will be amazed. This future world is now inevitable and cannot be stopped. We have no choice but to be part of it and so we had better be armed with knowledge inorder to be better prepared for the circumstances. The greatest brains on earth today have warned us about the consequences of getting this new technology wrong. They have predicted catastrophe. Prepare to meet your future now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Secret Society Secrets by Raphael Terra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711687</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711687">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711687</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Secret Society Secrets
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Raphael Terra
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 48 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Secret societies have their origin in religions, mysteries, folklore, myths and legends. They very often created them and in each of these tales can be found the ultimate truths of the secret societies of the world.  Tales of the children of Jesus, the Holy Grail, hidden chambers in ancient structures and profound inner wisdom are all part and parcel of the fascinating world of secret societies. It is a world of the occult. It is hidden right before our very eyes and all we need is new sight.  In this film we will reveal the very heart of the ancient secret orders and their beliefs. We will show exactly what it is they are hiding and how these secrets have been hidden right before our eyes. These secrets are highly esoteric and mystical and we will need to alter our perspective inorder to see the truth. This is the quantum world of the mind itself and the revelation of sacred and secret truths of the universe itself. Suddenly mysteries will reveal their secrets. From the Holy Grail to the Ark of the Covenant, from Sufi mysticism to enlightenment itself, the occult nature of these profound and enigmatic tales will be revealed.  The inner teachings and secrets of these hidden groups is one of profound wisdom. This is why it has been so powerful. It is time to walk the path of the initiate and discover the ultimate sacred hidden truths for ourselves.</description>
      <author>Raphael Terra</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781789323474.mp3" length="719618" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711687</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781789323474.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711687">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711687</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Secret Society Secrets
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Raphael Terra
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 48 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Secret societies have their origin in religions, mysteries, folklore, myths and legends. They very often created them and in each of these tales can be found the ultimate truths of the secret societies of the world.  Tales of the children of Jesus, the Holy Grail, hidden chambers in ancient structures and profound inner wisdom are all part and parcel of the fascinating world of secret societies. It is a world of the occult. It is hidden right before our very eyes and all we need is new sight.  In this film we will reveal the very heart of the ancient secret orders and their beliefs. We will show exactly what it is they are hiding and how these secrets have been hidden right before our eyes. These secrets are highly esoteric and mystical and we will need to alter our perspective inorder to see the truth. This is the quantum world of the mind itself and the revelation of sacred and secret truths of the universe itself. Suddenly mysteries will reveal their secrets. From the Holy Grail to the Ark of the Covenant, from Sufi mysticism to enlightenment itself, the occult nature of these profound and enigmatic tales will be revealed.  The inner teachings and secrets of these hidden groups is one of profound wisdom. This is why it has been so powerful. It is time to walk the path of the initiate and discover the ultimate sacred hidden truths for ourselves.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711687">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711687</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Secret Society Secrets
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Raphael Terra
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 48 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Secret societies have their origin in religions, mysteries, folklore, myths and legends. They very often created them and in each of these tales can be found the ultimate truths of the secret societies of the world.  Tales of the children of Jesus, the Holy Grail, hidden chambers in ancient structures and profound inner wisdom are all part and parcel of the fascinating world of secret societies. It is a world of the occult. It is hidden right before our very eyes and all we need is new sight.  In this film we will reveal the very heart of the ancient secret orders and their beliefs. We will show exactly what it is they are hiding and how these secrets have been hidden right before our eyes. These secrets are highly esoteric and mystical and we will need to alter our perspective inorder to see the truth. This is the quantum world of the mind itself and the revelation of sacred and secret truths of the universe itself. Suddenly mysteries will reveal their secrets. From the Holy Grail to the Ark of the Covenant, from Sufi mysticism to enlightenment itself, the occult nature of these profound and enigmatic tales will be revealed.  The inner teachings and secrets of these hidden groups is one of profound wisdom. This is why it has been so powerful. It is time to walk the path of the initiate and discover the ultimate sacred hidden truths for ourselves.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Danish] - Kærlighed og Visdom (uforkortet) by Birte Osholm</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711413</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711413">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711413</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Danish] - Kærlighed og Visdom (uforkortet)
Author: Birte Osholm
Narrator: Bolette Schrøder
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October  2, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Hvordan lever man som menneske i kærlighed og visdom? Dette spørgsmål svarer Birte Osholms bog &amp;#039;Kærlighed og visdom&amp;#039; på. Den vil skabe kærlighedens velfærdssamfund. Ægte velfærd virkeliggøres nemlig først, når det er kærligheden, der sætter dagsordenen og ikke det materielle. Når indre værdier realiseres og derigennem bliver til velfærd - mellem mennesker. Med andre ord er bogen mellem linierne en kærlig kritik af vort materielle velfærdssamfund, som ikke levner kærligheden mellem mennesker mange chancer.  Fra Kierkegaards og Maslows fire stadier til Jung, Rudolf Steiner og gennem tolkninger af Ringenes Herre, grals- og riddermyter og græske myter udfolder forfatteren anvisninger på, hvordan man som menneske kan skabe balance mellem det egenrådige, selviske Ego og det mere åndeligt orienterede Selvet. Det er selvfølgelig kristendommens kærlighedsbudskab og selvbegrænsning, der er den egentlige forkyndelse, men målet er at give mennesker nutidige redskaber til at forbedre deres forhold til sig selv og derved til deres medmennesker. Med andre ord forsøger forfatteren at forklare, hvad der menes med Jesu ord:  &amp;#039;Du skal elske din næste som dig selv.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Birte Osholm</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788743039990.mp3" length="716797" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711413</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788743039990.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711413">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711413</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Danish] - Kærlighed og Visdom (uforkortet)
Author: Birte Osholm
Narrator: Bolette Schrøder
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October  2, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Hvordan lever man som menneske i kærlighed og visdom? Dette spørgsmål svarer Birte Osholms bog &amp;#039;Kærlighed og visdom&amp;#039; på. Den vil skabe kærlighedens velfærdssamfund. Ægte velfærd virkeliggøres nemlig først, når det er kærligheden, der sætter dagsordenen og ikke det materielle. Når indre værdier realiseres og derigennem bliver til velfærd - mellem mennesker. Med andre ord er bogen mellem linierne en kærlig kritik af vort materielle velfærdssamfund, som ikke levner kærligheden mellem mennesker mange chancer.  Fra Kierkegaards og Maslows fire stadier til Jung, Rudolf Steiner og gennem tolkninger af Ringenes Herre, grals- og riddermyter og græske myter udfolder forfatteren anvisninger på, hvordan man som menneske kan skabe balance mellem det egenrådige, selviske Ego og det mere åndeligt orienterede Selvet. Det er selvfølgelig kristendommens kærlighedsbudskab og selvbegrænsning, der er den egentlige forkyndelse, men målet er at give mennesker nutidige redskaber til at forbedre deres forhold til sig selv og derved til deres medmennesker. Med andre ord forsøger forfatteren at forklare, hvad der menes med Jesu ord:  &amp;#039;Du skal elske din næste som dig selv.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711413">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711413</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Danish] - Kærlighed og Visdom (uforkortet)
Author: Birte Osholm
Narrator: Bolette Schrøder
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October  2, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Hvordan lever man som menneske i kærlighed og visdom? Dette spørgsmål svarer Birte Osholms bog &amp;#039;Kærlighed og visdom&amp;#039; på. Den vil skabe kærlighedens velfærdssamfund. Ægte velfærd virkeliggøres nemlig først, når det er kærligheden, der sætter dagsordenen og ikke det materielle. Når indre værdier realiseres og derigennem bliver til velfærd - mellem mennesker. Med andre ord er bogen mellem linierne en kærlig kritik af vort materielle velfærdssamfund, som ikke levner kærligheden mellem mennesker mange chancer.  Fra Kierkegaards og Maslows fire stadier til Jung, Rudolf Steiner og gennem tolkninger af Ringenes Herre, grals- og riddermyter og græske myter udfolder forfatteren anvisninger på, hvordan man som menneske kan skabe balance mellem det egenrådige, selviske Ego og det mere åndeligt orienterede Selvet. Det er selvfølgelig kristendommens kærlighedsbudskab og selvbegrænsning, der er den egentlige forkyndelse, men målet er at give mennesker nutidige redskaber til at forbedre deres forhold til sig selv og derved til deres medmennesker. Med andre ord forsøger forfatteren at forklare, hvad der menes med Jesu ord:  &amp;#039;Du skal elske din næste som dig selv.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Love and Saint Augustine by Hannah Arendt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710753</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710753">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710753</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love and Saint Augustine
Author: Hannah Arendt
Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Hannah Arendt, the author of The Origins of Totalitarianism and The Human Condition, began her scholarly career with an exploration of Saint Augustine&amp;#039;s concept of caritas, or neighborly love, written under the direction of Karl Jaspers and the influence of Martin Heidegger. After her German academic life came to a halt in 1933, Arendt carried her dissertation into exile in France, and years later took the same battered and stained copy to New York.   During the late 1950s and early 1960s, Arendt was simultaneously annotating and revising her dissertation on Augustine, amplifying its argument with terms and concepts she was using in her political works. The dissertation became a bridge over which Arendt traveled back and forth between 1929 Heidelberg and 1960s New York, carrying with her Augustine&amp;#039;s question about the possibility of social life in an age of rapid political and moral change. In Love and Saint Augustine, political science professor Joanna Vecchiarelli Scott and philosophy professor Judith Chelius Stark make this important early work accessible for the first time. Here is a completely corrected and revised English translation that incorporates Arendt&amp;#039;s own substantial revisions and provides additional notes based on letters, contracts, and other documents as well as the recollections of Arendt&amp;#039;s friends and colleagues.</description>
      <author>Hannah Arendt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350887983.mp3" length="8200223" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710753</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350887983.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710753">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710753</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love and Saint Augustine
Author: Hannah Arendt
Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Hannah Arendt, the author of The Origins of Totalitarianism and The Human Condition, began her scholarly career with an exploration of Saint Augustine&amp;#039;s concept of caritas, or neighborly love, written under the direction of Karl Jaspers and the influence of Martin Heidegger. After her German academic life came to a halt in 1933, Arendt carried her dissertation into exile in France, and years later took the same battered and stained copy to New York.   During the late 1950s and early 1960s, Arendt was simultaneously annotating and revising her dissertation on Augustine, amplifying its argument with terms and concepts she was using in her political works. The dissertation became a bridge over which Arendt traveled back and forth between 1929 Heidelberg and 1960s New York, carrying with her Augustine&amp;#039;s question about the possibility of social life in an age of rapid political and moral change. In Love and Saint Augustine, political science professor Joanna Vecchiarelli Scott and philosophy professor Judith Chelius Stark make this important early work accessible for the first time. Here is a completely corrected and revised English translation that incorporates Arendt&amp;#039;s own substantial revisions and provides additional notes based on letters, contracts, and other documents as well as the recollections of Arendt&amp;#039;s friends and colleagues.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710753">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710753</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love and Saint Augustine
Author: Hannah Arendt
Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Hannah Arendt, the author of The Origins of Totalitarianism and The Human Condition, began her scholarly career with an exploration of Saint Augustine&amp;#039;s concept of caritas, or neighborly love, written under the direction of Karl Jaspers and the influence of Martin Heidegger. After her German academic life came to a halt in 1933, Arendt carried her dissertation into exile in France, and years later took the same battered and stained copy to New York.   During the late 1950s and early 1960s, Arendt was simultaneously annotating and revising her dissertation on Augustine, amplifying its argument with terms and concepts she was using in her political works. The dissertation became a bridge over which Arendt traveled back and forth between 1929 Heidelberg and 1960s New York, carrying with her Augustine&amp;#039;s question about the possibility of social life in an age of rapid political and moral change. In Love and Saint Augustine, political science professor Joanna Vecchiarelli Scott and philosophy professor Judith Chelius Stark make this important early work accessible for the first time. Here is a completely corrected and revised English translation that incorporates Arendt&amp;#039;s own substantial revisions and provides additional notes based on letters, contracts, and other documents as well as the recollections of Arendt&amp;#039;s friends and colleagues.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Care About Animals: An Ancient Guide to Creatures Great and Small by Porphyry</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710640</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710640">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710640</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Care About Animals: An Ancient Guide to Creatures Great and Small
Series: Part of Ancient Wisdom for Modern Readers
Author: Porphyry
Narrator: Peter Noble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
An entertaining and enlightening anthology of classical Greek and Roman writings on animals—and our vital relationships with them How to Care about Animals is a fascinating menagerie of passages from classical literature about animals and the lives we share with them. Drawing on ancient writers from Aesop to Ovid, classicist and farmer M. D. Usher has gathered a healthy litter of selections that reveal some of the ways Greeks and Romans thought about everything from lions, bears, and wolves to birds, octopuses, and snails—and that might inspire us to rethink our own relationships with our fellow creatures. Presented in lively new translations, these pieces are filled with surprises—anticipating but also offering new perspectives on many of our current feelings and ideas about animals. Here, Porphyry makes a compelling argument for vegetarianism and asserts that the just treatment of animals makes us better people; Pliny the Elder praises the virtuosity of songbirds and the virtuousness of elephants; Plutarch has one of Circe&amp;#039;s pigs from the Odyssey make a serio-comic case for the dignity of the beasts of the field; Aristotle puts the study of animals on par with anthropology; we hear timeless Aesopian fables, including &amp;#039;The Hen That Laid the Golden Egg&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;The Fox and the Grapes&amp;#039;; and there is much, much more.</description>
      <author>Porphyry</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696612814.mp3" length="8205975" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710640</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696612814.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710640">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710640</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Care About Animals: An Ancient Guide to Creatures Great and Small
Series: Part of Ancient Wisdom for Modern Readers
Author: Porphyry
Narrator: Peter Noble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
An entertaining and enlightening anthology of classical Greek and Roman writings on animals—and our vital relationships with them How to Care about Animals is a fascinating menagerie of passages from classical literature about animals and the lives we share with them. Drawing on ancient writers from Aesop to Ovid, classicist and farmer M. D. Usher has gathered a healthy litter of selections that reveal some of the ways Greeks and Romans thought about everything from lions, bears, and wolves to birds, octopuses, and snails—and that might inspire us to rethink our own relationships with our fellow creatures. Presented in lively new translations, these pieces are filled with surprises—anticipating but also offering new perspectives on many of our current feelings and ideas about animals. Here, Porphyry makes a compelling argument for vegetarianism and asserts that the just treatment of animals makes us better people; Pliny the Elder praises the virtuosity of songbirds and the virtuousness of elephants; Plutarch has one of Circe&amp;#039;s pigs from the Odyssey make a serio-comic case for the dignity of the beasts of the field; Aristotle puts the study of animals on par with anthropology; we hear timeless Aesopian fables, including &amp;#039;The Hen That Laid the Golden Egg&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;The Fox and the Grapes&amp;#039;; and there is much, much more.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710640">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710640</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Care About Animals: An Ancient Guide to Creatures Great and Small
Series: Part of Ancient Wisdom for Modern Readers
Author: Porphyry
Narrator: Peter Noble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
An entertaining and enlightening anthology of classical Greek and Roman writings on animals—and our vital relationships with them How to Care about Animals is a fascinating menagerie of passages from classical literature about animals and the lives we share with them. Drawing on ancient writers from Aesop to Ovid, classicist and farmer M. D. Usher has gathered a healthy litter of selections that reveal some of the ways Greeks and Romans thought about everything from lions, bears, and wolves to birds, octopuses, and snails—and that might inspire us to rethink our own relationships with our fellow creatures. Presented in lively new translations, these pieces are filled with surprises—anticipating but also offering new perspectives on many of our current feelings and ideas about animals. Here, Porphyry makes a compelling argument for vegetarianism and asserts that the just treatment of animals makes us better people; Pliny the Elder praises the virtuosity of songbirds and the virtuousness of elephants; Plutarch has one of Circe&amp;#039;s pigs from the Odyssey make a serio-comic case for the dignity of the beasts of the field; Aristotle puts the study of animals on par with anthropology; we hear timeless Aesopian fables, including &amp;#039;The Hen That Laid the Golden Egg&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;The Fox and the Grapes&amp;#039;; and there is much, much more.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The First 8 Verses of the Book of Joel by Pastor Philip</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710240</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710240">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710240</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The First 8 Verses of the Book of Joel
Author: Pastor Philip
Narrator: Pastor Philip
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Let us pray; Heavenly Father, you are the source of all knowledge. Give us understanding, knowledge, and revelation about the first 8 verses of the Book of Joel. In Jesus name. Amen The tune &amp;#039;Wonderful Grace (Instrumental)&amp;#039; from Divine Sounds, at the end of the sermon, gives the listener an opportunity to reflect on the sermon.</description>
      <author>Pastor Philip</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4067248410004.mp3" length="601404" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710240</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4067248410004.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710240">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710240</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The First 8 Verses of the Book of Joel
Author: Pastor Philip
Narrator: Pastor Philip
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Let us pray; Heavenly Father, you are the source of all knowledge. Give us understanding, knowledge, and revelation about the first 8 verses of the Book of Joel. In Jesus name. Amen The tune &amp;#039;Wonderful Grace (Instrumental)&amp;#039; from Divine Sounds, at the end of the sermon, gives the listener an opportunity to reflect on the sermon.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710240">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710240</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The First 8 Verses of the Book of Joel
Author: Pastor Philip
Narrator: Pastor Philip
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Let us pray; Heavenly Father, you are the source of all knowledge. Give us understanding, knowledge, and revelation about the first 8 verses of the Book of Joel. In Jesus name. Amen The tune &amp;#039;Wonderful Grace (Instrumental)&amp;#039; from Divine Sounds, at the end of the sermon, gives the listener an opportunity to reflect on the sermon.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die ersten 8 Verse des Buches Joel by Pastor Philip</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710241</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710241">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710241</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die ersten 8 Verse des Buches Joel
Author: Pastor Philip
Narrator: Marianne Jacobs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 16 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Lasst uns beten; Himmlischer Vater, Du bist die Quelle allen Wissens. Gib uns Verständnis, Wissen und Offenbarung über die ersten 8 Verse des Buches Joels. In Jesu Namen. Amen Das Musikstück &amp;#039;Wonderful Grace (Instrumental)&amp;#039; von Divine Sounds, am Ende der Predigt, gibt dem Zuhörer Gelegenheit über die Predigt nach zu denken.</description>
      <author>Pastor Philip</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4067248206652.mp3" length="615482" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710241</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4067248206652.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710241">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710241</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die ersten 8 Verse des Buches Joel
Author: Pastor Philip
Narrator: Marianne Jacobs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 16 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Lasst uns beten; Himmlischer Vater, Du bist die Quelle allen Wissens. Gib uns Verständnis, Wissen und Offenbarung über die ersten 8 Verse des Buches Joels. In Jesu Namen. Amen Das Musikstück &amp;#039;Wonderful Grace (Instrumental)&amp;#039; von Divine Sounds, am Ende der Predigt, gibt dem Zuhörer Gelegenheit über die Predigt nach zu denken.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710241">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710241</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die ersten 8 Verse des Buches Joel
Author: Pastor Philip
Narrator: Marianne Jacobs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 16 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Lasst uns beten; Himmlischer Vater, Du bist die Quelle allen Wissens. Gib uns Verständnis, Wissen und Offenbarung über die ersten 8 Verse des Buches Joels. In Jesu Namen. Amen Das Musikstück &amp;#039;Wonderful Grace (Instrumental)&amp;#039; von Divine Sounds, am Ende der Predigt, gibt dem Zuhörer Gelegenheit über die Predigt nach zu denken.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - ملخص كتاب الرجل الذي حسب زوجته قبعة by أوليفر ساكس</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709809</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709809">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709809</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب الرجل الذي حسب زوجته قبعة
Author: أوليفر ساكس
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
إذا فقد رجلٌ ساقه أو عينه، يعرف أنَّه قد فقد ساقه أو عينه، ولكن ماذا إذا فقد نفسه؟ هل سيعرف؟ يروي الدكتور Oliver Sacks قصص المرضى الذين يكافحون من أجل التكيُّف مع عوالم غريبة من الاضطرابات العصبية. هنا أناسٌ لم يعد بإمكانهم التعرف إلى الأشياء اليومية أو تلك الأشياء التي يحبونها؛ يعانون من التشنجات العنيفة أو يصرخون دون إرادتهم، رفضَهم المجتمع على أنهم مجانين أو متخلفون ، ولكنهم ينعمون بمواهب فنية ورياضية خارقة رغم أنّ بعض هذه القصص غريبة بشكل لا يمكن تصوره، فهي تظل جزءًا من تجربتنا بوصفنا بشرًا.</description>
      <author>أوليفر ساكس</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788115083231.mp3" length="550093" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709809</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788115083231.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709809">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709809</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب الرجل الذي حسب زوجته قبعة
Author: أوليفر ساكس
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
إذا فقد رجلٌ ساقه أو عينه، يعرف أنَّه قد فقد ساقه أو عينه، ولكن ماذا إذا فقد نفسه؟ هل سيعرف؟ يروي الدكتور Oliver Sacks قصص المرضى الذين يكافحون من أجل التكيُّف مع عوالم غريبة من الاضطرابات العصبية. هنا أناسٌ لم يعد بإمكانهم التعرف إلى الأشياء اليومية أو تلك الأشياء التي يحبونها؛ يعانون من التشنجات العنيفة أو يصرخون دون إرادتهم، رفضَهم المجتمع على أنهم مجانين أو متخلفون ، ولكنهم ينعمون بمواهب فنية ورياضية خارقة رغم أنّ بعض هذه القصص غريبة بشكل لا يمكن تصوره، فهي تظل جزءًا من تجربتنا بوصفنا بشرًا.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709809">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709809</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب الرجل الذي حسب زوجته قبعة
Author: أوليفر ساكس
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
إذا فقد رجلٌ ساقه أو عينه، يعرف أنَّه قد فقد ساقه أو عينه، ولكن ماذا إذا فقد نفسه؟ هل سيعرف؟ يروي الدكتور Oliver Sacks قصص المرضى الذين يكافحون من أجل التكيُّف مع عوالم غريبة من الاضطرابات العصبية. هنا أناسٌ لم يعد بإمكانهم التعرف إلى الأشياء اليومية أو تلك الأشياء التي يحبونها؛ يعانون من التشنجات العنيفة أو يصرخون دون إرادتهم، رفضَهم المجتمع على أنهم مجانين أو متخلفون ، ولكنهم ينعمون بمواهب فنية ورياضية خارقة رغم أنّ بعض هذه القصص غريبة بشكل لا يمكن تصوره، فهي تظل جزءًا من تجربتنا بوصفنا بشرًا.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - ملخص كتاب الشجاعة: بهجة العيش في خطر by أوشو</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709804</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709804">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709804</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب الشجاعة: بهجة العيش في خطر
Author: أوشو
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
كم مرة منعت نفسك من فعل شيءٍ ترغب فيه بشدّة لأنك شككت في إمكانياتك؟ أفعالٌ صغيرة وكبيرة نفضل تجنبها لأننا لم نجربها من قبل. إن كنت تظن أن ذلك يحدث لك فقط لعيب في شخصيتك، فإنك على خطأ. هذا يحدث لأنَّك إنسان، مرَرت مثلما مرّ معظم البشر بعمليات تربية وتقويم جعلتك تخشى كل ما هو غير اعتيادي، وأفقدتك قدرتك على تجربة الأشياء. المهم هو أنّه في مكانٍ ما بداخل كلٍّ منا، توجد تلك الطاقة التي تمكننا من تغيير الأشياء. فقط إن أردنا تغييرها. فهل نريد ذلك؟</description>
      <author>أوشو</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788979134469.mp3" length="549057" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709804</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788979134469.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709804">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709804</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب الشجاعة: بهجة العيش في خطر
Author: أوشو
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
كم مرة منعت نفسك من فعل شيءٍ ترغب فيه بشدّة لأنك شككت في إمكانياتك؟ أفعالٌ صغيرة وكبيرة نفضل تجنبها لأننا لم نجربها من قبل. إن كنت تظن أن ذلك يحدث لك فقط لعيب في شخصيتك، فإنك على خطأ. هذا يحدث لأنَّك إنسان، مرَرت مثلما مرّ معظم البشر بعمليات تربية وتقويم جعلتك تخشى كل ما هو غير اعتيادي، وأفقدتك قدرتك على تجربة الأشياء. المهم هو أنّه في مكانٍ ما بداخل كلٍّ منا، توجد تلك الطاقة التي تمكننا من تغيير الأشياء. فقط إن أردنا تغييرها. فهل نريد ذلك؟</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709804">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709804</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب الشجاعة: بهجة العيش في خطر
Author: أوشو
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
كم مرة منعت نفسك من فعل شيءٍ ترغب فيه بشدّة لأنك شككت في إمكانياتك؟ أفعالٌ صغيرة وكبيرة نفضل تجنبها لأننا لم نجربها من قبل. إن كنت تظن أن ذلك يحدث لك فقط لعيب في شخصيتك، فإنك على خطأ. هذا يحدث لأنَّك إنسان، مرَرت مثلما مرّ معظم البشر بعمليات تربية وتقويم جعلتك تخشى كل ما هو غير اعتيادي، وأفقدتك قدرتك على تجربة الأشياء. المهم هو أنّه في مكانٍ ما بداخل كلٍّ منا، توجد تلك الطاقة التي تمكننا من تغيير الأشياء. فقط إن أردنا تغييرها. فهل نريد ذلك؟</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - ملخص كتاب عبادة المشاعر by ميشيل لاكروا</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709769</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709769">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709769</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب عبادة المشاعر
Author: ميشيل لاكروا
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
يطرح الكاتب ميشيل لكروا دراسة مهمة عن مشاعرنا التي تكاد تهيج مرة في كل أسبوع، إمّا لغرض سياسي، أو رياضي أو فني، ويفصل لنا الكاتب نوعي المشاعر اللذين رافقا الإنسان في رحلته التاريخية في هذه الأرض، ويدرسهما في أبعادهما النفسية والفلسفية، مبينًا أنَّ إنسان العصر صار يبحث عن المشاعر الهائجة، أو مشاعر الصدمة، أكثر من سعيه إلى المشاعر التأملية الهادئة والرزينة.</description>
      <author>ميشيل لاكروا</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9782156603076.mp3" length="550123" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709769</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9782156603076.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709769">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709769</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب عبادة المشاعر
Author: ميشيل لاكروا
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
يطرح الكاتب ميشيل لكروا دراسة مهمة عن مشاعرنا التي تكاد تهيج مرة في كل أسبوع، إمّا لغرض سياسي، أو رياضي أو فني، ويفصل لنا الكاتب نوعي المشاعر اللذين رافقا الإنسان في رحلته التاريخية في هذه الأرض، ويدرسهما في أبعادهما النفسية والفلسفية، مبينًا أنَّ إنسان العصر صار يبحث عن المشاعر الهائجة، أو مشاعر الصدمة، أكثر من سعيه إلى المشاعر التأملية الهادئة والرزينة.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709769">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709769</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب عبادة المشاعر
Author: ميشيل لاكروا
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
يطرح الكاتب ميشيل لكروا دراسة مهمة عن مشاعرنا التي تكاد تهيج مرة في كل أسبوع، إمّا لغرض سياسي، أو رياضي أو فني، ويفصل لنا الكاتب نوعي المشاعر اللذين رافقا الإنسان في رحلته التاريخية في هذه الأرض، ويدرسهما في أبعادهما النفسية والفلسفية، مبينًا أنَّ إنسان العصر صار يبحث عن المشاعر الهائجة، أو مشاعر الصدمة، أكثر من سعيه إلى المشاعر التأملية الهادئة والرزينة.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - ملخص كتاب ما وراء القلق من الموت by جويس كاتليت</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709751</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709751">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709751</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب ما وراء القلق من الموت
Author: جويس كاتليت
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
هذا الكتاب ليس مناسبة للحديث عن الموت، ولا عن الحزن المرتبط به، بل نقاش وبحث عن تأثير الدفاعات النفسية التي يطوّرها الإنسان، التي تُنكر الوفاة والقلق من الموت وتأثيره، لا في الحدِّ من حياة الناس فقط ولكن في إسهام هذا القلق في تحطيم حياتهم اليومية. إنَّ الدفاعات النفسية والسلوكية التي يشكلها الإنسان في طفولته ضدَّ حقيقة الموت، تحدِّد مقاربته للحياة بمعناها العام وعلاقاته داخلها.</description>
      <author>جويس كاتليت</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780720302745.mp3" length="549719" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709751</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780720302745.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709751">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709751</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب ما وراء القلق من الموت
Author: جويس كاتليت
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
هذا الكتاب ليس مناسبة للحديث عن الموت، ولا عن الحزن المرتبط به، بل نقاش وبحث عن تأثير الدفاعات النفسية التي يطوّرها الإنسان، التي تُنكر الوفاة والقلق من الموت وتأثيره، لا في الحدِّ من حياة الناس فقط ولكن في إسهام هذا القلق في تحطيم حياتهم اليومية. إنَّ الدفاعات النفسية والسلوكية التي يشكلها الإنسان في طفولته ضدَّ حقيقة الموت، تحدِّد مقاربته للحياة بمعناها العام وعلاقاته داخلها.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709751">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709751</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب ما وراء القلق من الموت
Author: جويس كاتليت
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
هذا الكتاب ليس مناسبة للحديث عن الموت، ولا عن الحزن المرتبط به، بل نقاش وبحث عن تأثير الدفاعات النفسية التي يطوّرها الإنسان، التي تُنكر الوفاة والقلق من الموت وتأثيره، لا في الحدِّ من حياة الناس فقط ولكن في إسهام هذا القلق في تحطيم حياتهم اليومية. إنَّ الدفاعات النفسية والسلوكية التي يشكلها الإنسان في طفولته ضدَّ حقيقة الموت، تحدِّد مقاربته للحياة بمعناها العام وعلاقاته داخلها.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - ملخص كتاب قاموس الأحلام للمبتدئين by بيني بيرس</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709675</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709675">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709675</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب قاموس الأحلام للمبتدئين
Author: بيني بيرس
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
هل من الممكن أن يتحكّم الإنسان في أحلامه؟ كيف يمكنك تفسير حلم مكرر؟ ما دلالة رؤية الميت في المنام؟ وماذا عن أحلام الهروب والطيران؟ هل من الممكن أن يتحكّم الإنسان في أحلامه؟ كيف يمكنك تفسير حلم مكرر؟ ما دلالة رؤية الميت في المنام؟ وماذا عن أحلام الهروب والطيران؟</description>
      <author>بيني بيرس</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789671743515.mp3" length="544863" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709675</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789671743515.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709675">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709675</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب قاموس الأحلام للمبتدئين
Author: بيني بيرس
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
هل من الممكن أن يتحكّم الإنسان في أحلامه؟ كيف يمكنك تفسير حلم مكرر؟ ما دلالة رؤية الميت في المنام؟ وماذا عن أحلام الهروب والطيران؟ هل من الممكن أن يتحكّم الإنسان في أحلامه؟ كيف يمكنك تفسير حلم مكرر؟ ما دلالة رؤية الميت في المنام؟ وماذا عن أحلام الهروب والطيران؟</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709675">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709675</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب قاموس الأحلام للمبتدئين
Author: بيني بيرس
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
هل من الممكن أن يتحكّم الإنسان في أحلامه؟ كيف يمكنك تفسير حلم مكرر؟ ما دلالة رؤية الميت في المنام؟ وماذا عن أحلام الهروب والطيران؟ هل من الممكن أن يتحكّم الإنسان في أحلامه؟ كيف يمكنك تفسير حلم مكرر؟ ما دلالة رؤية الميت في المنام؟ وماذا عن أحلام الهروب والطيران؟</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - ملخص كتاب على مقهى الوجودية by سارة بيكويل</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709676</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709676">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709676</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب على مقهى الوجودية
Author: سارة بيكويل
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
الصورة التي سترد إلى ذهنك عادة عند التفكير في الفلسفة هي صورة كهل ، في مكتب مترب سيئ الإضاءة، يعكف على قراءة مجلدات ضخمة عصية على الفهم، ثم يبدأ بملء صفحات وصفحات بمزيد من الأشياء المعقدة التي لن تهم أحدا. لو كانت هذه فكرتك، وهي فكرة كثيرين عن الفلسفة، فلا شك أنك ستفاجاً مفاجأة هائلة لو رأيت هذا المشهد: العام هو ألف وتسعمائة وخمسة وأربعون، المكان هو (Club Maintenant) بالقاعة المركزية في باريس، حيث احتشد عدد هائل من الناس الذين تزاحموا على شباك التذاكر، وتحطمت الكراسي في تدافعهم، وأصيب بعضهم بالإغماء بسبب الحرارة والزحام. كان السبب في هذا الحشد هو محاضرة للفيلسوف الفرنسي الشهير جان بول سارتر ( Jean-Paul Sartre)، وهو أحد أشهر فلاسفة القرن العشرين في فرنسا. في هذه المحاضرة كان سارتر يقدم أفكاره الأساسية عن الفلسفة المعروفة باسم «الوجودية»، التي يعدُّ هو أحد أهم أعلامها.</description>
      <author>سارة بيكويل</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9787622022283.mp3" length="571570" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709676</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9787622022283.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709676">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709676</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب على مقهى الوجودية
Author: سارة بيكويل
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
الصورة التي سترد إلى ذهنك عادة عند التفكير في الفلسفة هي صورة كهل ، في مكتب مترب سيئ الإضاءة، يعكف على قراءة مجلدات ضخمة عصية على الفهم، ثم يبدأ بملء صفحات وصفحات بمزيد من الأشياء المعقدة التي لن تهم أحدا. لو كانت هذه فكرتك، وهي فكرة كثيرين عن الفلسفة، فلا شك أنك ستفاجاً مفاجأة هائلة لو رأيت هذا المشهد: العام هو ألف وتسعمائة وخمسة وأربعون، المكان هو (Club Maintenant) بالقاعة المركزية في باريس، حيث احتشد عدد هائل من الناس الذين تزاحموا على شباك التذاكر، وتحطمت الكراسي في تدافعهم، وأصيب بعضهم بالإغماء بسبب الحرارة والزحام. كان السبب في هذا الحشد هو محاضرة للفيلسوف الفرنسي الشهير جان بول سارتر ( Jean-Paul Sartre)، وهو أحد أشهر فلاسفة القرن العشرين في فرنسا. في هذه المحاضرة كان سارتر يقدم أفكاره الأساسية عن الفلسفة المعروفة باسم «الوجودية»، التي يعدُّ هو أحد أهم أعلامها.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709676">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709676</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب على مقهى الوجودية
Author: سارة بيكويل
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
الصورة التي سترد إلى ذهنك عادة عند التفكير في الفلسفة هي صورة كهل ، في مكتب مترب سيئ الإضاءة، يعكف على قراءة مجلدات ضخمة عصية على الفهم، ثم يبدأ بملء صفحات وصفحات بمزيد من الأشياء المعقدة التي لن تهم أحدا. لو كانت هذه فكرتك، وهي فكرة كثيرين عن الفلسفة، فلا شك أنك ستفاجاً مفاجأة هائلة لو رأيت هذا المشهد: العام هو ألف وتسعمائة وخمسة وأربعون، المكان هو (Club Maintenant) بالقاعة المركزية في باريس، حيث احتشد عدد هائل من الناس الذين تزاحموا على شباك التذاكر، وتحطمت الكراسي في تدافعهم، وأصيب بعضهم بالإغماء بسبب الحرارة والزحام. كان السبب في هذا الحشد هو محاضرة للفيلسوف الفرنسي الشهير جان بول سارتر ( Jean-Paul Sartre)، وهو أحد أشهر فلاسفة القرن العشرين في فرنسا. في هذه المحاضرة كان سارتر يقدم أفكاره الأساسية عن الفلسفة المعروفة باسم «الوجودية»، التي يعدُّ هو أحد أهم أعلامها.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - ملخص كتاب ربما عليك أن تتحدث لشخص ما by لوري غوتليب</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709660</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب ربما عليك أن تتحدث لشخص ما
Author: لوري غوتليب
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;لوري غوتليب&amp;#039; معالجة نفسية وكاتبة وصحفية وباحثة أمريكية، ويعتبر كتابها هذا مزيجًا من تجربتها بوصفها معالجة نفسية، وكاتبة، حيث تصحبنا دكتور غوتليب في رحلة بين عيادتها للمعالجة النفسية، وعيادة معالجها النفسي حيث تصبح هي المريضة التي تسعى للدعم والعلاج. تتشابه قصة لوري مع قصص مرضاها بشكلٍ ملهم يثبت أنَّنا بوصفنا بشرًا، لسنا مختلفين على الإطلاق، وأنّ مشاركة قصصنا وتجاربنا مع شخص آخر هي أفضل طريق للنضج والتعافي.</description>
      <author>لوري غوتليب</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9787790789520.mp3" length="561149" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709660</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9787790789520.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب ربما عليك أن تتحدث لشخص ما
Author: لوري غوتليب
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;لوري غوتليب&amp;#039; معالجة نفسية وكاتبة وصحفية وباحثة أمريكية، ويعتبر كتابها هذا مزيجًا من تجربتها بوصفها معالجة نفسية، وكاتبة، حيث تصحبنا دكتور غوتليب في رحلة بين عيادتها للمعالجة النفسية، وعيادة معالجها النفسي حيث تصبح هي المريضة التي تسعى للدعم والعلاج. تتشابه قصة لوري مع قصص مرضاها بشكلٍ ملهم يثبت أنَّنا بوصفنا بشرًا، لسنا مختلفين على الإطلاق، وأنّ مشاركة قصصنا وتجاربنا مع شخص آخر هي أفضل طريق للنضج والتعافي.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب ربما عليك أن تتحدث لشخص ما
Author: لوري غوتليب
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;لوري غوتليب&amp;#039; معالجة نفسية وكاتبة وصحفية وباحثة أمريكية، ويعتبر كتابها هذا مزيجًا من تجربتها بوصفها معالجة نفسية، وكاتبة، حيث تصحبنا دكتور غوتليب في رحلة بين عيادتها للمعالجة النفسية، وعيادة معالجها النفسي حيث تصبح هي المريضة التي تسعى للدعم والعلاج. تتشابه قصة لوري مع قصص مرضاها بشكلٍ ملهم يثبت أنَّنا بوصفنا بشرًا، لسنا مختلفين على الإطلاق، وأنّ مشاركة قصصنا وتجاربنا مع شخص آخر هي أفضل طريق للنضج والتعافي.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - ملخص كتاب أخلاقيات عالمنا الواقعي by بيتر سينجر</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709652</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709652">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709652</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب أخلاقيات عالمنا الواقعي
Author: بيتر سينجر
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
ما الأخلاق في رأيك؟ هل هي ما يقتصر على القواعد والقوانين الواجب اتباعها في المجتمع؟ أهي نابعة من الدين؟ أم من الضمير؟ أم من الفلسفة؟ قد تكون نظرتنا للأخلاق قاصرة على القواعد التي نلتزم بها في حياتنا، مثل أن نكفَّ عن إيذاء الغير، أو نُسهم في مساعدة الآخرين ماديًّا أو معنويا. لكن ماذا عن مدّ يد العون للمجتمعات الأخرى؟ ما رأيك إن قرأت دعوة تطالبك بالامتناع عن أكل اللحوم لأنها تزيد من الاحترار العالمي؟ ما يؤثر في مستقبل الأجيال القادمة. أتلبي الدعوة أم تتجاهلها؟</description>
      <author>بيتر سينجر</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9787445341929.mp3" length="529851" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709652</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9787445341929.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709652">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709652</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب أخلاقيات عالمنا الواقعي
Author: بيتر سينجر
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
ما الأخلاق في رأيك؟ هل هي ما يقتصر على القواعد والقوانين الواجب اتباعها في المجتمع؟ أهي نابعة من الدين؟ أم من الضمير؟ أم من الفلسفة؟ قد تكون نظرتنا للأخلاق قاصرة على القواعد التي نلتزم بها في حياتنا، مثل أن نكفَّ عن إيذاء الغير، أو نُسهم في مساعدة الآخرين ماديًّا أو معنويا. لكن ماذا عن مدّ يد العون للمجتمعات الأخرى؟ ما رأيك إن قرأت دعوة تطالبك بالامتناع عن أكل اللحوم لأنها تزيد من الاحترار العالمي؟ ما يؤثر في مستقبل الأجيال القادمة. أتلبي الدعوة أم تتجاهلها؟</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709652">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709652</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب أخلاقيات عالمنا الواقعي
Author: بيتر سينجر
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
ما الأخلاق في رأيك؟ هل هي ما يقتصر على القواعد والقوانين الواجب اتباعها في المجتمع؟ أهي نابعة من الدين؟ أم من الضمير؟ أم من الفلسفة؟ قد تكون نظرتنا للأخلاق قاصرة على القواعد التي نلتزم بها في حياتنا، مثل أن نكفَّ عن إيذاء الغير، أو نُسهم في مساعدة الآخرين ماديًّا أو معنويا. لكن ماذا عن مدّ يد العون للمجتمعات الأخرى؟ ما رأيك إن قرأت دعوة تطالبك بالامتناع عن أكل اللحوم لأنها تزيد من الاحترار العالمي؟ ما يؤثر في مستقبل الأجيال القادمة. أتلبي الدعوة أم تتجاهلها؟</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - ملخص كتاب سيكولوجية الجماهير by جوستاف لوبون</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709648</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709648">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709648</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب سيكولوجية الجماهير
Author: جوستاف لوبون
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
يطرح عالم النفس الاجتماعي غوستاف لوبون في كتابه &amp;#039;سيكولوجية الجماهير&amp;#039; آراءه حول الجماهير بصفتها ظاهرة اجتماعية صاعدة على مسرح التاريخ، تحرّكه وفق إرادتها وتديره على هواها. ناقدًا الفكرة السائدة في عصره عن أنَّ الناس يتحركون بشكلٍ عقلانيّ، ويفكرون بمصالحه بشكلٍ منطقيّ عندما يمارسون العمل السياسي، أو يتجمهرون في تجمعات وأحزاب كبيرة. مؤكدًا على أنَّ الجماهير البشرية، باختلاف انتماءاتها، وأوساطها الثقافية لا تعقل، وإنَّما تندفع بعفوية، وبقوة العاطفة، فترفض الأفكار أو تقبلها دفعة واحدة على أسس غير واقعية أبدًا.</description>
      <author>جوستاف لوبون</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781054879200.mp3" length="838501" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709648</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781054879200.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709648">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709648</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب سيكولوجية الجماهير
Author: جوستاف لوبون
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
يطرح عالم النفس الاجتماعي غوستاف لوبون في كتابه &amp;#039;سيكولوجية الجماهير&amp;#039; آراءه حول الجماهير بصفتها ظاهرة اجتماعية صاعدة على مسرح التاريخ، تحرّكه وفق إرادتها وتديره على هواها. ناقدًا الفكرة السائدة في عصره عن أنَّ الناس يتحركون بشكلٍ عقلانيّ، ويفكرون بمصالحه بشكلٍ منطقيّ عندما يمارسون العمل السياسي، أو يتجمهرون في تجمعات وأحزاب كبيرة. مؤكدًا على أنَّ الجماهير البشرية، باختلاف انتماءاتها، وأوساطها الثقافية لا تعقل، وإنَّما تندفع بعفوية، وبقوة العاطفة، فترفض الأفكار أو تقبلها دفعة واحدة على أسس غير واقعية أبدًا.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709648">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709648</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب سيكولوجية الجماهير
Author: جوستاف لوبون
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
يطرح عالم النفس الاجتماعي غوستاف لوبون في كتابه &amp;#039;سيكولوجية الجماهير&amp;#039; آراءه حول الجماهير بصفتها ظاهرة اجتماعية صاعدة على مسرح التاريخ، تحرّكه وفق إرادتها وتديره على هواها. ناقدًا الفكرة السائدة في عصره عن أنَّ الناس يتحركون بشكلٍ عقلانيّ، ويفكرون بمصالحه بشكلٍ منطقيّ عندما يمارسون العمل السياسي، أو يتجمهرون في تجمعات وأحزاب كبيرة. مؤكدًا على أنَّ الجماهير البشرية، باختلاف انتماءاتها، وأوساطها الثقافية لا تعقل، وإنَّما تندفع بعفوية، وبقوة العاطفة، فترفض الأفكار أو تقبلها دفعة واحدة على أسس غير واقعية أبدًا.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - ملخص كتاب هلوسات by أوليفر ساكس</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709645</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709645">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709645</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب هلوسات
Author: أوليفر ساكس
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
هل رأيت شيئًا أمامك، وبعد دقائق لم يعد موجودًا؟ هل سمعت أحدهم ينادي اسمك في منزلٍ فارغ؟ هل شعرت بشخصٍ ما يمشي وراءك ثم استدرت لتجدَ أنّه لا أحد هناك؟ هذه أنواعٌ مختلفةٌ من الهلوسات، عندما نسمع كلمة الهلوسة دائمًا يخطر ببالنا المصحات النفسية ومرضى الفصام والجنون. ولكنَّ هذه معلومة خاطئة، فالهلوسة قد تحدث لأي شخص طبيعي إذا تعرض لتسمم أو مرض ما أو إصابة في حادث، وقد تحدث لبعضهم حتى لمجرد الاستيقاظ من النوم فجأة. قد يرى الأشخاص المصابون بالصداع النصفي أقواسًا متلألئة من الضوء أويسمعون موسيقى غريبة.</description>
      <author>أوليفر ساكس</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780941702393.mp3" length="542138" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709645</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780941702393.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709645">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709645</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب هلوسات
Author: أوليفر ساكس
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
هل رأيت شيئًا أمامك، وبعد دقائق لم يعد موجودًا؟ هل سمعت أحدهم ينادي اسمك في منزلٍ فارغ؟ هل شعرت بشخصٍ ما يمشي وراءك ثم استدرت لتجدَ أنّه لا أحد هناك؟ هذه أنواعٌ مختلفةٌ من الهلوسات، عندما نسمع كلمة الهلوسة دائمًا يخطر ببالنا المصحات النفسية ومرضى الفصام والجنون. ولكنَّ هذه معلومة خاطئة، فالهلوسة قد تحدث لأي شخص طبيعي إذا تعرض لتسمم أو مرض ما أو إصابة في حادث، وقد تحدث لبعضهم حتى لمجرد الاستيقاظ من النوم فجأة. قد يرى الأشخاص المصابون بالصداع النصفي أقواسًا متلألئة من الضوء أويسمعون موسيقى غريبة.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709645">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709645</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب هلوسات
Author: أوليفر ساكس
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
هل رأيت شيئًا أمامك، وبعد دقائق لم يعد موجودًا؟ هل سمعت أحدهم ينادي اسمك في منزلٍ فارغ؟ هل شعرت بشخصٍ ما يمشي وراءك ثم استدرت لتجدَ أنّه لا أحد هناك؟ هذه أنواعٌ مختلفةٌ من الهلوسات، عندما نسمع كلمة الهلوسة دائمًا يخطر ببالنا المصحات النفسية ومرضى الفصام والجنون. ولكنَّ هذه معلومة خاطئة، فالهلوسة قد تحدث لأي شخص طبيعي إذا تعرض لتسمم أو مرض ما أو إصابة في حادث، وقد تحدث لبعضهم حتى لمجرد الاستيقاظ من النوم فجأة. قد يرى الأشخاص المصابون بالصداع النصفي أقواسًا متلألئة من الضوء أويسمعون موسيقى غريبة.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - ملخص كتاب نزعة إلى الموسيقى by أوليفر ساكس</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709642</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709642">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709642</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب نزعة إلى الموسيقى
Author: أوليفر ساكس
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
في هذا الكتاب، ستكتشف كيف يمكن للموسيقا علاج الجمود الحركي، وإعادة اللغة إلى الأشخاص الذين فقدوا القدرة على التحدُّث، وأيضًا كيف للموسيقا أن تسبب الهلوسة الرهيبة ونوبات الصرع. ستتعرف أيضًا إلى الأشخاص الذين يرون ألوان قوس قزح جميلة عندما يستمعون إلى الموسيقا.</description>
      <author>أوليفر ساكس</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780931445941.mp3" length="560449" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709642</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780931445941.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709642">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709642</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب نزعة إلى الموسيقى
Author: أوليفر ساكس
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
في هذا الكتاب، ستكتشف كيف يمكن للموسيقا علاج الجمود الحركي، وإعادة اللغة إلى الأشخاص الذين فقدوا القدرة على التحدُّث، وأيضًا كيف للموسيقا أن تسبب الهلوسة الرهيبة ونوبات الصرع. ستتعرف أيضًا إلى الأشخاص الذين يرون ألوان قوس قزح جميلة عندما يستمعون إلى الموسيقا.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709642">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709642</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب نزعة إلى الموسيقى
Author: أوليفر ساكس
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
في هذا الكتاب، ستكتشف كيف يمكن للموسيقا علاج الجمود الحركي، وإعادة اللغة إلى الأشخاص الذين فقدوا القدرة على التحدُّث، وأيضًا كيف للموسيقا أن تسبب الهلوسة الرهيبة ونوبات الصرع. ستتعرف أيضًا إلى الأشخاص الذين يرون ألوان قوس قزح جميلة عندما يستمعون إلى الموسيقا.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - ملخص كتاب علم النفس الشرعي by ديفيد في كانتر</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709622</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709622">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709622</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب علم النفس الشرعي
Author: ديفيد في كانتر
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 14 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
جريمة قتل غامضة، يعجز رجال العدالة عن حل ألغازها، محللٌّ نفسي بارع يسير في مسرح الجريمة، ليلتقط بعض التفاصيل الدقيقة، يتمكن بواسطتها من رسم تصوّر نفسي دقيق عن الجاني، يقود رجال القانون إليه، ويقدمه للعدالة على طبق من ذهب. إنها الحبكة الكلاسيكية لأفلام الجرائم النفسية وروايات شيرلوك هولمز، فهل توجد تلك المهنة على أرض الواقع فعلًا؟ أين تنتهي الحقيقة في سرديات الأدب البوليسي، و أين يبدأ الخيال؟</description>
      <author>ديفيد في كانتر</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9782073487582.mp3" length="525703" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709622</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9782073487582.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709622">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709622</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب علم النفس الشرعي
Author: ديفيد في كانتر
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 14 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
جريمة قتل غامضة، يعجز رجال العدالة عن حل ألغازها، محللٌّ نفسي بارع يسير في مسرح الجريمة، ليلتقط بعض التفاصيل الدقيقة، يتمكن بواسطتها من رسم تصوّر نفسي دقيق عن الجاني، يقود رجال القانون إليه، ويقدمه للعدالة على طبق من ذهب. إنها الحبكة الكلاسيكية لأفلام الجرائم النفسية وروايات شيرلوك هولمز، فهل توجد تلك المهنة على أرض الواقع فعلًا؟ أين تنتهي الحقيقة في سرديات الأدب البوليسي، و أين يبدأ الخيال؟</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709622">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709622</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب علم النفس الشرعي
Author: ديفيد في كانتر
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 14 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
جريمة قتل غامضة، يعجز رجال العدالة عن حل ألغازها، محللٌّ نفسي بارع يسير في مسرح الجريمة، ليلتقط بعض التفاصيل الدقيقة، يتمكن بواسطتها من رسم تصوّر نفسي دقيق عن الجاني، يقود رجال القانون إليه، ويقدمه للعدالة على طبق من ذهب. إنها الحبكة الكلاسيكية لأفلام الجرائم النفسية وروايات شيرلوك هولمز، فهل توجد تلك المهنة على أرض الواقع فعلًا؟ أين تنتهي الحقيقة في سرديات الأدب البوليسي، و أين يبدأ الخيال؟</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - ملخص كتاب شيطان الظهيرة أطلس للاكتئاب by أندرو سولومون</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709619</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب شيطان الظهيرة أطلس للاكتئاب
Author: أندرو سولومون
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
في كتاب &amp;#039;شيطان الظهيرة: أطلس للاكتئاب&amp;#039;، يتعمق الكاتب الأمريكي الشهير Andrew Solomon في وصف مراحل الاكتئاب بصورةٍ شخصيةٍ وثقافيةٍ وعلميةٍ معتمدًا في ذلك على كفاحه الشخصي مع المرض ويكشف عن التعقيدات الدقيقة والمعاناة الشديدة للمرض.</description>
      <author>أندرو سولومون</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786043749779.mp3" length="545560" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709619</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786043749779.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب شيطان الظهيرة أطلس للاكتئاب
Author: أندرو سولومون
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
في كتاب &amp;#039;شيطان الظهيرة: أطلس للاكتئاب&amp;#039;، يتعمق الكاتب الأمريكي الشهير Andrew Solomon في وصف مراحل الاكتئاب بصورةٍ شخصيةٍ وثقافيةٍ وعلميةٍ معتمدًا في ذلك على كفاحه الشخصي مع المرض ويكشف عن التعقيدات الدقيقة والمعاناة الشديدة للمرض.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب شيطان الظهيرة أطلس للاكتئاب
Author: أندرو سولومون
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
في كتاب &amp;#039;شيطان الظهيرة: أطلس للاكتئاب&amp;#039;، يتعمق الكاتب الأمريكي الشهير Andrew Solomon في وصف مراحل الاكتئاب بصورةٍ شخصيةٍ وثقافيةٍ وعلميةٍ معتمدًا في ذلك على كفاحه الشخصي مع المرض ويكشف عن التعقيدات الدقيقة والمعاناة الشديدة للمرض.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - ملخص كتاب زعيم عصابة ليوم واحد by سودهير فينكاتيش</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709611</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709611">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709611</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب زعيم عصابة ليوم واحد
Author: سودهير فينكاتيش
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;ما هو شعور أن تكون أسود وفقيرًا؟&amp;#039; ربَّما يكون هذا هو أغبى سؤال يمكنك أن تطرحه وأنت محاط بمجموعة من رجال العصابات الذين ينطبق عليهم هذا الوصف تماما: فقراء وذوو بشرة سوداء. لكن هذا هو السؤال نفسه الذي طرحه الكاتب وهو محاط بجماعة مسلحة من رجال العصابات، في مبنى ضمن مشروع سكني فقير! لمدة عقدٍ كامل، عاش الكاتب حياة شبه كاملة في هذه المشاريع السكنية الفقيرة. كوَّن صداقات مع رجال العصابات، وعدّوه رفيقهم المُثقف.</description>
      <author>سودهير فينكاتيش</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9785688315318.mp3" length="549533" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709611</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9785688315318.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709611">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709611</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب زعيم عصابة ليوم واحد
Author: سودهير فينكاتيش
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;ما هو شعور أن تكون أسود وفقيرًا؟&amp;#039; ربَّما يكون هذا هو أغبى سؤال يمكنك أن تطرحه وأنت محاط بمجموعة من رجال العصابات الذين ينطبق عليهم هذا الوصف تماما: فقراء وذوو بشرة سوداء. لكن هذا هو السؤال نفسه الذي طرحه الكاتب وهو محاط بجماعة مسلحة من رجال العصابات، في مبنى ضمن مشروع سكني فقير! لمدة عقدٍ كامل، عاش الكاتب حياة شبه كاملة في هذه المشاريع السكنية الفقيرة. كوَّن صداقات مع رجال العصابات، وعدّوه رفيقهم المُثقف.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709611">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709611</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب زعيم عصابة ليوم واحد
Author: سودهير فينكاتيش
Narrator: Sahla Books
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;ما هو شعور أن تكون أسود وفقيرًا؟&amp;#039; ربَّما يكون هذا هو أغبى سؤال يمكنك أن تطرحه وأنت محاط بمجموعة من رجال العصابات الذين ينطبق عليهم هذا الوصف تماما: فقراء وذوو بشرة سوداء. لكن هذا هو السؤال نفسه الذي طرحه الكاتب وهو محاط بجماعة مسلحة من رجال العصابات، في مبنى ضمن مشروع سكني فقير! لمدة عقدٍ كامل، عاش الكاتب حياة شبه كاملة في هذه المشاريع السكنية الفقيرة. كوَّن صداقات مع رجال العصابات، وعدّوه رفيقهم المُثقف.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Welt als Wille und Vorstellung: Band 1 /Buch 4 Der Welt als Wille zweite Betrachtung by Arthur Schopenhauer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709556</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709556">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709556</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Welt als Wille und Vorstellung: Band 1 /Buch 4 Der Welt als Wille zweite Betrachtung
Author: Arthur Schopenhauer
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
komplette Lesung des vierten Buches der Welt als Wille und Vorstellung Das vierte Buch des ersten Bandes des Klassikers &amp;#039;Ich gehöre zu den Lesern Schopenhauers&amp;#039;, schrieb Friedrich Nietzsche, &amp;#039;welche, nachdem sie die erste Seite von ihm gelesen haben, mit Bestimmtheit wissen, dass sie alle Seiten lesen und auf jedes Wort hören werden, das er überhaupt gesagt hat&amp;#039;. Und so wie es Nietzsche mit der Lektüre von Schopenhauer ging, so ging - und geht es bis heute - vielen, die an tieferen Einsichten in die Möglichkeiten und Bedingtheiten unserer Erkenntnisfähigkeit in die Welt interessiert sind. Arthur Schopenhauers Hauptwerk &amp;#039;Die Welt als Wille und Vorstellung&amp;#039; ist ohne Frage einer der großen Klassiker der Philosophie und zugleich eine literarische Offenbarung. Umso erstaunlicher, dass dieses epochale Werk bis heute noch nicht vollständig eingelesen und einem breiteren Hörpublikum zugänglich gemacht wurde. Dem schafft nun endlich der Hörbuchsprecher Volker Braumann Abhilfe, indem er Buch für Buch des Mammutwerkes als Hörbuch zugänglich macht. Um den Zugang zu dem Werk zu erleichtern, finden sich am Ende eines jeden Paragrafen kurze Zusammenfassungen, die das Wesentliche des Gehörten noch einmal prägnant zusammenfassen und rekapitulieren. So eignet sich diese Hörbuch-Ausgabe für alle, die an Philosophie interessiert sind und schon immer dieses Buch lesen wollten; ein Buch, das sicher, sollte man eine Liste machen, zu den 100 philosophischen Werken gehören würde, die man gelesen (oder gehört) haben sollte, bevor man stirbt. Veröffentlichungsplan des ersten Bandes der &amp;#039;Welt als Wille und Vorstellung&amp;#039; 1. Hörbuch: Band 1 Buch 1: der Welt als Vorstellung erste Betrachtung 2. Hörbuch: Band 1 Buch 2: Der Welt als Wille erste Betrachtung 3. Hörbuch: Band 1 Buch 3: Der Welt als Vorstellung zweite Betrachtung 4. Hörbuch: Band 1 Buch 4: Der Welt als Wille zweite Betrachtung</description>
      <author>Arthur Schopenhauer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783989117457.mp3" length="964089" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709556</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783989117457.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709556">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709556</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Welt als Wille und Vorstellung: Band 1 /Buch 4 Der Welt als Wille zweite Betrachtung
Author: Arthur Schopenhauer
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
komplette Lesung des vierten Buches der Welt als Wille und Vorstellung Das vierte Buch des ersten Bandes des Klassikers &amp;#039;Ich gehöre zu den Lesern Schopenhauers&amp;#039;, schrieb Friedrich Nietzsche, &amp;#039;welche, nachdem sie die erste Seite von ihm gelesen haben, mit Bestimmtheit wissen, dass sie alle Seiten lesen und auf jedes Wort hören werden, das er überhaupt gesagt hat&amp;#039;. Und so wie es Nietzsche mit der Lektüre von Schopenhauer ging, so ging - und geht es bis heute - vielen, die an tieferen Einsichten in die Möglichkeiten und Bedingtheiten unserer Erkenntnisfähigkeit in die Welt interessiert sind. Arthur Schopenhauers Hauptwerk &amp;#039;Die Welt als Wille und Vorstellung&amp;#039; ist ohne Frage einer der großen Klassiker der Philosophie und zugleich eine literarische Offenbarung. Umso erstaunlicher, dass dieses epochale Werk bis heute noch nicht vollständig eingelesen und einem breiteren Hörpublikum zugänglich gemacht wurde. Dem schafft nun endlich der Hörbuchsprecher Volker Braumann Abhilfe, indem er Buch für Buch des Mammutwerkes als Hörbuch zugänglich macht. Um den Zugang zu dem Werk zu erleichtern, finden sich am Ende eines jeden Paragrafen kurze Zusammenfassungen, die das Wesentliche des Gehörten noch einmal prägnant zusammenfassen und rekapitulieren. So eignet sich diese Hörbuch-Ausgabe für alle, die an Philosophie interessiert sind und schon immer dieses Buch lesen wollten; ein Buch, das sicher, sollte man eine Liste machen, zu den 100 philosophischen Werken gehören würde, die man gelesen (oder gehört) haben sollte, bevor man stirbt. Veröffentlichungsplan des ersten Bandes der &amp;#039;Welt als Wille und Vorstellung&amp;#039; 1. Hörbuch: Band 1 Buch 1: der Welt als Vorstellung erste Betrachtung 2. Hörbuch: Band 1 Buch 2: Der Welt als Wille erste Betrachtung 3. Hörbuch: Band 1 Buch 3: Der Welt als Vorstellung zweite Betrachtung 4. Hörbuch: Band 1 Buch 4: Der Welt als Wille zweite Betrachtung</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709556">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709556</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Welt als Wille und Vorstellung: Band 1 /Buch 4 Der Welt als Wille zweite Betrachtung
Author: Arthur Schopenhauer
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
komplette Lesung des vierten Buches der Welt als Wille und Vorstellung Das vierte Buch des ersten Bandes des Klassikers &amp;#039;Ich gehöre zu den Lesern Schopenhauers&amp;#039;, schrieb Friedrich Nietzsche, &amp;#039;welche, nachdem sie die erste Seite von ihm gelesen haben, mit Bestimmtheit wissen, dass sie alle Seiten lesen und auf jedes Wort hören werden, das er überhaupt gesagt hat&amp;#039;. Und so wie es Nietzsche mit der Lektüre von Schopenhauer ging, so ging - und geht es bis heute - vielen, die an tieferen Einsichten in die Möglichkeiten und Bedingtheiten unserer Erkenntnisfähigkeit in die Welt interessiert sind. Arthur Schopenhauers Hauptwerk &amp;#039;Die Welt als Wille und Vorstellung&amp;#039; ist ohne Frage einer der großen Klassiker der Philosophie und zugleich eine literarische Offenbarung. Umso erstaunlicher, dass dieses epochale Werk bis heute noch nicht vollständig eingelesen und einem breiteren Hörpublikum zugänglich gemacht wurde. Dem schafft nun endlich der Hörbuchsprecher Volker Braumann Abhilfe, indem er Buch für Buch des Mammutwerkes als Hörbuch zugänglich macht. Um den Zugang zu dem Werk zu erleichtern, finden sich am Ende eines jeden Paragrafen kurze Zusammenfassungen, die das Wesentliche des Gehörten noch einmal prägnant zusammenfassen und rekapitulieren. So eignet sich diese Hörbuch-Ausgabe für alle, die an Philosophie interessiert sind und schon immer dieses Buch lesen wollten; ein Buch, das sicher, sollte man eine Liste machen, zu den 100 philosophischen Werken gehören würde, die man gelesen (oder gehört) haben sollte, bevor man stirbt. Veröffentlichungsplan des ersten Bandes der &amp;#039;Welt als Wille und Vorstellung&amp;#039; 1. Hörbuch: Band 1 Buch 1: der Welt als Vorstellung erste Betrachtung 2. Hörbuch: Band 1 Buch 2: Der Welt als Wille erste Betrachtung 3. Hörbuch: Band 1 Buch 3: Der Welt als Vorstellung zweite Betrachtung 4. Hörbuch: Band 1 Buch 4: Der Welt als Wille zweite Betrachtung</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Geschichte der abendländischen Philosophie: Teil 2 - Das Mittelalter by August Messer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709542</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709542">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709542</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Geschichte der abendländischen Philosophie: Teil 2 - Das Mittelalter
Author: August Messer
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
An Büchern zur Philosophiegeschichte besteht weiß Gott kein Mangel. Und so ist August Messers philosophiehistorischer Abriss in 5 Bänden eben nur einer von Dutzenden lesbaren Versuchen, einen ersten Überblick über die Ideenwelt des Abendlandes zu bieten. Statt den Leser auf ausgedehnte philosophische Exkurse mitzunehmen, bleibt er auf dem Hauptweg und präsentiert uns die Geschichte der Philosophie in ihren Hauptströmungen und wichtigsten Repräsentanten. Diesem Konzept bleibt er auch im zweiten Teil zur Philosophie im Mittelalter treu. Dabei gelingt es ihm, aufzuzeigen, wie man sich damals mühte, kirchliche Lehre und philosophische Vernunft miteinander in Übereinstimmung zu bringen. Auch gelingt es ihm zu zeigen, wie das antike Denken von den Scholastikern regelrecht in die vorgegebene Heilsordnung mit eingeschrieben und verarbeitet wurde, sodass eine philosophische Linie erkennbar wird, die sich von den großen Denkern der Antike über ihre islamischen Kommentatoren bis hin zu den Scholastikern des europäischen Mittelalters zieht. Nehmen wir also nun mit August Messer den Faden, den Platon und Aristoteles gesponnen haben, auf und folgen ihm hin zu so geistreichen Denkern wie Thomas von Aquin, Albertus Magnus oder Roger Bacon, die alle das Verlangen eint, eine Antwort auf die Fragen zu finden, die uns wohl als Menschen auf ewig beschäftigen werden, also Fragen wie: Was ist die Welt? Was ist der Mensch? Und schließlich: Warum ist das alles überhaupt?  Inhalt: § 1 Die Die Apologeten Justinus und Tertullian § 2 Die Gnostiker und Origines § 3 Augustinus § 4 altchristliche Mystik § 5 Der Universalienstreit § 6 Abälard § 7 Das Bekanntwerden des gesamten Aristoteles § 8 Thomas von Aquin § 9 Die thomistische Erkenntnislehre § 10 Die thomistische Metaphysik § 11 Die thomistische Ethik § 12 Würdigung des thomistischen Systems § 13 Bacon, Scotus, Occam § 14 Meister Eckhart § 15 Nicolaus Cusanus § 16 Verfall &amp;amp; Erneuerung der Scholastik</description>
      <author>August Messer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783989117501.mp3" length="872046" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709542</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783989117501.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709542">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709542</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Geschichte der abendländischen Philosophie: Teil 2 - Das Mittelalter
Author: August Messer
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
An Büchern zur Philosophiegeschichte besteht weiß Gott kein Mangel. Und so ist August Messers philosophiehistorischer Abriss in 5 Bänden eben nur einer von Dutzenden lesbaren Versuchen, einen ersten Überblick über die Ideenwelt des Abendlandes zu bieten. Statt den Leser auf ausgedehnte philosophische Exkurse mitzunehmen, bleibt er auf dem Hauptweg und präsentiert uns die Geschichte der Philosophie in ihren Hauptströmungen und wichtigsten Repräsentanten. Diesem Konzept bleibt er auch im zweiten Teil zur Philosophie im Mittelalter treu. Dabei gelingt es ihm, aufzuzeigen, wie man sich damals mühte, kirchliche Lehre und philosophische Vernunft miteinander in Übereinstimmung zu bringen. Auch gelingt es ihm zu zeigen, wie das antike Denken von den Scholastikern regelrecht in die vorgegebene Heilsordnung mit eingeschrieben und verarbeitet wurde, sodass eine philosophische Linie erkennbar wird, die sich von den großen Denkern der Antike über ihre islamischen Kommentatoren bis hin zu den Scholastikern des europäischen Mittelalters zieht. Nehmen wir also nun mit August Messer den Faden, den Platon und Aristoteles gesponnen haben, auf und folgen ihm hin zu so geistreichen Denkern wie Thomas von Aquin, Albertus Magnus oder Roger Bacon, die alle das Verlangen eint, eine Antwort auf die Fragen zu finden, die uns wohl als Menschen auf ewig beschäftigen werden, also Fragen wie: Was ist die Welt? Was ist der Mensch? Und schließlich: Warum ist das alles überhaupt?  Inhalt: § 1 Die Die Apologeten Justinus und Tertullian § 2 Die Gnostiker und Origines § 3 Augustinus § 4 altchristliche Mystik § 5 Der Universalienstreit § 6 Abälard § 7 Das Bekanntwerden des gesamten Aristoteles § 8 Thomas von Aquin § 9 Die thomistische Erkenntnislehre § 10 Die thomistische Metaphysik § 11 Die thomistische Ethik § 12 Würdigung des thomistischen Systems § 13 Bacon, Scotus, Occam § 14 Meister Eckhart § 15 Nicolaus Cusanus § 16 Verfall &amp;amp; Erneuerung der Scholastik</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709542">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709542</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Geschichte der abendländischen Philosophie: Teil 2 - Das Mittelalter
Author: August Messer
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
An Büchern zur Philosophiegeschichte besteht weiß Gott kein Mangel. Und so ist August Messers philosophiehistorischer Abriss in 5 Bänden eben nur einer von Dutzenden lesbaren Versuchen, einen ersten Überblick über die Ideenwelt des Abendlandes zu bieten. Statt den Leser auf ausgedehnte philosophische Exkurse mitzunehmen, bleibt er auf dem Hauptweg und präsentiert uns die Geschichte der Philosophie in ihren Hauptströmungen und wichtigsten Repräsentanten. Diesem Konzept bleibt er auch im zweiten Teil zur Philosophie im Mittelalter treu. Dabei gelingt es ihm, aufzuzeigen, wie man sich damals mühte, kirchliche Lehre und philosophische Vernunft miteinander in Übereinstimmung zu bringen. Auch gelingt es ihm zu zeigen, wie das antike Denken von den Scholastikern regelrecht in die vorgegebene Heilsordnung mit eingeschrieben und verarbeitet wurde, sodass eine philosophische Linie erkennbar wird, die sich von den großen Denkern der Antike über ihre islamischen Kommentatoren bis hin zu den Scholastikern des europäischen Mittelalters zieht. Nehmen wir also nun mit August Messer den Faden, den Platon und Aristoteles gesponnen haben, auf und folgen ihm hin zu so geistreichen Denkern wie Thomas von Aquin, Albertus Magnus oder Roger Bacon, die alle das Verlangen eint, eine Antwort auf die Fragen zu finden, die uns wohl als Menschen auf ewig beschäftigen werden, also Fragen wie: Was ist die Welt? Was ist der Mensch? Und schließlich: Warum ist das alles überhaupt?  Inhalt: § 1 Die Die Apologeten Justinus und Tertullian § 2 Die Gnostiker und Origines § 3 Augustinus § 4 altchristliche Mystik § 5 Der Universalienstreit § 6 Abälard § 7 Das Bekanntwerden des gesamten Aristoteles § 8 Thomas von Aquin § 9 Die thomistische Erkenntnislehre § 10 Die thomistische Metaphysik § 11 Die thomistische Ethik § 12 Würdigung des thomistischen Systems § 13 Bacon, Scotus, Occam § 14 Meister Eckhart § 15 Nicolaus Cusanus § 16 Verfall &amp;amp; Erneuerung der Scholastik</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reclaiming Art in the Age of Artifice: A Treatise, Critique, and Call to Action (Manifesto) by J.F. Martel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709465</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709465">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709465</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reclaiming Art in the Age of Artifice: A Treatise, Critique, and Call to Action (Manifesto)
Author: J.F. Martel
Narrator: J.F. Martel, Donna Tartt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 38 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
With a new Introduction by Donna Tartt, exclusive to the audiobook.  Part treatise, part critique, part call to action, Reclaiming Art in the Age of Artifice is a journey into the uncanny realities revealed to us in the great works of art of the past and present.Received opinion holds that art is culturally-determined and relative. We are told that whether a picture, a movement, a text, or sound qualifies as a &amp;quot;work of art&amp;quot; largely depends on social attitudes and convention. Drawing on examples ranging from Paleolithic cave paintings to modern pop music and building on the ideas of James Joyce, Oscar Wilde, Gilles Deleuze, Carl Jung, and others, J.F. Martel argues that art is an inborn human phenomenon that precedes the formation of culture and even society. Art is free of politics and ideology. Paradoxically, that is what makes it a force of liberation wherever it breaks through the trance of humdrum existence. Like the act of dreaming, artistic creation is fundamentally mysterious. It is a gift from beyond the field of the human, and it connects us with realities that, though normally unseen, are crucial components of a living world.  While holding this to be true of authentic art, the author acknowledges the presence—overwhelming in our media-saturated age—of a false art that seeks not to liberate but to manipulate and control. Against this anti-artistic aesthetic force, which finds some of its most virulent manifestations in modern advertising, propaganda, and pornography, true art represents an effective line of defense. Martel argues that preserving artistic expression in the face of our contemporary hyper-aestheticism is essential to our own survival.  Art is more than mere ornament or entertainment; it is a way, one leading to what is most profound in us. Reclaiming Art in the Age of Artifice places art alongside languages and the biosphere as a thing endangered by the onslaught of predatory capitalism, spectacle culture, and myopic technological progress. The book is essential reading for visual artists, musicians, writers, actors, dancers, filmmakers, and poets. It will also interest anyone who has ever been deeply moved by a work of art, and for all who seek a way out of the web of deception and vampiric diversion that the current world order has woven around us.  Leaping gracefully from Coleridge to Kubrick, from the Bible to Baudrillard, J.F. Martel offers us a lovely and powerful reminder that the greatest art presents the world through mystery rather than manipulation. Arguing that art&amp;#039;s prophetic promise comes from its capacity to rupture the workaday world of means and ends, Martel calls for a visionary return to the imaginal rifts of a novelty beyond artifice.”  —Erik Davis, author of TechGnosis     “A key work for the soul of our time, Reclaiming Art in the Age of Artifice is for the seasoned artist and the novice alike, for all those who dare to walk in, as J.F. Martel writes, an ‘excess of meaning.’ We need those today who would dare to live this way, and this book is a resounding call to return to the Imaginal life. ‘Sing in me muse,’ spoke Homer, and Martel has writ this large across the pages.”  —Jeremy D. Johnson, editor at Reality Sandwich  “J.F. Martel is an incisive cultural critic with a penetrating vision of art. His book is a quiet manifesto for the creative act, reminding us of the numinous quality of the aesthetic object, as well as the intrinsic strangeness of our lives in the world.”  —Daniel Pinchbeck, author of Breaking Open the Head and 2012: The Return of Quetzalcoatl</description>
      <author>J.F. Martel</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668640289.mp3" length="851179" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709465</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668640289.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709465">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709465</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reclaiming Art in the Age of Artifice: A Treatise, Critique, and Call to Action (Manifesto)
Author: J.F. Martel
Narrator: J.F. Martel, Donna Tartt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 38 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
With a new Introduction by Donna Tartt, exclusive to the audiobook.  Part treatise, part critique, part call to action, Reclaiming Art in the Age of Artifice is a journey into the uncanny realities revealed to us in the great works of art of the past and present.Received opinion holds that art is culturally-determined and relative. We are told that whether a picture, a movement, a text, or sound qualifies as a &amp;quot;work of art&amp;quot; largely depends on social attitudes and convention. Drawing on examples ranging from Paleolithic cave paintings to modern pop music and building on the ideas of James Joyce, Oscar Wilde, Gilles Deleuze, Carl Jung, and others, J.F. Martel argues that art is an inborn human phenomenon that precedes the formation of culture and even society. Art is free of politics and ideology. Paradoxically, that is what makes it a force of liberation wherever it breaks through the trance of humdrum existence. Like the act of dreaming, artistic creation is fundamentally mysterious. It is a gift from beyond the field of the human, and it connects us with realities that, though normally unseen, are crucial components of a living world.  While holding this to be true of authentic art, the author acknowledges the presence—overwhelming in our media-saturated age—of a false art that seeks not to liberate but to manipulate and control. Against this anti-artistic aesthetic force, which finds some of its most virulent manifestations in modern advertising, propaganda, and pornography, true art represents an effective line of defense. Martel argues that preserving artistic expression in the face of our contemporary hyper-aestheticism is essential to our own survival.  Art is more than mere ornament or entertainment; it is a way, one leading to what is most profound in us. Reclaiming Art in the Age of Artifice places art alongside languages and the biosphere as a thing endangered by the onslaught of predatory capitalism, spectacle culture, and myopic technological progress. The book is essential reading for visual artists, musicians, writers, actors, dancers, filmmakers, and poets. It will also interest anyone who has ever been deeply moved by a work of art, and for all who seek a way out of the web of deception and vampiric diversion that the current world order has woven around us.  Leaping gracefully from Coleridge to Kubrick, from the Bible to Baudrillard, J.F. Martel offers us a lovely and powerful reminder that the greatest art presents the world through mystery rather than manipulation. Arguing that art&amp;#039;s prophetic promise comes from its capacity to rupture the workaday world of means and ends, Martel calls for a visionary return to the imaginal rifts of a novelty beyond artifice.”  —Erik Davis, author of TechGnosis     “A key work for the soul of our time, Reclaiming Art in the Age of Artifice is for the seasoned artist and the novice alike, for all those who dare to walk in, as J.F. Martel writes, an ‘excess of meaning.’ We need those today who would dare to live this way, and this book is a resounding call to return to the Imaginal life. ‘Sing in me muse,’ spoke Homer, and Martel has writ this large across the pages.”  —Jeremy D. Johnson, editor at Reality Sandwich  “J.F. Martel is an incisive cultural critic with a penetrating vision of art. His book is a quiet manifesto for the creative act, reminding us of the numinous quality of the aesthetic object, as well as the intrinsic strangeness of our lives in the world.”  —Daniel Pinchbeck, author of Breaking Open the Head and 2012: The Return of Quetzalcoatl</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709465">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709465</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reclaiming Art in the Age of Artifice: A Treatise, Critique, and Call to Action (Manifesto)
Author: J.F. Martel
Narrator: J.F. Martel, Donna Tartt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 38 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
With a new Introduction by Donna Tartt, exclusive to the audiobook.  Part treatise, part critique, part call to action, Reclaiming Art in the Age of Artifice is a journey into the uncanny realities revealed to us in the great works of art of the past and present.Received opinion holds that art is culturally-determined and relative. We are told that whether a picture, a movement, a text, or sound qualifies as a &amp;quot;work of art&amp;quot; largely depends on social attitudes and convention. Drawing on examples ranging from Paleolithic cave paintings to modern pop music and building on the ideas of James Joyce, Oscar Wilde, Gilles Deleuze, Carl Jung, and others, J.F. Martel argues that art is an inborn human phenomenon that precedes the formation of culture and even society. Art is free of politics and ideology. Paradoxically, that is what makes it a force of liberation wherever it breaks through the trance of humdrum existence. Like the act of dreaming, artistic creation is fundamentally mysterious. It is a gift from beyond the field of the human, and it connects us with realities that, though normally unseen, are crucial components of a living world.  While holding this to be true of authentic art, the author acknowledges the presence—overwhelming in our media-saturated age—of a false art that seeks not to liberate but to manipulate and control. Against this anti-artistic aesthetic force, which finds some of its most virulent manifestations in modern advertising, propaganda, and pornography, true art represents an effective line of defense. Martel argues that preserving artistic expression in the face of our contemporary hyper-aestheticism is essential to our own survival.  Art is more than mere ornament or entertainment; it is a way, one leading to what is most profound in us. Reclaiming Art in the Age of Artifice places art alongside languages and the biosphere as a thing endangered by the onslaught of predatory capitalism, spectacle culture, and myopic technological progress. The book is essential reading for visual artists, musicians, writers, actors, dancers, filmmakers, and poets. It will also interest anyone who has ever been deeply moved by a work of art, and for all who seek a way out of the web of deception and vampiric diversion that the current world order has woven around us.  Leaping gracefully from Coleridge to Kubrick, from the Bible to Baudrillard, J.F. Martel offers us a lovely and powerful reminder that the greatest art presents the world through mystery rather than manipulation. Arguing that art&amp;#039;s prophetic promise comes from its capacity to rupture the workaday world of means and ends, Martel calls for a visionary return to the imaginal rifts of a novelty beyond artifice.”  —Erik Davis, author of TechGnosis     “A key work for the soul of our time, Reclaiming Art in the Age of Artifice is for the seasoned artist and the novice alike, for all those who dare to walk in, as J.F. Martel writes, an ‘excess of meaning.’ We need those today who would dare to live this way, and this book is a resounding call to return to the Imaginal life. ‘Sing in me muse,’ spoke Homer, and Martel has writ this large across the pages.”  —Jeremy D. Johnson, editor at Reality Sandwich  “J.F. Martel is an incisive cultural critic with a penetrating vision of art. His book is a quiet manifesto for the creative act, reminding us of the numinous quality of the aesthetic object, as well as the intrinsic strangeness of our lives in the world.”  —Daniel Pinchbeck, author of Breaking Open the Head and 2012: The Return of Quetzalcoatl</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is Your Work Worth It?: How to Think About Meaningful Work by Jennifer Tosti-Kharas, Christopher Wong Michaelson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709455</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709455">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709455</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Is Your Work Worth It?: How to Think About Meaningful Work
Author: Jennifer Tosti-Kharas, Christopher Wong Michaelson
Narrator: Christopher Wong Michaelson, Jennifer Tosti-Kharas, Andrew Sellon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
What is work that’s worth doing in a life worth living? A revealing exploration of the questions we ask and the stories we tell about our work.  According to recent studies, barely a third of American workers feel “engaged” at work, and for many people around the world, happiness is lowest when earning power is highest. After a global pandemic that changed why, how, and what people do for a living, many workers find themselves wondering what makes their daily routine worthwhile.  In Is Your Work Worth It?, two professors – a philosopher and organizational psychologist – investigate the purpose of work and its value in our lives. The book explores vital questions, such as:   -  Should you work for love or money?  -  When and how much should you work?  -  What would make life worth living in a world without work?  -  What kind of mark will your work leave on the world?   This essential book combines inspiring and harrowing stories of real people with recent scholarship, ancient wisdom, arts, and literature to help us clarify what worthy work looks like, what tradeoffs are acceptable to pursue it, and what our work can contribute to society.</description>
      <author>Jennifer Tosti-Kharas, Christopher Wong Michaelson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668641576.mp3" length="890532" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709455</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668641576.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709455">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709455</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Is Your Work Worth It?: How to Think About Meaningful Work
Author: Jennifer Tosti-Kharas, Christopher Wong Michaelson
Narrator: Christopher Wong Michaelson, Jennifer Tosti-Kharas, Andrew Sellon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
What is work that’s worth doing in a life worth living? A revealing exploration of the questions we ask and the stories we tell about our work.  According to recent studies, barely a third of American workers feel “engaged” at work, and for many people around the world, happiness is lowest when earning power is highest. After a global pandemic that changed why, how, and what people do for a living, many workers find themselves wondering what makes their daily routine worthwhile.  In Is Your Work Worth It?, two professors – a philosopher and organizational psychologist – investigate the purpose of work and its value in our lives. The book explores vital questions, such as:   -  Should you work for love or money?  -  When and how much should you work?  -  What would make life worth living in a world without work?  -  What kind of mark will your work leave on the world?   This essential book combines inspiring and harrowing stories of real people with recent scholarship, ancient wisdom, arts, and literature to help us clarify what worthy work looks like, what tradeoffs are acceptable to pursue it, and what our work can contribute to society.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709455">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709455</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Is Your Work Worth It?: How to Think About Meaningful Work
Author: Jennifer Tosti-Kharas, Christopher Wong Michaelson
Narrator: Christopher Wong Michaelson, Jennifer Tosti-Kharas, Andrew Sellon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
What is work that’s worth doing in a life worth living? A revealing exploration of the questions we ask and the stories we tell about our work.  According to recent studies, barely a third of American workers feel “engaged” at work, and for many people around the world, happiness is lowest when earning power is highest. After a global pandemic that changed why, how, and what people do for a living, many workers find themselves wondering what makes their daily routine worthwhile.  In Is Your Work Worth It?, two professors – a philosopher and organizational psychologist – investigate the purpose of work and its value in our lives. The book explores vital questions, such as:   -  Should you work for love or money?  -  When and how much should you work?  -  What would make life worth living in a world without work?  -  What kind of mark will your work leave on the world?   This essential book combines inspiring and harrowing stories of real people with recent scholarship, ancient wisdom, arts, and literature to help us clarify what worthy work looks like, what tradeoffs are acceptable to pursue it, and what our work can contribute to society.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Ritual of Transcendental Magic by Eliphas Levi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709446</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709446">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709446</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ritual of Transcendental Magic
Author: Eliphas Levi
Narrator: Henry Schrader
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Ritual of Transcendental Magic was published in 1856. It discusses the actual materials, processes, and settings for conducting ritual magic. The practitioner must purify himself through a temperate diet, regular sleep, and thorough attention to cleaning and hygiene. A complete description of tools like a magical lamp, rod, sword, and dagger follows, leaving the magician well equipped to perform ceremonies and rituals. Levi also added the Tarot to the tools of the magician, which was a new development in the occultism of the time. This work explores the magician’s foundations for his spiritual beliefs, as well as his idea that an elite class of priests would be necessary to lead the people into both social and magical order. He writes, “Occult philosophy seems to have been the nurse and godmother of all intellectual forces, the key of all divine obscurities, and the absolute mistress of society, in those ages when it was exclusively reserved for the education of priests and of kings...Magic is the traditional science of the secrets of Nature which comes to us from the Magi.” Although Levi didn’t enjoy much notoriety during his life, his works eventually became highly influential among other occultists, and he is now considered one of the fathers of modern mysticism. Famous occultist Aleister Crowley even claimed to be Levi himself in one of his past lives, as he was born less than six months after Levi’s death in 1875.</description>
      <author>Eliphas Levi</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684932139.mp3" length="1531977" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709446</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684932139.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709446">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709446</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ritual of Transcendental Magic
Author: Eliphas Levi
Narrator: Henry Schrader
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Ritual of Transcendental Magic was published in 1856. It discusses the actual materials, processes, and settings for conducting ritual magic. The practitioner must purify himself through a temperate diet, regular sleep, and thorough attention to cleaning and hygiene. A complete description of tools like a magical lamp, rod, sword, and dagger follows, leaving the magician well equipped to perform ceremonies and rituals. Levi also added the Tarot to the tools of the magician, which was a new development in the occultism of the time. This work explores the magician’s foundations for his spiritual beliefs, as well as his idea that an elite class of priests would be necessary to lead the people into both social and magical order. He writes, “Occult philosophy seems to have been the nurse and godmother of all intellectual forces, the key of all divine obscurities, and the absolute mistress of society, in those ages when it was exclusively reserved for the education of priests and of kings...Magic is the traditional science of the secrets of Nature which comes to us from the Magi.” Although Levi didn’t enjoy much notoriety during his life, his works eventually became highly influential among other occultists, and he is now considered one of the fathers of modern mysticism. Famous occultist Aleister Crowley even claimed to be Levi himself in one of his past lives, as he was born less than six months after Levi’s death in 1875.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709446">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709446</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ritual of Transcendental Magic
Author: Eliphas Levi
Narrator: Henry Schrader
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Ritual of Transcendental Magic was published in 1856. It discusses the actual materials, processes, and settings for conducting ritual magic. The practitioner must purify himself through a temperate diet, regular sleep, and thorough attention to cleaning and hygiene. A complete description of tools like a magical lamp, rod, sword, and dagger follows, leaving the magician well equipped to perform ceremonies and rituals. Levi also added the Tarot to the tools of the magician, which was a new development in the occultism of the time. This work explores the magician’s foundations for his spiritual beliefs, as well as his idea that an elite class of priests would be necessary to lead the people into both social and magical order. He writes, “Occult philosophy seems to have been the nurse and godmother of all intellectual forces, the key of all divine obscurities, and the absolute mistress of society, in those ages when it was exclusively reserved for the education of priests and of kings...Magic is the traditional science of the secrets of Nature which comes to us from the Magi.” Although Levi didn’t enjoy much notoriety during his life, his works eventually became highly influential among other occultists, and he is now considered one of the fathers of modern mysticism. Famous occultist Aleister Crowley even claimed to be Levi himself in one of his past lives, as he was born less than six months after Levi’s death in 1875.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Verse über den Glaubensgeist: Zen by Om C. Parkin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709094</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709094">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709094</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Verse über den Glaubensgeist: Zen
Series: #5 of Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele
Author: Om C. Parkin
Narrator: Om C. Parkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Das SHINJINMEI (chin. Xinxin Ming) ist der älteste überlieferte Zen-Text überhaupt. Er wurde im 6. Jhdt. verfasst von Meister Seng-Ts&amp;#039;an (chin.; jap. Sôsan), dem dritten großen Vorfahren der Zen-Linie nach Bodhidharma und Begründer des Chan in China (= jap. Zen). Die Weisheit dieses Textes ist über 1500 Jahre in der Zen-Tradition lebendig geblieben. Vgl. auch: SHINJINMEI, Das geistige Vermächtnis des dritten Zen-Patriarchen in China, advaitaJournal, Vol. 6 u.7, advaitaMedia Verlag, 2002 Weiter Audios in dieser Serie: Was ist Meditation?, Stille, Tiefe, Weite, Aus dem Urgrund, Die ersten Predigten Buddhas, Das entflammte Herz, Die Große Stille, The Rift in Time, Die Gesichter Gottes, Letzte Erkenntnis, Die Große Hochzeit    Diese Audioaufnahme ist Teil des Projektes:  Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele Weisheitstexte gelesen von OM C. Parkin Mit Ambient Musik von Mathias Grassow Zu kaufen im Online-Shop von advaitaMedia Der unpersönliche spirituelle Meister und Weisheitslehrer aus der stillen Tradition, OM C. Parkin, liest heilige Texte ewiger Wahrheit/Weisheit, geschöpft aus Quellen der großen spirituellen Traditionen, die ihren gemeinsamen Ursprung im unteilbaren Einen – im Göttlichen – haben. In einem stillen Geist – in vollkommener Bereitschaft zu hören – öffnet sich das Tor zur Seele, die diese Botschaften aus der einen grenzenlosen Wirklichkeit, aufzunehmen vermag. Das gesprochene Wort ist eingebettet in eine Klangkulisse die der Ambient-Musiker Mathias Grassow gestaltet hat. Diese Kompositionen können wie eine Mediation auf den Zuhörer wirken. Sie erlauben der Aufmerksamkeit immer tiefer nach innen zu fallen und sich von den Worten der Meister berühren zu lassen. Mit bestem Dank für das Digital Mastering an Rüdiger Gleisberg  für die Produktion an Gunakar R. Grundmann</description>
      <author>Om C. Parkin</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783989111561.mp3" length="582234" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709094</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783989111561.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709094">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709094</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Verse über den Glaubensgeist: Zen
Series: #5 of Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele
Author: Om C. Parkin
Narrator: Om C. Parkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Das SHINJINMEI (chin. Xinxin Ming) ist der älteste überlieferte Zen-Text überhaupt. Er wurde im 6. Jhdt. verfasst von Meister Seng-Ts&amp;#039;an (chin.; jap. Sôsan), dem dritten großen Vorfahren der Zen-Linie nach Bodhidharma und Begründer des Chan in China (= jap. Zen). Die Weisheit dieses Textes ist über 1500 Jahre in der Zen-Tradition lebendig geblieben. Vgl. auch: SHINJINMEI, Das geistige Vermächtnis des dritten Zen-Patriarchen in China, advaitaJournal, Vol. 6 u.7, advaitaMedia Verlag, 2002 Weiter Audios in dieser Serie: Was ist Meditation?, Stille, Tiefe, Weite, Aus dem Urgrund, Die ersten Predigten Buddhas, Das entflammte Herz, Die Große Stille, The Rift in Time, Die Gesichter Gottes, Letzte Erkenntnis, Die Große Hochzeit    Diese Audioaufnahme ist Teil des Projektes:  Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele Weisheitstexte gelesen von OM C. Parkin Mit Ambient Musik von Mathias Grassow Zu kaufen im Online-Shop von advaitaMedia Der unpersönliche spirituelle Meister und Weisheitslehrer aus der stillen Tradition, OM C. Parkin, liest heilige Texte ewiger Wahrheit/Weisheit, geschöpft aus Quellen der großen spirituellen Traditionen, die ihren gemeinsamen Ursprung im unteilbaren Einen – im Göttlichen – haben. In einem stillen Geist – in vollkommener Bereitschaft zu hören – öffnet sich das Tor zur Seele, die diese Botschaften aus der einen grenzenlosen Wirklichkeit, aufzunehmen vermag. Das gesprochene Wort ist eingebettet in eine Klangkulisse die der Ambient-Musiker Mathias Grassow gestaltet hat. Diese Kompositionen können wie eine Mediation auf den Zuhörer wirken. Sie erlauben der Aufmerksamkeit immer tiefer nach innen zu fallen und sich von den Worten der Meister berühren zu lassen. Mit bestem Dank für das Digital Mastering an Rüdiger Gleisberg  für die Produktion an Gunakar R. Grundmann</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709094">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709094</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Verse über den Glaubensgeist: Zen
Series: #5 of Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele
Author: Om C. Parkin
Narrator: Om C. Parkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Das SHINJINMEI (chin. Xinxin Ming) ist der älteste überlieferte Zen-Text überhaupt. Er wurde im 6. Jhdt. verfasst von Meister Seng-Ts&amp;#039;an (chin.; jap. Sôsan), dem dritten großen Vorfahren der Zen-Linie nach Bodhidharma und Begründer des Chan in China (= jap. Zen). Die Weisheit dieses Textes ist über 1500 Jahre in der Zen-Tradition lebendig geblieben. Vgl. auch: SHINJINMEI, Das geistige Vermächtnis des dritten Zen-Patriarchen in China, advaitaJournal, Vol. 6 u.7, advaitaMedia Verlag, 2002 Weiter Audios in dieser Serie: Was ist Meditation?, Stille, Tiefe, Weite, Aus dem Urgrund, Die ersten Predigten Buddhas, Das entflammte Herz, Die Große Stille, The Rift in Time, Die Gesichter Gottes, Letzte Erkenntnis, Die Große Hochzeit    Diese Audioaufnahme ist Teil des Projektes:  Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele Weisheitstexte gelesen von OM C. Parkin Mit Ambient Musik von Mathias Grassow Zu kaufen im Online-Shop von advaitaMedia Der unpersönliche spirituelle Meister und Weisheitslehrer aus der stillen Tradition, OM C. Parkin, liest heilige Texte ewiger Wahrheit/Weisheit, geschöpft aus Quellen der großen spirituellen Traditionen, die ihren gemeinsamen Ursprung im unteilbaren Einen – im Göttlichen – haben. In einem stillen Geist – in vollkommener Bereitschaft zu hören – öffnet sich das Tor zur Seele, die diese Botschaften aus der einen grenzenlosen Wirklichkeit, aufzunehmen vermag. Das gesprochene Wort ist eingebettet in eine Klangkulisse die der Ambient-Musiker Mathias Grassow gestaltet hat. Diese Kompositionen können wie eine Mediation auf den Zuhörer wirken. Sie erlauben der Aufmerksamkeit immer tiefer nach innen zu fallen und sich von den Worten der Meister berühren zu lassen. Mit bestem Dank für das Digital Mastering an Rüdiger Gleisberg  für die Produktion an Gunakar R. Grundmann</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Das entflammte Herz: Sufismus by Om C. Parkin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709088</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das entflammte Herz: Sufismus
Series: #6 of Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele
Author: Om C. Parkin
Narrator: Om C. Parkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Auf den Flügeln der höchsten religiösen Begeisterung, welche hoch erhaben über alle äußeren Formen positiver Religionen, das ewige Wesen in der vollkommensten Abgezogenheit von allem Sinnlichen und Irdischen als den reinsten Quell ewigen Lichtes anbetet, schwingt sich Mevlānā Rumi über Zeit und Raum in die Unendlichkeit hinaus, wo   er mit der unendlichen Liebe als unendlich Liebender in Eines verschmilzt …&amp;#039; So rühmt J. von Hammer-Purgastall 1818 Dschelāladdī Rūmī, der in Ost und West als der größte mystische Dichter des Islam gepriesen wird. In der Tat gibt es wohl kaum einen mystischen Dichter, in welcher Religion es auch sei, der dem Leser einen ähnlichen Reichtum an Gedanken, eine solche Vielseitigkeit, und zu gleicher Zeit einen so persönlichen Ausdruck seiner höchsten mystischen Liebeserfahrung zu vermitteln weiß.  Rumi, &amp;#039;Aus dem Diwan&amp;#039;, erschienen bei Reclam 1986, Übersetzung Annemarie Schimmel Weiter Audios in dieser Serie:  Was ist Meditation?, Stille, Tiefe, Weite, Aus dem Urgrund, Die ersten Predigten Buddhas, Verse über den Glaubensgeist, Die Große Stille, The Rift in Time, Die Gesichter Gottes, Letzte Erkenntnis, Die Große Hochzeit   Diese Audioaufnahme ist Teil des Projektes:  Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele Weisheitstexte gelesen von OM C. Parkin Mit Ambient Musik von Mathias Grassow Zu kaufen im Online-Shop von advaitaMedia Der unpersönliche spirituelle Meister und Weisheitslehrer aus der stillen Tradition, OM C. Parkin, liest heilige Texte ewiger Wahrheit/Weisheit, geschöpft aus Quellen der großen spirituellen Traditionen, die ihren gemeinsamen Ursprung im unteilbaren Einen – im Göttlichen – haben. In einem stillen Geist – in vollkommener Bereitschaft zu hören – öffnet sich das Tor zur Seele, die diese Botschaften aus der einen grenzenlosen Wirklichkeit, aufzunehmen vermag. Das gesprochene Wort ist eingebettet in eine Klangkulisse des Ambient-Musikers Mathias Grassow.</description>
      <author>Om C. Parkin</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783989111578.mp3" length="605952" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709088</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783989111578.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das entflammte Herz: Sufismus
Series: #6 of Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele
Author: Om C. Parkin
Narrator: Om C. Parkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Auf den Flügeln der höchsten religiösen Begeisterung, welche hoch erhaben über alle äußeren Formen positiver Religionen, das ewige Wesen in der vollkommensten Abgezogenheit von allem Sinnlichen und Irdischen als den reinsten Quell ewigen Lichtes anbetet, schwingt sich Mevlānā Rumi über Zeit und Raum in die Unendlichkeit hinaus, wo   er mit der unendlichen Liebe als unendlich Liebender in Eines verschmilzt …&amp;#039; So rühmt J. von Hammer-Purgastall 1818 Dschelāladdī Rūmī, der in Ost und West als der größte mystische Dichter des Islam gepriesen wird. In der Tat gibt es wohl kaum einen mystischen Dichter, in welcher Religion es auch sei, der dem Leser einen ähnlichen Reichtum an Gedanken, eine solche Vielseitigkeit, und zu gleicher Zeit einen so persönlichen Ausdruck seiner höchsten mystischen Liebeserfahrung zu vermitteln weiß.  Rumi, &amp;#039;Aus dem Diwan&amp;#039;, erschienen bei Reclam 1986, Übersetzung Annemarie Schimmel Weiter Audios in dieser Serie:  Was ist Meditation?, Stille, Tiefe, Weite, Aus dem Urgrund, Die ersten Predigten Buddhas, Verse über den Glaubensgeist, Die Große Stille, The Rift in Time, Die Gesichter Gottes, Letzte Erkenntnis, Die Große Hochzeit   Diese Audioaufnahme ist Teil des Projektes:  Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele Weisheitstexte gelesen von OM C. Parkin Mit Ambient Musik von Mathias Grassow Zu kaufen im Online-Shop von advaitaMedia Der unpersönliche spirituelle Meister und Weisheitslehrer aus der stillen Tradition, OM C. Parkin, liest heilige Texte ewiger Wahrheit/Weisheit, geschöpft aus Quellen der großen spirituellen Traditionen, die ihren gemeinsamen Ursprung im unteilbaren Einen – im Göttlichen – haben. In einem stillen Geist – in vollkommener Bereitschaft zu hören – öffnet sich das Tor zur Seele, die diese Botschaften aus der einen grenzenlosen Wirklichkeit, aufzunehmen vermag. Das gesprochene Wort ist eingebettet in eine Klangkulisse des Ambient-Musikers Mathias Grassow.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das entflammte Herz: Sufismus
Series: #6 of Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele
Author: Om C. Parkin
Narrator: Om C. Parkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Auf den Flügeln der höchsten religiösen Begeisterung, welche hoch erhaben über alle äußeren Formen positiver Religionen, das ewige Wesen in der vollkommensten Abgezogenheit von allem Sinnlichen und Irdischen als den reinsten Quell ewigen Lichtes anbetet, schwingt sich Mevlānā Rumi über Zeit und Raum in die Unendlichkeit hinaus, wo   er mit der unendlichen Liebe als unendlich Liebender in Eines verschmilzt …&amp;#039; So rühmt J. von Hammer-Purgastall 1818 Dschelāladdī Rūmī, der in Ost und West als der größte mystische Dichter des Islam gepriesen wird. In der Tat gibt es wohl kaum einen mystischen Dichter, in welcher Religion es auch sei, der dem Leser einen ähnlichen Reichtum an Gedanken, eine solche Vielseitigkeit, und zu gleicher Zeit einen so persönlichen Ausdruck seiner höchsten mystischen Liebeserfahrung zu vermitteln weiß.  Rumi, &amp;#039;Aus dem Diwan&amp;#039;, erschienen bei Reclam 1986, Übersetzung Annemarie Schimmel Weiter Audios in dieser Serie:  Was ist Meditation?, Stille, Tiefe, Weite, Aus dem Urgrund, Die ersten Predigten Buddhas, Verse über den Glaubensgeist, Die Große Stille, The Rift in Time, Die Gesichter Gottes, Letzte Erkenntnis, Die Große Hochzeit   Diese Audioaufnahme ist Teil des Projektes:  Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele Weisheitstexte gelesen von OM C. Parkin Mit Ambient Musik von Mathias Grassow Zu kaufen im Online-Shop von advaitaMedia Der unpersönliche spirituelle Meister und Weisheitslehrer aus der stillen Tradition, OM C. Parkin, liest heilige Texte ewiger Wahrheit/Weisheit, geschöpft aus Quellen der großen spirituellen Traditionen, die ihren gemeinsamen Ursprung im unteilbaren Einen – im Göttlichen – haben. In einem stillen Geist – in vollkommener Bereitschaft zu hören – öffnet sich das Tor zur Seele, die diese Botschaften aus der einen grenzenlosen Wirklichkeit, aufzunehmen vermag. Das gesprochene Wort ist eingebettet in eine Klangkulisse des Ambient-Musikers Mathias Grassow.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - The Rift in Time: Darshan with OM by Om C. Parkin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709086</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - The Rift in Time: Darshan with OM
Series: #8 of Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele
Author: Om C. Parkin
Narrator: Om C. Parkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The rift in time can be recognized only if you are willing to leave everything as it is. This rift is to be found in each moment. It is the exit from this horizontal thinking in space and time. This is a completely natural entry into meditation. This meditation is not dependent on exercises, not dependent on any practices. It simply happens in this willingness to stop, to simply stop. Whatever trance, whatever agitation you find yourself in – stop, and then pause. The fall inside will start to happen.&amp;#039; Übersetzung eines Auszugs aus einem Artikel von OM C. Parkin &amp;#039;Der Riss in der Zeit&amp;#039;, advaitaJournal, Vol.4, advaitaMedia Verlag, 2001  Weiter Audios in dieser Serie: Was ist Meditation? Stille, Tiefe, Weite, Aus dem Urgrund, Die ersten Predigten Buddhas, Verse über den Glaubensgeist, Das entflammte Herz, Die Große Stille, Die Gesichter Gottes, Letzte Erkenntnis, Die Große Hochzeit   Diese Audioaufnahme ist Teil des Projektes:  Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele Weisheitstexte gelesen von OM C. Parkin Mit Ambient Musik von Mathias Grassow Zu kaufen im Online-Shop von advaitaMedia Der unpersönliche spirituelle Meister und Weisheitslehrer aus der stillen Tradition, OM C. Parkin, liest heilige Texte ewiger Wahrheit/Weisheit, geschöpft aus Quellen der großen spirituellen Traditionen, die ihren gemeinsamen Ursprung im unteilbaren Einen – im Göttlichen – haben. In einem stillen Geist – in vollkommener Bereitschaft zu hören – öffnet sich das Tor zur Seele, die diese Botschaften aus der einen grenzenlosen Wirklichkeit, aufzunehmen vermag. Das gesprochene Wort ist eingebettet in eine Klangkulisse des Ambient-Musikers Mathias Grassow.</description>
      <author>Om C. Parkin</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783989111592.mp3" length="632372" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709086</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783989111592.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - The Rift in Time: Darshan with OM
Series: #8 of Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele
Author: Om C. Parkin
Narrator: Om C. Parkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The rift in time can be recognized only if you are willing to leave everything as it is. This rift is to be found in each moment. It is the exit from this horizontal thinking in space and time. This is a completely natural entry into meditation. This meditation is not dependent on exercises, not dependent on any practices. It simply happens in this willingness to stop, to simply stop. Whatever trance, whatever agitation you find yourself in – stop, and then pause. The fall inside will start to happen.&amp;#039; Übersetzung eines Auszugs aus einem Artikel von OM C. Parkin &amp;#039;Der Riss in der Zeit&amp;#039;, advaitaJournal, Vol.4, advaitaMedia Verlag, 2001  Weiter Audios in dieser Serie: Was ist Meditation? Stille, Tiefe, Weite, Aus dem Urgrund, Die ersten Predigten Buddhas, Verse über den Glaubensgeist, Das entflammte Herz, Die Große Stille, Die Gesichter Gottes, Letzte Erkenntnis, Die Große Hochzeit   Diese Audioaufnahme ist Teil des Projektes:  Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele Weisheitstexte gelesen von OM C. Parkin Mit Ambient Musik von Mathias Grassow Zu kaufen im Online-Shop von advaitaMedia Der unpersönliche spirituelle Meister und Weisheitslehrer aus der stillen Tradition, OM C. Parkin, liest heilige Texte ewiger Wahrheit/Weisheit, geschöpft aus Quellen der großen spirituellen Traditionen, die ihren gemeinsamen Ursprung im unteilbaren Einen – im Göttlichen – haben. In einem stillen Geist – in vollkommener Bereitschaft zu hören – öffnet sich das Tor zur Seele, die diese Botschaften aus der einen grenzenlosen Wirklichkeit, aufzunehmen vermag. Das gesprochene Wort ist eingebettet in eine Klangkulisse des Ambient-Musikers Mathias Grassow.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709086">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709086</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - The Rift in Time: Darshan with OM
Series: #8 of Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele
Author: Om C. Parkin
Narrator: Om C. Parkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The rift in time can be recognized only if you are willing to leave everything as it is. This rift is to be found in each moment. It is the exit from this horizontal thinking in space and time. This is a completely natural entry into meditation. This meditation is not dependent on exercises, not dependent on any practices. It simply happens in this willingness to stop, to simply stop. Whatever trance, whatever agitation you find yourself in – stop, and then pause. The fall inside will start to happen.&amp;#039; Übersetzung eines Auszugs aus einem Artikel von OM C. Parkin &amp;#039;Der Riss in der Zeit&amp;#039;, advaitaJournal, Vol.4, advaitaMedia Verlag, 2001  Weiter Audios in dieser Serie: Was ist Meditation? Stille, Tiefe, Weite, Aus dem Urgrund, Die ersten Predigten Buddhas, Verse über den Glaubensgeist, Das entflammte Herz, Die Große Stille, Die Gesichter Gottes, Letzte Erkenntnis, Die Große Hochzeit   Diese Audioaufnahme ist Teil des Projektes:  Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele Weisheitstexte gelesen von OM C. Parkin Mit Ambient Musik von Mathias Grassow Zu kaufen im Online-Shop von advaitaMedia Der unpersönliche spirituelle Meister und Weisheitslehrer aus der stillen Tradition, OM C. Parkin, liest heilige Texte ewiger Wahrheit/Weisheit, geschöpft aus Quellen der großen spirituellen Traditionen, die ihren gemeinsamen Ursprung im unteilbaren Einen – im Göttlichen – haben. In einem stillen Geist – in vollkommener Bereitschaft zu hören – öffnet sich das Tor zur Seele, die diese Botschaften aus der einen grenzenlosen Wirklichkeit, aufzunehmen vermag. Das gesprochene Wort ist eingebettet in eine Klangkulisse des Ambient-Musikers Mathias Grassow.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Letzte Erkenntnis: Advaita by Om C. Parkin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709072</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709072">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709072</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Letzte Erkenntnis: Advaita
Series: #10 of Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele
Author: Om C. Parkin
Narrator: Om C. Parkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Die letzten Lehren des advaita, der Nicht-Dualität, beschreiben das Herz einer jeden spirituellen Lehre. Sie sind gleichsam das Ende von Religion, die Auflösung von Tradition, das Ende spirituellen Wissens. Texte des Nicht-Wissens von zwei der größten advaitischen Meister des letzten Jahrhunderts aus Indien: Sri Ramana Maharshi und Sri Nisargadatta Maharaj.  Gelesen aus dem Buch Bewußtsein und das Absolute - Letzte Gespräche mit Sri Nisargadatta Maharaj, Hrsg. Jean Dunn, Kamphausen, 2013 sowie Ramana Maharshi - Seine Lehren, zusammengestellt von Arthur Osborne Weiter Audios in dieser Serie: Was ist Meditation? Stille, Tiefe, Weite, Aus dem Urgrund, Die ersten Predigten Buddhas, Verse über den Glaubensgeist, Das entflammte Herz, Die Große Stille, The Rift in Time, Die Gesichter Gottes, Die Große Hochzeit   Diese Audioaufnahme ist Teil des Projektes:  Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele Weisheitstexte gelesen von OM C. Parkin Mit Ambient Musik von Mathias Grassow Zu kaufen im Online-Shop von advaitaMedia Der unpersönliche spirituelle Meister und Weisheitslehrer aus der stillen Tradition, OM C. Parkin, liest heilige Texte ewiger Wahrheit/Weisheit, geschöpft aus Quellen der großen spirituellen Traditionen, die ihren gemeinsamen Ursprung im unteilbaren Einen – im Göttlichen – haben. In einem stillen Geist – in vollkommener Bereitschaft zu hören – öffnet sich das Tor zur Seele, die diese Botschaften aus der einen grenzenlosen Wirklichkeit, aufzunehmen vermag. Das gesprochene Wort ist eingebettet in eine Klangkulisse die der Ambient-Musiker Mathias Grassow gestaltet hat. Diese Kompositionen können wie eine Mediation auf den Zuhörer wirken. Sie erlauben der Aufmerksamkeit immer tiefer nach innen zu fallen und sich von den Worten der Meister berühren zu lassen. Mit bestem Dank für das Digital Mastering an Rüdiger Gleisberg  für die Produktion an Gunakar R. Grundmann</description>
      <author>Om C. Parkin</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783989111615.mp3" length="955352" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709072</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783989111615.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709072">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709072</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Letzte Erkenntnis: Advaita
Series: #10 of Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele
Author: Om C. Parkin
Narrator: Om C. Parkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Die letzten Lehren des advaita, der Nicht-Dualität, beschreiben das Herz einer jeden spirituellen Lehre. Sie sind gleichsam das Ende von Religion, die Auflösung von Tradition, das Ende spirituellen Wissens. Texte des Nicht-Wissens von zwei der größten advaitischen Meister des letzten Jahrhunderts aus Indien: Sri Ramana Maharshi und Sri Nisargadatta Maharaj.  Gelesen aus dem Buch Bewußtsein und das Absolute - Letzte Gespräche mit Sri Nisargadatta Maharaj, Hrsg. Jean Dunn, Kamphausen, 2013 sowie Ramana Maharshi - Seine Lehren, zusammengestellt von Arthur Osborne Weiter Audios in dieser Serie: Was ist Meditation? Stille, Tiefe, Weite, Aus dem Urgrund, Die ersten Predigten Buddhas, Verse über den Glaubensgeist, Das entflammte Herz, Die Große Stille, The Rift in Time, Die Gesichter Gottes, Die Große Hochzeit   Diese Audioaufnahme ist Teil des Projektes:  Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele Weisheitstexte gelesen von OM C. Parkin Mit Ambient Musik von Mathias Grassow Zu kaufen im Online-Shop von advaitaMedia Der unpersönliche spirituelle Meister und Weisheitslehrer aus der stillen Tradition, OM C. Parkin, liest heilige Texte ewiger Wahrheit/Weisheit, geschöpft aus Quellen der großen spirituellen Traditionen, die ihren gemeinsamen Ursprung im unteilbaren Einen – im Göttlichen – haben. In einem stillen Geist – in vollkommener Bereitschaft zu hören – öffnet sich das Tor zur Seele, die diese Botschaften aus der einen grenzenlosen Wirklichkeit, aufzunehmen vermag. Das gesprochene Wort ist eingebettet in eine Klangkulisse die der Ambient-Musiker Mathias Grassow gestaltet hat. Diese Kompositionen können wie eine Mediation auf den Zuhörer wirken. Sie erlauben der Aufmerksamkeit immer tiefer nach innen zu fallen und sich von den Worten der Meister berühren zu lassen. Mit bestem Dank für das Digital Mastering an Rüdiger Gleisberg  für die Produktion an Gunakar R. Grundmann</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709072">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709072</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Letzte Erkenntnis: Advaita
Series: #10 of Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele
Author: Om C. Parkin
Narrator: Om C. Parkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Die letzten Lehren des advaita, der Nicht-Dualität, beschreiben das Herz einer jeden spirituellen Lehre. Sie sind gleichsam das Ende von Religion, die Auflösung von Tradition, das Ende spirituellen Wissens. Texte des Nicht-Wissens von zwei der größten advaitischen Meister des letzten Jahrhunderts aus Indien: Sri Ramana Maharshi und Sri Nisargadatta Maharaj.  Gelesen aus dem Buch Bewußtsein und das Absolute - Letzte Gespräche mit Sri Nisargadatta Maharaj, Hrsg. Jean Dunn, Kamphausen, 2013 sowie Ramana Maharshi - Seine Lehren, zusammengestellt von Arthur Osborne Weiter Audios in dieser Serie: Was ist Meditation? Stille, Tiefe, Weite, Aus dem Urgrund, Die ersten Predigten Buddhas, Verse über den Glaubensgeist, Das entflammte Herz, Die Große Stille, The Rift in Time, Die Gesichter Gottes, Die Große Hochzeit   Diese Audioaufnahme ist Teil des Projektes:  Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele Weisheitstexte gelesen von OM C. Parkin Mit Ambient Musik von Mathias Grassow Zu kaufen im Online-Shop von advaitaMedia Der unpersönliche spirituelle Meister und Weisheitslehrer aus der stillen Tradition, OM C. Parkin, liest heilige Texte ewiger Wahrheit/Weisheit, geschöpft aus Quellen der großen spirituellen Traditionen, die ihren gemeinsamen Ursprung im unteilbaren Einen – im Göttlichen – haben. In einem stillen Geist – in vollkommener Bereitschaft zu hören – öffnet sich das Tor zur Seele, die diese Botschaften aus der einen grenzenlosen Wirklichkeit, aufzunehmen vermag. Das gesprochene Wort ist eingebettet in eine Klangkulisse die der Ambient-Musiker Mathias Grassow gestaltet hat. Diese Kompositionen können wie eine Mediation auf den Zuhörer wirken. Sie erlauben der Aufmerksamkeit immer tiefer nach innen zu fallen und sich von den Worten der Meister berühren zu lassen. Mit bestem Dank für das Digital Mastering an Rüdiger Gleisberg  für die Produktion an Gunakar R. Grundmann</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Große Stille: Darshan mit OM by Om C. Parkin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709066</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709066">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709066</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Große Stille: Darshan mit OM
Series: #7 of Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele
Author: Om C. Parkin
Narrator: Om C. Parkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Es ist das größte Geschenk für einen Menschen, das Leben in der Großen Stille zu verbringen. Die Große Stille ist jenseits von sprechen und jenseits von schweigen. Die Große Stille ist jenseits der Welt und diesseits der Welt. Wenn wir ein Leben in der Großen Stille leben, dann sind wir nicht mehr in Stille, sondern Alles ist in dieser Stille. Die Welt ist in dieser Stille aufgehoben. Darshan zur Eröffnung des Sommerretreats 2011 auf Gut Saunstorf, Ort der Stille Weiter Audios in dieser Serie: Was ist Meditation? Stille, Tiefe, Weite, Aus dem Urgrund, Die ersten Predigten Buddhas, Verse über den Glaubensgeist, Das entflammte Herz, The Rift in Time, Die Gesichter Gottes, Letzte Erkenntnis, Die Große Hochzeit   Diese Audioaufnahme ist Teil des Projektes:  Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele Weisheitstexte gelesen von OM C. Parkin Mit Ambient Musik von Mathias Grassow Zu kaufen im Online-Shop von advaitaMedia Der unpersönliche spirituelle Meister und Weisheitslehrer aus der stillen Tradition, OM C. Parkin, liest heilige Texte ewiger Wahrheit/Weisheit, geschöpft aus Quellen der großen spirituellen Traditionen, die ihren gemeinsamen Ursprung im unteilbaren Einen – im Göttlichen – haben. In einem stillen Geist – in vollkommener Bereitschaft zu hören – öffnet sich das Tor zur Seele, die diese Botschaften aus der einen grenzenlosen Wirklichkeit, aufzunehmen vermag. Das gesprochene Wort ist eingebettet in eine Klangkulisse die der Ambient-Musiker Mathias Grassow gestaltet hat. Diese Kompositionen können wie eine Mediation auf den Zuhörer wirken. Sie erlauben der Aufmerksamkeit immer tiefer nach innen zu fallen und sich von den Worten der Meister berühren zu lassen. Mit bestem Dank für das Digital Mastering an Rüdiger Gleisberg  für die Produktion an Gunakar R. Grundmann</description>
      <author>Om C. Parkin</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783989111585.mp3" length="554227" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709066</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783989111585.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709066">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709066</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Große Stille: Darshan mit OM
Series: #7 of Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele
Author: Om C. Parkin
Narrator: Om C. Parkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Es ist das größte Geschenk für einen Menschen, das Leben in der Großen Stille zu verbringen. Die Große Stille ist jenseits von sprechen und jenseits von schweigen. Die Große Stille ist jenseits der Welt und diesseits der Welt. Wenn wir ein Leben in der Großen Stille leben, dann sind wir nicht mehr in Stille, sondern Alles ist in dieser Stille. Die Welt ist in dieser Stille aufgehoben. Darshan zur Eröffnung des Sommerretreats 2011 auf Gut Saunstorf, Ort der Stille Weiter Audios in dieser Serie: Was ist Meditation? Stille, Tiefe, Weite, Aus dem Urgrund, Die ersten Predigten Buddhas, Verse über den Glaubensgeist, Das entflammte Herz, The Rift in Time, Die Gesichter Gottes, Letzte Erkenntnis, Die Große Hochzeit   Diese Audioaufnahme ist Teil des Projektes:  Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele Weisheitstexte gelesen von OM C. Parkin Mit Ambient Musik von Mathias Grassow Zu kaufen im Online-Shop von advaitaMedia Der unpersönliche spirituelle Meister und Weisheitslehrer aus der stillen Tradition, OM C. Parkin, liest heilige Texte ewiger Wahrheit/Weisheit, geschöpft aus Quellen der großen spirituellen Traditionen, die ihren gemeinsamen Ursprung im unteilbaren Einen – im Göttlichen – haben. In einem stillen Geist – in vollkommener Bereitschaft zu hören – öffnet sich das Tor zur Seele, die diese Botschaften aus der einen grenzenlosen Wirklichkeit, aufzunehmen vermag. Das gesprochene Wort ist eingebettet in eine Klangkulisse die der Ambient-Musiker Mathias Grassow gestaltet hat. Diese Kompositionen können wie eine Mediation auf den Zuhörer wirken. Sie erlauben der Aufmerksamkeit immer tiefer nach innen zu fallen und sich von den Worten der Meister berühren zu lassen. Mit bestem Dank für das Digital Mastering an Rüdiger Gleisberg  für die Produktion an Gunakar R. Grundmann</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709066">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709066</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Große Stille: Darshan mit OM
Series: #7 of Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele
Author: Om C. Parkin
Narrator: Om C. Parkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Es ist das größte Geschenk für einen Menschen, das Leben in der Großen Stille zu verbringen. Die Große Stille ist jenseits von sprechen und jenseits von schweigen. Die Große Stille ist jenseits der Welt und diesseits der Welt. Wenn wir ein Leben in der Großen Stille leben, dann sind wir nicht mehr in Stille, sondern Alles ist in dieser Stille. Die Welt ist in dieser Stille aufgehoben. Darshan zur Eröffnung des Sommerretreats 2011 auf Gut Saunstorf, Ort der Stille Weiter Audios in dieser Serie: Was ist Meditation? Stille, Tiefe, Weite, Aus dem Urgrund, Die ersten Predigten Buddhas, Verse über den Glaubensgeist, Das entflammte Herz, The Rift in Time, Die Gesichter Gottes, Letzte Erkenntnis, Die Große Hochzeit   Diese Audioaufnahme ist Teil des Projektes:  Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele Weisheitstexte gelesen von OM C. Parkin Mit Ambient Musik von Mathias Grassow Zu kaufen im Online-Shop von advaitaMedia Der unpersönliche spirituelle Meister und Weisheitslehrer aus der stillen Tradition, OM C. Parkin, liest heilige Texte ewiger Wahrheit/Weisheit, geschöpft aus Quellen der großen spirituellen Traditionen, die ihren gemeinsamen Ursprung im unteilbaren Einen – im Göttlichen – haben. In einem stillen Geist – in vollkommener Bereitschaft zu hören – öffnet sich das Tor zur Seele, die diese Botschaften aus der einen grenzenlosen Wirklichkeit, aufzunehmen vermag. Das gesprochene Wort ist eingebettet in eine Klangkulisse die der Ambient-Musiker Mathias Grassow gestaltet hat. Diese Kompositionen können wie eine Mediation auf den Zuhörer wirken. Sie erlauben der Aufmerksamkeit immer tiefer nach innen zu fallen und sich von den Worten der Meister berühren zu lassen. Mit bestem Dank für das Digital Mastering an Rüdiger Gleisberg  für die Produktion an Gunakar R. Grundmann</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Gesichter Gottes: Indische Klassik: Svetashvatara Upanishad by Om C. Parkin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709063</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709063">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709063</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Gesichter Gottes: Indische Klassik: Svetashvatara Upanishad
Series: #9 of Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele
Author: Om C. Parkin
Narrator: Om C. Parkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Upanishaden sind die Quellentexte schlechthin für das Verständnis indischer Spiritualität – in ihrer Bedeutung vergleichbar der Bibel und dem Koran. Diese philosophischen Schriften wurden niedergeschrieben zwischen 700 und 200 v. Chr. Sie befassen sich ausschließlich mit wesentlichen Fragen nach Gott, der Seele, dem Ursprung und der Bestimmung des Menschen. Dies macht sie auch für moderne westliche Leser zu einer überaus lohnenden Lektüre.  Gelesen aus dem Buch Die Upanishaden von Eknath Easwaran, Goldmann Verlag, 2008 Diese Audioaufnahme ist Teil des Projektes:  Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele Weisheitstexte gelesen von OM C. Parkin Mit Ambient Musik von Mathias Grassow Zu kaufen im Online-Shop von advaitaMedia Der unpersönliche spirituelle Meister und Weisheitslehrer aus der stillen Tradition, OM C. Parkin, liest heilige Texte ewiger Wahrheit/Weisheit, geschöpft aus Quellen der großen spirituellen Traditionen, die ihren gemeinsamen Ursprung im unteilbaren Einen – im Göttlichen – haben. In einem stillen Geist – in vollkommener Bereitschaft zu hören – öffnet sich das Tor zur Seele, die diese Botschaften aus der einen grenzenlosen Wirklichkeit, aufzunehmen vermag. Das gesprochene Wort ist eingebettet in eine Klangkulisse die der Ambient-Musiker Mathias Grassow gestaltet hat. Diese Kompositionen können wie eine Mediation auf den Zuhörer wirken. Sie erlauben der Aufmerksamkeit immer tiefer nach innen zu fallen und sich von den Worten der Meister berühren zu lassen. Mit bestem Dank für das Digital Mastering an Rüdiger Gleisberg  für die Produktion an Gunakar R. Grundmann</description>
      <author>Om C. Parkin</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783989111608.mp3" length="609137" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709063</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783989111608.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709063">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709063</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Gesichter Gottes: Indische Klassik: Svetashvatara Upanishad
Series: #9 of Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele
Author: Om C. Parkin
Narrator: Om C. Parkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Upanishaden sind die Quellentexte schlechthin für das Verständnis indischer Spiritualität – in ihrer Bedeutung vergleichbar der Bibel und dem Koran. Diese philosophischen Schriften wurden niedergeschrieben zwischen 700 und 200 v. Chr. Sie befassen sich ausschließlich mit wesentlichen Fragen nach Gott, der Seele, dem Ursprung und der Bestimmung des Menschen. Dies macht sie auch für moderne westliche Leser zu einer überaus lohnenden Lektüre.  Gelesen aus dem Buch Die Upanishaden von Eknath Easwaran, Goldmann Verlag, 2008 Diese Audioaufnahme ist Teil des Projektes:  Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele Weisheitstexte gelesen von OM C. Parkin Mit Ambient Musik von Mathias Grassow Zu kaufen im Online-Shop von advaitaMedia Der unpersönliche spirituelle Meister und Weisheitslehrer aus der stillen Tradition, OM C. Parkin, liest heilige Texte ewiger Wahrheit/Weisheit, geschöpft aus Quellen der großen spirituellen Traditionen, die ihren gemeinsamen Ursprung im unteilbaren Einen – im Göttlichen – haben. In einem stillen Geist – in vollkommener Bereitschaft zu hören – öffnet sich das Tor zur Seele, die diese Botschaften aus der einen grenzenlosen Wirklichkeit, aufzunehmen vermag. Das gesprochene Wort ist eingebettet in eine Klangkulisse die der Ambient-Musiker Mathias Grassow gestaltet hat. Diese Kompositionen können wie eine Mediation auf den Zuhörer wirken. Sie erlauben der Aufmerksamkeit immer tiefer nach innen zu fallen und sich von den Worten der Meister berühren zu lassen. Mit bestem Dank für das Digital Mastering an Rüdiger Gleisberg  für die Produktion an Gunakar R. Grundmann</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709063">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709063</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Gesichter Gottes: Indische Klassik: Svetashvatara Upanishad
Series: #9 of Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele
Author: Om C. Parkin
Narrator: Om C. Parkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Upanishaden sind die Quellentexte schlechthin für das Verständnis indischer Spiritualität – in ihrer Bedeutung vergleichbar der Bibel und dem Koran. Diese philosophischen Schriften wurden niedergeschrieben zwischen 700 und 200 v. Chr. Sie befassen sich ausschließlich mit wesentlichen Fragen nach Gott, der Seele, dem Ursprung und der Bestimmung des Menschen. Dies macht sie auch für moderne westliche Leser zu einer überaus lohnenden Lektüre.  Gelesen aus dem Buch Die Upanishaden von Eknath Easwaran, Goldmann Verlag, 2008 Diese Audioaufnahme ist Teil des Projektes:  Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele Weisheitstexte gelesen von OM C. Parkin Mit Ambient Musik von Mathias Grassow Zu kaufen im Online-Shop von advaitaMedia Der unpersönliche spirituelle Meister und Weisheitslehrer aus der stillen Tradition, OM C. Parkin, liest heilige Texte ewiger Wahrheit/Weisheit, geschöpft aus Quellen der großen spirituellen Traditionen, die ihren gemeinsamen Ursprung im unteilbaren Einen – im Göttlichen – haben. In einem stillen Geist – in vollkommener Bereitschaft zu hören – öffnet sich das Tor zur Seele, die diese Botschaften aus der einen grenzenlosen Wirklichkeit, aufzunehmen vermag. Das gesprochene Wort ist eingebettet in eine Klangkulisse die der Ambient-Musiker Mathias Grassow gestaltet hat. Diese Kompositionen können wie eine Mediation auf den Zuhörer wirken. Sie erlauben der Aufmerksamkeit immer tiefer nach innen zu fallen und sich von den Worten der Meister berühren zu lassen. Mit bestem Dank für das Digital Mastering an Rüdiger Gleisberg  für die Produktion an Gunakar R. Grundmann</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Große Hochzeit: Integraler Yoga by Om C. Parkin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709048</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709048">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709048</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Große Hochzeit: Integraler Yoga
Series: #11 of Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele
Author: Om C. Parkin
Narrator: Om C. Parkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Der höchste Yoga ist die Synthese aller Yogas, aller Wege. Die Vereinigung des SEINs mit dem Werden, des Jenseits mit dem Diesseits, der Lehren des Absoluten mit der Evolution des Bewusstseins. Die Große Vereinigung von Alles mit Allem. Der Mensch zwischen Himmel und Erde. Lehrtexte und Poesie von Sri Aurobindo, sowie Auszüge aus dem Kapitel Integraler Yoga aus dem Buch Spirituelle Meisterschaft von OM C. Parkin. Aus CWSA (collected works von Sri Aurobindo), übersetzt vom Sri Aurobindo Center Berlin; OM C. Parkin, Spirituelle Meisterschaft, advaitaMedia Verlag, 2019 Weiter Audios in dieser Serie: Was ist Meditation?, Stille, Tiefe, Weite, Aus dem Urgrund, Die ersten Predigten Buddhas, Verse über den Glaubensgeist, Das entflammte Herz, Die Große Stille, The Rift in Time, Die Gesichter Gottes, Letzte Erkenntnis Diese Audioaufnahme ist Teil des Projektes:  Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele Weisheitstexte gelesen von OM C. Parkin Mit Ambient Musik von Mathias Grassow Zu kaufen im Online-Shop von advaitaMedia Der unpersönliche spirituelle Meister und Weisheitslehrer aus der stillen Tradition, OM C. Parkin, liest heilige Texte ewiger Wahrheit/Weisheit, geschöpft aus Quellen der großen spirituellen Traditionen, die ihren gemeinsamen Ursprung im unteilbaren Einen – im Göttlichen – haben. In einem stillen Geist – in vollkommener Bereitschaft zu hören – öffnet sich das Tor zur Seele, die diese Botschaften aus der einen grenzenlosen Wirklichkeit, aufzunehmen vermag. Das gesprochene Wort ist eingebettet in eine Klangkulisse die der Ambient-Musiker Mathias Grassow gestaltet hat. Diese Kompositionen können wie eine Mediation auf den Zuhörer wirken. Sie erlauben der Aufmerksamkeit immer tiefer nach innen zu fallen und sich von den Worten der Meister berühren zu lassen. Mit bestem Dank für das Digital Mastering an Rüdiger Gleisberg  für die Produktion an Gunakar R. Grundmann</description>
      <author>Om C. Parkin</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783989111622.mp3" length="847099" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709048</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783989111622.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709048">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709048</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Große Hochzeit: Integraler Yoga
Series: #11 of Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele
Author: Om C. Parkin
Narrator: Om C. Parkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Der höchste Yoga ist die Synthese aller Yogas, aller Wege. Die Vereinigung des SEINs mit dem Werden, des Jenseits mit dem Diesseits, der Lehren des Absoluten mit der Evolution des Bewusstseins. Die Große Vereinigung von Alles mit Allem. Der Mensch zwischen Himmel und Erde. Lehrtexte und Poesie von Sri Aurobindo, sowie Auszüge aus dem Kapitel Integraler Yoga aus dem Buch Spirituelle Meisterschaft von OM C. Parkin. Aus CWSA (collected works von Sri Aurobindo), übersetzt vom Sri Aurobindo Center Berlin; OM C. Parkin, Spirituelle Meisterschaft, advaitaMedia Verlag, 2019 Weiter Audios in dieser Serie: Was ist Meditation?, Stille, Tiefe, Weite, Aus dem Urgrund, Die ersten Predigten Buddhas, Verse über den Glaubensgeist, Das entflammte Herz, Die Große Stille, The Rift in Time, Die Gesichter Gottes, Letzte Erkenntnis Diese Audioaufnahme ist Teil des Projektes:  Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele Weisheitstexte gelesen von OM C. Parkin Mit Ambient Musik von Mathias Grassow Zu kaufen im Online-Shop von advaitaMedia Der unpersönliche spirituelle Meister und Weisheitslehrer aus der stillen Tradition, OM C. Parkin, liest heilige Texte ewiger Wahrheit/Weisheit, geschöpft aus Quellen der großen spirituellen Traditionen, die ihren gemeinsamen Ursprung im unteilbaren Einen – im Göttlichen – haben. In einem stillen Geist – in vollkommener Bereitschaft zu hören – öffnet sich das Tor zur Seele, die diese Botschaften aus der einen grenzenlosen Wirklichkeit, aufzunehmen vermag. Das gesprochene Wort ist eingebettet in eine Klangkulisse die der Ambient-Musiker Mathias Grassow gestaltet hat. Diese Kompositionen können wie eine Mediation auf den Zuhörer wirken. Sie erlauben der Aufmerksamkeit immer tiefer nach innen zu fallen und sich von den Worten der Meister berühren zu lassen. Mit bestem Dank für das Digital Mastering an Rüdiger Gleisberg  für die Produktion an Gunakar R. Grundmann</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709048">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709048</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Große Hochzeit: Integraler Yoga
Series: #11 of Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele
Author: Om C. Parkin
Narrator: Om C. Parkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Der höchste Yoga ist die Synthese aller Yogas, aller Wege. Die Vereinigung des SEINs mit dem Werden, des Jenseits mit dem Diesseits, der Lehren des Absoluten mit der Evolution des Bewusstseins. Die Große Vereinigung von Alles mit Allem. Der Mensch zwischen Himmel und Erde. Lehrtexte und Poesie von Sri Aurobindo, sowie Auszüge aus dem Kapitel Integraler Yoga aus dem Buch Spirituelle Meisterschaft von OM C. Parkin. Aus CWSA (collected works von Sri Aurobindo), übersetzt vom Sri Aurobindo Center Berlin; OM C. Parkin, Spirituelle Meisterschaft, advaitaMedia Verlag, 2019 Weiter Audios in dieser Serie: Was ist Meditation?, Stille, Tiefe, Weite, Aus dem Urgrund, Die ersten Predigten Buddhas, Verse über den Glaubensgeist, Das entflammte Herz, Die Große Stille, The Rift in Time, Die Gesichter Gottes, Letzte Erkenntnis Diese Audioaufnahme ist Teil des Projektes:  Aus der Tiefe der Weltenseele Weisheitstexte gelesen von OM C. Parkin Mit Ambient Musik von Mathias Grassow Zu kaufen im Online-Shop von advaitaMedia Der unpersönliche spirituelle Meister und Weisheitslehrer aus der stillen Tradition, OM C. Parkin, liest heilige Texte ewiger Wahrheit/Weisheit, geschöpft aus Quellen der großen spirituellen Traditionen, die ihren gemeinsamen Ursprung im unteilbaren Einen – im Göttlichen – haben. In einem stillen Geist – in vollkommener Bereitschaft zu hören – öffnet sich das Tor zur Seele, die diese Botschaften aus der einen grenzenlosen Wirklichkeit, aufzunehmen vermag. Das gesprochene Wort ist eingebettet in eine Klangkulisse die der Ambient-Musiker Mathias Grassow gestaltet hat. Diese Kompositionen können wie eine Mediation auf den Zuhörer wirken. Sie erlauben der Aufmerksamkeit immer tiefer nach innen zu fallen und sich von den Worten der Meister berühren zu lassen. Mit bestem Dank für das Digital Mastering an Rüdiger Gleisberg  für die Produktion an Gunakar R. Grundmann</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Portuguese] - A arte de ter razão (resumo) by Frederick Douglass</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708707</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708707">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708707</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - A arte de ter razão (resumo)
Author: Frederick Douglass
Narrator: Cido Tavares
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 12 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Este minilivro é um resumo produzido a partir da obra original Neste livro Schopenhauer apresenta 38 estratégias sobre a arte de vencer um oponente num debate, não importando os meios, utilizando a maior ferramenta que possuímos; a palavra. É possível recorrer a estes estratagemas, lícitos e ilícitos, para &amp;#039;obter&amp;#039; razão, e defendê-la quando ela estiver do nosso lado ou conquistá-la quando estiver do lado do adversário. Com frieza classificatória, Schopenhauer indica &amp;#039;os caminhos oblíquos e os truques de que se serve a natureza humana em geral para ocultar seus defeitos&amp;#039;.</description>
      <author>Frederick Douglass</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788532665669.mp3" length="540869" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708707</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788532665669.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708707">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708707</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - A arte de ter razão (resumo)
Author: Frederick Douglass
Narrator: Cido Tavares
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 12 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Este minilivro é um resumo produzido a partir da obra original Neste livro Schopenhauer apresenta 38 estratégias sobre a arte de vencer um oponente num debate, não importando os meios, utilizando a maior ferramenta que possuímos; a palavra. É possível recorrer a estes estratagemas, lícitos e ilícitos, para &amp;#039;obter&amp;#039; razão, e defendê-la quando ela estiver do nosso lado ou conquistá-la quando estiver do lado do adversário. Com frieza classificatória, Schopenhauer indica &amp;#039;os caminhos oblíquos e os truques de que se serve a natureza humana em geral para ocultar seus defeitos&amp;#039;.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708707">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708707</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - A arte de ter razão (resumo)
Author: Frederick Douglass
Narrator: Cido Tavares
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 12 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Este minilivro é um resumo produzido a partir da obra original Neste livro Schopenhauer apresenta 38 estratégias sobre a arte de vencer um oponente num debate, não importando os meios, utilizando a maior ferramenta que possuímos; a palavra. É possível recorrer a estes estratagemas, lícitos e ilícitos, para &amp;#039;obter&amp;#039; razão, e defendê-la quando ela estiver do nosso lado ou conquistá-la quando estiver do lado do adversário. Com frieza classificatória, Schopenhauer indica &amp;#039;os caminhos oblíquos e os truques de que se serve a natureza humana em geral para ocultar seus defeitos&amp;#039;.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Logic of Hegel by Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708524</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708524">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708524</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Logic of Hegel
Author: Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel
Narrator: The Arc, Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 10 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A foundational work in the field of philosophy, outlining Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel&amp;#039;s influential theory of dialectics and the logical structure of absolute idealism. Hegel&amp;#039;s ambitious work explores the evolution of thought through a triadic process of thesis, antithesis, and synthesis, leading to the development of higher concepts and truths. This complex philosophical treatise attempts to understand the nature of reality, history, and human consciousness, making it a seminal work in Western philosophy and an enduring subject of scholarly debate.</description>
      <author>Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781998231201.mp3" length="875671" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708524</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781998231201.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708524">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708524</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Logic of Hegel
Author: Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel
Narrator: The Arc, Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 10 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A foundational work in the field of philosophy, outlining Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel&amp;#039;s influential theory of dialectics and the logical structure of absolute idealism. Hegel&amp;#039;s ambitious work explores the evolution of thought through a triadic process of thesis, antithesis, and synthesis, leading to the development of higher concepts and truths. This complex philosophical treatise attempts to understand the nature of reality, history, and human consciousness, making it a seminal work in Western philosophy and an enduring subject of scholarly debate.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708524">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708524</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Logic of Hegel
Author: Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel
Narrator: The Arc, Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 10 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A foundational work in the field of philosophy, outlining Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel&amp;#039;s influential theory of dialectics and the logical structure of absolute idealism. Hegel&amp;#039;s ambitious work explores the evolution of thought through a triadic process of thesis, antithesis, and synthesis, leading to the development of higher concepts and truths. This complex philosophical treatise attempts to understand the nature of reality, history, and human consciousness, making it a seminal work in Western philosophy and an enduring subject of scholarly debate.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Communist Manifesto (Unabridged) by Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707841</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707841">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707841</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Communist Manifesto (Unabridged)
Author: Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels
Narrator: John Ingra
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 35 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Communist Manifesto by Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels - (German: Das Kommunistische Manifest), originally the Manifesto of the Communist Party (Manifest der Kommunistischen Partei), is a political pamphlet written by Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels, commissioned by the Communist League and originally published in London in 1848. The text is the first and most systematic attempt by Marx and Engels to codify for widespread consumption the core historical materialist idea that, as stated in the text&amp;#039;s opening words, &amp;#039;the history of all hitherto existing society is the history of class struggles&amp;#039;, in which social classes are defined by the relationship of people to the means of production. Published against the backdrop of the Revolutions of 1848 and their subsequent repression across Europe, the Manifesto remains one of the world&amp;#039;s most influential political documents. Synopsis The Communist Manifesto is divided into a preamble and four sections. The introduction begins: &amp;#039;A spectre is haunting Europe-the spectre of communism.&amp;#039; Pointing out that it was widespread for politicians-both those in government and those in the opposition-to label their opponents as communists, the authors infer that those in power acknowledge communism to be a power in itself. Subsequently, the introduction exhorts communists to openly publish their views and aims, which is the very function of the manifesto. The first section of the Manifesto, &amp;#039;Bourgeois and Proletarians&amp;#039;, outlines historical materialism, and states that &amp;#039;the history of all hitherto existing society is the history of class struggles&amp;#039;. According to the authors, all societies in history had taken the form of an oppressed majority exploited by an oppressive minority. In Marx and Engels&amp;#039; time, they say that under capitalism, the industrial working class, or &amp;#039;proletariat&amp;#039;, engages in class struggle against the owners of the means of production, the &amp;#039;bourgeoisie&amp;#039;. The bourgeoisie, through the &amp;#039;constant revolutionising of production [and] uninterrupted disturbance of all social conditions&amp;#039; have emerged as the supreme class in society, displacing all the old powers of feudalism.[6] The bourgeoisie constantly exploits the proletariat for its labour power, creating profit for themselves and accumulating capital. In doing so, however, Marx and Engels describe the bourgeoisie as serving as &amp;#039;its own grave-diggers&amp;#039;; as they believe the proletariat will inevitably become conscious of their own potential and rise to power through revolution, overthrowing the bourgeoisie. &amp;#039;Proletarians and Communists&amp;#039;, the second section, starts by stating the relationship of &amp;#039;conscious communists&amp;#039; (i.e. those who identify as communists) to the rest of the working class. The communists&amp;#039; party will not oppose other working-class parties, but unlike them, it will express the general will and defend the common interests of the world&amp;#039;s proletariat as a whole, independent of all nationalities. The section goes on to defend communism from various objections, including claims that it advocates communal prostitution or disincentivises people from working.</description>
      <author>Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 27 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4066004595634.mp3" length="864904" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707841</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4066004595634.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707841">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707841</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Communist Manifesto (Unabridged)
Author: Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels
Narrator: John Ingra
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 35 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Communist Manifesto by Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels - (German: Das Kommunistische Manifest), originally the Manifesto of the Communist Party (Manifest der Kommunistischen Partei), is a political pamphlet written by Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels, commissioned by the Communist League and originally published in London in 1848. The text is the first and most systematic attempt by Marx and Engels to codify for widespread consumption the core historical materialist idea that, as stated in the text&amp;#039;s opening words, &amp;#039;the history of all hitherto existing society is the history of class struggles&amp;#039;, in which social classes are defined by the relationship of people to the means of production. Published against the backdrop of the Revolutions of 1848 and their subsequent repression across Europe, the Manifesto remains one of the world&amp;#039;s most influential political documents. Synopsis The Communist Manifesto is divided into a preamble and four sections. The introduction begins: &amp;#039;A spectre is haunting Europe-the spectre of communism.&amp;#039; Pointing out that it was widespread for politicians-both those in government and those in the opposition-to label their opponents as communists, the authors infer that those in power acknowledge communism to be a power in itself. Subsequently, the introduction exhorts communists to openly publish their views and aims, which is the very function of the manifesto. The first section of the Manifesto, &amp;#039;Bourgeois and Proletarians&amp;#039;, outlines historical materialism, and states that &amp;#039;the history of all hitherto existing society is the history of class struggles&amp;#039;. According to the authors, all societies in history had taken the form of an oppressed majority exploited by an oppressive minority. In Marx and Engels&amp;#039; time, they say that under capitalism, the industrial working class, or &amp;#039;proletariat&amp;#039;, engages in class struggle against the owners of the means of production, the &amp;#039;bourgeoisie&amp;#039;. The bourgeoisie, through the &amp;#039;constant revolutionising of production [and] uninterrupted disturbance of all social conditions&amp;#039; have emerged as the supreme class in society, displacing all the old powers of feudalism.[6] The bourgeoisie constantly exploits the proletariat for its labour power, creating profit for themselves and accumulating capital. In doing so, however, Marx and Engels describe the bourgeoisie as serving as &amp;#039;its own grave-diggers&amp;#039;; as they believe the proletariat will inevitably become conscious of their own potential and rise to power through revolution, overthrowing the bourgeoisie. &amp;#039;Proletarians and Communists&amp;#039;, the second section, starts by stating the relationship of &amp;#039;conscious communists&amp;#039; (i.e. those who identify as communists) to the rest of the working class. The communists&amp;#039; party will not oppose other working-class parties, but unlike them, it will express the general will and defend the common interests of the world&amp;#039;s proletariat as a whole, independent of all nationalities. The section goes on to defend communism from various objections, including claims that it advocates communal prostitution or disincentivises people from working.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707841">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707841</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Communist Manifesto (Unabridged)
Author: Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels
Narrator: John Ingra
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 35 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Communist Manifesto by Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels - (German: Das Kommunistische Manifest), originally the Manifesto of the Communist Party (Manifest der Kommunistischen Partei), is a political pamphlet written by Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels, commissioned by the Communist League and originally published in London in 1848. The text is the first and most systematic attempt by Marx and Engels to codify for widespread consumption the core historical materialist idea that, as stated in the text&amp;#039;s opening words, &amp;#039;the history of all hitherto existing society is the history of class struggles&amp;#039;, in which social classes are defined by the relationship of people to the means of production. Published against the backdrop of the Revolutions of 1848 and their subsequent repression across Europe, the Manifesto remains one of the world&amp;#039;s most influential political documents. Synopsis The Communist Manifesto is divided into a preamble and four sections. The introduction begins: &amp;#039;A spectre is haunting Europe-the spectre of communism.&amp;#039; Pointing out that it was widespread for politicians-both those in government and those in the opposition-to label their opponents as communists, the authors infer that those in power acknowledge communism to be a power in itself. Subsequently, the introduction exhorts communists to openly publish their views and aims, which is the very function of the manifesto. The first section of the Manifesto, &amp;#039;Bourgeois and Proletarians&amp;#039;, outlines historical materialism, and states that &amp;#039;the history of all hitherto existing society is the history of class struggles&amp;#039;. According to the authors, all societies in history had taken the form of an oppressed majority exploited by an oppressive minority. In Marx and Engels&amp;#039; time, they say that under capitalism, the industrial working class, or &amp;#039;proletariat&amp;#039;, engages in class struggle against the owners of the means of production, the &amp;#039;bourgeoisie&amp;#039;. The bourgeoisie, through the &amp;#039;constant revolutionising of production [and] uninterrupted disturbance of all social conditions&amp;#039; have emerged as the supreme class in society, displacing all the old powers of feudalism.[6] The bourgeoisie constantly exploits the proletariat for its labour power, creating profit for themselves and accumulating capital. In doing so, however, Marx and Engels describe the bourgeoisie as serving as &amp;#039;its own grave-diggers&amp;#039;; as they believe the proletariat will inevitably become conscious of their own potential and rise to power through revolution, overthrowing the bourgeoisie. &amp;#039;Proletarians and Communists&amp;#039;, the second section, starts by stating the relationship of &amp;#039;conscious communists&amp;#039; (i.e. those who identify as communists) to the rest of the working class. The communists&amp;#039; party will not oppose other working-class parties, but unlike them, it will express the general will and defend the common interests of the world&amp;#039;s proletariat as a whole, independent of all nationalities. The section goes on to defend communism from various objections, including claims that it advocates communal prostitution or disincentivises people from working.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Meditations on First Philosophy (Unabridged) by René Descartes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707829</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707829">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707829</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meditations on First Philosophy (Unabridged)
Author: René Descartes
Narrator: D.E. Wittkower
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 25 minutes
Release date: August 24, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Meditations on First Philosophy by René Descartes - Meditations on First Philosophy, in which the existence of God and the immortality of the soul are demonstrated (Latin: Meditationes de Prima Philosophia, in qua Dei existentia et animæ immortalitas demonstratur) is a philosophical treatise by René Descartes first published in Latin in 1641. The French translation (by the Duke of Luynes with Descartes&amp;#039; supervision) was published in 1647 as Méditations Métaphysiques. The title may contain a misreading by the printer, mistaking animae immortalitas for animae immaterialitas, as suspected by A. Baillet. Letter of dedication To the most wise and illustrious the Dean and Doctors of the Sacred Faculty of Theology in Paris Descartes says that he is asking the protection of the Faculty for his work, and to this end he writes the present dedication. His first consideration is that the existence of God has to be demonstrated philosophically, besides the theological reasons for belief, particularly if we consider to make a demonstration for the non-believers. Moreover, the believers could be accused of making a circular reasoning, when saying that we must believe in God because of the Scriptures, and in the authority of the Scriptures because they have been inspired by God. He further indicates how the very Scriptures say that the mind of man is sufficient to discover God. His aim is to apply a method to demonstrate these two truths, in a so clear and evident manner that result to be evident. This method he has developed for the Sciences. Preface to the reader Descartes explains how he made a mention of the two questions, the existence of God, and the soul, in his Discourse on Method. Following this, he received objections, and two of them he considers are of importance. The first is how he concludes that the essence of the soul is a thing that thinks, excluding all other nature. To this he says that he has a clear perception that he is a thinking thing, and has no other clear perception, and from this he concludes that there is nothing else in the essence of the self. The second is that from the idea I have of something that is more perfect than myself, it cannot be concluded that it exists. In the treatise we will see that in fact from the idea that there is something more perfect than myself, it follows that this exists. It goes on to comment that on a general level the reasoning used by the atheists for denying the existence of God is based in the fact that &amp;#039;we ascribe to God affections that are human, or we attribute so much strength and wisdom to our minds&amp;#039; that we presume to understand that which God can and ought to do. He says that we have to consider God as incomprehensible and infinite, and our minds as limited and finite.</description>
      <author>René Descartes</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4066004595115.mp3" length="904841" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707829</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4066004595115.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707829">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707829</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meditations on First Philosophy (Unabridged)
Author: René Descartes
Narrator: D.E. Wittkower
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 25 minutes
Release date: August 24, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Meditations on First Philosophy by René Descartes - Meditations on First Philosophy, in which the existence of God and the immortality of the soul are demonstrated (Latin: Meditationes de Prima Philosophia, in qua Dei existentia et animæ immortalitas demonstratur) is a philosophical treatise by René Descartes first published in Latin in 1641. The French translation (by the Duke of Luynes with Descartes&amp;#039; supervision) was published in 1647 as Méditations Métaphysiques. The title may contain a misreading by the printer, mistaking animae immortalitas for animae immaterialitas, as suspected by A. Baillet. Letter of dedication To the most wise and illustrious the Dean and Doctors of the Sacred Faculty of Theology in Paris Descartes says that he is asking the protection of the Faculty for his work, and to this end he writes the present dedication. His first consideration is that the existence of God has to be demonstrated philosophically, besides the theological reasons for belief, particularly if we consider to make a demonstration for the non-believers. Moreover, the believers could be accused of making a circular reasoning, when saying that we must believe in God because of the Scriptures, and in the authority of the Scriptures because they have been inspired by God. He further indicates how the very Scriptures say that the mind of man is sufficient to discover God. His aim is to apply a method to demonstrate these two truths, in a so clear and evident manner that result to be evident. This method he has developed for the Sciences. Preface to the reader Descartes explains how he made a mention of the two questions, the existence of God, and the soul, in his Discourse on Method. Following this, he received objections, and two of them he considers are of importance. The first is how he concludes that the essence of the soul is a thing that thinks, excluding all other nature. To this he says that he has a clear perception that he is a thinking thing, and has no other clear perception, and from this he concludes that there is nothing else in the essence of the self. The second is that from the idea I have of something that is more perfect than myself, it cannot be concluded that it exists. In the treatise we will see that in fact from the idea that there is something more perfect than myself, it follows that this exists. It goes on to comment that on a general level the reasoning used by the atheists for denying the existence of God is based in the fact that &amp;#039;we ascribe to God affections that are human, or we attribute so much strength and wisdom to our minds&amp;#039; that we presume to understand that which God can and ought to do. He says that we have to consider God as incomprehensible and infinite, and our minds as limited and finite.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707829">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707829</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meditations on First Philosophy (Unabridged)
Author: René Descartes
Narrator: D.E. Wittkower
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 25 minutes
Release date: August 24, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Meditations on First Philosophy by René Descartes - Meditations on First Philosophy, in which the existence of God and the immortality of the soul are demonstrated (Latin: Meditationes de Prima Philosophia, in qua Dei existentia et animæ immortalitas demonstratur) is a philosophical treatise by René Descartes first published in Latin in 1641. The French translation (by the Duke of Luynes with Descartes&amp;#039; supervision) was published in 1647 as Méditations Métaphysiques. The title may contain a misreading by the printer, mistaking animae immortalitas for animae immaterialitas, as suspected by A. Baillet. Letter of dedication To the most wise and illustrious the Dean and Doctors of the Sacred Faculty of Theology in Paris Descartes says that he is asking the protection of the Faculty for his work, and to this end he writes the present dedication. His first consideration is that the existence of God has to be demonstrated philosophically, besides the theological reasons for belief, particularly if we consider to make a demonstration for the non-believers. Moreover, the believers could be accused of making a circular reasoning, when saying that we must believe in God because of the Scriptures, and in the authority of the Scriptures because they have been inspired by God. He further indicates how the very Scriptures say that the mind of man is sufficient to discover God. His aim is to apply a method to demonstrate these two truths, in a so clear and evident manner that result to be evident. This method he has developed for the Sciences. Preface to the reader Descartes explains how he made a mention of the two questions, the existence of God, and the soul, in his Discourse on Method. Following this, he received objections, and two of them he considers are of importance. The first is how he concludes that the essence of the soul is a thing that thinks, excluding all other nature. To this he says that he has a clear perception that he is a thinking thing, and has no other clear perception, and from this he concludes that there is nothing else in the essence of the self. The second is that from the idea I have of something that is more perfect than myself, it cannot be concluded that it exists. In the treatise we will see that in fact from the idea that there is something more perfect than myself, it follows that this exists. It goes on to comment that on a general level the reasoning used by the atheists for denying the existence of God is based in the fact that &amp;#039;we ascribe to God affections that are human, or we attribute so much strength and wisdom to our minds&amp;#039; that we presume to understand that which God can and ought to do. He says that we have to consider God as incomprehensible and infinite, and our minds as limited and finite.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>On the Shortness of Life (Unabridged) by Seneca</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707831</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707831">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707831</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Shortness of Life (Unabridged)
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Nelson Parker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
On the Shortness of Life by Seneca - De Brevitate Vitae (English: On the Shortness of Life) is a moral essay written by Seneca the Younger, a Roman Stoic philosopher, sometime around the year 49 AD, to his father-in-law Paulinus. The philosopher brings up many Stoic principles on the nature of time, namely that people waste much of it in meaningless pursuits. According to the essay, nature gives people enough time to do what is really important and the individual must allot it properly. In general, time is best used by living in the present moment in pursuit of the intentional, purposeful life. Contents In chapter 1 Seneca counters the complaint that life is too short with the view that life is long enough if well-managed. Chapters 2 to 9 survey the many ways in which life is squandered and time frittered away by those people (occupati) engrossed in pointless pursuits. Chapters 10 to 17 contrast the philosophical approach to leisure (otium) with the deluded common approach. This culminates in chapters 18 to 20 showing the emancipation of the wise, who can soar above the lives of others mired in endless preoccupation. Themes In the treatise Seneca argues that we waste so much time because we do not properly value it. We expend great effort in protecting other valuables such as money and property, but because time appears intangible, we allow others to occupy it and take time away from us. Wise people, on the other hand, understand that time is the most valuable of all resources, and with effort can free themselves from external control to engage in meaningful introspection and create an intentional life. Seneca urges his readers to live in the present, and adapt themselves to a purposeful life in agreement with nature. Only by doing so, can one then truly unlock both past and future. The completeness of each present moment allows one&amp;#039;s awareness to expand to the equal of that of the universe, and achieve true virtue and happiness. The statements which urge Paulinus to retire from public life are in notable contrast to Seneca&amp;#039;s advice in his De Tranquillitate Animi (to his friend Annaeus Serenus) to seek public employments in order to render life attractive. However, in his related treatise, De Otio, Seneca makes the point that there is no inconsistency, and that one can serve the greater community in either or both roles.</description>
      <author>Seneca</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 27 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4066004595245.mp3" length="866229" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707831</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4066004595245.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707831">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707831</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Shortness of Life (Unabridged)
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Nelson Parker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
On the Shortness of Life by Seneca - De Brevitate Vitae (English: On the Shortness of Life) is a moral essay written by Seneca the Younger, a Roman Stoic philosopher, sometime around the year 49 AD, to his father-in-law Paulinus. The philosopher brings up many Stoic principles on the nature of time, namely that people waste much of it in meaningless pursuits. According to the essay, nature gives people enough time to do what is really important and the individual must allot it properly. In general, time is best used by living in the present moment in pursuit of the intentional, purposeful life. Contents In chapter 1 Seneca counters the complaint that life is too short with the view that life is long enough if well-managed. Chapters 2 to 9 survey the many ways in which life is squandered and time frittered away by those people (occupati) engrossed in pointless pursuits. Chapters 10 to 17 contrast the philosophical approach to leisure (otium) with the deluded common approach. This culminates in chapters 18 to 20 showing the emancipation of the wise, who can soar above the lives of others mired in endless preoccupation. Themes In the treatise Seneca argues that we waste so much time because we do not properly value it. We expend great effort in protecting other valuables such as money and property, but because time appears intangible, we allow others to occupy it and take time away from us. Wise people, on the other hand, understand that time is the most valuable of all resources, and with effort can free themselves from external control to engage in meaningful introspection and create an intentional life. Seneca urges his readers to live in the present, and adapt themselves to a purposeful life in agreement with nature. Only by doing so, can one then truly unlock both past and future. The completeness of each present moment allows one&amp;#039;s awareness to expand to the equal of that of the universe, and achieve true virtue and happiness. The statements which urge Paulinus to retire from public life are in notable contrast to Seneca&amp;#039;s advice in his De Tranquillitate Animi (to his friend Annaeus Serenus) to seek public employments in order to render life attractive. However, in his related treatise, De Otio, Seneca makes the point that there is no inconsistency, and that one can serve the greater community in either or both roles.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707831">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707831</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On the Shortness of Life (Unabridged)
Author: Seneca
Narrator: Nelson Parker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
On the Shortness of Life by Seneca - De Brevitate Vitae (English: On the Shortness of Life) is a moral essay written by Seneca the Younger, a Roman Stoic philosopher, sometime around the year 49 AD, to his father-in-law Paulinus. The philosopher brings up many Stoic principles on the nature of time, namely that people waste much of it in meaningless pursuits. According to the essay, nature gives people enough time to do what is really important and the individual must allot it properly. In general, time is best used by living in the present moment in pursuit of the intentional, purposeful life. Contents In chapter 1 Seneca counters the complaint that life is too short with the view that life is long enough if well-managed. Chapters 2 to 9 survey the many ways in which life is squandered and time frittered away by those people (occupati) engrossed in pointless pursuits. Chapters 10 to 17 contrast the philosophical approach to leisure (otium) with the deluded common approach. This culminates in chapters 18 to 20 showing the emancipation of the wise, who can soar above the lives of others mired in endless preoccupation. Themes In the treatise Seneca argues that we waste so much time because we do not properly value it. We expend great effort in protecting other valuables such as money and property, but because time appears intangible, we allow others to occupy it and take time away from us. Wise people, on the other hand, understand that time is the most valuable of all resources, and with effort can free themselves from external control to engage in meaningful introspection and create an intentional life. Seneca urges his readers to live in the present, and adapt themselves to a purposeful life in agreement with nature. Only by doing so, can one then truly unlock both past and future. The completeness of each present moment allows one&amp;#039;s awareness to expand to the equal of that of the universe, and achieve true virtue and happiness. The statements which urge Paulinus to retire from public life are in notable contrast to Seneca&amp;#039;s advice in his De Tranquillitate Animi (to his friend Annaeus Serenus) to seek public employments in order to render life attractive. However, in his related treatise, De Otio, Seneca makes the point that there is no inconsistency, and that one can serve the greater community in either or both roles.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Portuguese] - Coleção Caminhos do Saber – Ética em Sala de Aula: Anos Finais do Ensino Fundamental by Gabrielly Kauanna De Jesus Ferreira, Peri Mesquida</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707792</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707792">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707792</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Coleção Caminhos do Saber – Ética em Sala de Aula: Anos Finais do Ensino Fundamental
Author: Gabrielly Kauanna De Jesus Ferreira, Peri Mesquida
Narrator: Carolina Manica
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A relação professor-aluno, em sala de aula, ou mesmo no espaço escolar, fora da sala de aula, é pautada pela conduta, pelo comportamento, os quais refletem princípios, valores, sentimentos, maneiras de ver o mundo. É inegável que há nessa relação não somente o que se costumou chamar de choque de gerações, mas também a bagagem que ambos trazem, de origem social e familiar. A compreensão que o professor tem dessa &amp;#039;distância&amp;#039; é fundamental para que a sua conduta e o seu comportamento despertem no aluno a vontade de imitá-lo. Portanto, os valores éticos do bem, da verdade, da justiça, da amorosidade, do equilíbrio apontam para que, pelo exemplo, os alunos procurem pautar a sua vida tendo na rotina a imagem do professor, a sua maneira de se relacionar com os outros, a sua visão do bem, do belo, das virtudes humanas que ajudam a construir uma sociedade humanizada, fraterna, justa. Diante disso, vale a pena dedicar alguns minutos para refletir sobre o que diz esse volume sobre ética e moral na relação entre professor e aluno.</description>
      <author>Gabrielly Kauanna De Jesus Ferreira, Peri Mesquida</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786553850675.mp3" length="803531" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707792</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786553850675.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707792">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707792</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Coleção Caminhos do Saber – Ética em Sala de Aula: Anos Finais do Ensino Fundamental
Author: Gabrielly Kauanna De Jesus Ferreira, Peri Mesquida
Narrator: Carolina Manica
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A relação professor-aluno, em sala de aula, ou mesmo no espaço escolar, fora da sala de aula, é pautada pela conduta, pelo comportamento, os quais refletem princípios, valores, sentimentos, maneiras de ver o mundo. É inegável que há nessa relação não somente o que se costumou chamar de choque de gerações, mas também a bagagem que ambos trazem, de origem social e familiar. A compreensão que o professor tem dessa &amp;#039;distância&amp;#039; é fundamental para que a sua conduta e o seu comportamento despertem no aluno a vontade de imitá-lo. Portanto, os valores éticos do bem, da verdade, da justiça, da amorosidade, do equilíbrio apontam para que, pelo exemplo, os alunos procurem pautar a sua vida tendo na rotina a imagem do professor, a sua maneira de se relacionar com os outros, a sua visão do bem, do belo, das virtudes humanas que ajudam a construir uma sociedade humanizada, fraterna, justa. Diante disso, vale a pena dedicar alguns minutos para refletir sobre o que diz esse volume sobre ética e moral na relação entre professor e aluno.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707792">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707792</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Coleção Caminhos do Saber – Ética em Sala de Aula: Anos Finais do Ensino Fundamental
Author: Gabrielly Kauanna De Jesus Ferreira, Peri Mesquida
Narrator: Carolina Manica
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A relação professor-aluno, em sala de aula, ou mesmo no espaço escolar, fora da sala de aula, é pautada pela conduta, pelo comportamento, os quais refletem princípios, valores, sentimentos, maneiras de ver o mundo. É inegável que há nessa relação não somente o que se costumou chamar de choque de gerações, mas também a bagagem que ambos trazem, de origem social e familiar. A compreensão que o professor tem dessa &amp;#039;distância&amp;#039; é fundamental para que a sua conduta e o seu comportamento despertem no aluno a vontade de imitá-lo. Portanto, os valores éticos do bem, da verdade, da justiça, da amorosidade, do equilíbrio apontam para que, pelo exemplo, os alunos procurem pautar a sua vida tendo na rotina a imagem do professor, a sua maneira de se relacionar com os outros, a sua visão do bem, do belo, das virtudes humanas que ajudam a construir uma sociedade humanizada, fraterna, justa. Diante disso, vale a pena dedicar alguns minutos para refletir sobre o que diz esse volume sobre ética e moral na relação entre professor e aluno.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>For F*ck&amp;#039;s Sake: Why Swearing is Shocking, Rude, and Fun by Rebecca Roache</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707676</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707676">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707676</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: For F*ck&amp;#039;s Sake: Why Swearing is Shocking, Rude, and Fun
Author: Rebecca Roache
Narrator: Polly Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Why do we love to swear so much? Why do we get so offended when others do it? In this lively and amusing exploration of the various puzzles that surround swearing, philosopher Rebecca Roache argues that what makes swearing offensive is not really the words at all: the offensiveness lies in what we don&amp;#039;t say. The unspoken—and usually unconscious—inferences that speakers and listeners make about each other are key to explaining swearwords&amp;#039; capacity to shock. Swearing is unique among etiquette breaches in that it is designed to convey disrespect—swearing packs more of a punch than failing to say &amp;#039;please.&amp;#039; Roache helps listeners understand how swearing works, celebrating its power as a communicative tool and source of humor while also taking a close and serious look at specific words—those directed at women and women&amp;#039;s bodies, for example—that function in particular, complex ways. She also examines the often-hypocritical ways swearing can be punished or censored. Finally, Roache helps listeners appreciate that swearing isn&amp;#039;t always bad. When it&amp;#039;s not used offensively, it can foster social intimacy, can help people withstand pain, and might even help us curb our violent impulses.</description>
      <author>Rebecca Roache</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350854640.mp3" length="8051389" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707676</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350854640.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707676">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707676</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: For F*ck&amp;#039;s Sake: Why Swearing is Shocking, Rude, and Fun
Author: Rebecca Roache
Narrator: Polly Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Why do we love to swear so much? Why do we get so offended when others do it? In this lively and amusing exploration of the various puzzles that surround swearing, philosopher Rebecca Roache argues that what makes swearing offensive is not really the words at all: the offensiveness lies in what we don&amp;#039;t say. The unspoken—and usually unconscious—inferences that speakers and listeners make about each other are key to explaining swearwords&amp;#039; capacity to shock. Swearing is unique among etiquette breaches in that it is designed to convey disrespect—swearing packs more of a punch than failing to say &amp;#039;please.&amp;#039; Roache helps listeners understand how swearing works, celebrating its power as a communicative tool and source of humor while also taking a close and serious look at specific words—those directed at women and women&amp;#039;s bodies, for example—that function in particular, complex ways. She also examines the often-hypocritical ways swearing can be punished or censored. Finally, Roache helps listeners appreciate that swearing isn&amp;#039;t always bad. When it&amp;#039;s not used offensively, it can foster social intimacy, can help people withstand pain, and might even help us curb our violent impulses.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707676">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707676</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: For F*ck&amp;#039;s Sake: Why Swearing is Shocking, Rude, and Fun
Author: Rebecca Roache
Narrator: Polly Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Why do we love to swear so much? Why do we get so offended when others do it? In this lively and amusing exploration of the various puzzles that surround swearing, philosopher Rebecca Roache argues that what makes swearing offensive is not really the words at all: the offensiveness lies in what we don&amp;#039;t say. The unspoken—and usually unconscious—inferences that speakers and listeners make about each other are key to explaining swearwords&amp;#039; capacity to shock. Swearing is unique among etiquette breaches in that it is designed to convey disrespect—swearing packs more of a punch than failing to say &amp;#039;please.&amp;#039; Roache helps listeners understand how swearing works, celebrating its power as a communicative tool and source of humor while also taking a close and serious look at specific words—those directed at women and women&amp;#039;s bodies, for example—that function in particular, complex ways. She also examines the often-hypocritical ways swearing can be punished or censored. Finally, Roache helps listeners appreciate that swearing isn&amp;#039;t always bad. When it&amp;#039;s not used offensively, it can foster social intimacy, can help people withstand pain, and might even help us curb our violent impulses.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Enchiridion of Epictetus (Unabridged) by Epictetus</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707524</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707524">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707524</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Enchiridion of Epictetus (Unabridged)
Author: Epictetus
Narrator: D.E. Wittkower
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 50 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Enchiridion of Epictetus by Epictetus - The Enchiridion or Handbook of Epictetus is a short manual of Stoic ethical advice compiled by Arrian, a 2nd-century disciple of the Greek philosopher Epictetus. Although the content is mostly derived from the Discourses of Epictetus, it is not a summary of the Discourses but rather a compilation of practical precepts. Eschewing metaphysics, Arrian focuses his attention on Epictetus&amp;#039;s work applying philosophy to daily life. Thus, the book is a manual to show the way to achieve mental freedom and happiness in all circumstances. The Enchiridion was well-known in the ancient world, and in the medieval period, it was specially adapted for use in Greek-speaking monasteries. In the 15th century it was translated into Latin, and then, with the advent of printing, into multiple European languages. It reached the height of popularity in the 17th century, in parallel with the Neostoicism movement. Writing The work consists of fifty-three short chapters typically consisting of a paragraph or two. It was compiled some time in the early 2nd century. The 6th-century philosopher Simplicius, in his Commentary on the work, refers to a letter written by Arrian which prefaced the text.[3] In this letter Arrian stated that the Enchiridion was selected from the Discourses of Epictetus according to what he considered to be most useful, most necessary, and most adapted to move people&amp;#039;s minds. Around half of the material in the Enchiridion has been shown to have been derived from the surviving four books of Discourses but variously modified. Other parts are presumed to be derived from the lost Discourses.[6] Some chapters appear to be reformulations of ideas which appear throughout the Discourses. There are some puzzles concerning the inclusion of two chapters. Chapter 29 is practically word for word identical with Discourse iii. 15. Since it was omitted in one of the early Christian editions (Par), and not commented on by Simplicius, it may not have been in the original edition. Chapter 33 consists of a list of moral instructions, which are &amp;#039;not obviously related to Epictetus&amp;#039; normal Stoic framework.&amp;#039; The current division of the work into fifty-three chapters was first adopted by Johann Schweighäuser in his 1798 edition; earlier editions tended to divide the text into more chapters (especially splitting chapter 33). Gerard Boter in his 1999 critical edition keeps Schweighäuser&amp;#039;s fifty-three chapters but splits chapters 5, 14, 19, and 48 into two parts.</description>
      <author>Epictetus</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 27 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4066004595740.mp3" length="923609" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707524</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4066004595740.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707524">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707524</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Enchiridion of Epictetus (Unabridged)
Author: Epictetus
Narrator: D.E. Wittkower
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 50 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Enchiridion of Epictetus by Epictetus - The Enchiridion or Handbook of Epictetus is a short manual of Stoic ethical advice compiled by Arrian, a 2nd-century disciple of the Greek philosopher Epictetus. Although the content is mostly derived from the Discourses of Epictetus, it is not a summary of the Discourses but rather a compilation of practical precepts. Eschewing metaphysics, Arrian focuses his attention on Epictetus&amp;#039;s work applying philosophy to daily life. Thus, the book is a manual to show the way to achieve mental freedom and happiness in all circumstances. The Enchiridion was well-known in the ancient world, and in the medieval period, it was specially adapted for use in Greek-speaking monasteries. In the 15th century it was translated into Latin, and then, with the advent of printing, into multiple European languages. It reached the height of popularity in the 17th century, in parallel with the Neostoicism movement. Writing The work consists of fifty-three short chapters typically consisting of a paragraph or two. It was compiled some time in the early 2nd century. The 6th-century philosopher Simplicius, in his Commentary on the work, refers to a letter written by Arrian which prefaced the text.[3] In this letter Arrian stated that the Enchiridion was selected from the Discourses of Epictetus according to what he considered to be most useful, most necessary, and most adapted to move people&amp;#039;s minds. Around half of the material in the Enchiridion has been shown to have been derived from the surviving four books of Discourses but variously modified. Other parts are presumed to be derived from the lost Discourses.[6] Some chapters appear to be reformulations of ideas which appear throughout the Discourses. There are some puzzles concerning the inclusion of two chapters. Chapter 29 is practically word for word identical with Discourse iii. 15. Since it was omitted in one of the early Christian editions (Par), and not commented on by Simplicius, it may not have been in the original edition. Chapter 33 consists of a list of moral instructions, which are &amp;#039;not obviously related to Epictetus&amp;#039; normal Stoic framework.&amp;#039; The current division of the work into fifty-three chapters was first adopted by Johann Schweighäuser in his 1798 edition; earlier editions tended to divide the text into more chapters (especially splitting chapter 33). Gerard Boter in his 1999 critical edition keeps Schweighäuser&amp;#039;s fifty-three chapters but splits chapters 5, 14, 19, and 48 into two parts.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707524">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707524</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Enchiridion of Epictetus (Unabridged)
Author: Epictetus
Narrator: D.E. Wittkower
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 50 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
The Enchiridion of Epictetus by Epictetus - The Enchiridion or Handbook of Epictetus is a short manual of Stoic ethical advice compiled by Arrian, a 2nd-century disciple of the Greek philosopher Epictetus. Although the content is mostly derived from the Discourses of Epictetus, it is not a summary of the Discourses but rather a compilation of practical precepts. Eschewing metaphysics, Arrian focuses his attention on Epictetus&amp;#039;s work applying philosophy to daily life. Thus, the book is a manual to show the way to achieve mental freedom and happiness in all circumstances. The Enchiridion was well-known in the ancient world, and in the medieval period, it was specially adapted for use in Greek-speaking monasteries. In the 15th century it was translated into Latin, and then, with the advent of printing, into multiple European languages. It reached the height of popularity in the 17th century, in parallel with the Neostoicism movement. Writing The work consists of fifty-three short chapters typically consisting of a paragraph or two. It was compiled some time in the early 2nd century. The 6th-century philosopher Simplicius, in his Commentary on the work, refers to a letter written by Arrian which prefaced the text.[3] In this letter Arrian stated that the Enchiridion was selected from the Discourses of Epictetus according to what he considered to be most useful, most necessary, and most adapted to move people&amp;#039;s minds. Around half of the material in the Enchiridion has been shown to have been derived from the surviving four books of Discourses but variously modified. Other parts are presumed to be derived from the lost Discourses.[6] Some chapters appear to be reformulations of ideas which appear throughout the Discourses. There are some puzzles concerning the inclusion of two chapters. Chapter 29 is practically word for word identical with Discourse iii. 15. Since it was omitted in one of the early Christian editions (Par), and not commented on by Simplicius, it may not have been in the original edition. Chapter 33 consists of a list of moral instructions, which are &amp;#039;not obviously related to Epictetus&amp;#039; normal Stoic framework.&amp;#039; The current division of the work into fifty-three chapters was first adopted by Johann Schweighäuser in his 1798 edition; earlier editions tended to divide the text into more chapters (especially splitting chapter 33). Gerard Boter in his 1999 critical edition keeps Schweighäuser&amp;#039;s fifty-three chapters but splits chapters 5, 14, 19, and 48 into two parts.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Der Antichrist (Ungekürztes) by Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707496</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707496">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707496</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Antichrist (Ungekürztes)
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Ramona Deininger-Schnabel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 53 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Antichrist von Friedrich Nietzsche - Der Antichrist. Fluch auf das Christentum ist eines der Spätwerke Friedrich Nietzsches. Er schrieb die polemische Abrechnung mit dem Christentum im Spätsommer und Herbst 1888. Da Nietzsche sich bis zu seinem geistigen Zusammenbruch wenige Monate später nicht konkret um eine Publikation bemüht hatte, wurde das Manuskript zunächst zurückgehalten und erst 1894 vom Nietzsche-Archiv herausgegeben, allerdings mit mehreren Mängeln. Streitigkeiten um eine korrekte Edition des Werks zogen sich - wie bei allen Spätwerken Nietzsches - bis in die zweite Hälfte des 20. Jahrhunderts hin. Wie in seiner Götzen-Dämmerung und in weiteren seiner letzten Werke philosophiert Nietzsche auch hier &amp;#039;mit dem Hammer&amp;#039; und will alte Werte &amp;#039;umwerten&amp;#039;. Unter Rückgriff auf einige seiner früheren Schriften bündelt er seine Kritik am Christentum, der er eine bisher nicht gekannte Schärfe gibt. In oft prägnanten Sätzen kritisiert er das Christentum der Priester, das im Wesentlichen von Paulus von Tarsus begründet worden sei und das unter anderem das Erbe der griechischen und römischen Antike vernichtet habe. Des Weiteren gibt er eine originelle psychologische Deutung Jesu. Er spricht sich gegen die Mitleidsethik aus, attackiert die christliche Theologie und die aus seiner Sicht davon abhängige deutsche Philosophie sowie den jüdisch-christlichen Gottesbegriff und stellt dem Christentum andere Religionen wie Buddhismus, Islam oder Brahmanismus als in unterschiedlicher Hinsicht überlegen gegenüber. Inhalt Kapitel 1-7 Die Kapitel 1 bis 7 standen zunächst unter dem Titel &amp;#039;Wir Hyperboreer&amp;#039;. Nietzsche stellt sich und seine Leser als Unzeitgemäße und Einsiedler vor, die sich von der Moderne entfernt und einen neuen Weg gefunden haben. Formelhaft stellt er seine Bewertungsmaßstäbe auf und sucht statt nach Fortschritt - an den er nicht glaubt - nach einem &amp;#039;höheren Typus&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;eine[r] Art Übermensch&amp;#039;: Glücksfälle, seien es Einzelne oder ganze Kulturen, die in der Geschichte immer wieder aufgetreten seien. Das Christentum aber habe gerade diesen höheren Typus stets bekämpft, mit der Mitleidsethik die Menschheit verdorben und so den höheren Typus beinahe unmöglich gemacht. Kapitel 8-14 In diesen zunächst &amp;#039;Für uns - wider uns&amp;#039; betitelten Kapiteln stellt Nietzsche Theologen und Philosophen als seine Gegner vor. Priester und Theologen seien Lügner aus Instinkt: Damit sie an die Macht kommen konnten, hätten sie alle natürlichen Werte auf den Kopf gestellt. Die Philosophie, besonders die deutsche, sei eine mit anderen Mitteln fortgeführte Theologie: &amp;#039;Der protestantische Pfarrer ist Grossvater der deutschen Philosophie [...] Man hat nur das Wort &amp;#039;Tübinger Stift&amp;#039; auszusprechen, um zu begreifen, was die deutsche Philosophie im Grunde ist - eine hinterlistige Theologie ...&amp;#039; - Kapitel 10: KSA 6, S. 176 Nach dieser Anspielung auf den Deutschen Idealismus attackiert Nietzsche Kant: Dieser habe mit seiner Erkenntnisphilosophie den Kern des christlichen Glaubens für unangreifbar und unwiderlegbar erklärt, ob mit Absicht oder nicht. Jedenfalls sei gerade dieser &amp;#039;Schleichweg zum alten Ideal&amp;#039; nach Kant erfolgreich aufgegriffen worden. Kant habe zudem eine &amp;#039;lebensgefährliche Moralphilosophie&amp;#039; aufgestellt, indem er eine allgemeingültige Pflicht an deren Spitze setzte. Nietzsche zufolge geht der Mensch an unpersönlichen Pflichten zugrunde. Gerade umgekehrt müsse jeder Einzelne seine Tugend haben.</description>
      <author>Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 20 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4066004596754.mp3" length="780749" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707496</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4066004596754.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707496">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707496</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Antichrist (Ungekürztes)
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Ramona Deininger-Schnabel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 53 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Antichrist von Friedrich Nietzsche - Der Antichrist. Fluch auf das Christentum ist eines der Spätwerke Friedrich Nietzsches. Er schrieb die polemische Abrechnung mit dem Christentum im Spätsommer und Herbst 1888. Da Nietzsche sich bis zu seinem geistigen Zusammenbruch wenige Monate später nicht konkret um eine Publikation bemüht hatte, wurde das Manuskript zunächst zurückgehalten und erst 1894 vom Nietzsche-Archiv herausgegeben, allerdings mit mehreren Mängeln. Streitigkeiten um eine korrekte Edition des Werks zogen sich - wie bei allen Spätwerken Nietzsches - bis in die zweite Hälfte des 20. Jahrhunderts hin. Wie in seiner Götzen-Dämmerung und in weiteren seiner letzten Werke philosophiert Nietzsche auch hier &amp;#039;mit dem Hammer&amp;#039; und will alte Werte &amp;#039;umwerten&amp;#039;. Unter Rückgriff auf einige seiner früheren Schriften bündelt er seine Kritik am Christentum, der er eine bisher nicht gekannte Schärfe gibt. In oft prägnanten Sätzen kritisiert er das Christentum der Priester, das im Wesentlichen von Paulus von Tarsus begründet worden sei und das unter anderem das Erbe der griechischen und römischen Antike vernichtet habe. Des Weiteren gibt er eine originelle psychologische Deutung Jesu. Er spricht sich gegen die Mitleidsethik aus, attackiert die christliche Theologie und die aus seiner Sicht davon abhängige deutsche Philosophie sowie den jüdisch-christlichen Gottesbegriff und stellt dem Christentum andere Religionen wie Buddhismus, Islam oder Brahmanismus als in unterschiedlicher Hinsicht überlegen gegenüber. Inhalt Kapitel 1-7 Die Kapitel 1 bis 7 standen zunächst unter dem Titel &amp;#039;Wir Hyperboreer&amp;#039;. Nietzsche stellt sich und seine Leser als Unzeitgemäße und Einsiedler vor, die sich von der Moderne entfernt und einen neuen Weg gefunden haben. Formelhaft stellt er seine Bewertungsmaßstäbe auf und sucht statt nach Fortschritt - an den er nicht glaubt - nach einem &amp;#039;höheren Typus&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;eine[r] Art Übermensch&amp;#039;: Glücksfälle, seien es Einzelne oder ganze Kulturen, die in der Geschichte immer wieder aufgetreten seien. Das Christentum aber habe gerade diesen höheren Typus stets bekämpft, mit der Mitleidsethik die Menschheit verdorben und so den höheren Typus beinahe unmöglich gemacht. Kapitel 8-14 In diesen zunächst &amp;#039;Für uns - wider uns&amp;#039; betitelten Kapiteln stellt Nietzsche Theologen und Philosophen als seine Gegner vor. Priester und Theologen seien Lügner aus Instinkt: Damit sie an die Macht kommen konnten, hätten sie alle natürlichen Werte auf den Kopf gestellt. Die Philosophie, besonders die deutsche, sei eine mit anderen Mitteln fortgeführte Theologie: &amp;#039;Der protestantische Pfarrer ist Grossvater der deutschen Philosophie [...] Man hat nur das Wort &amp;#039;Tübinger Stift&amp;#039; auszusprechen, um zu begreifen, was die deutsche Philosophie im Grunde ist - eine hinterlistige Theologie ...&amp;#039; - Kapitel 10: KSA 6, S. 176 Nach dieser Anspielung auf den Deutschen Idealismus attackiert Nietzsche Kant: Dieser habe mit seiner Erkenntnisphilosophie den Kern des christlichen Glaubens für unangreifbar und unwiderlegbar erklärt, ob mit Absicht oder nicht. Jedenfalls sei gerade dieser &amp;#039;Schleichweg zum alten Ideal&amp;#039; nach Kant erfolgreich aufgegriffen worden. Kant habe zudem eine &amp;#039;lebensgefährliche Moralphilosophie&amp;#039; aufgestellt, indem er eine allgemeingültige Pflicht an deren Spitze setzte. Nietzsche zufolge geht der Mensch an unpersönlichen Pflichten zugrunde. Gerade umgekehrt müsse jeder Einzelne seine Tugend haben.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707496">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707496</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Antichrist (Ungekürztes)
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Ramona Deininger-Schnabel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 53 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Antichrist von Friedrich Nietzsche - Der Antichrist. Fluch auf das Christentum ist eines der Spätwerke Friedrich Nietzsches. Er schrieb die polemische Abrechnung mit dem Christentum im Spätsommer und Herbst 1888. Da Nietzsche sich bis zu seinem geistigen Zusammenbruch wenige Monate später nicht konkret um eine Publikation bemüht hatte, wurde das Manuskript zunächst zurückgehalten und erst 1894 vom Nietzsche-Archiv herausgegeben, allerdings mit mehreren Mängeln. Streitigkeiten um eine korrekte Edition des Werks zogen sich - wie bei allen Spätwerken Nietzsches - bis in die zweite Hälfte des 20. Jahrhunderts hin. Wie in seiner Götzen-Dämmerung und in weiteren seiner letzten Werke philosophiert Nietzsche auch hier &amp;#039;mit dem Hammer&amp;#039; und will alte Werte &amp;#039;umwerten&amp;#039;. Unter Rückgriff auf einige seiner früheren Schriften bündelt er seine Kritik am Christentum, der er eine bisher nicht gekannte Schärfe gibt. In oft prägnanten Sätzen kritisiert er das Christentum der Priester, das im Wesentlichen von Paulus von Tarsus begründet worden sei und das unter anderem das Erbe der griechischen und römischen Antike vernichtet habe. Des Weiteren gibt er eine originelle psychologische Deutung Jesu. Er spricht sich gegen die Mitleidsethik aus, attackiert die christliche Theologie und die aus seiner Sicht davon abhängige deutsche Philosophie sowie den jüdisch-christlichen Gottesbegriff und stellt dem Christentum andere Religionen wie Buddhismus, Islam oder Brahmanismus als in unterschiedlicher Hinsicht überlegen gegenüber. Inhalt Kapitel 1-7 Die Kapitel 1 bis 7 standen zunächst unter dem Titel &amp;#039;Wir Hyperboreer&amp;#039;. Nietzsche stellt sich und seine Leser als Unzeitgemäße und Einsiedler vor, die sich von der Moderne entfernt und einen neuen Weg gefunden haben. Formelhaft stellt er seine Bewertungsmaßstäbe auf und sucht statt nach Fortschritt - an den er nicht glaubt - nach einem &amp;#039;höheren Typus&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;eine[r] Art Übermensch&amp;#039;: Glücksfälle, seien es Einzelne oder ganze Kulturen, die in der Geschichte immer wieder aufgetreten seien. Das Christentum aber habe gerade diesen höheren Typus stets bekämpft, mit der Mitleidsethik die Menschheit verdorben und so den höheren Typus beinahe unmöglich gemacht. Kapitel 8-14 In diesen zunächst &amp;#039;Für uns - wider uns&amp;#039; betitelten Kapiteln stellt Nietzsche Theologen und Philosophen als seine Gegner vor. Priester und Theologen seien Lügner aus Instinkt: Damit sie an die Macht kommen konnten, hätten sie alle natürlichen Werte auf den Kopf gestellt. Die Philosophie, besonders die deutsche, sei eine mit anderen Mitteln fortgeführte Theologie: &amp;#039;Der protestantische Pfarrer ist Grossvater der deutschen Philosophie [...] Man hat nur das Wort &amp;#039;Tübinger Stift&amp;#039; auszusprechen, um zu begreifen, was die deutsche Philosophie im Grunde ist - eine hinterlistige Theologie ...&amp;#039; - Kapitel 10: KSA 6, S. 176 Nach dieser Anspielung auf den Deutschen Idealismus attackiert Nietzsche Kant: Dieser habe mit seiner Erkenntnisphilosophie den Kern des christlichen Glaubens für unangreifbar und unwiderlegbar erklärt, ob mit Absicht oder nicht. Jedenfalls sei gerade dieser &amp;#039;Schleichweg zum alten Ideal&amp;#039; nach Kant erfolgreich aufgegriffen worden. Kant habe zudem eine &amp;#039;lebensgefährliche Moralphilosophie&amp;#039; aufgestellt, indem er eine allgemeingültige Pflicht an deren Spitze setzte. Nietzsche zufolge geht der Mensch an unpersönlichen Pflichten zugrunde. Gerade umgekehrt müsse jeder Einzelne seine Tugend haben.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Götzendämmerung (Ungekürztes) by Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707492</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Götzendämmerung (Ungekürztes)
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Rainer Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Götzendämmerung von Friedrich Nietzsche - Götzen-Dämmerung oder Wie man mit dem Hammer philosophirt ist ein 1889 veröffentlichtes Spätwerk Friedrich Nietzsches, in dem er wesentliche Aspekte seines bisherigen Denkens zusammenfasste. Mit ihm setzte er den Weg der Umwertung aller Werte weiter fort und bezog sich auf die &amp;#039;Götzen&amp;#039; seiner Zeit, deren Dämmerung er voraussah. Das heterogene Werk enthält viele metaphysikkritische, kunst- und sprachphilosophische Einsichten, die für das Verständnis der späten Philosophie Nietzsches von großer Bedeutung sind. Die Werksbezeichnung wird üblicherweise mit dem Sigel GD abgekürzt. Inhalt In zehn von einem kurzen Vorwort eingeleiteten Abschnitten resümiert Nietzsche die Hauptthemen seines Spätwerks. Wie er in der autobiographischen Schrift Ecce homo schrieb, bezieht sich &amp;#039;Götze&amp;#039; auf das, was man bisher Wahrheit genannt habe, auf deren Ende die (Metapher der) Dämmerung deute: &amp;#039;Götzen-Dämmerung - auf deutsch: Es geht zu Ende mit der alten Wahrheit ...&amp;#039; Das Bild des Hammers, das auf eine heftige Zerstörung des Alten hinweist, ergänzt Nietzsche im Vorwort mit dem der Stimmgabel. Mit ihr verweist er auf das diagnostische Vorgehen, bei dem die so hinterfragten Götzen &amp;#039;ausgehorcht&amp;#039; werden und dabei &amp;#039;hohle Töne&amp;#039; von sich geben können. Zu den Schwerpunkten seiner Kritik gehören Metaphysik und Moral, Religion und erneut das Phänomen der Dekadenz, mit der sich Nietzsche seit langem beschäftigt und die er in unterschiedlichen Manifestationen beschrieben hatte. Der metaphysische Dualismus (Zweiteilung) beherrsche die Geschichte der abendländischen Kultur und Philosophie und teile die Welt in einen wahren und einen scheinbaren Bereich. Nietzsche arbeitet Phasen der platonischen und christlichen, Kantischen und positivistischen Einflussnahme dieser Trennungen heraus. Das Problem des Sokrates Am Beispiel des Sokrates, den er als kranken Niedergangs-Typen charakterisiert, vertieft sich Nietzsche in die Probleme der Dekadenz und Idiosynkrasie. Bereits in seiner noch im Banne Richard Wagners stehenden Frühschrift Die Geburt der Tragödie aus dem Geiste der Musik hatte er sich mit der Zentralgestalt der griechischen Philosophie befasst, eine Kritik des Sokratismus formuliert und gleichzeitig in seiner Schrift Die Philosophie im tragischen Zeitalter der Griechen den Begriff Vorsokratiker durch Vorplatoniker ersetzt. Nietzsche sah den Sokratismus als Verfallserscheinung, der die Tragödie verkümmern ließ und das Element des Dionysischen verdrängte. Dem bis in die Gegenwart anhaltenden Verfall stellte er die Werke des damals noch hochgeschätzten Komponisten gegenüber, in denen die Kräfte versöhnt seien.</description>
      <author>Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 20 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4066004596464.mp3" length="841691" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707492</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4066004596464.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Götzendämmerung (Ungekürztes)
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Rainer Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Götzendämmerung von Friedrich Nietzsche - Götzen-Dämmerung oder Wie man mit dem Hammer philosophirt ist ein 1889 veröffentlichtes Spätwerk Friedrich Nietzsches, in dem er wesentliche Aspekte seines bisherigen Denkens zusammenfasste. Mit ihm setzte er den Weg der Umwertung aller Werte weiter fort und bezog sich auf die &amp;#039;Götzen&amp;#039; seiner Zeit, deren Dämmerung er voraussah. Das heterogene Werk enthält viele metaphysikkritische, kunst- und sprachphilosophische Einsichten, die für das Verständnis der späten Philosophie Nietzsches von großer Bedeutung sind. Die Werksbezeichnung wird üblicherweise mit dem Sigel GD abgekürzt. Inhalt In zehn von einem kurzen Vorwort eingeleiteten Abschnitten resümiert Nietzsche die Hauptthemen seines Spätwerks. Wie er in der autobiographischen Schrift Ecce homo schrieb, bezieht sich &amp;#039;Götze&amp;#039; auf das, was man bisher Wahrheit genannt habe, auf deren Ende die (Metapher der) Dämmerung deute: &amp;#039;Götzen-Dämmerung - auf deutsch: Es geht zu Ende mit der alten Wahrheit ...&amp;#039; Das Bild des Hammers, das auf eine heftige Zerstörung des Alten hinweist, ergänzt Nietzsche im Vorwort mit dem der Stimmgabel. Mit ihr verweist er auf das diagnostische Vorgehen, bei dem die so hinterfragten Götzen &amp;#039;ausgehorcht&amp;#039; werden und dabei &amp;#039;hohle Töne&amp;#039; von sich geben können. Zu den Schwerpunkten seiner Kritik gehören Metaphysik und Moral, Religion und erneut das Phänomen der Dekadenz, mit der sich Nietzsche seit langem beschäftigt und die er in unterschiedlichen Manifestationen beschrieben hatte. Der metaphysische Dualismus (Zweiteilung) beherrsche die Geschichte der abendländischen Kultur und Philosophie und teile die Welt in einen wahren und einen scheinbaren Bereich. Nietzsche arbeitet Phasen der platonischen und christlichen, Kantischen und positivistischen Einflussnahme dieser Trennungen heraus. Das Problem des Sokrates Am Beispiel des Sokrates, den er als kranken Niedergangs-Typen charakterisiert, vertieft sich Nietzsche in die Probleme der Dekadenz und Idiosynkrasie. Bereits in seiner noch im Banne Richard Wagners stehenden Frühschrift Die Geburt der Tragödie aus dem Geiste der Musik hatte er sich mit der Zentralgestalt der griechischen Philosophie befasst, eine Kritik des Sokratismus formuliert und gleichzeitig in seiner Schrift Die Philosophie im tragischen Zeitalter der Griechen den Begriff Vorsokratiker durch Vorplatoniker ersetzt. Nietzsche sah den Sokratismus als Verfallserscheinung, der die Tragödie verkümmern ließ und das Element des Dionysischen verdrängte. Dem bis in die Gegenwart anhaltenden Verfall stellte er die Werke des damals noch hochgeschätzten Komponisten gegenüber, in denen die Kräfte versöhnt seien.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Götzendämmerung (Ungekürztes)
Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche
Narrator: Rainer Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Götzendämmerung von Friedrich Nietzsche - Götzen-Dämmerung oder Wie man mit dem Hammer philosophirt ist ein 1889 veröffentlichtes Spätwerk Friedrich Nietzsches, in dem er wesentliche Aspekte seines bisherigen Denkens zusammenfasste. Mit ihm setzte er den Weg der Umwertung aller Werte weiter fort und bezog sich auf die &amp;#039;Götzen&amp;#039; seiner Zeit, deren Dämmerung er voraussah. Das heterogene Werk enthält viele metaphysikkritische, kunst- und sprachphilosophische Einsichten, die für das Verständnis der späten Philosophie Nietzsches von großer Bedeutung sind. Die Werksbezeichnung wird üblicherweise mit dem Sigel GD abgekürzt. Inhalt In zehn von einem kurzen Vorwort eingeleiteten Abschnitten resümiert Nietzsche die Hauptthemen seines Spätwerks. Wie er in der autobiographischen Schrift Ecce homo schrieb, bezieht sich &amp;#039;Götze&amp;#039; auf das, was man bisher Wahrheit genannt habe, auf deren Ende die (Metapher der) Dämmerung deute: &amp;#039;Götzen-Dämmerung - auf deutsch: Es geht zu Ende mit der alten Wahrheit ...&amp;#039; Das Bild des Hammers, das auf eine heftige Zerstörung des Alten hinweist, ergänzt Nietzsche im Vorwort mit dem der Stimmgabel. Mit ihr verweist er auf das diagnostische Vorgehen, bei dem die so hinterfragten Götzen &amp;#039;ausgehorcht&amp;#039; werden und dabei &amp;#039;hohle Töne&amp;#039; von sich geben können. Zu den Schwerpunkten seiner Kritik gehören Metaphysik und Moral, Religion und erneut das Phänomen der Dekadenz, mit der sich Nietzsche seit langem beschäftigt und die er in unterschiedlichen Manifestationen beschrieben hatte. Der metaphysische Dualismus (Zweiteilung) beherrsche die Geschichte der abendländischen Kultur und Philosophie und teile die Welt in einen wahren und einen scheinbaren Bereich. Nietzsche arbeitet Phasen der platonischen und christlichen, Kantischen und positivistischen Einflussnahme dieser Trennungen heraus. Das Problem des Sokrates Am Beispiel des Sokrates, den er als kranken Niedergangs-Typen charakterisiert, vertieft sich Nietzsche in die Probleme der Dekadenz und Idiosynkrasie. Bereits in seiner noch im Banne Richard Wagners stehenden Frühschrift Die Geburt der Tragödie aus dem Geiste der Musik hatte er sich mit der Zentralgestalt der griechischen Philosophie befasst, eine Kritik des Sokratismus formuliert und gleichzeitig in seiner Schrift Die Philosophie im tragischen Zeitalter der Griechen den Begriff Vorsokratiker durch Vorplatoniker ersetzt. Nietzsche sah den Sokratismus als Verfallserscheinung, der die Tragödie verkümmern ließ und das Element des Dionysischen verdrängte. Dem bis in die Gegenwart anhaltenden Verfall stellte er die Werke des damals noch hochgeschätzten Komponisten gegenüber, in denen die Kräfte versöhnt seien.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Stoic Mindset: 10 Ancient Lessons for Modern Life by Mark Tuitert</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707142</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707142">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707142</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Stoic Mindset: 10 Ancient Lessons for Modern Life
Author: Mark Tuitert
Narrator: Mark Tuitert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 40 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. During the 2010 Olympic speed skating final, Mark Tuitert wasn&amp;#039;t thinking about winning, but about Marcus Aurelius, Seneca, Epictetus and Zeno - philosophers belonging to an ancient school of thought that emerged from their experiences of personal hardship. The Stoics developed a philosophy grounded in striving toward unbiased thinking, self-betterment through virtues, and a focus on only that which lies in our power to control. Having overcome injuries, familial conflict, and the extreme pressures of being a professional athlete, Tuitert still managed to hit his prime thanks to years of studying and practicing a Stoic mindset. Now, after two decades of applying this philosophy, and seeing the benefits as an athlete, husband, father and entrepreneur, he has distilled Stoicism and his personal experience into ten powerful lessons, allowing you to face adversity, deal with uncertainty and reach your potential. Stoicism is not about achieving success or happiness for their own sake. It is about doing what is important to you with a focused mindset, and developing a Stoic calm and mental balance when faced with setbacks. This inspiring and engaging book is full of practical exercises to master a Stoic mindset, allowing you to apply these lessons anywhere, anytime. ©2024 Mark Tuitert (P)2024 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Mark Tuitert</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Apr 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781405965637.mp3" length="1281810" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707142</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781405965637.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707142">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707142</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Stoic Mindset: 10 Ancient Lessons for Modern Life
Author: Mark Tuitert
Narrator: Mark Tuitert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 40 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. During the 2010 Olympic speed skating final, Mark Tuitert wasn&amp;#039;t thinking about winning, but about Marcus Aurelius, Seneca, Epictetus and Zeno - philosophers belonging to an ancient school of thought that emerged from their experiences of personal hardship. The Stoics developed a philosophy grounded in striving toward unbiased thinking, self-betterment through virtues, and a focus on only that which lies in our power to control. Having overcome injuries, familial conflict, and the extreme pressures of being a professional athlete, Tuitert still managed to hit his prime thanks to years of studying and practicing a Stoic mindset. Now, after two decades of applying this philosophy, and seeing the benefits as an athlete, husband, father and entrepreneur, he has distilled Stoicism and his personal experience into ten powerful lessons, allowing you to face adversity, deal with uncertainty and reach your potential. Stoicism is not about achieving success or happiness for their own sake. It is about doing what is important to you with a focused mindset, and developing a Stoic calm and mental balance when faced with setbacks. This inspiring and engaging book is full of practical exercises to master a Stoic mindset, allowing you to apply these lessons anywhere, anytime. ©2024 Mark Tuitert (P)2024 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707142">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707142</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Stoic Mindset: 10 Ancient Lessons for Modern Life
Author: Mark Tuitert
Narrator: Mark Tuitert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 40 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. During the 2010 Olympic speed skating final, Mark Tuitert wasn&amp;#039;t thinking about winning, but about Marcus Aurelius, Seneca, Epictetus and Zeno - philosophers belonging to an ancient school of thought that emerged from their experiences of personal hardship. The Stoics developed a philosophy grounded in striving toward unbiased thinking, self-betterment through virtues, and a focus on only that which lies in our power to control. Having overcome injuries, familial conflict, and the extreme pressures of being a professional athlete, Tuitert still managed to hit his prime thanks to years of studying and practicing a Stoic mindset. Now, after two decades of applying this philosophy, and seeing the benefits as an athlete, husband, father and entrepreneur, he has distilled Stoicism and his personal experience into ten powerful lessons, allowing you to face adversity, deal with uncertainty and reach your potential. Stoicism is not about achieving success or happiness for their own sake. It is about doing what is important to you with a focused mindset, and developing a Stoic calm and mental balance when faced with setbacks. This inspiring and engaging book is full of practical exercises to master a Stoic mindset, allowing you to apply these lessons anywhere, anytime. ©2024 Mark Tuitert (P)2024 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Free and Equal: A Manifesto for a Just Society by Daniel Chandler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707110</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707110">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707110</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Free and Equal: A Manifesto for a Just Society
Author: Daniel Chandler
Narrator: Daniel Chandler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 28 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagine: You are designing a society, but you don&amp;#039;t know who you&amp;#039;ll be within it—rich or poor, man or woman, gay or straight. What would you want that society to look like? This is the revolutionary thought experiment proposed by the twentieth century&amp;#039;s greatest political philosopher, John Rawls. As economist and philosopher Daniel Chandler argues in this hugely ambitious and exhilarating manifesto, it is by rediscovering Rawls that we can find a way out of the escalating crises that are devastating our world today. &amp;#039;A vigorous case for adopting the liberal political framework laid out by John Rawls. . . . Chandler is a lucid and elegant writer, and there’s an earnest sense of excitement propelling his argument — a belief that Rawls’s framework for thinking through political issues offers a humane way out of the most intractable disputes.”—The New York Times Book Review &amp;#039;Intellectually rigorous and full of hope.”—Zadie Smith, bestselling author of White Teeth and The Fraud • “A beautifully written and compelling argument that Rawlsian political philosophy can heal our broken societies.”—Sir Angus Deaton, winner of the Nobel Prize in Economics Taking Rawls&amp;#039;s humane and egalitarian liberalism as his starting point, Chandler builds a powerful case for a new progressive agenda that would fundamentally reshape our societies for the better. He shows how we can protect free speech and transcend the culture wars; get money out of politics; and create an economy where everyone has the chance to fulfil their potential, where prosperity is widely shared, and which operates within the limits of our finite planet. This is a book brimming with hope and possibility—a galvanizing alternative to the cynicism that pervades our politics. Free and Equal has the potential to offer a touchstone for a modern, egalitarian liberalism for many years to come, cementing Rawls&amp;#039;s place in political discourse, and firmly establishing Chandler as a vital new voice for our time.</description>
      <author>Daniel Chandler</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593906798.mp3" length="2764625" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707110</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593906798.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707110">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707110</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Free and Equal: A Manifesto for a Just Society
Author: Daniel Chandler
Narrator: Daniel Chandler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 28 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagine: You are designing a society, but you don&amp;#039;t know who you&amp;#039;ll be within it—rich or poor, man or woman, gay or straight. What would you want that society to look like? This is the revolutionary thought experiment proposed by the twentieth century&amp;#039;s greatest political philosopher, John Rawls. As economist and philosopher Daniel Chandler argues in this hugely ambitious and exhilarating manifesto, it is by rediscovering Rawls that we can find a way out of the escalating crises that are devastating our world today. &amp;#039;A vigorous case for adopting the liberal political framework laid out by John Rawls. . . . Chandler is a lucid and elegant writer, and there’s an earnest sense of excitement propelling his argument — a belief that Rawls’s framework for thinking through political issues offers a humane way out of the most intractable disputes.”—The New York Times Book Review &amp;#039;Intellectually rigorous and full of hope.”—Zadie Smith, bestselling author of White Teeth and The Fraud • “A beautifully written and compelling argument that Rawlsian political philosophy can heal our broken societies.”—Sir Angus Deaton, winner of the Nobel Prize in Economics Taking Rawls&amp;#039;s humane and egalitarian liberalism as his starting point, Chandler builds a powerful case for a new progressive agenda that would fundamentally reshape our societies for the better. He shows how we can protect free speech and transcend the culture wars; get money out of politics; and create an economy where everyone has the chance to fulfil their potential, where prosperity is widely shared, and which operates within the limits of our finite planet. This is a book brimming with hope and possibility—a galvanizing alternative to the cynicism that pervades our politics. Free and Equal has the potential to offer a touchstone for a modern, egalitarian liberalism for many years to come, cementing Rawls&amp;#039;s place in political discourse, and firmly establishing Chandler as a vital new voice for our time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707110">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707110</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Free and Equal: A Manifesto for a Just Society
Author: Daniel Chandler
Narrator: Daniel Chandler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 28 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagine: You are designing a society, but you don&amp;#039;t know who you&amp;#039;ll be within it—rich or poor, man or woman, gay or straight. What would you want that society to look like? This is the revolutionary thought experiment proposed by the twentieth century&amp;#039;s greatest political philosopher, John Rawls. As economist and philosopher Daniel Chandler argues in this hugely ambitious and exhilarating manifesto, it is by rediscovering Rawls that we can find a way out of the escalating crises that are devastating our world today. &amp;#039;A vigorous case for adopting the liberal political framework laid out by John Rawls. . . . Chandler is a lucid and elegant writer, and there’s an earnest sense of excitement propelling his argument — a belief that Rawls’s framework for thinking through political issues offers a humane way out of the most intractable disputes.”—The New York Times Book Review &amp;#039;Intellectually rigorous and full of hope.”—Zadie Smith, bestselling author of White Teeth and The Fraud • “A beautifully written and compelling argument that Rawlsian political philosophy can heal our broken societies.”—Sir Angus Deaton, winner of the Nobel Prize in Economics Taking Rawls&amp;#039;s humane and egalitarian liberalism as his starting point, Chandler builds a powerful case for a new progressive agenda that would fundamentally reshape our societies for the better. He shows how we can protect free speech and transcend the culture wars; get money out of politics; and create an economy where everyone has the chance to fulfil their potential, where prosperity is widely shared, and which operates within the limits of our finite planet. This is a book brimming with hope and possibility—a galvanizing alternative to the cynicism that pervades our politics. Free and Equal has the potential to offer a touchstone for a modern, egalitarian liberalism for many years to come, cementing Rawls&amp;#039;s place in political discourse, and firmly establishing Chandler as a vital new voice for our time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La crisis de la narración by Byung-Chul Han</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706673</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La crisis de la narración
Author: Byung-Chul Han
Narrator: Jordi Llovet
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Las narraciones crean lazos. De ellas nace lo que nos conecta y vincula. De este modo, fundan comunidades y nos salvan de la contingencia. Sin embargo, hoy, cuando todo se ha vuelto arbitrario y azaroso, el storytelling se ha convertido en un arma comercial que transforma la narración en una herramienta más del capitalismo, propagándose en medio de la desorientación y la falta de sentido característicos de la sociedad de la información. Narración e información son fuerzas opuestas. El espíritu de la narración se pierde entre las informaciones que convierten a los individuos en consumidores, solitarios y aislados, consagrados a instantes, con el objetivo de incrementar su rendimiento y su productividad. Solo la narración es la que nos eleva y nos une a través de una historia común de experiencias transmisibles que hacen significativo el transcurso del tiempo, aportando un poder transformador a la sociedad; es la única que puede congregarnos alrededor del fuego para darnos sentido. Esta crisis narrativa tiene vastos antecedentes, que Byung-Chul Han investiga en este ensayo, y que son una continuidad de sus reflexiones sobre la sociedad de la información.</description>
      <author>Byung-Chul Han</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788425450464.mp3" length="787264" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706673</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788425450464.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La crisis de la narración
Author: Byung-Chul Han
Narrator: Jordi Llovet
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Las narraciones crean lazos. De ellas nace lo que nos conecta y vincula. De este modo, fundan comunidades y nos salvan de la contingencia. Sin embargo, hoy, cuando todo se ha vuelto arbitrario y azaroso, el storytelling se ha convertido en un arma comercial que transforma la narración en una herramienta más del capitalismo, propagándose en medio de la desorientación y la falta de sentido característicos de la sociedad de la información. Narración e información son fuerzas opuestas. El espíritu de la narración se pierde entre las informaciones que convierten a los individuos en consumidores, solitarios y aislados, consagrados a instantes, con el objetivo de incrementar su rendimiento y su productividad. Solo la narración es la que nos eleva y nos une a través de una historia común de experiencias transmisibles que hacen significativo el transcurso del tiempo, aportando un poder transformador a la sociedad; es la única que puede congregarnos alrededor del fuego para darnos sentido. Esta crisis narrativa tiene vastos antecedentes, que Byung-Chul Han investiga en este ensayo, y que son una continuidad de sus reflexiones sobre la sociedad de la información.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La crisis de la narración
Author: Byung-Chul Han
Narrator: Jordi Llovet
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Las narraciones crean lazos. De ellas nace lo que nos conecta y vincula. De este modo, fundan comunidades y nos salvan de la contingencia. Sin embargo, hoy, cuando todo se ha vuelto arbitrario y azaroso, el storytelling se ha convertido en un arma comercial que transforma la narración en una herramienta más del capitalismo, propagándose en medio de la desorientación y la falta de sentido característicos de la sociedad de la información. Narración e información son fuerzas opuestas. El espíritu de la narración se pierde entre las informaciones que convierten a los individuos en consumidores, solitarios y aislados, consagrados a instantes, con el objetivo de incrementar su rendimiento y su productividad. Solo la narración es la que nos eleva y nos une a través de una historia común de experiencias transmisibles que hacen significativo el transcurso del tiempo, aportando un poder transformador a la sociedad; es la única que puede congregarnos alrededor del fuego para darnos sentido. Esta crisis narrativa tiene vastos antecedentes, que Byung-Chul Han investiga en este ensayo, y que son una continuidad de sus reflexiones sobre la sociedad de la información.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>21st-Century Virtues: How They Are Failing Our Democracy (In the National Interest) by Lucinda Holdforth</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706581</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706581">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706581</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 21st-Century Virtues: How They Are Failing Our Democracy (In the National Interest)
Author: Lucinda Holdforth
Narrator: Lucinda Holdforth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 23 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Authenticity. Vulnerability. Humility. Transparency. These are some of the 21st-century virtues proselytised by mindset gurus, paraded (if not practised) by big corporations, and lauded by professionals on LinkedIn. The quest for authenticity, for example, is central to progressive campaigns for greater diversity and inclusion, while our political and business leaders are highest praised if they appear to be humble. But are Australia’s newest virtues fit for purpose? In this provocative book, Lucinda Holdforth questions the new orthodoxy. She suggests that these virtues are not only unhelpfully subjective and self-referential but also, in the absence of broader civic values, fail to serve our democracy. This matters when experience around the world, especially in the United States, shows us that no democracy is guaranteed. Holdforth reminds us that arguments for transparency and authenticity are routinely used by totalitarian regimes to justify ultra-nationalism, artistic censorship and population surveillance. Vulnerability may be a facet of the human condition but that is surely no reason to make it an aspiration. Well-meaning people may talk about the power of ‘my’ truth, but if pushed too far this risks a dissolution of agreed facts and shared reality, breaking down the decision-making processes essential to effective democracy. If we agree that Australia needs confident, rational, optimistic and outward-looking citizens to shape our future, then Holdforth challenges us to reconsider the contemporary virtues shaping our society.</description>
      <author>Lucinda Holdforth</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781922979353.mp3" length="1291157" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706581</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781922979353.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706581">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706581</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 21st-Century Virtues: How They Are Failing Our Democracy (In the National Interest)
Author: Lucinda Holdforth
Narrator: Lucinda Holdforth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 23 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Authenticity. Vulnerability. Humility. Transparency. These are some of the 21st-century virtues proselytised by mindset gurus, paraded (if not practised) by big corporations, and lauded by professionals on LinkedIn. The quest for authenticity, for example, is central to progressive campaigns for greater diversity and inclusion, while our political and business leaders are highest praised if they appear to be humble. But are Australia’s newest virtues fit for purpose? In this provocative book, Lucinda Holdforth questions the new orthodoxy. She suggests that these virtues are not only unhelpfully subjective and self-referential but also, in the absence of broader civic values, fail to serve our democracy. This matters when experience around the world, especially in the United States, shows us that no democracy is guaranteed. Holdforth reminds us that arguments for transparency and authenticity are routinely used by totalitarian regimes to justify ultra-nationalism, artistic censorship and population surveillance. Vulnerability may be a facet of the human condition but that is surely no reason to make it an aspiration. Well-meaning people may talk about the power of ‘my’ truth, but if pushed too far this risks a dissolution of agreed facts and shared reality, breaking down the decision-making processes essential to effective democracy. If we agree that Australia needs confident, rational, optimistic and outward-looking citizens to shape our future, then Holdforth challenges us to reconsider the contemporary virtues shaping our society.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706581">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706581</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 21st-Century Virtues: How They Are Failing Our Democracy (In the National Interest)
Author: Lucinda Holdforth
Narrator: Lucinda Holdforth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 23 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Authenticity. Vulnerability. Humility. Transparency. These are some of the 21st-century virtues proselytised by mindset gurus, paraded (if not practised) by big corporations, and lauded by professionals on LinkedIn. The quest for authenticity, for example, is central to progressive campaigns for greater diversity and inclusion, while our political and business leaders are highest praised if they appear to be humble. But are Australia’s newest virtues fit for purpose? In this provocative book, Lucinda Holdforth questions the new orthodoxy. She suggests that these virtues are not only unhelpfully subjective and self-referential but also, in the absence of broader civic values, fail to serve our democracy. This matters when experience around the world, especially in the United States, shows us that no democracy is guaranteed. Holdforth reminds us that arguments for transparency and authenticity are routinely used by totalitarian regimes to justify ultra-nationalism, artistic censorship and population surveillance. Vulnerability may be a facet of the human condition but that is surely no reason to make it an aspiration. Well-meaning people may talk about the power of ‘my’ truth, but if pushed too far this risks a dissolution of agreed facts and shared reality, breaking down the decision-making processes essential to effective democracy. If we agree that Australia needs confident, rational, optimistic and outward-looking citizens to shape our future, then Holdforth challenges us to reconsider the contemporary virtues shaping our society.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>First Principles by Herbert Spencer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706059</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706059">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706059</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: First Principles
Author: Herbert Spencer
Narrator: Mike Rogers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 9 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Herbert Spencer (1820-1903) was already an established figure in the fields of philosophy, biology, sociology, anthropology and with an established interest in evolution, when Darwin produced his ground-breaking On the Origin of the Species (1859). But Spencer viewed evolution in wider terms – including ‘the social organism, ethical and metaphysical matters.&amp;#039; He was keen to offer a complete framework of the philosophy of evolution and, in 1862, published his First Principles. He divided this substantial work into two parts: (I) The Unknowable and (II) The Knowable. As the Spencer Society expressed in the bold, unequivocal introduction: ‘The purpose of the work is an inquiry into the doctrine of Evolution, which is to be the medium for unifying all knowledge.&amp;#039;  Writing within a defensively Christian society, Spencer (an agnostic and a rationalist) opens Part I The Unknowable by presenting his views on ‘metaphysics and theology&amp;#039;. In Part II, The Knowable, Spencer the scientist, the sociologist, the anthropologist comes to the fore. ‘Evolution is continuous throughout all time and is still in progress,&amp;#039; he maintains. Spencer argues this can be seen in terms of physical and biological evolution, which evolves from simple to complex forms; and social evolution which evolves from homogeneity to heterogeneity.  While time has dealt critically with some of his proposals, First Principles was a strong influence on thinkers and writers in the 19th and 20th centuries, including William James, Henri Bergson, George Eliot, Leo Tolstoy, D. H. Lawrence and Jorge Luis Borges. First Principles remains an important source work for the growth of evolutionary ideas during its exciting early times. This recording is based on the 6th and final edition.</description>
      <author>Herbert Spencer</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004141364.mp3" length="818110" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706059</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004141364.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>21:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706059">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706059</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: First Principles
Author: Herbert Spencer
Narrator: Mike Rogers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 9 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Herbert Spencer (1820-1903) was already an established figure in the fields of philosophy, biology, sociology, anthropology and with an established interest in evolution, when Darwin produced his ground-breaking On the Origin of the Species (1859). But Spencer viewed evolution in wider terms – including ‘the social organism, ethical and metaphysical matters.&amp;#039; He was keen to offer a complete framework of the philosophy of evolution and, in 1862, published his First Principles. He divided this substantial work into two parts: (I) The Unknowable and (II) The Knowable. As the Spencer Society expressed in the bold, unequivocal introduction: ‘The purpose of the work is an inquiry into the doctrine of Evolution, which is to be the medium for unifying all knowledge.&amp;#039;  Writing within a defensively Christian society, Spencer (an agnostic and a rationalist) opens Part I The Unknowable by presenting his views on ‘metaphysics and theology&amp;#039;. In Part II, The Knowable, Spencer the scientist, the sociologist, the anthropologist comes to the fore. ‘Evolution is continuous throughout all time and is still in progress,&amp;#039; he maintains. Spencer argues this can be seen in terms of physical and biological evolution, which evolves from simple to complex forms; and social evolution which evolves from homogeneity to heterogeneity.  While time has dealt critically with some of his proposals, First Principles was a strong influence on thinkers and writers in the 19th and 20th centuries, including William James, Henri Bergson, George Eliot, Leo Tolstoy, D. H. Lawrence and Jorge Luis Borges. First Principles remains an important source work for the growth of evolutionary ideas during its exciting early times. This recording is based on the 6th and final edition.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706059">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706059</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: First Principles
Author: Herbert Spencer
Narrator: Mike Rogers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 9 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Herbert Spencer (1820-1903) was already an established figure in the fields of philosophy, biology, sociology, anthropology and with an established interest in evolution, when Darwin produced his ground-breaking On the Origin of the Species (1859). But Spencer viewed evolution in wider terms – including ‘the social organism, ethical and metaphysical matters.&amp;#039; He was keen to offer a complete framework of the philosophy of evolution and, in 1862, published his First Principles. He divided this substantial work into two parts: (I) The Unknowable and (II) The Knowable. As the Spencer Society expressed in the bold, unequivocal introduction: ‘The purpose of the work is an inquiry into the doctrine of Evolution, which is to be the medium for unifying all knowledge.&amp;#039;  Writing within a defensively Christian society, Spencer (an agnostic and a rationalist) opens Part I The Unknowable by presenting his views on ‘metaphysics and theology&amp;#039;. In Part II, The Knowable, Spencer the scientist, the sociologist, the anthropologist comes to the fore. ‘Evolution is continuous throughout all time and is still in progress,&amp;#039; he maintains. Spencer argues this can be seen in terms of physical and biological evolution, which evolves from simple to complex forms; and social evolution which evolves from homogeneity to heterogeneity.  While time has dealt critically with some of his proposals, First Principles was a strong influence on thinkers and writers in the 19th and 20th centuries, including William James, Henri Bergson, George Eliot, Leo Tolstoy, D. H. Lawrence and Jorge Luis Borges. First Principles remains an important source work for the growth of evolutionary ideas during its exciting early times. This recording is based on the 6th and final edition.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Voice that Thunders by Alan Garner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705961</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705961">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705961</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Voice that Thunders
Author: Alan Garner
Narrator: Robert Powell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A collection of writings by the author of the 2022 Booker Prize-shortlisted Treacle Walker                                   &amp;#039;His work has a symphonic quality unique in fiction&amp;#039;              THE TIMES                                   ‘The autobiography of one of the most distinct and profound writers we have’             GUARDIAN                      In this rich collection of writings, spanning more than twenty years, Alan Garner, the Booker shortlisted author of Treacle Walker, explores his interest in a dazzling range of subjects; from archaeology, myth and language, to education, literature, film, music and philosophy, as well as mental health and our most profound quest for the spiritual.           The Voice That Thunders serves as an early poetic autobiography of one of England&amp;#039;s best-loved but least public writers. These essays chart how, after hearing himself declared dead at the age of six, he went on to become the writer he is today: one drawing on the deep well of a rural working-class childhood and one inspired by a family of craftsmen who instilled in him the passion for excellence and innovation and humour that guides him to this day.           Candid and illuminating, The Voice That Thunders is an enchanting collection from one of Britain’s greatest living writers.                        ‘A brilliant collection of essays’              INDEPENDENT</description>
      <author>Alan Garner</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Nov 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008672225.mp3" length="1385688" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705961</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008672225.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705961">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705961</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Voice that Thunders
Author: Alan Garner
Narrator: Robert Powell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A collection of writings by the author of the 2022 Booker Prize-shortlisted Treacle Walker                                   &amp;#039;His work has a symphonic quality unique in fiction&amp;#039;              THE TIMES                                   ‘The autobiography of one of the most distinct and profound writers we have’             GUARDIAN                      In this rich collection of writings, spanning more than twenty years, Alan Garner, the Booker shortlisted author of Treacle Walker, explores his interest in a dazzling range of subjects; from archaeology, myth and language, to education, literature, film, music and philosophy, as well as mental health and our most profound quest for the spiritual.           The Voice That Thunders serves as an early poetic autobiography of one of England&amp;#039;s best-loved but least public writers. These essays chart how, after hearing himself declared dead at the age of six, he went on to become the writer he is today: one drawing on the deep well of a rural working-class childhood and one inspired by a family of craftsmen who instilled in him the passion for excellence and innovation and humour that guides him to this day.           Candid and illuminating, The Voice That Thunders is an enchanting collection from one of Britain’s greatest living writers.                        ‘A brilliant collection of essays’              INDEPENDENT</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705961">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705961</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Voice that Thunders
Author: Alan Garner
Narrator: Robert Powell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A collection of writings by the author of the 2022 Booker Prize-shortlisted Treacle Walker                                   &amp;#039;His work has a symphonic quality unique in fiction&amp;#039;              THE TIMES                                   ‘The autobiography of one of the most distinct and profound writers we have’             GUARDIAN                      In this rich collection of writings, spanning more than twenty years, Alan Garner, the Booker shortlisted author of Treacle Walker, explores his interest in a dazzling range of subjects; from archaeology, myth and language, to education, literature, film, music and philosophy, as well as mental health and our most profound quest for the spiritual.           The Voice That Thunders serves as an early poetic autobiography of one of England&amp;#039;s best-loved but least public writers. These essays chart how, after hearing himself declared dead at the age of six, he went on to become the writer he is today: one drawing on the deep well of a rural working-class childhood and one inspired by a family of craftsmen who instilled in him the passion for excellence and innovation and humour that guides him to this day.           Candid and illuminating, The Voice That Thunders is an enchanting collection from one of Britain’s greatest living writers.                        ‘A brilliant collection of essays’              INDEPENDENT</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Black Practice of Disbelief: An Introduction to the Principles, History, and Communities of Black Nonbelievers by Anthony Pinn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705958</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Black Practice of Disbelief: An Introduction to the Principles, History, and Communities of Black Nonbelievers
Author: Anthony Pinn
Narrator: Darian Dauchan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 19 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A short introduction to Black Humanism: its history, its present, and the rich cultural sensibilities that infuse it In the United States, to be a Black American is to be a Black Christian. And there’s something to this assumption in that the vast majority of African Americans are Christian. However, in recent years a growing number of African Americans have said they claim no particular religious affiliation—they are Black “nones.” And of these Black “nones,” the most public and vocal are those who claim to be humanists. What does it mean to be a Black humanist? What do Black humanist believe, and what do they do? This slim volume answers these questions. Animated by 6 central principles, and discussed in terms of its history, practices, formations, and community rituals, this book argues that Black humanism can be understood as a religious movement. Pinn makes a distinction between theism and religion—which is simply a tool for examining, naming, and finding the meaning in human experience. Black humanism, based on this definition isn’t theistic but it is a religious system used to explore human experience and foster life meaning. It infuses humanism with rich cultural sensibilities drawn from Black experience. As shown in these pages, thinking about Black humanism this way frees readers from making unfounded assumptions and enables them to better appreciate the secular “beliefs,” ritual structures, and community formation constituted by Black humanists.</description>
      <author>Anthony Pinn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807035177.mp3" length="2560410" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705958</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807035177.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Black Practice of Disbelief: An Introduction to the Principles, History, and Communities of Black Nonbelievers
Author: Anthony Pinn
Narrator: Darian Dauchan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 19 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A short introduction to Black Humanism: its history, its present, and the rich cultural sensibilities that infuse it In the United States, to be a Black American is to be a Black Christian. And there’s something to this assumption in that the vast majority of African Americans are Christian. However, in recent years a growing number of African Americans have said they claim no particular religious affiliation—they are Black “nones.” And of these Black “nones,” the most public and vocal are those who claim to be humanists. What does it mean to be a Black humanist? What do Black humanist believe, and what do they do? This slim volume answers these questions. Animated by 6 central principles, and discussed in terms of its history, practices, formations, and community rituals, this book argues that Black humanism can be understood as a religious movement. Pinn makes a distinction between theism and religion—which is simply a tool for examining, naming, and finding the meaning in human experience. Black humanism, based on this definition isn’t theistic but it is a religious system used to explore human experience and foster life meaning. It infuses humanism with rich cultural sensibilities drawn from Black experience. As shown in these pages, thinking about Black humanism this way frees readers from making unfounded assumptions and enables them to better appreciate the secular “beliefs,” ritual structures, and community formation constituted by Black humanists.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Black Practice of Disbelief: An Introduction to the Principles, History, and Communities of Black Nonbelievers
Author: Anthony Pinn
Narrator: Darian Dauchan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 19 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A short introduction to Black Humanism: its history, its present, and the rich cultural sensibilities that infuse it In the United States, to be a Black American is to be a Black Christian. And there’s something to this assumption in that the vast majority of African Americans are Christian. However, in recent years a growing number of African Americans have said they claim no particular religious affiliation—they are Black “nones.” And of these Black “nones,” the most public and vocal are those who claim to be humanists. What does it mean to be a Black humanist? What do Black humanist believe, and what do they do? This slim volume answers these questions. Animated by 6 central principles, and discussed in terms of its history, practices, formations, and community rituals, this book argues that Black humanism can be understood as a religious movement. Pinn makes a distinction between theism and religion—which is simply a tool for examining, naming, and finding the meaning in human experience. Black humanism, based on this definition isn’t theistic but it is a religious system used to explore human experience and foster life meaning. It infuses humanism with rich cultural sensibilities drawn from Black experience. As shown in these pages, thinking about Black humanism this way frees readers from making unfounded assumptions and enables them to better appreciate the secular “beliefs,” ritual structures, and community formation constituted by Black humanists.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Shulazi. Hörbuch - Morgengespräche im Kloster des Abtes Linji by Laszlo Sari</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705950</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705950">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705950</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Shulazi. Hörbuch - Morgengespräche im Kloster des Abtes Linji
Author: Laszlo Sari
Narrator: Roland Duckarm
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 21, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Abt Linji gilt als der originellste Denker und bis heute populärste Meister des chinesischen Buddhismus. Die Morgengespräche mit seinen Mönchen im Kloster sind geprägt von erstaunlichen Fragestellungen und Antworten, von Schlussfolgerungen, die ein unbeschwertes, aber fehlerloses, philosophisches System bilden und behandeln immer das Wesentliche, die großen Fragen des Seins und der Erlösung. Wäre er nicht buddhistischer Mönch geworden, so sicherlich Räuberhauptmann - behaupteten seine Biographen über Abt Linji, den originellsten Denker und bis heute populärsten Meister des chinesischen Buddhismus.</description>
      <author>Laszlo Sari</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783991140757.mp3" length="912920" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705950</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783991140757.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705950">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705950</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Shulazi. Hörbuch - Morgengespräche im Kloster des Abtes Linji
Author: Laszlo Sari
Narrator: Roland Duckarm
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 21, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Abt Linji gilt als der originellste Denker und bis heute populärste Meister des chinesischen Buddhismus. Die Morgengespräche mit seinen Mönchen im Kloster sind geprägt von erstaunlichen Fragestellungen und Antworten, von Schlussfolgerungen, die ein unbeschwertes, aber fehlerloses, philosophisches System bilden und behandeln immer das Wesentliche, die großen Fragen des Seins und der Erlösung. Wäre er nicht buddhistischer Mönch geworden, so sicherlich Räuberhauptmann - behaupteten seine Biographen über Abt Linji, den originellsten Denker und bis heute populärsten Meister des chinesischen Buddhismus.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705950">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705950</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Shulazi. Hörbuch - Morgengespräche im Kloster des Abtes Linji
Author: Laszlo Sari
Narrator: Roland Duckarm
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 21, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Abt Linji gilt als der originellste Denker und bis heute populärste Meister des chinesischen Buddhismus. Die Morgengespräche mit seinen Mönchen im Kloster sind geprägt von erstaunlichen Fragestellungen und Antworten, von Schlussfolgerungen, die ein unbeschwertes, aber fehlerloses, philosophisches System bilden und behandeln immer das Wesentliche, die großen Fragen des Seins und der Erlösung. Wäre er nicht buddhistischer Mönch geworden, so sicherlich Räuberhauptmann - behaupteten seine Biographen über Abt Linji, den originellsten Denker und bis heute populärsten Meister des chinesischen Buddhismus.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Los engaños del dinero by John R. Searle, Maurizio Ferraris</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705942</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Los engaños del dinero
Author: John R. Searle, Maurizio Ferraris
Narrator: Miguel ángel álvarez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 52 minutes
Release date: August  2, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
El dinero es uno de los pilares de la sociedad tal y como la conocemos. Todos lo utilizamos cotidianamente sin que su empleo presuponga ningún conocimiento específico en materia económica; y sin embargo, para entender qué es el dinero y cómo funciona es preciso recurrir a la filosofía, más aún cuando las crisis y las transformaciones históricas que estamos viviendo imponen una reflexión profunda sobre su papel en el mundo contemporáneo. En este volumen, que se compone de dos ensayos complementarios, John R. Searle nos explica la función social del dinero, su naturaleza coercitiva, su capacidad para establecer derechos y vínculos con la misma ineludible perentoriedad que una imposición física; Maurizio Ferraris, en cambio, se remonta a la esencia del dinero, a su función de registro de transacciones propia tanto del bitcoin como de los sestercios romanos. Estas páginas acogen un fascinante diálogo entre dos de los más grandes pensadores contemporáneos que destripa, con las afiladas armas teóricas de la filosofía, un tema tan práctico y concreto como es el dinero.</description>
      <author>John R. Searle, Maurizio Ferraris</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094426204.mp3" length="916156" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705942</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094426204.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Los engaños del dinero
Author: John R. Searle, Maurizio Ferraris
Narrator: Miguel ángel álvarez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 52 minutes
Release date: August  2, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
El dinero es uno de los pilares de la sociedad tal y como la conocemos. Todos lo utilizamos cotidianamente sin que su empleo presuponga ningún conocimiento específico en materia económica; y sin embargo, para entender qué es el dinero y cómo funciona es preciso recurrir a la filosofía, más aún cuando las crisis y las transformaciones históricas que estamos viviendo imponen una reflexión profunda sobre su papel en el mundo contemporáneo. En este volumen, que se compone de dos ensayos complementarios, John R. Searle nos explica la función social del dinero, su naturaleza coercitiva, su capacidad para establecer derechos y vínculos con la misma ineludible perentoriedad que una imposición física; Maurizio Ferraris, en cambio, se remonta a la esencia del dinero, a su función de registro de transacciones propia tanto del bitcoin como de los sestercios romanos. Estas páginas acogen un fascinante diálogo entre dos de los más grandes pensadores contemporáneos que destripa, con las afiladas armas teóricas de la filosofía, un tema tan práctico y concreto como es el dinero.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Los engaños del dinero
Author: John R. Searle, Maurizio Ferraris
Narrator: Miguel ángel álvarez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 52 minutes
Release date: August  2, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
El dinero es uno de los pilares de la sociedad tal y como la conocemos. Todos lo utilizamos cotidianamente sin que su empleo presuponga ningún conocimiento específico en materia económica; y sin embargo, para entender qué es el dinero y cómo funciona es preciso recurrir a la filosofía, más aún cuando las crisis y las transformaciones históricas que estamos viviendo imponen una reflexión profunda sobre su papel en el mundo contemporáneo. En este volumen, que se compone de dos ensayos complementarios, John R. Searle nos explica la función social del dinero, su naturaleza coercitiva, su capacidad para establecer derechos y vínculos con la misma ineludible perentoriedad que una imposición física; Maurizio Ferraris, en cambio, se remonta a la esencia del dinero, a su función de registro de transacciones propia tanto del bitcoin como de los sestercios romanos. Estas páginas acogen un fascinante diálogo entre dos de los más grandes pensadores contemporáneos que destripa, con las afiladas armas teóricas de la filosofía, un tema tan práctico y concreto como es el dinero.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Imagination: A Very Short Introduction by Jennifer Anna Gosetti-Ferencei</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705766</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705766">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705766</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Imagination: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Jennifer Anna Gosetti-Ferencei
Narrator: Rachael Beresford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagination: A Very Short Introduction explores imagination as a cognitive power and an essential dimension of human flourishing, demonstrating how imagination plays multiple roles in human cognition and shapes humanity in profound ways. Examining philosophical, evolutionary, and literary perspectives on imagination, the author shows how this facility, while potentially distorting, both frees us from immediate reality and enriches our sense of it, making possible our experience of a meaningful world. Long regarded by philosophers as an elusive and mysterious capacity of the human mind, imagination has been the subject of extraordinary ambivalence, described as both dangerous and divine, as merely peripheral to rationality and as essential to all thinking. Drawing on philosophy, aesthetics, literary and cognitive theory, as well as the human sciences, this book engages the dramatic conceptual history of imagination together with contemporary explanations of its role in cognition to explain its importance in everyday life as well as the exquisite creativity of the arts, scientific discovery, and invention. Engaging examples from cave paintings to modern painting, performance art to pop art, physics to phenomenology, technological inventions to literary worlds, the Nazca geoglyphs to dramatic theater, poetry, and jazz improvisation, the author illuminates with clarity and vision the philosophy of imagination and the stakes of its involvement in human thinking.</description>
      <author>Jennifer Anna Gosetti-Ferencei</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350840407.mp3" length="7245831" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705766</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350840407.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705766">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705766</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Imagination: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Jennifer Anna Gosetti-Ferencei
Narrator: Rachael Beresford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagination: A Very Short Introduction explores imagination as a cognitive power and an essential dimension of human flourishing, demonstrating how imagination plays multiple roles in human cognition and shapes humanity in profound ways. Examining philosophical, evolutionary, and literary perspectives on imagination, the author shows how this facility, while potentially distorting, both frees us from immediate reality and enriches our sense of it, making possible our experience of a meaningful world. Long regarded by philosophers as an elusive and mysterious capacity of the human mind, imagination has been the subject of extraordinary ambivalence, described as both dangerous and divine, as merely peripheral to rationality and as essential to all thinking. Drawing on philosophy, aesthetics, literary and cognitive theory, as well as the human sciences, this book engages the dramatic conceptual history of imagination together with contemporary explanations of its role in cognition to explain its importance in everyday life as well as the exquisite creativity of the arts, scientific discovery, and invention. Engaging examples from cave paintings to modern painting, performance art to pop art, physics to phenomenology, technological inventions to literary worlds, the Nazca geoglyphs to dramatic theater, poetry, and jazz improvisation, the author illuminates with clarity and vision the philosophy of imagination and the stakes of its involvement in human thinking.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705766">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705766</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Imagination: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Jennifer Anna Gosetti-Ferencei
Narrator: Rachael Beresford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagination: A Very Short Introduction explores imagination as a cognitive power and an essential dimension of human flourishing, demonstrating how imagination plays multiple roles in human cognition and shapes humanity in profound ways. Examining philosophical, evolutionary, and literary perspectives on imagination, the author shows how this facility, while potentially distorting, both frees us from immediate reality and enriches our sense of it, making possible our experience of a meaningful world. Long regarded by philosophers as an elusive and mysterious capacity of the human mind, imagination has been the subject of extraordinary ambivalence, described as both dangerous and divine, as merely peripheral to rationality and as essential to all thinking. Drawing on philosophy, aesthetics, literary and cognitive theory, as well as the human sciences, this book engages the dramatic conceptual history of imagination together with contemporary explanations of its role in cognition to explain its importance in everyday life as well as the exquisite creativity of the arts, scientific discovery, and invention. Engaging examples from cave paintings to modern painting, performance art to pop art, physics to phenomenology, technological inventions to literary worlds, the Nazca geoglyphs to dramatic theater, poetry, and jazz improvisation, the author illuminates with clarity and vision the philosophy of imagination and the stakes of its involvement in human thinking.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - San Manuel Bueno, Mártir by Miguel De Unamuno</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704970</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - San Manuel Bueno, Mártir
Author: Miguel De Unamuno
Narrator: Artur Mas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 49 minutes
Release date: October  2, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
San Manuel Bueno, mártir, es uno de los trabajos más destacados de Unamuno, publicada en 1931, poco antes de su fallecimiento y es considerada como su testamento espiritual. Esta novela corta es una de las obras maestras de la literatura española. La historia de &amp;#039;San Manuel Bueno, mártir&amp;#039; se desarrolla en la aldea de Valverde de Lucerna, situada al borde de un lago en la región de Castilla y León. El protagonista es el párroco del lugar, Don Manuel Bueno, un hombre respetado y amado por su comunidad debido a su profunda bondad y dedicación a los demás. El conflicto central de la novela surge cuando Ángela Carballino, una joven escéptica y atormentada por las dudas sobre la vida después de la muerte, regresa al pueblo después de haber vivido en la ciudad. Ángela busca consuelo y comprensión en Don Manuel, pero al descubrir que el sacerdote también enfrenta sus propias dudas existenciales, se siente aún más desorientada. La trama se desarrolla en torno a las luchas internas de Don Manuel, quien ha perdido su fe en una vida más allá de la muerte. A pesar de su desesperanza, decide mantener en secreto sus dudas para preservar la fe y la paz espiritual de su comunidad, a la que él ama y busca proteger. La novela presenta un profundo debate sobre la religión, la fe, la espiritualidad y la existencia humana. Unamuno explora la complejidad de las creencias religiosas y la lucha interna de aquellos que enfrentan la incertidumbre sobre los misterios de la vida y la muerte. &amp;#039;San Manuel Bueno, mártir&amp;#039; es una obra que ha dejado una profunda huella en la literatura. La habilidad de Unamuno para abordar las cuestiones filosóficas y existenciales de manera emotiva y apasionada ha cautivado a lectores de todas las épocas y continúa siendo un texto relevante y valioso en la tradición literaria española.</description>
      <author>Miguel De Unamuno</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4067248500880.mp3" length="881627" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704970</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4067248500880.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - San Manuel Bueno, Mártir
Author: Miguel De Unamuno
Narrator: Artur Mas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 49 minutes
Release date: October  2, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
San Manuel Bueno, mártir, es uno de los trabajos más destacados de Unamuno, publicada en 1931, poco antes de su fallecimiento y es considerada como su testamento espiritual. Esta novela corta es una de las obras maestras de la literatura española. La historia de &amp;#039;San Manuel Bueno, mártir&amp;#039; se desarrolla en la aldea de Valverde de Lucerna, situada al borde de un lago en la región de Castilla y León. El protagonista es el párroco del lugar, Don Manuel Bueno, un hombre respetado y amado por su comunidad debido a su profunda bondad y dedicación a los demás. El conflicto central de la novela surge cuando Ángela Carballino, una joven escéptica y atormentada por las dudas sobre la vida después de la muerte, regresa al pueblo después de haber vivido en la ciudad. Ángela busca consuelo y comprensión en Don Manuel, pero al descubrir que el sacerdote también enfrenta sus propias dudas existenciales, se siente aún más desorientada. La trama se desarrolla en torno a las luchas internas de Don Manuel, quien ha perdido su fe en una vida más allá de la muerte. A pesar de su desesperanza, decide mantener en secreto sus dudas para preservar la fe y la paz espiritual de su comunidad, a la que él ama y busca proteger. La novela presenta un profundo debate sobre la religión, la fe, la espiritualidad y la existencia humana. Unamuno explora la complejidad de las creencias religiosas y la lucha interna de aquellos que enfrentan la incertidumbre sobre los misterios de la vida y la muerte. &amp;#039;San Manuel Bueno, mártir&amp;#039; es una obra que ha dejado una profunda huella en la literatura. La habilidad de Unamuno para abordar las cuestiones filosóficas y existenciales de manera emotiva y apasionada ha cautivado a lectores de todas las épocas y continúa siendo un texto relevante y valioso en la tradición literaria española.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - San Manuel Bueno, Mártir
Author: Miguel De Unamuno
Narrator: Artur Mas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 49 minutes
Release date: October  2, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
San Manuel Bueno, mártir, es uno de los trabajos más destacados de Unamuno, publicada en 1931, poco antes de su fallecimiento y es considerada como su testamento espiritual. Esta novela corta es una de las obras maestras de la literatura española. La historia de &amp;#039;San Manuel Bueno, mártir&amp;#039; se desarrolla en la aldea de Valverde de Lucerna, situada al borde de un lago en la región de Castilla y León. El protagonista es el párroco del lugar, Don Manuel Bueno, un hombre respetado y amado por su comunidad debido a su profunda bondad y dedicación a los demás. El conflicto central de la novela surge cuando Ángela Carballino, una joven escéptica y atormentada por las dudas sobre la vida después de la muerte, regresa al pueblo después de haber vivido en la ciudad. Ángela busca consuelo y comprensión en Don Manuel, pero al descubrir que el sacerdote también enfrenta sus propias dudas existenciales, se siente aún más desorientada. La trama se desarrolla en torno a las luchas internas de Don Manuel, quien ha perdido su fe en una vida más allá de la muerte. A pesar de su desesperanza, decide mantener en secreto sus dudas para preservar la fe y la paz espiritual de su comunidad, a la que él ama y busca proteger. La novela presenta un profundo debate sobre la religión, la fe, la espiritualidad y la existencia humana. Unamuno explora la complejidad de las creencias religiosas y la lucha interna de aquellos que enfrentan la incertidumbre sobre los misterios de la vida y la muerte. &amp;#039;San Manuel Bueno, mártir&amp;#039; es una obra que ha dejado una profunda huella en la literatura. La habilidad de Unamuno para abordar las cuestiones filosóficas y existenciales de manera emotiva y apasionada ha cautivado a lectores de todas las épocas y continúa siendo un texto relevante y valioso en la tradición literaria española.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Der integrale Mensch: Homo sapiens integralis by Maik Hosang</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704670</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der integrale Mensch: Homo sapiens integralis
Author: Maik Hosang
Narrator: Jürgen G. H.  Hoppmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 59 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit dem als Titel und Paradigma gewählten Begriff des &amp;#039;Integralen Menschen&amp;#039; knüpft Hosang neben Bahro an visionäre Vordenker wie Fichte, Marx, Aurobindo, Gebser u.a. an. Die zentrale These geht davon aus, dass es für ein würde-, sinn- und freudvolles Überleben der Spezies Mensch vor allem darauf ankommt, die Denken und Handeln lähmenden Spaltungen in und um sich bewusst zu integrieren. Dies betrifft nicht nur die Spaltung zwischen Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften sondern auch die zwischen Erkenntnis, Liebe und Arbeit, zwischen Wirtschaft und Ökologie, Gesellschaft und Gemeinschaft, Individuum und Kosmos, Materie und Geist. Nicht die natürliche Um- sondern die zu eng, egozentrisch und abgespalten gedachte Innenwelt des Menschen droht die Erde unbewohnbar zu machen. Ein integrales, im mitfühlenden und mitgestaltenden Menschen gipfelndes Identitätsbewusstsein der nur äußerlich getrennt erscheinenden Dinge könnte ein neues Sein von Mensch und Erde ermöglichen.</description>
      <author>Maik Hosang</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783989114036.mp3" length="840540" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704670</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783989114036.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der integrale Mensch: Homo sapiens integralis
Author: Maik Hosang
Narrator: Jürgen G. H.  Hoppmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 59 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit dem als Titel und Paradigma gewählten Begriff des &amp;#039;Integralen Menschen&amp;#039; knüpft Hosang neben Bahro an visionäre Vordenker wie Fichte, Marx, Aurobindo, Gebser u.a. an. Die zentrale These geht davon aus, dass es für ein würde-, sinn- und freudvolles Überleben der Spezies Mensch vor allem darauf ankommt, die Denken und Handeln lähmenden Spaltungen in und um sich bewusst zu integrieren. Dies betrifft nicht nur die Spaltung zwischen Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften sondern auch die zwischen Erkenntnis, Liebe und Arbeit, zwischen Wirtschaft und Ökologie, Gesellschaft und Gemeinschaft, Individuum und Kosmos, Materie und Geist. Nicht die natürliche Um- sondern die zu eng, egozentrisch und abgespalten gedachte Innenwelt des Menschen droht die Erde unbewohnbar zu machen. Ein integrales, im mitfühlenden und mitgestaltenden Menschen gipfelndes Identitätsbewusstsein der nur äußerlich getrennt erscheinenden Dinge könnte ein neues Sein von Mensch und Erde ermöglichen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der integrale Mensch: Homo sapiens integralis
Author: Maik Hosang
Narrator: Jürgen G. H.  Hoppmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 59 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit dem als Titel und Paradigma gewählten Begriff des &amp;#039;Integralen Menschen&amp;#039; knüpft Hosang neben Bahro an visionäre Vordenker wie Fichte, Marx, Aurobindo, Gebser u.a. an. Die zentrale These geht davon aus, dass es für ein würde-, sinn- und freudvolles Überleben der Spezies Mensch vor allem darauf ankommt, die Denken und Handeln lähmenden Spaltungen in und um sich bewusst zu integrieren. Dies betrifft nicht nur die Spaltung zwischen Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften sondern auch die zwischen Erkenntnis, Liebe und Arbeit, zwischen Wirtschaft und Ökologie, Gesellschaft und Gemeinschaft, Individuum und Kosmos, Materie und Geist. Nicht die natürliche Um- sondern die zu eng, egozentrisch und abgespalten gedachte Innenwelt des Menschen droht die Erde unbewohnbar zu machen. Ein integrales, im mitfühlenden und mitgestaltenden Menschen gipfelndes Identitätsbewusstsein der nur äußerlich getrennt erscheinenden Dinge könnte ein neues Sein von Mensch und Erde ermöglichen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Sophia: Lernwerkstatt für Philosophie und Ethik by Jürgen G. H. Hoppmann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704667</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704667">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704667</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sophia: Lernwerkstatt für Philosophie und Ethik
Author: Jürgen G. H. Hoppmann
Narrator: Sophia Lernwerkstatt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Die interaktive Philosophie-Ausstellung lädt Sie ein, auf spielerische Weise die Ideen von bedeutenden Philosophen aller Epochen sowie verschiedene philosophische Erlebnisräume kennenzulernen. In Form von einzigartigen künstlerischen Objekten, die zum Anschauen, Nachdenken und Ausprobieren auffordern. Bilder und Angebote der im Mai 2016 im neuen Gebäude eröffneten Sophia - Philosofie-Erlebniswelt finden Sie auf der Webseite: philosofie.org</description>
      <author>Jürgen G. H. Hoppmann</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783989114005.mp3" length="904301" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704667</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783989114005.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704667">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704667</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sophia: Lernwerkstatt für Philosophie und Ethik
Author: Jürgen G. H. Hoppmann
Narrator: Sophia Lernwerkstatt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Die interaktive Philosophie-Ausstellung lädt Sie ein, auf spielerische Weise die Ideen von bedeutenden Philosophen aller Epochen sowie verschiedene philosophische Erlebnisräume kennenzulernen. In Form von einzigartigen künstlerischen Objekten, die zum Anschauen, Nachdenken und Ausprobieren auffordern. Bilder und Angebote der im Mai 2016 im neuen Gebäude eröffneten Sophia - Philosofie-Erlebniswelt finden Sie auf der Webseite: philosofie.org</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704667">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704667</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sophia: Lernwerkstatt für Philosophie und Ethik
Author: Jürgen G. H. Hoppmann
Narrator: Sophia Lernwerkstatt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Die interaktive Philosophie-Ausstellung lädt Sie ein, auf spielerische Weise die Ideen von bedeutenden Philosophen aller Epochen sowie verschiedene philosophische Erlebnisräume kennenzulernen. In Form von einzigartigen künstlerischen Objekten, die zum Anschauen, Nachdenken und Ausprobieren auffordern. Bilder und Angebote der im Mai 2016 im neuen Gebäude eröffneten Sophia - Philosofie-Erlebniswelt finden Sie auf der Webseite: philosofie.org</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Discourses of the Elders: The Aztec Huehuetlatolli A First English Translation by Sebastian Purcell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704270</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704270">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704270</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Discourses of the Elders: The Aztec Huehuetlatolli A First English Translation
Author: Sebastian Purcell
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Western philosophers have long claimed that God, if such a being exists, is a personal force capable of reason, and that the path to a good human life is also the path to a happy one. But what if these claims prove false, or at least deeply misleading? The Aztecs of central Mexico had a rich philosophical tradition, recorded in Latin script by Spanish clergymen and passed down for centuries in the native Nahuatl language—one of the earliest transcripts being the Huehuetlatolli, or Discourses of the Elders, compiled by Friar Andrés de Olmos circa 1535. The Discourses consists of short conversations between elders and young people on how to achieve a meaningful and morally sound life. Their core values relied on collective responsibility and group wisdom, not individual thought and action, orienting life around one&amp;#039;s actions in this realm rather than an afterlife, distinctly opposed to Christian beliefs. Sebastian Purcell&amp;#039;s proficiency in Nahuatl, which his grandmother also spoke in contemporary form, brings to light the Aztec ethical landscape in brilliant clarity. Never before translated into English in its entirety, Discourses of the Elders reflects the wisdom communicated by oral tradition and proves that philosophy can be active, communal, and grounded not in a &amp;#039;pursuit of happiness&amp;#039; but rather the pursuit of a meaningful life.</description>
      <author>Sebastian Purcell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350849141.mp3" length="8280431" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704270</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350849141.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704270">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704270</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Discourses of the Elders: The Aztec Huehuetlatolli A First English Translation
Author: Sebastian Purcell
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Western philosophers have long claimed that God, if such a being exists, is a personal force capable of reason, and that the path to a good human life is also the path to a happy one. But what if these claims prove false, or at least deeply misleading? The Aztecs of central Mexico had a rich philosophical tradition, recorded in Latin script by Spanish clergymen and passed down for centuries in the native Nahuatl language—one of the earliest transcripts being the Huehuetlatolli, or Discourses of the Elders, compiled by Friar Andrés de Olmos circa 1535. The Discourses consists of short conversations between elders and young people on how to achieve a meaningful and morally sound life. Their core values relied on collective responsibility and group wisdom, not individual thought and action, orienting life around one&amp;#039;s actions in this realm rather than an afterlife, distinctly opposed to Christian beliefs. Sebastian Purcell&amp;#039;s proficiency in Nahuatl, which his grandmother also spoke in contemporary form, brings to light the Aztec ethical landscape in brilliant clarity. Never before translated into English in its entirety, Discourses of the Elders reflects the wisdom communicated by oral tradition and proves that philosophy can be active, communal, and grounded not in a &amp;#039;pursuit of happiness&amp;#039; but rather the pursuit of a meaningful life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704270">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704270</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Discourses of the Elders: The Aztec Huehuetlatolli A First English Translation
Author: Sebastian Purcell
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Western philosophers have long claimed that God, if such a being exists, is a personal force capable of reason, and that the path to a good human life is also the path to a happy one. But what if these claims prove false, or at least deeply misleading? The Aztecs of central Mexico had a rich philosophical tradition, recorded in Latin script by Spanish clergymen and passed down for centuries in the native Nahuatl language—one of the earliest transcripts being the Huehuetlatolli, or Discourses of the Elders, compiled by Friar Andrés de Olmos circa 1535. The Discourses consists of short conversations between elders and young people on how to achieve a meaningful and morally sound life. Their core values relied on collective responsibility and group wisdom, not individual thought and action, orienting life around one&amp;#039;s actions in this realm rather than an afterlife, distinctly opposed to Christian beliefs. Sebastian Purcell&amp;#039;s proficiency in Nahuatl, which his grandmother also spoke in contemporary form, brings to light the Aztec ethical landscape in brilliant clarity. Never before translated into English in its entirety, Discourses of the Elders reflects the wisdom communicated by oral tradition and proves that philosophy can be active, communal, and grounded not in a &amp;#039;pursuit of happiness&amp;#039; but rather the pursuit of a meaningful life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Russian] - Философия свободы by николай бердяев</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703406</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703406">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703406</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Russian] - Философия свободы
Author: николай бердяев
Narrator: станислав федосов
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August  7, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Николай Бердяев [1874 – 1948] – виднейший представитель русской религиозной философии XX столетия. Свобода – центральная проблема философского творчества Бердяева, единственная сила, способная победить абсурд и иррациональность бытия и истории. «Философия свободы» – новаторское и провидческое произведение, в котором выражено противостояние экзистенциального персонализма духовно освобожденного человека – и материального, реального мира, воплощающего в себе рабство и страдание. «Заглавие этой книги требует разъяснения. Философия свободы не означает здесь исследования проблемы свободы как одной из проблем философии, свобода не означает здесь объекта. Философия свободы значит здесь – философия свободных, философия, исходящая из свободы, в противоположность философии рабов, философии, исходящей из необходимости, свобода означает состояние философствующего субъекта. Свободная философия есть философия религиозная, философия интуитивная, философия сынов, а не пасынков». Н. Бердяев</description>
      <author>николай бердяев</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4066339903951.mp3" length="826760" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703406</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4066339903951.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703406">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703406</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Russian] - Философия свободы
Author: николай бердяев
Narrator: станислав федосов
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August  7, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Николай Бердяев [1874 – 1948] – виднейший представитель русской религиозной философии XX столетия. Свобода – центральная проблема философского творчества Бердяева, единственная сила, способная победить абсурд и иррациональность бытия и истории. «Философия свободы» – новаторское и провидческое произведение, в котором выражено противостояние экзистенциального персонализма духовно освобожденного человека – и материального, реального мира, воплощающего в себе рабство и страдание. «Заглавие этой книги требует разъяснения. Философия свободы не означает здесь исследования проблемы свободы как одной из проблем философии, свобода не означает здесь объекта. Философия свободы значит здесь – философия свободных, философия, исходящая из свободы, в противоположность философии рабов, философии, исходящей из необходимости, свобода означает состояние философствующего субъекта. Свободная философия есть философия религиозная, философия интуитивная, философия сынов, а не пасынков». Н. Бердяев</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703406">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703406</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Russian] - Философия свободы
Author: николай бердяев
Narrator: станислав федосов
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August  7, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Николай Бердяев [1874 – 1948] – виднейший представитель русской религиозной философии XX столетия. Свобода – центральная проблема философского творчества Бердяева, единственная сила, способная победить абсурд и иррациональность бытия и истории. «Философия свободы» – новаторское и провидческое произведение, в котором выражено противостояние экзистенциального персонализма духовно освобожденного человека – и материального, реального мира, воплощающего в себе рабство и страдание. «Заглавие этой книги требует разъяснения. Философия свободы не означает здесь исследования проблемы свободы как одной из проблем философии, свобода не означает здесь объекта. Философия свободы значит здесь – философия свободных, философия, исходящая из свободы, в противоположность философии рабов, философии, исходящей из необходимости, свобода означает состояние философствующего субъекта. Свободная философия есть философия религиозная, философия интуитивная, философия сынов, а не пасынков». Н. Бердяев</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Como un Hombre Piensa by James Allen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703376</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703376">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703376</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Como un Hombre Piensa
Author: James Allen
Narrator: Artur Mas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 7 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
En &amp;#039;Como un Hombre Piensa&amp;#039;, basado a medias en el proverbio bíblico: &amp;#039;Como un hombre piensa en su corazón, así es él.&amp;#039; fue leído alrededor del mundo y trajo a Allen fama póstuma como uno de los pioneros del pensamiento moderno inspiracional. James Allen revela que nuestros pensamientos determinan la realidad. Seamos o no conscientes de ello, nuestras creencias subyacentes dan forma a nuestro carácter, nuestra salud y apariencia, nuestras circunstancias y nuestro destino. Allen nos muestra cómo podemos llegar a dominar nuestros pensamientos para crear la vida que queremos, no sea que nos deslicemos por la vida inconsciente de las fuerzas internas que nos mantienen sumidos en el fracaso y la frustración. Como un ser de energía, inteligencia y amor, y el señor de sus propios pensamientos, el hombre posee la llave de cada situación, y contiene dentro de sí mismo el agente de transformación y de regeneración por la cual se puede hacer a sí mismo lo que quiera. Este libro se ha convertido en un clásico del género de autoayuda y se considera el precursor de los libros de este género.</description>
      <author>James Allen</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 15 Jun 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4067248710036.mp3" length="866415" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703376</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4067248710036.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703376">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703376</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Como un Hombre Piensa
Author: James Allen
Narrator: Artur Mas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 7 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
En &amp;#039;Como un Hombre Piensa&amp;#039;, basado a medias en el proverbio bíblico: &amp;#039;Como un hombre piensa en su corazón, así es él.&amp;#039; fue leído alrededor del mundo y trajo a Allen fama póstuma como uno de los pioneros del pensamiento moderno inspiracional. James Allen revela que nuestros pensamientos determinan la realidad. Seamos o no conscientes de ello, nuestras creencias subyacentes dan forma a nuestro carácter, nuestra salud y apariencia, nuestras circunstancias y nuestro destino. Allen nos muestra cómo podemos llegar a dominar nuestros pensamientos para crear la vida que queremos, no sea que nos deslicemos por la vida inconsciente de las fuerzas internas que nos mantienen sumidos en el fracaso y la frustración. Como un ser de energía, inteligencia y amor, y el señor de sus propios pensamientos, el hombre posee la llave de cada situación, y contiene dentro de sí mismo el agente de transformación y de regeneración por la cual se puede hacer a sí mismo lo que quiera. Este libro se ha convertido en un clásico del género de autoayuda y se considera el precursor de los libros de este género.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703376">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703376</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Como un Hombre Piensa
Author: James Allen
Narrator: Artur Mas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 7 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2024
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
En &amp;#039;Como un Hombre Piensa&amp;#039;, basado a medias en el proverbio bíblico: &amp;#039;Como un hombre piensa en su corazón, así es él.&amp;#039; fue leído alrededor del mundo y trajo a Allen fama póstuma como uno de los pioneros del pensamiento moderno inspiracional. James Allen revela que nuestros pensamientos determinan la realidad. Seamos o no conscientes de ello, nuestras creencias subyacentes dan forma a nuestro carácter, nuestra salud y apariencia, nuestras circunstancias y nuestro destino. Allen nos muestra cómo podemos llegar a dominar nuestros pensamientos para crear la vida que queremos, no sea que nos deslicemos por la vida inconsciente de las fuerzas internas que nos mantienen sumidos en el fracaso y la frustración. Como un ser de energía, inteligencia y amor, y el señor de sus propios pensamientos, el hombre posee la llave de cada situación, y contiene dentro de sí mismo el agente de transformación y de regeneración por la cual se puede hacer a sí mismo lo que quiera. Este libro se ha convertido en un clásico del género de autoayuda y se considera el precursor de los libros de este género.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die neue Weltordnung by H.G. Wells</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703109</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703109">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703109</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die neue Weltordnung
Author: H.G. Wells
Narrator: Oliver Rohloff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Neue Weltordnung ist im politischen Betrieb ein mittlerweile oft benutztes Schlagwort. Es steht für Konzepte, international eine einheitliche Friedens- und Rechtsordnung durch ein System der kollektiven Sicherheit und Kontrolle zu etablieren. Vordenker gibt es einige. Einer der bekanntesten dürfte jedoch H.G. Wells (1866-1946) sein. Ein britischer Autor, der für seine science-fiction-Romane wie &amp;#039;Krieg der Welten&amp;#039; (1897), &amp;#039;Die Zeitmaschine&amp;#039; (1895) oder &amp;#039;The First Men in the Moon&amp;#039; (1901) zu Weltruhm gelangte. Obwohl seine Romane durchaus noch populär sind, verfasste er darüber hinaus eine Unmenge an Sachbüchern, die sich mit tagesaktuellen Themen befassten. Ein großes Anliegen waren ihm die Verbesserung der Lebensbedingungen nach dem Ersten Weltkrieg in den kriegführenden Staaten, die in seinen Augen mit den Friedensverhandlungen von 1919 nicht etwa den Frieden sicherten, sondern nur eine Verschnaufpause zwischen den Kriegen war und das obwohl der 1920 gegründete Völkerbund eigentlich für die Errichtung des Weltfriedens ins Leben gerufen wurde. Ein stumpfes Schwert, wie Wells hier darlegt. Die seiner Meinung nach gescheiterten Bemühungen um einen ewigen Frieden und seine Verbesserungsvorschläge inkl. einem Vorschlag für eine neue Menschenrechtserklärung finden Eingang in diesem Hörbuch. Wells fordert nichts geringeres als die Vollsozialisierung der Welt und geht mit dem damals praktizierten sowjetischen Kommunismus/Sozialismus hart ins Gericht, begrüßte jedoch durchaus die kleinen und großen Maßnahmen aller kriegführenden Regierungen die seiner Meinung die Welt in Richtung Kollektivierung führten. Wenn wir wollen, so Wells, dass auf der Welt Frieden herrschen soll, dann gibt es nur ein Mittel, um diesen Zustand herbeizuführen. Es ist die Bündelung aller &amp;#039;menschlichen Angelegenheiten&amp;#039; unter einer Regierung und die Errichtung eines Weltstaates. Auf dem Weg dorthin gilt es einige Hindernisse aus dem Weg zu räumen. Das Institut des Privateigentums muss nach seiner Auffassung z. B. strengstens überdacht werden und auch für die Jugendlichen und jungen Erwachsenen hat er Pläne, die weit über das hinaus gehen, was die meisten Regierungen willens sind, ihren jungen Bürgern aufzubürden. Geht es ihm um den Weltfrieden oder verfolgt Wells, der für einige Jahre Mitglied der Fabian Society war, ein anderes Ziel mit seinen Ideen? Ob das in den Bereich der Verschwörungstheorie gehört oder nicht, können Sie selbst entscheiden. Nutzen Sie die Gelegenheit, sich von diesem Weltordnungsentwurf zu überzeugen und urteilen Sie selbst, wieviel davon bereits umgesetzt wurde oder politisch geplant ist, umgesetzt zu werden.</description>
      <author>H.G. Wells</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4067248175903.mp3" length="878812" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703109</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4067248175903.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703109">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703109</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die neue Weltordnung
Author: H.G. Wells
Narrator: Oliver Rohloff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Neue Weltordnung ist im politischen Betrieb ein mittlerweile oft benutztes Schlagwort. Es steht für Konzepte, international eine einheitliche Friedens- und Rechtsordnung durch ein System der kollektiven Sicherheit und Kontrolle zu etablieren. Vordenker gibt es einige. Einer der bekanntesten dürfte jedoch H.G. Wells (1866-1946) sein. Ein britischer Autor, der für seine science-fiction-Romane wie &amp;#039;Krieg der Welten&amp;#039; (1897), &amp;#039;Die Zeitmaschine&amp;#039; (1895) oder &amp;#039;The First Men in the Moon&amp;#039; (1901) zu Weltruhm gelangte. Obwohl seine Romane durchaus noch populär sind, verfasste er darüber hinaus eine Unmenge an Sachbüchern, die sich mit tagesaktuellen Themen befassten. Ein großes Anliegen waren ihm die Verbesserung der Lebensbedingungen nach dem Ersten Weltkrieg in den kriegführenden Staaten, die in seinen Augen mit den Friedensverhandlungen von 1919 nicht etwa den Frieden sicherten, sondern nur eine Verschnaufpause zwischen den Kriegen war und das obwohl der 1920 gegründete Völkerbund eigentlich für die Errichtung des Weltfriedens ins Leben gerufen wurde. Ein stumpfes Schwert, wie Wells hier darlegt. Die seiner Meinung nach gescheiterten Bemühungen um einen ewigen Frieden und seine Verbesserungsvorschläge inkl. einem Vorschlag für eine neue Menschenrechtserklärung finden Eingang in diesem Hörbuch. Wells fordert nichts geringeres als die Vollsozialisierung der Welt und geht mit dem damals praktizierten sowjetischen Kommunismus/Sozialismus hart ins Gericht, begrüßte jedoch durchaus die kleinen und großen Maßnahmen aller kriegführenden Regierungen die seiner Meinung die Welt in Richtung Kollektivierung führten. Wenn wir wollen, so Wells, dass auf der Welt Frieden herrschen soll, dann gibt es nur ein Mittel, um diesen Zustand herbeizuführen. Es ist die Bündelung aller &amp;#039;menschlichen Angelegenheiten&amp;#039; unter einer Regierung und die Errichtung eines Weltstaates. Auf dem Weg dorthin gilt es einige Hindernisse aus dem Weg zu räumen. Das Institut des Privateigentums muss nach seiner Auffassung z. B. strengstens überdacht werden und auch für die Jugendlichen und jungen Erwachsenen hat er Pläne, die weit über das hinaus gehen, was die meisten Regierungen willens sind, ihren jungen Bürgern aufzubürden. Geht es ihm um den Weltfrieden oder verfolgt Wells, der für einige Jahre Mitglied der Fabian Society war, ein anderes Ziel mit seinen Ideen? Ob das in den Bereich der Verschwörungstheorie gehört oder nicht, können Sie selbst entscheiden. Nutzen Sie die Gelegenheit, sich von diesem Weltordnungsentwurf zu überzeugen und urteilen Sie selbst, wieviel davon bereits umgesetzt wurde oder politisch geplant ist, umgesetzt zu werden.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703109">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703109</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die neue Weltordnung
Author: H.G. Wells
Narrator: Oliver Rohloff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Neue Weltordnung ist im politischen Betrieb ein mittlerweile oft benutztes Schlagwort. Es steht für Konzepte, international eine einheitliche Friedens- und Rechtsordnung durch ein System der kollektiven Sicherheit und Kontrolle zu etablieren. Vordenker gibt es einige. Einer der bekanntesten dürfte jedoch H.G. Wells (1866-1946) sein. Ein britischer Autor, der für seine science-fiction-Romane wie &amp;#039;Krieg der Welten&amp;#039; (1897), &amp;#039;Die Zeitmaschine&amp;#039; (1895) oder &amp;#039;The First Men in the Moon&amp;#039; (1901) zu Weltruhm gelangte. Obwohl seine Romane durchaus noch populär sind, verfasste er darüber hinaus eine Unmenge an Sachbüchern, die sich mit tagesaktuellen Themen befassten. Ein großes Anliegen waren ihm die Verbesserung der Lebensbedingungen nach dem Ersten Weltkrieg in den kriegführenden Staaten, die in seinen Augen mit den Friedensverhandlungen von 1919 nicht etwa den Frieden sicherten, sondern nur eine Verschnaufpause zwischen den Kriegen war und das obwohl der 1920 gegründete Völkerbund eigentlich für die Errichtung des Weltfriedens ins Leben gerufen wurde. Ein stumpfes Schwert, wie Wells hier darlegt. Die seiner Meinung nach gescheiterten Bemühungen um einen ewigen Frieden und seine Verbesserungsvorschläge inkl. einem Vorschlag für eine neue Menschenrechtserklärung finden Eingang in diesem Hörbuch. Wells fordert nichts geringeres als die Vollsozialisierung der Welt und geht mit dem damals praktizierten sowjetischen Kommunismus/Sozialismus hart ins Gericht, begrüßte jedoch durchaus die kleinen und großen Maßnahmen aller kriegführenden Regierungen die seiner Meinung die Welt in Richtung Kollektivierung führten. Wenn wir wollen, so Wells, dass auf der Welt Frieden herrschen soll, dann gibt es nur ein Mittel, um diesen Zustand herbeizuführen. Es ist die Bündelung aller &amp;#039;menschlichen Angelegenheiten&amp;#039; unter einer Regierung und die Errichtung eines Weltstaates. Auf dem Weg dorthin gilt es einige Hindernisse aus dem Weg zu räumen. Das Institut des Privateigentums muss nach seiner Auffassung z. B. strengstens überdacht werden und auch für die Jugendlichen und jungen Erwachsenen hat er Pläne, die weit über das hinaus gehen, was die meisten Regierungen willens sind, ihren jungen Bürgern aufzubürden. Geht es ihm um den Weltfrieden oder verfolgt Wells, der für einige Jahre Mitglied der Fabian Society war, ein anderes Ziel mit seinen Ideen? Ob das in den Bereich der Verschwörungstheorie gehört oder nicht, können Sie selbst entscheiden. Nutzen Sie die Gelegenheit, sich von diesem Weltordnungsentwurf zu überzeugen und urteilen Sie selbst, wieviel davon bereits umgesetzt wurde oder politisch geplant ist, umgesetzt zu werden.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Karma and Reincarnation in the Animal Kingdom: The Spiritual Origin of Species by David Barreto</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703008</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703008">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703008</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Karma and Reincarnation in the Animal Kingdom: The Spiritual Origin of Species
Author: David Barreto
Narrator: Alec Sansone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 9 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
• Examines the anatomy of the spiritual bodies of animals, including their aura, etheric fields, chakras, and mental, astral, and buddhic bodies • Details how reincarnation and karma work in the animal kingdom, including how the way that animals die can have different effects on their spiritual bodies in the astral realms • Explores the spiritual, energetic, and psychic abilities of many animals and insects Where do the spirits of animals go after they die? Do animals have chakras or auras? Why were animals worshipped in ancient religions?  Exploring these questions and more, David Barreto presents a deep investigation into the spiritual evolution of the animal kingdom, from ants and cockroaches to cats, dogs, owls, pigeons, dolphins, and whales. He examines the spiritual anatomy of animals, including their aura, etheric fields, chakras, and mental, astral, and buddhic bodies. Detailing how reincarnation works among various species, Barreto explores their experiences between physical lives, how they accrue karma, and how the way that animals die can have different effects on their spiritual bodies in the astral realms. Drawing on both modern physics and metaphysics, he reveals, for example, how dogs can love unconditionally because of their large electromagnetic field, which nourishes the etheric bodies of those around them, and how cats can detect subtle energy shifts and disharmonies and conduct etheric filtration while they sleep. Examining esoteric schools as well as ancient spiritual traditions around the world, the author explores how animals are viewed and worshipped in different religions and how animal adoration and animal-connected gods arose in ancient Egypt, India, and China. He looks at animal totems, animal archetypes, animals in alchemy, and the astral connections between animals and elementals. The author also examines the spiritual and energetic repercussions of meat consumption and animal sacrifice, revealing the astral and etheric components of slaughterhouses. Detailing the role of the animal kingdom in the Age of Aquarius, the author shows how, with the awakening of this new astrological era, animals will have their earthly lives elevated with lasting worth and dignity, equal to the love and respect they have been transmitting for millennia.</description>
      <author>David Barreto</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797163192.mp3" length="865261" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703008</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797163192.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703008">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703008</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Karma and Reincarnation in the Animal Kingdom: The Spiritual Origin of Species
Author: David Barreto
Narrator: Alec Sansone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 9 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
• Examines the anatomy of the spiritual bodies of animals, including their aura, etheric fields, chakras, and mental, astral, and buddhic bodies • Details how reincarnation and karma work in the animal kingdom, including how the way that animals die can have different effects on their spiritual bodies in the astral realms • Explores the spiritual, energetic, and psychic abilities of many animals and insects Where do the spirits of animals go after they die? Do animals have chakras or auras? Why were animals worshipped in ancient religions?  Exploring these questions and more, David Barreto presents a deep investigation into the spiritual evolution of the animal kingdom, from ants and cockroaches to cats, dogs, owls, pigeons, dolphins, and whales. He examines the spiritual anatomy of animals, including their aura, etheric fields, chakras, and mental, astral, and buddhic bodies. Detailing how reincarnation works among various species, Barreto explores their experiences between physical lives, how they accrue karma, and how the way that animals die can have different effects on their spiritual bodies in the astral realms. Drawing on both modern physics and metaphysics, he reveals, for example, how dogs can love unconditionally because of their large electromagnetic field, which nourishes the etheric bodies of those around them, and how cats can detect subtle energy shifts and disharmonies and conduct etheric filtration while they sleep. Examining esoteric schools as well as ancient spiritual traditions around the world, the author explores how animals are viewed and worshipped in different religions and how animal adoration and animal-connected gods arose in ancient Egypt, India, and China. He looks at animal totems, animal archetypes, animals in alchemy, and the astral connections between animals and elementals. The author also examines the spiritual and energetic repercussions of meat consumption and animal sacrifice, revealing the astral and etheric components of slaughterhouses. Detailing the role of the animal kingdom in the Age of Aquarius, the author shows how, with the awakening of this new astrological era, animals will have their earthly lives elevated with lasting worth and dignity, equal to the love and respect they have been transmitting for millennia.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703008">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703008</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Karma and Reincarnation in the Animal Kingdom: The Spiritual Origin of Species
Author: David Barreto
Narrator: Alec Sansone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 9 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
• Examines the anatomy of the spiritual bodies of animals, including their aura, etheric fields, chakras, and mental, astral, and buddhic bodies • Details how reincarnation and karma work in the animal kingdom, including how the way that animals die can have different effects on their spiritual bodies in the astral realms • Explores the spiritual, energetic, and psychic abilities of many animals and insects Where do the spirits of animals go after they die? Do animals have chakras or auras? Why were animals worshipped in ancient religions?  Exploring these questions and more, David Barreto presents a deep investigation into the spiritual evolution of the animal kingdom, from ants and cockroaches to cats, dogs, owls, pigeons, dolphins, and whales. He examines the spiritual anatomy of animals, including their aura, etheric fields, chakras, and mental, astral, and buddhic bodies. Detailing how reincarnation works among various species, Barreto explores their experiences between physical lives, how they accrue karma, and how the way that animals die can have different effects on their spiritual bodies in the astral realms. Drawing on both modern physics and metaphysics, he reveals, for example, how dogs can love unconditionally because of their large electromagnetic field, which nourishes the etheric bodies of those around them, and how cats can detect subtle energy shifts and disharmonies and conduct etheric filtration while they sleep. Examining esoteric schools as well as ancient spiritual traditions around the world, the author explores how animals are viewed and worshipped in different religions and how animal adoration and animal-connected gods arose in ancient Egypt, India, and China. He looks at animal totems, animal archetypes, animals in alchemy, and the astral connections between animals and elementals. The author also examines the spiritual and energetic repercussions of meat consumption and animal sacrifice, revealing the astral and etheric components of slaughterhouses. Detailing the role of the animal kingdom in the Age of Aquarius, the author shows how, with the awakening of this new astrological era, animals will have their earthly lives elevated with lasting worth and dignity, equal to the love and respect they have been transmitting for millennia.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Seven Measures of the World by Piero Martin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702850</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Seven Measures of the World
Author: Piero Martin
Narrator: Michael Langan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 18 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
From the beginning of history, measurement has been interwoven into the human experience, shaping our understanding of nature, personal relationships, and the supernatural. We measure the world to know our past, comprehend the present, and plan the future. Renowned physicist Piero Martin explores how scientific knowledge is built around seven key pillars of measurement: the meter for length; the second for time; the kilogram for mass; the kelvin for temperature; the ampere for electricity; the mole for quantity of substance; and the candela for luminous intensity. Martin examines the history and function of these units and illustrates their applications in rich vignettes on a range of topics—from quarks to black holes, from a glass of wine to space exploration. He delves into not only the all-important numbers but also anecdotes that underline each unit&amp;#039;s special quality. At the same time, he explains how each unit contributes to important aspects of science, from classical physics to quantum mechanics, from relativity to chemistry, from cosmology to elementary particle physics, and from medicine to modern technology. Martin eloquently shows how the entire universe can be measured and understood using just seven units.</description>
      <author>Piero Martin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350842289.mp3" length="7813225" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702850</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350842289.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Seven Measures of the World
Author: Piero Martin
Narrator: Michael Langan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 18 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
From the beginning of history, measurement has been interwoven into the human experience, shaping our understanding of nature, personal relationships, and the supernatural. We measure the world to know our past, comprehend the present, and plan the future. Renowned physicist Piero Martin explores how scientific knowledge is built around seven key pillars of measurement: the meter for length; the second for time; the kilogram for mass; the kelvin for temperature; the ampere for electricity; the mole for quantity of substance; and the candela for luminous intensity. Martin examines the history and function of these units and illustrates their applications in rich vignettes on a range of topics—from quarks to black holes, from a glass of wine to space exploration. He delves into not only the all-important numbers but also anecdotes that underline each unit&amp;#039;s special quality. At the same time, he explains how each unit contributes to important aspects of science, from classical physics to quantum mechanics, from relativity to chemistry, from cosmology to elementary particle physics, and from medicine to modern technology. Martin eloquently shows how the entire universe can be measured and understood using just seven units.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Seven Measures of the World
Author: Piero Martin
Narrator: Michael Langan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 18 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
From the beginning of history, measurement has been interwoven into the human experience, shaping our understanding of nature, personal relationships, and the supernatural. We measure the world to know our past, comprehend the present, and plan the future. Renowned physicist Piero Martin explores how scientific knowledge is built around seven key pillars of measurement: the meter for length; the second for time; the kilogram for mass; the kelvin for temperature; the ampere for electricity; the mole for quantity of substance; and the candela for luminous intensity. Martin examines the history and function of these units and illustrates their applications in rich vignettes on a range of topics—from quarks to black holes, from a glass of wine to space exploration. He delves into not only the all-important numbers but also anecdotes that underline each unit&amp;#039;s special quality. At the same time, he explains how each unit contributes to important aspects of science, from classical physics to quantum mechanics, from relativity to chemistry, from cosmology to elementary particle physics, and from medicine to modern technology. Martin eloquently shows how the entire universe can be measured and understood using just seven units.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Ser estoico no basta: Sabiduría epicúrea para vivir el presente by Charles Senard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702687</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702687">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702687</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Ser estoico no basta: Sabiduría epicúrea para vivir el presente
Author: Charles Senard
Narrator: Carlos Moreno
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 22 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Un aparente estoicismo parecerodearnos por doquier. Desdeempresas y publicistas, hastadeportista e influencers, todosaconsejan vivir de una maneraestoica.Pero ¿no estaremos renunciandoal placer de las pequeñas cosas,aquellas que podemos elegir delmilenario jardín de la sabiduríaepicúrea? Denostado, incomprendido,relegado durante siglos al olvido,Epicuro propuso con su filosofíaun camino para alcanzar algotan esquivo para sus contemporá-neos como lo sigue siendo paranosotros: la felicidad. Y lo hizode una forma simple y coherente,alejándose a un tiempo de labúsqueda incesante del placer—empresa vana, con la que nologramos sino acrecentar más y másnuestros deseos— y del ascetismoextremo propio de doctrinas rígidascomo el estoicismo.Charles Senard nos invita enSer estoico no basta a dejarnosmecer por los testimonios del queen su día fue conocido como el«maestro en su Jardín», y por tantoa vivir el presente y degustar elepicureísmo del mismo modo queUna llamada a vivirel aquí y ahoraen tiemposde dispersiónpostulaba su creador, a pequeñossorbos.</description>
      <author>Charles Senard</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798886576009.mp3" length="1314078" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702687</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798886576009.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702687">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702687</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Ser estoico no basta: Sabiduría epicúrea para vivir el presente
Author: Charles Senard
Narrator: Carlos Moreno
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 22 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Un aparente estoicismo parecerodearnos por doquier. Desdeempresas y publicistas, hastadeportista e influencers, todosaconsejan vivir de una maneraestoica.Pero ¿no estaremos renunciandoal placer de las pequeñas cosas,aquellas que podemos elegir delmilenario jardín de la sabiduríaepicúrea? Denostado, incomprendido,relegado durante siglos al olvido,Epicuro propuso con su filosofíaun camino para alcanzar algotan esquivo para sus contemporá-neos como lo sigue siendo paranosotros: la felicidad. Y lo hizode una forma simple y coherente,alejándose a un tiempo de labúsqueda incesante del placer—empresa vana, con la que nologramos sino acrecentar más y másnuestros deseos— y del ascetismoextremo propio de doctrinas rígidascomo el estoicismo.Charles Senard nos invita enSer estoico no basta a dejarnosmecer por los testimonios del queen su día fue conocido como el«maestro en su Jardín», y por tantoa vivir el presente y degustar elepicureísmo del mismo modo queUna llamada a vivirel aquí y ahoraen tiemposde dispersiónpostulaba su creador, a pequeñossorbos.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702687">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702687</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Ser estoico no basta: Sabiduría epicúrea para vivir el presente
Author: Charles Senard
Narrator: Carlos Moreno
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 22 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Un aparente estoicismo parecerodearnos por doquier. Desdeempresas y publicistas, hastadeportista e influencers, todosaconsejan vivir de una maneraestoica.Pero ¿no estaremos renunciandoal placer de las pequeñas cosas,aquellas que podemos elegir delmilenario jardín de la sabiduríaepicúrea? Denostado, incomprendido,relegado durante siglos al olvido,Epicuro propuso con su filosofíaun camino para alcanzar algotan esquivo para sus contemporá-neos como lo sigue siendo paranosotros: la felicidad. Y lo hizode una forma simple y coherente,alejándose a un tiempo de labúsqueda incesante del placer—empresa vana, con la que nologramos sino acrecentar más y másnuestros deseos— y del ascetismoextremo propio de doctrinas rígidascomo el estoicismo.Charles Senard nos invita enSer estoico no basta a dejarnosmecer por los testimonios del queen su día fue conocido como el«maestro en su Jardín», y por tantoa vivir el presente y degustar elepicureísmo del mismo modo queUna llamada a vivirel aquí y ahoraen tiemposde dispersiónpostulaba su creador, a pequeñossorbos.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Nada hago sin alegría: Un paseo con Montaigne (A Walk with Montaigne) by Pablo Sol Mora</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702688</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702688">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702688</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Nada hago sin alegría: Un paseo con Montaigne (A Walk with Montaigne)
Author: Pablo Sol Mora
Narrator: Javier Matesanz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 35 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Pocos clásicos están tan vivos, tienen tanto que decirnos, como Michel de Montaigne, autor de los Ensayos. De su mano, este libro intenta dar respuesta a una pregunta que a todos nos concierne: ¿cómo vivir, felizmente, una vida humana? A veces los clásicos se vuelven meros monumentos, fríos y distantes tras su fama y prestigio. Nada más lejos de los Ensayos, que aún hoy dialogan con el lector que se adentra en sus páginas. Si en ellos Montaigne se propuso la audaz empresa de pintarse a sí mismo, de conocerse a fondo y darse a conocer a los demás, de descubrirse, al hacerlo descubrió al hombre entero: saliendo en busca de sí mismo, Montaigne nos encontró a todos.Es este un ensayo –en el sentido más montañesco de la palabra: una meditación personal, libre y dispersa– alejado de toda pretensión académica o formal. Fragmentos de fácil lectura que nos invitan a volver a ese país privilegiado que es Montaigne o, por qué no, a conocerlo por primera vez. En Nada hago sin alegría, Pablo Sol Mora nos brinda una lectura personal y comprometida del que tal vez sea el autor más radicalmente personal de la literatura universal: una apuesta por la felicidad y el placer en la compañía de uno de los mayores conocedores del alma humana.Este libro incluye, comentados y explicados, los fragmentos más significativos de los Ensayos de Montaigne.</description>
      <author>Pablo Sol Mora</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798886576016.mp3" length="1336716" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702688</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798886576016.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702688">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702688</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Nada hago sin alegría: Un paseo con Montaigne (A Walk with Montaigne)
Author: Pablo Sol Mora
Narrator: Javier Matesanz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 35 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Pocos clásicos están tan vivos, tienen tanto que decirnos, como Michel de Montaigne, autor de los Ensayos. De su mano, este libro intenta dar respuesta a una pregunta que a todos nos concierne: ¿cómo vivir, felizmente, una vida humana? A veces los clásicos se vuelven meros monumentos, fríos y distantes tras su fama y prestigio. Nada más lejos de los Ensayos, que aún hoy dialogan con el lector que se adentra en sus páginas. Si en ellos Montaigne se propuso la audaz empresa de pintarse a sí mismo, de conocerse a fondo y darse a conocer a los demás, de descubrirse, al hacerlo descubrió al hombre entero: saliendo en busca de sí mismo, Montaigne nos encontró a todos.Es este un ensayo –en el sentido más montañesco de la palabra: una meditación personal, libre y dispersa– alejado de toda pretensión académica o formal. Fragmentos de fácil lectura que nos invitan a volver a ese país privilegiado que es Montaigne o, por qué no, a conocerlo por primera vez. En Nada hago sin alegría, Pablo Sol Mora nos brinda una lectura personal y comprometida del que tal vez sea el autor más radicalmente personal de la literatura universal: una apuesta por la felicidad y el placer en la compañía de uno de los mayores conocedores del alma humana.Este libro incluye, comentados y explicados, los fragmentos más significativos de los Ensayos de Montaigne.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702688">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702688</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Nada hago sin alegría: Un paseo con Montaigne (A Walk with Montaigne)
Author: Pablo Sol Mora
Narrator: Javier Matesanz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 35 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Pocos clásicos están tan vivos, tienen tanto que decirnos, como Michel de Montaigne, autor de los Ensayos. De su mano, este libro intenta dar respuesta a una pregunta que a todos nos concierne: ¿cómo vivir, felizmente, una vida humana? A veces los clásicos se vuelven meros monumentos, fríos y distantes tras su fama y prestigio. Nada más lejos de los Ensayos, que aún hoy dialogan con el lector que se adentra en sus páginas. Si en ellos Montaigne se propuso la audaz empresa de pintarse a sí mismo, de conocerse a fondo y darse a conocer a los demás, de descubrirse, al hacerlo descubrió al hombre entero: saliendo en busca de sí mismo, Montaigne nos encontró a todos.Es este un ensayo –en el sentido más montañesco de la palabra: una meditación personal, libre y dispersa– alejado de toda pretensión académica o formal. Fragmentos de fácil lectura que nos invitan a volver a ese país privilegiado que es Montaigne o, por qué no, a conocerlo por primera vez. En Nada hago sin alegría, Pablo Sol Mora nos brinda una lectura personal y comprometida del que tal vez sea el autor más radicalmente personal de la literatura universal: una apuesta por la felicidad y el placer en la compañía de uno de los mayores conocedores del alma humana.Este libro incluye, comentados y explicados, los fragmentos más significativos de los Ensayos de Montaigne.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Sätze, die die Welt verändern - Eine Gedankenreise von Sokrates bis Nietzsche (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Bruno Preisendörfer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702625</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702625">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702625</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sätze, die die Welt verändern - Eine Gedankenreise von Sokrates bis Nietzsche (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Bruno Preisendörfer
Narrator: Julian Mehne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 40 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Es gibt diese Sätze, die jeder kennt. Kein Wunder, dass sie unser Weltbild bis heute beeinflussen. Nur: Kaum jemand weiß, woher sie stammen, wie sie ursprünglich gemeint waren - und was ihnen im Laufe der Zeit zugestoßen ist. Bruno Preisendörfer begibt sich auf eine erstaunliche und spannende Spurensuche. Berühmten Zitaten geht es oft wie literarischen Figuren: So wie diese ihren Herkunftsbüchern entlaufen, verlassen jene ihre Entstehungskontexte und beginnen bei ihrer jahrhundertelangen Wanderung durch die Köpfe der Menschen ein Eigenleben. Manche werden dabei fett vor Bedeutungen, die sie ursprünglich gar nicht hatten, andere magern bis zur Bedeutungslosigkeit ab. Manchmal richtet das kaum Schaden an, wie bei der Behauptung, über Geschmack ließe sich nicht streiten; die Konsequenzen können jedoch auch äußerst unheilvoll sein, wie bei Darwins &amp;#039;Überleben des Stärksten&amp;#039;; mitunter wird ein Satz auch einem Autor untergeschoben, obwohl der ihn nie geschrieben hat. Von wem stammt noch gleich &amp;#039;Zurück zur Natur&amp;#039; ...? Immer wieder schlägt Preisendörfer elegante Haken zu Kuriosem und Unerwartetem. So wird sein Hörbuch zu einem ebenso lehrreichen wie unterhaltsamen Wunderding irgendwo zwischen philosophischem Handbuch, historischem Panoptikum und zeitdiagnostischem Essay.</description>
      <author>Bruno Preisendörfer</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Sep 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783732420667.mp3" length="847517" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702625</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783732420667.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702625">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702625</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sätze, die die Welt verändern - Eine Gedankenreise von Sokrates bis Nietzsche (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Bruno Preisendörfer
Narrator: Julian Mehne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 40 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Es gibt diese Sätze, die jeder kennt. Kein Wunder, dass sie unser Weltbild bis heute beeinflussen. Nur: Kaum jemand weiß, woher sie stammen, wie sie ursprünglich gemeint waren - und was ihnen im Laufe der Zeit zugestoßen ist. Bruno Preisendörfer begibt sich auf eine erstaunliche und spannende Spurensuche. Berühmten Zitaten geht es oft wie literarischen Figuren: So wie diese ihren Herkunftsbüchern entlaufen, verlassen jene ihre Entstehungskontexte und beginnen bei ihrer jahrhundertelangen Wanderung durch die Köpfe der Menschen ein Eigenleben. Manche werden dabei fett vor Bedeutungen, die sie ursprünglich gar nicht hatten, andere magern bis zur Bedeutungslosigkeit ab. Manchmal richtet das kaum Schaden an, wie bei der Behauptung, über Geschmack ließe sich nicht streiten; die Konsequenzen können jedoch auch äußerst unheilvoll sein, wie bei Darwins &amp;#039;Überleben des Stärksten&amp;#039;; mitunter wird ein Satz auch einem Autor untergeschoben, obwohl der ihn nie geschrieben hat. Von wem stammt noch gleich &amp;#039;Zurück zur Natur&amp;#039; ...? Immer wieder schlägt Preisendörfer elegante Haken zu Kuriosem und Unerwartetem. So wird sein Hörbuch zu einem ebenso lehrreichen wie unterhaltsamen Wunderding irgendwo zwischen philosophischem Handbuch, historischem Panoptikum und zeitdiagnostischem Essay.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702625">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702625</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sätze, die die Welt verändern - Eine Gedankenreise von Sokrates bis Nietzsche (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Bruno Preisendörfer
Narrator: Julian Mehne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 40 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Es gibt diese Sätze, die jeder kennt. Kein Wunder, dass sie unser Weltbild bis heute beeinflussen. Nur: Kaum jemand weiß, woher sie stammen, wie sie ursprünglich gemeint waren - und was ihnen im Laufe der Zeit zugestoßen ist. Bruno Preisendörfer begibt sich auf eine erstaunliche und spannende Spurensuche. Berühmten Zitaten geht es oft wie literarischen Figuren: So wie diese ihren Herkunftsbüchern entlaufen, verlassen jene ihre Entstehungskontexte und beginnen bei ihrer jahrhundertelangen Wanderung durch die Köpfe der Menschen ein Eigenleben. Manche werden dabei fett vor Bedeutungen, die sie ursprünglich gar nicht hatten, andere magern bis zur Bedeutungslosigkeit ab. Manchmal richtet das kaum Schaden an, wie bei der Behauptung, über Geschmack ließe sich nicht streiten; die Konsequenzen können jedoch auch äußerst unheilvoll sein, wie bei Darwins &amp;#039;Überleben des Stärksten&amp;#039;; mitunter wird ein Satz auch einem Autor untergeschoben, obwohl der ihn nie geschrieben hat. Von wem stammt noch gleich &amp;#039;Zurück zur Natur&amp;#039; ...? Immer wieder schlägt Preisendörfer elegante Haken zu Kuriosem und Unerwartetem. So wird sein Hörbuch zu einem ebenso lehrreichen wie unterhaltsamen Wunderding irgendwo zwischen philosophischem Handbuch, historischem Panoptikum und zeitdiagnostischem Essay.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Michael Portillo: On Politics: A BBC Radio Collection by Michael Portillo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702595</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Michael Portillo: On Politics: A BBC Radio Collection
Author: Michael Portillo
Narrator: Michael Portillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 11 minutes
Release date: November  9, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Michael Portillo presents these specially selected shows exploring the history of democracy and the modern political system In a parliamentary career spanning over 20 years, Michael Portillo served as a Conservative MP and held numerous Cabinet posts. Few people are better placed to comment on politics than him, and in these thought-provoking programmes, he gives us his take on the development of democracy and contemporary political theory. In the three-part series Democracy on Trial, Portillo investigates the difficult and dangerous global journey taken by this fragile ideal over 2,500 years, and the surprisingly tenuous grip it holds upon the world today. From Athens in the fifth century BC to the present day, he examines the effectiveness of a form of government we take for granted, and analyses its rise, fall and future. For Whom the Division Bell Tolled sees him looking at the history and peculiarities of the back-bencher, asking historians whether these traits have been present since the very first Parliaments in the 1300s. Across three episodes, he traces the origins of the back-bench revolt, recalls the good and noble works of back-benchers from the past, and wonders whether those on the back bench have always been more interested in keeping their jobs than changing the world. In The Right Stuff, Portillo considers the lasting influence of the author and philosopher Ayn Rand, questioning whether her work remains a blueprint for those on the political right. Talking to contemporaries and critics, he probes the origins and impact of Rand&amp;#039;s writings, and assesses how her controversial ideas relate to the current political landscape. Capitalism on Trial finds him pondering years of bailouts, stagnating growth and market instability, and asking whether free-market capitalism is looking a little tarnished. Over two programmes, he talks to leading thinkers including Amartya Sen, Will Hutton and Gillian Tett as he weighs up the costs and benefits of the economic system that governs our lives. Finally, in Things We Forgot to Remember: The 1945 Labour Government, Portillo looks back at Clement Attlee&amp;#039;s postwar government, querying how radical their agenda really was and how much our collective memory of it is due to myth-making by subsequent Labour administrations. Production credits First broadcast on BBC Radio 4 on the following dates:   Democracy on Trial Episode 1                                                                                                        11 May 2010 Episode 2                                                                                                        18 May 2010 Episode 3                                                                                                        25 May 2010 Produced by Philip Sellars and Julia Johnson For Whom the Division Bell Tolled Episode 1                                                                                                        14 May 2008 Episode 2                                                                                                        21 May 2008 Episode 3                                                                                                        28 May 2008 Produced by Philip Sellars The Right Stuff                                                                                              11 November 2008 Produced by Owen McFadden Capitalism on Trial Episode 1                                                                                                        27 September 2011 Episode 2                                                                                                        4 October 2011 With Amartya Sen, Will Hutton, Ha-Joon Chang, Gillian Tett, Nigel Lawson and Hernando De Soto Produced by Julia Johnson Things We Forgot to Remember: The 1945 Labour Government            6 May 2007 With Denis Healey, Peter Carrington and Tony Benn Produced by Julia Adamson © 2023 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. (P) 2023 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd.</description>
      <author>Michael Portillo</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Nov 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529916669.mp3" length="1516171" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702595</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529916669.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Michael Portillo: On Politics: A BBC Radio Collection
Author: Michael Portillo
Narrator: Michael Portillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 11 minutes
Release date: November  9, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Michael Portillo presents these specially selected shows exploring the history of democracy and the modern political system In a parliamentary career spanning over 20 years, Michael Portillo served as a Conservative MP and held numerous Cabinet posts. Few people are better placed to comment on politics than him, and in these thought-provoking programmes, he gives us his take on the development of democracy and contemporary political theory. In the three-part series Democracy on Trial, Portillo investigates the difficult and dangerous global journey taken by this fragile ideal over 2,500 years, and the surprisingly tenuous grip it holds upon the world today. From Athens in the fifth century BC to the present day, he examines the effectiveness of a form of government we take for granted, and analyses its rise, fall and future. For Whom the Division Bell Tolled sees him looking at the history and peculiarities of the back-bencher, asking historians whether these traits have been present since the very first Parliaments in the 1300s. Across three episodes, he traces the origins of the back-bench revolt, recalls the good and noble works of back-benchers from the past, and wonders whether those on the back bench have always been more interested in keeping their jobs than changing the world. In The Right Stuff, Portillo considers the lasting influence of the author and philosopher Ayn Rand, questioning whether her work remains a blueprint for those on the political right. Talking to contemporaries and critics, he probes the origins and impact of Rand&amp;#039;s writings, and assesses how her controversial ideas relate to the current political landscape. Capitalism on Trial finds him pondering years of bailouts, stagnating growth and market instability, and asking whether free-market capitalism is looking a little tarnished. Over two programmes, he talks to leading thinkers including Amartya Sen, Will Hutton and Gillian Tett as he weighs up the costs and benefits of the economic system that governs our lives. Finally, in Things We Forgot to Remember: The 1945 Labour Government, Portillo looks back at Clement Attlee&amp;#039;s postwar government, querying how radical their agenda really was and how much our collective memory of it is due to myth-making by subsequent Labour administrations. Production credits First broadcast on BBC Radio 4 on the following dates:   Democracy on Trial Episode 1                                                                                                        11 May 2010 Episode 2                                                                                                        18 May 2010 Episode 3                                                                                                        25 May 2010 Produced by Philip Sellars and Julia Johnson For Whom the Division Bell Tolled Episode 1                                                                                                        14 May 2008 Episode 2                                                                                                        21 May 2008 Episode 3                                                                                                        28 May 2008 Produced by Philip Sellars The Right Stuff                                                                                              11 November 2008 Produced by Owen McFadden Capitalism on Trial Episode 1                                                                                                        27 September 2011 Episode 2                                                                                                        4 October 2011 With Amartya Sen, Will Hutton, Ha-Joon Chang, Gillian Tett, Nigel Lawson and Hernando De Soto Produced by Julia Johnson Things We Forgot to Remember: The 1945 Labour Government            6 May 2007 With Denis Healey, Peter Carrington and Tony Benn Produced by Julia Adamson © 2023 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. (P) 2023 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Michael Portillo: On Politics: A BBC Radio Collection
Author: Michael Portillo
Narrator: Michael Portillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 11 minutes
Release date: November  9, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Michael Portillo presents these specially selected shows exploring the history of democracy and the modern political system In a parliamentary career spanning over 20 years, Michael Portillo served as a Conservative MP and held numerous Cabinet posts. Few people are better placed to comment on politics than him, and in these thought-provoking programmes, he gives us his take on the development of democracy and contemporary political theory. In the three-part series Democracy on Trial, Portillo investigates the difficult and dangerous global journey taken by this fragile ideal over 2,500 years, and the surprisingly tenuous grip it holds upon the world today. From Athens in the fifth century BC to the present day, he examines the effectiveness of a form of government we take for granted, and analyses its rise, fall and future. For Whom the Division Bell Tolled sees him looking at the history and peculiarities of the back-bencher, asking historians whether these traits have been present since the very first Parliaments in the 1300s. Across three episodes, he traces the origins of the back-bench revolt, recalls the good and noble works of back-benchers from the past, and wonders whether those on the back bench have always been more interested in keeping their jobs than changing the world. In The Right Stuff, Portillo considers the lasting influence of the author and philosopher Ayn Rand, questioning whether her work remains a blueprint for those on the political right. Talking to contemporaries and critics, he probes the origins and impact of Rand&amp;#039;s writings, and assesses how her controversial ideas relate to the current political landscape. Capitalism on Trial finds him pondering years of bailouts, stagnating growth and market instability, and asking whether free-market capitalism is looking a little tarnished. Over two programmes, he talks to leading thinkers including Amartya Sen, Will Hutton and Gillian Tett as he weighs up the costs and benefits of the economic system that governs our lives. Finally, in Things We Forgot to Remember: The 1945 Labour Government, Portillo looks back at Clement Attlee&amp;#039;s postwar government, querying how radical their agenda really was and how much our collective memory of it is due to myth-making by subsequent Labour administrations. Production credits First broadcast on BBC Radio 4 on the following dates:   Democracy on Trial Episode 1                                                                                                        11 May 2010 Episode 2                                                                                                        18 May 2010 Episode 3                                                                                                        25 May 2010 Produced by Philip Sellars and Julia Johnson For Whom the Division Bell Tolled Episode 1                                                                                                        14 May 2008 Episode 2                                                                                                        21 May 2008 Episode 3                                                                                                        28 May 2008 Produced by Philip Sellars The Right Stuff                                                                                              11 November 2008 Produced by Owen McFadden Capitalism on Trial Episode 1                                                                                                        27 September 2011 Episode 2                                                                                                        4 October 2011 With Amartya Sen, Will Hutton, Ha-Joon Chang, Gillian Tett, Nigel Lawson and Hernando De Soto Produced by Julia Johnson Things We Forgot to Remember: The 1945 Labour Government            6 May 2007 With Denis Healey, Peter Carrington and Tony Benn Produced by Julia Adamson © 2023 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. (P) 2023 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Buddhist Meditation: Classic Teachings from Tibet by Penguin Random House</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702308</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702308">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702308</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Buddhist Meditation: Classic Teachings from Tibet
Author: Penguin Random House
Narrator: Lee Osorio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 48 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A Tibetan Buddhist anthology of accessible and authentic contemplative exercises to help cultivate innate yet undeveloped powers of mind, emotion, and body.  A Penguin Classic     Drawn from Tibet&amp;#039;s rich contemplative literature, Buddhist Meditation offers classic exercises focused on the opportunities and challenges of life; cultivating inner calm; fostering a wider perspective on oneself in relationship to others; working with negative emotions, and the highest values of the Buddhist tradition, love and compassion. Several dozen meditation instructions are collected in twelve chapters. All major traditions of Tibetan Buddhism are represented. The book is structured on &amp;#039;foundation practices&amp;#039;, practice manuals that immerse the reader in the search for meaningful and compassionate responses to the ubiquity of human suffering, and in the contemplative techniques that translate that search into consequential action.     Spiritual exercises introduce 1) the opportunity for self-betterment and to be of benefit to other living beings; 2) the inescapable persistence of suffering in life, and the reality of death; 3) the workings of ethical cause and effect, otherwise known as karma; and 4) the ever-repeating succession of frustration known as cyclic existence, or samsara. The second set of foundation practices provide tools to build upon including: 5) taking refuge in Buddhism—a deep formal commitment to integrate Buddhist contemplative and ethical teachings into one&amp;#039;s life; 6) cultivating love and compassion for all living beings; 7) clearing away cognitive, emotional, and behavioral impediments to actualizing love and compassion; 8) developing with wisdom and the experience and excellent qualities necessary to put love and compassion into practice; and 9) dedicating oneself to a spiritual mentor to serve as a guide through this intensive program of training.     Part existential philosophy, part ethics, part self-help program, part cosmology—the foundation exercises present a complete Buddhist picture of life, the ethical universe, and the first steps in making a positive impact in life for ourselves and others, steps anyone can begin to take by dedicating themselves to train in contemplative exercises.</description>
      <author>Penguin Random House</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2024 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593869048.mp3" length="2783625" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702308</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593869048.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702308">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702308</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Buddhist Meditation: Classic Teachings from Tibet
Author: Penguin Random House
Narrator: Lee Osorio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 48 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A Tibetan Buddhist anthology of accessible and authentic contemplative exercises to help cultivate innate yet undeveloped powers of mind, emotion, and body.  A Penguin Classic     Drawn from Tibet&amp;#039;s rich contemplative literature, Buddhist Meditation offers classic exercises focused on the opportunities and challenges of life; cultivating inner calm; fostering a wider perspective on oneself in relationship to others; working with negative emotions, and the highest values of the Buddhist tradition, love and compassion. Several dozen meditation instructions are collected in twelve chapters. All major traditions of Tibetan Buddhism are represented. The book is structured on &amp;#039;foundation practices&amp;#039;, practice manuals that immerse the reader in the search for meaningful and compassionate responses to the ubiquity of human suffering, and in the contemplative techniques that translate that search into consequential action.     Spiritual exercises introduce 1) the opportunity for self-betterment and to be of benefit to other living beings; 2) the inescapable persistence of suffering in life, and the reality of death; 3) the workings of ethical cause and effect, otherwise known as karma; and 4) the ever-repeating succession of frustration known as cyclic existence, or samsara. The second set of foundation practices provide tools to build upon including: 5) taking refuge in Buddhism—a deep formal commitment to integrate Buddhist contemplative and ethical teachings into one&amp;#039;s life; 6) cultivating love and compassion for all living beings; 7) clearing away cognitive, emotional, and behavioral impediments to actualizing love and compassion; 8) developing with wisdom and the experience and excellent qualities necessary to put love and compassion into practice; and 9) dedicating oneself to a spiritual mentor to serve as a guide through this intensive program of training.     Part existential philosophy, part ethics, part self-help program, part cosmology—the foundation exercises present a complete Buddhist picture of life, the ethical universe, and the first steps in making a positive impact in life for ourselves and others, steps anyone can begin to take by dedicating themselves to train in contemplative exercises.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702308">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702308</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Buddhist Meditation: Classic Teachings from Tibet
Author: Penguin Random House
Narrator: Lee Osorio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 48 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
A Tibetan Buddhist anthology of accessible and authentic contemplative exercises to help cultivate innate yet undeveloped powers of mind, emotion, and body.  A Penguin Classic     Drawn from Tibet&amp;#039;s rich contemplative literature, Buddhist Meditation offers classic exercises focused on the opportunities and challenges of life; cultivating inner calm; fostering a wider perspective on oneself in relationship to others; working with negative emotions, and the highest values of the Buddhist tradition, love and compassion. Several dozen meditation instructions are collected in twelve chapters. All major traditions of Tibetan Buddhism are represented. The book is structured on &amp;#039;foundation practices&amp;#039;, practice manuals that immerse the reader in the search for meaningful and compassionate responses to the ubiquity of human suffering, and in the contemplative techniques that translate that search into consequential action.     Spiritual exercises introduce 1) the opportunity for self-betterment and to be of benefit to other living beings; 2) the inescapable persistence of suffering in life, and the reality of death; 3) the workings of ethical cause and effect, otherwise known as karma; and 4) the ever-repeating succession of frustration known as cyclic existence, or samsara. The second set of foundation practices provide tools to build upon including: 5) taking refuge in Buddhism—a deep formal commitment to integrate Buddhist contemplative and ethical teachings into one&amp;#039;s life; 6) cultivating love and compassion for all living beings; 7) clearing away cognitive, emotional, and behavioral impediments to actualizing love and compassion; 8) developing with wisdom and the experience and excellent qualities necessary to put love and compassion into practice; and 9) dedicating oneself to a spiritual mentor to serve as a guide through this intensive program of training.     Part existential philosophy, part ethics, part self-help program, part cosmology—the foundation exercises present a complete Buddhist picture of life, the ethical universe, and the first steps in making a positive impact in life for ourselves and others, steps anyone can begin to take by dedicating themselves to train in contemplative exercises.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bible Prophecies by Raphael Terra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702288</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702288">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702288</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bible Prophecies
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). The Bible is a book made of many books. It is philosophy and faith, law and life. From poetry to psalms, it is a work of love to a deity that finds its origins in times long before the Hebrews had ever been heard of. But one element of the Bible has been used as evidence that God exists. That he has a plan for the world. That he gave us knowledge of that plan via his prophets. This is Bible Prophecy.  There are numerous passages in the Bible that tell us about the communications between God and humanity. It is known as a revelation from the divine. A future revealed.  There is not specific book in the Bible that has all the prophecies; they are widely spread. Many of them have conditions. Most are from the words of the prophets but some are given as direct communication from God himself.  Over the past two thousand years these prophecies have vexed mankind for one main reason - interpretation. And therein lies a problem we need to get to the bottom of. Who to believe?  Welcome to a fantastic world of predicted births and ends of the world. Welcome to Bible Prophecies.</description>
      <author>Raphael Terra</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781789323108.mp3" length="726364" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702288</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781789323108.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702288">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702288</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bible Prophecies
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). The Bible is a book made of many books. It is philosophy and faith, law and life. From poetry to psalms, it is a work of love to a deity that finds its origins in times long before the Hebrews had ever been heard of. But one element of the Bible has been used as evidence that God exists. That he has a plan for the world. That he gave us knowledge of that plan via his prophets. This is Bible Prophecy.  There are numerous passages in the Bible that tell us about the communications between God and humanity. It is known as a revelation from the divine. A future revealed.  There is not specific book in the Bible that has all the prophecies; they are widely spread. Many of them have conditions. Most are from the words of the prophets but some are given as direct communication from God himself.  Over the past two thousand years these prophecies have vexed mankind for one main reason - interpretation. And therein lies a problem we need to get to the bottom of. Who to believe?  Welcome to a fantastic world of predicted births and ends of the world. Welcome to Bible Prophecies.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702288">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702288</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bible Prophecies
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). The Bible is a book made of many books. It is philosophy and faith, law and life. From poetry to psalms, it is a work of love to a deity that finds its origins in times long before the Hebrews had ever been heard of. But one element of the Bible has been used as evidence that God exists. That he has a plan for the world. That he gave us knowledge of that plan via his prophets. This is Bible Prophecy.  There are numerous passages in the Bible that tell us about the communications between God and humanity. It is known as a revelation from the divine. A future revealed.  There is not specific book in the Bible that has all the prophecies; they are widely spread. Many of them have conditions. Most are from the words of the prophets but some are given as direct communication from God himself.  Over the past two thousand years these prophecies have vexed mankind for one main reason - interpretation. And therein lies a problem we need to get to the bottom of. Who to believe?  Welcome to a fantastic world of predicted births and ends of the world. Welcome to Bible Prophecies.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Holy Secret Society by Raphael Terra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702289</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702289">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702289</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Holy Secret Society
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 53 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). The Bible is a profound book on many levels. Spiritually it holds questions and answers for what it means to be human. Historically it reveals the lives of thousands of individuals and dozens of nations.  It is not a book written by one man or one god. It is a collection of thoughts, poems and histories collated together in one mega-volume. There are cyphers, codes and systems that hide secrets. There are metaphors that evade ordinary reasoning. In this film we are going to zone in one those codes and metaphors to unravel a massive hidden history. A sacred truth that has found itself locked away in the societies man created in later days such as the Freemasons. This ultimate secret stretches back in time for thousands of years and was included within the pages of the Bible.  This is the tale of a powerful and secret organization that has influenced mankind for millennia. This is the tale of how their existence brought about a number of mysteries that we will now unravel. This is the story of the Holy Secret Society.</description>
      <author>Raphael Terra</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781789323115.mp3" length="718006" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702289</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781789323115.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702289">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702289</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Holy Secret Society
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 53 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). The Bible is a profound book on many levels. Spiritually it holds questions and answers for what it means to be human. Historically it reveals the lives of thousands of individuals and dozens of nations.  It is not a book written by one man or one god. It is a collection of thoughts, poems and histories collated together in one mega-volume. There are cyphers, codes and systems that hide secrets. There are metaphors that evade ordinary reasoning. In this film we are going to zone in one those codes and metaphors to unravel a massive hidden history. A sacred truth that has found itself locked away in the societies man created in later days such as the Freemasons. This ultimate secret stretches back in time for thousands of years and was included within the pages of the Bible.  This is the tale of a powerful and secret organization that has influenced mankind for millennia. This is the tale of how their existence brought about a number of mysteries that we will now unravel. This is the story of the Holy Secret Society.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702289">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702289</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Holy Secret Society
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 53 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). The Bible is a profound book on many levels. Spiritually it holds questions and answers for what it means to be human. Historically it reveals the lives of thousands of individuals and dozens of nations.  It is not a book written by one man or one god. It is a collection of thoughts, poems and histories collated together in one mega-volume. There are cyphers, codes and systems that hide secrets. There are metaphors that evade ordinary reasoning. In this film we are going to zone in one those codes and metaphors to unravel a massive hidden history. A sacred truth that has found itself locked away in the societies man created in later days such as the Freemasons. This ultimate secret stretches back in time for thousands of years and was included within the pages of the Bible.  This is the tale of a powerful and secret organization that has influenced mankind for millennia. This is the tale of how their existence brought about a number of mysteries that we will now unravel. This is the story of the Holy Secret Society.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Technology Turned Us Into Zombies by Raphael Terra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702284</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702284">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702284</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Technology Turned Us Into Zombies
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 56 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Generations blame each other for the state of the world. Kids eat a daily course of mobile phone apps and social media burgers. News is reduced to fake edible sound bites. Television and movie stars are modern day photoshopped gods. Illusion and delusion are all around us. Marketing magic created to control and manipulate the stupid masses.  Reality TV stars are elected and glorified to greater heights as charity and care workers are forgotten. Zombies walk the streets desperate to find a Wi-Fi hotspot and an awesome place to take a selfie. Kids today need to find safe havens from social media attacks where their grandparents needed to find bunkers to save them from bombs. Hard times no longer means poverty and starvation, it means not having the latest fashion, mobile phone, game console and followers. An older generation wonder what all these new gender designations mean and how anybody can be fluid. They wonder why these youngsters don&amp;#039;t want to work for a living and despair should we ever have another world war. Today the last generation look upon the so-called Millennials and wonder where they went wrong. In this book, we are going to find out that we are all Millennials and how to change.</description>
      <author>Raphael Terra</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781789323061.mp3" length="730710" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702284</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781789323061.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702284">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702284</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Technology Turned Us Into Zombies
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 56 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Generations blame each other for the state of the world. Kids eat a daily course of mobile phone apps and social media burgers. News is reduced to fake edible sound bites. Television and movie stars are modern day photoshopped gods. Illusion and delusion are all around us. Marketing magic created to control and manipulate the stupid masses.  Reality TV stars are elected and glorified to greater heights as charity and care workers are forgotten. Zombies walk the streets desperate to find a Wi-Fi hotspot and an awesome place to take a selfie. Kids today need to find safe havens from social media attacks where their grandparents needed to find bunkers to save them from bombs. Hard times no longer means poverty and starvation, it means not having the latest fashion, mobile phone, game console and followers. An older generation wonder what all these new gender designations mean and how anybody can be fluid. They wonder why these youngsters don&amp;#039;t want to work for a living and despair should we ever have another world war. Today the last generation look upon the so-called Millennials and wonder where they went wrong. In this book, we are going to find out that we are all Millennials and how to change.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702284">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702284</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Technology Turned Us Into Zombies
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 56 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Generations blame each other for the state of the world. Kids eat a daily course of mobile phone apps and social media burgers. News is reduced to fake edible sound bites. Television and movie stars are modern day photoshopped gods. Illusion and delusion are all around us. Marketing magic created to control and manipulate the stupid masses.  Reality TV stars are elected and glorified to greater heights as charity and care workers are forgotten. Zombies walk the streets desperate to find a Wi-Fi hotspot and an awesome place to take a selfie. Kids today need to find safe havens from social media attacks where their grandparents needed to find bunkers to save them from bombs. Hard times no longer means poverty and starvation, it means not having the latest fashion, mobile phone, game console and followers. An older generation wonder what all these new gender designations mean and how anybody can be fluid. They wonder why these youngsters don&amp;#039;t want to work for a living and despair should we ever have another world war. Today the last generation look upon the so-called Millennials and wonder where they went wrong. In this book, we are going to find out that we are all Millennials and how to change.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bible Codes by Raphael Terra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702287</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702287">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702287</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bible Codes
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Billions of people across the world and across time have followed the words of this ancient book. Countless numbers have died defending it. Even today, in the 21st century heated debates are fought every day over the truth which lies within.  Great thinkers and intellectuals have seen something of pure wisdom and truth in it and others simply see it as an historical document, written by people from a different time and place. But there is much more to this archaic document than meets the eye. There are in fact hidden secrets. Great profound mysteries can be unravelled if we just take a look at the Bible in a different way. Understanding the truth of the Bible is the way forward to understand the vast history of mankind. The Messiahs of the globe are all locked away in there awaiting discovery. And some of these Messiahs are indeed from outer space. They are great, tall, shining beings that descended from huge ships in the sky. Yes, this is in the Bible. And the facts are that Messiahs, prophecies and more are shared with civilizations across the globe.  And these special people left behind secret codes locked away in their Holy book that predict every single event in human history. How?  Prepare to unlock the sacred code once and for all, but remember you may never see the world in the same way again.</description>
      <author>Raphael Terra</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781789323092.mp3" length="727414" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702287</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781789323092.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702287">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702287</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bible Codes
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Billions of people across the world and across time have followed the words of this ancient book. Countless numbers have died defending it. Even today, in the 21st century heated debates are fought every day over the truth which lies within.  Great thinkers and intellectuals have seen something of pure wisdom and truth in it and others simply see it as an historical document, written by people from a different time and place. But there is much more to this archaic document than meets the eye. There are in fact hidden secrets. Great profound mysteries can be unravelled if we just take a look at the Bible in a different way. Understanding the truth of the Bible is the way forward to understand the vast history of mankind. The Messiahs of the globe are all locked away in there awaiting discovery. And some of these Messiahs are indeed from outer space. They are great, tall, shining beings that descended from huge ships in the sky. Yes, this is in the Bible. And the facts are that Messiahs, prophecies and more are shared with civilizations across the globe.  And these special people left behind secret codes locked away in their Holy book that predict every single event in human history. How?  Prepare to unlock the sacred code once and for all, but remember you may never see the world in the same way again.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702287">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702287</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bible Codes
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Billions of people across the world and across time have followed the words of this ancient book. Countless numbers have died defending it. Even today, in the 21st century heated debates are fought every day over the truth which lies within.  Great thinkers and intellectuals have seen something of pure wisdom and truth in it and others simply see it as an historical document, written by people from a different time and place. But there is much more to this archaic document than meets the eye. There are in fact hidden secrets. Great profound mysteries can be unravelled if we just take a look at the Bible in a different way. Understanding the truth of the Bible is the way forward to understand the vast history of mankind. The Messiahs of the globe are all locked away in there awaiting discovery. And some of these Messiahs are indeed from outer space. They are great, tall, shining beings that descended from huge ships in the sky. Yes, this is in the Bible. And the facts are that Messiahs, prophecies and more are shared with civilizations across the globe.  And these special people left behind secret codes locked away in their Holy book that predict every single event in human history. How?  Prepare to unlock the sacred code once and for all, but remember you may never see the world in the same way again.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is There a God? by Raphael Terra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702281</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702281">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702281</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Is There a God?
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 48 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Francis Bacon said: “If a man will begin with certainties, he shall end in doubts; but if he will be content to begin with doubts, he shall end in certainties.”  This book is about the ultimate question. There is nothing that has been pondered more by mankind and nothing more divisive. Is there a God?  We divide ourselves into groups because of the different answers we have created. Many misunderstand or create concepts of what God actually means and believe it to be the one defined by Christians, Jews or Muslims. And yet, many, when pushed with some profound philosophical questions about the origin of the universe have no answer, other than we came from nothing.  Did we come from the mind of a creator, or from absolutely nothing? These are our stark choices. To have faith and believe. To deny all and accept existence from nothing. Or to accept we still do not know. What are you?</description>
      <author>Raphael Terra</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781789323030.mp3" length="718171" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702281</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781789323030.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702281">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702281</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Is There a God?
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 48 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Francis Bacon said: “If a man will begin with certainties, he shall end in doubts; but if he will be content to begin with doubts, he shall end in certainties.”  This book is about the ultimate question. There is nothing that has been pondered more by mankind and nothing more divisive. Is there a God?  We divide ourselves into groups because of the different answers we have created. Many misunderstand or create concepts of what God actually means and believe it to be the one defined by Christians, Jews or Muslims. And yet, many, when pushed with some profound philosophical questions about the origin of the universe have no answer, other than we came from nothing.  Did we come from the mind of a creator, or from absolutely nothing? These are our stark choices. To have faith and believe. To deny all and accept existence from nothing. Or to accept we still do not know. What are you?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702281">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702281</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Is There a God?
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 48 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Francis Bacon said: “If a man will begin with certainties, he shall end in doubts; but if he will be content to begin with doubts, he shall end in certainties.”  This book is about the ultimate question. There is nothing that has been pondered more by mankind and nothing more divisive. Is there a God?  We divide ourselves into groups because of the different answers we have created. Many misunderstand or create concepts of what God actually means and believe it to be the one defined by Christians, Jews or Muslims. And yet, many, when pushed with some profound philosophical questions about the origin of the universe have no answer, other than we came from nothing.  Did we come from the mind of a creator, or from absolutely nothing? These are our stark choices. To have faith and believe. To deny all and accept existence from nothing. Or to accept we still do not know. What are you?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Meaning of Life by Raphael Terra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702275</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702275">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702275</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Meaning of Life
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). In science fiction from the last century, we should now all be living in some kind of grand utopia. Beautiful spaceships should be carrying us around the universe. We should be jumping through worm holes and meeting new alien species. The times of war and unrest on earth should be things of the past.  Alas history has not gone that way. Instead, nothing seems to have changed in the grand scheme. Nations still invade other nations. Religion still holds sway over billions. Millions of people still starve while others gather in a harvest of riches the majority can only dream of. We kill and devour more and more innocent animals every day, while science is gradually uncovering the truth about the sentience and intelligence of them. We invent and test new drugs on each other on a vast scale. Like locusts we are chomping our way through the riches of the earth without a care in the world. Somebody somewhere in the future will figure it all out and save us. Won’t they?  Millions of years of evolution have brought us to this place. A situation where we are aware of ourselves, what we are doing and why we do it. And yet we carry on regardless. We are no closer to understanding the one question that has confused us ever since we became conscious. The meaning of life.</description>
      <author>Raphael Terra</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Aug 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781789322972.mp3" length="520583" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702275</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781789322972.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702275">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702275</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Meaning of Life
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). In science fiction from the last century, we should now all be living in some kind of grand utopia. Beautiful spaceships should be carrying us around the universe. We should be jumping through worm holes and meeting new alien species. The times of war and unrest on earth should be things of the past.  Alas history has not gone that way. Instead, nothing seems to have changed in the grand scheme. Nations still invade other nations. Religion still holds sway over billions. Millions of people still starve while others gather in a harvest of riches the majority can only dream of. We kill and devour more and more innocent animals every day, while science is gradually uncovering the truth about the sentience and intelligence of them. We invent and test new drugs on each other on a vast scale. Like locusts we are chomping our way through the riches of the earth without a care in the world. Somebody somewhere in the future will figure it all out and save us. Won’t they?  Millions of years of evolution have brought us to this place. A situation where we are aware of ourselves, what we are doing and why we do it. And yet we carry on regardless. We are no closer to understanding the one question that has confused us ever since we became conscious. The meaning of life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702275">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702275</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Meaning of Life
Author: Raphael Terra
Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts)
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). In science fiction from the last century, we should now all be living in some kind of grand utopia. Beautiful spaceships should be carrying us around the universe. We should be jumping through worm holes and meeting new alien species. The times of war and unrest on earth should be things of the past.  Alas history has not gone that way. Instead, nothing seems to have changed in the grand scheme. Nations still invade other nations. Religion still holds sway over billions. Millions of people still starve while others gather in a harvest of riches the majority can only dream of. We kill and devour more and more innocent animals every day, while science is gradually uncovering the truth about the sentience and intelligence of them. We invent and test new drugs on each other on a vast scale. Like locusts we are chomping our way through the riches of the earth without a care in the world. Somebody somewhere in the future will figure it all out and save us. Won’t they?  Millions of years of evolution have brought us to this place. A situation where we are aware of ourselves, what we are doing and why we do it. And yet we carry on regardless. We are no closer to understanding the one question that has confused us ever since we became conscious. The meaning of life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Too Late to Awaken: What Lies Ahead When There is no Future? by Slavoj žižek</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702081</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702081">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702081</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Too Late to Awaken: What Lies Ahead When There is no Future?
Author: Slavoj žižek
Narrator: Neil Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. We hear all the time that we&amp;#039;re moments from doomsday. Around us, crises interlock and escalate, threatening our collective survival: Russia&amp;#039;s invasion of Ukraine, with its rising risk of nuclear warfare, is taking place against a backdrop of global warming, ecological breakdown, and widespread social and economic unrest. Protestors and politicians repeatedly call for action, but still we continue to drift towards disaster. We need to do something. But what if the only way for us to prevent catastrophe is to assume that it has already happened-to accept that we&amp;#039;re already five minutes past zero hour? Too Late to Awaken sees Slavoj Žižek forge a vital new space for a radical emancipatory politics that could avert our course to self-destruction. He illuminates why the liberal Left has so far failed to offer this alternative, and exposes the insidious propagandism of the fascist Right, which has appropriated and manipulated once-progressive ideas. Pithy, urgent, gutting and witty, Žižek&amp;#039;s diagnosis reveals our current geopolitical nightmare in a startling new light, and shows how, in order to change our future, we must first focus on changing the past. ©2023 Slavoj Žižek (P)2023 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Slavoj žižek</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Nov 2023 01:27:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781802065251.mp3" length="1382918" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702081</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781802065251.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702081">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702081</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Too Late to Awaken: What Lies Ahead When There is no Future?
Author: Slavoj žižek
Narrator: Neil Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. We hear all the time that we&amp;#039;re moments from doomsday. Around us, crises interlock and escalate, threatening our collective survival: Russia&amp;#039;s invasion of Ukraine, with its rising risk of nuclear warfare, is taking place against a backdrop of global warming, ecological breakdown, and widespread social and economic unrest. Protestors and politicians repeatedly call for action, but still we continue to drift towards disaster. We need to do something. But what if the only way for us to prevent catastrophe is to assume that it has already happened-to accept that we&amp;#039;re already five minutes past zero hour? Too Late to Awaken sees Slavoj Žižek forge a vital new space for a radical emancipatory politics that could avert our course to self-destruction. He illuminates why the liberal Left has so far failed to offer this alternative, and exposes the insidious propagandism of the fascist Right, which has appropriated and manipulated once-progressive ideas. Pithy, urgent, gutting and witty, Žižek&amp;#039;s diagnosis reveals our current geopolitical nightmare in a startling new light, and shows how, in order to change our future, we must first focus on changing the past. ©2023 Slavoj Žižek (P)2023 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702081">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/702081</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Too Late to Awaken: What Lies Ahead When There is no Future?
Author: Slavoj žižek
Narrator: Neil Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2023
Genres: Lessons in Philosophy
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. We hear all the time that we&amp;#039;re moments from doomsday. Around us, crises interlock and escalate, threatening our collective survival: Russia&amp;#039;s invasion of Ukraine, with its rising risk of nuclear warfare, is taking place against a backdrop of global warming, ecological breakdown, and widespread social and economic unrest. Protestors and politicians repeatedly call for action, but still we continue to drift towards disaster. We need to do something. But what if the only way for us to prevent catastrophe is to assume that it has already happened-to accept that we&amp;#039;re already five minutes past zero hour? Too Late to Awaken sees Slavoj Žižek forge a vital new space for a radical emancipatory politics that could avert our course to self-destruction. He illuminates why the liberal Left has so far failed to offer this alternative, and exposes the insidious propagandism of the fascist Right, which has appropriated and manipulated once-progressive ideas. Pithy, urgent, gutting and witty, Žižek&amp;#039;s diagnosis reveals our current geopolitical nightmare in a startling new light, and shows how, in order to change our future, we must first focus on changing the past. ©2023 Slavoj Žižek (P)2023 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
